mi 1$ ^HIBRARYQc^ ^^MEUNIVER% ^lOSAftCnfj-^ <y^HlBRAfiY6r/:, ^«JOinv3-jo'^ <riU3Nvsoi^ "^/^dJMNniwv^ ^0FCAIIF0% AV^EUNIVERS//. ^lOS-ANCElfX^ .^OfCAllFO% %AHV}iail# "^IJONVSOl^^ "^aaAINIt-BV^ CO ^10SANCEI% CO "^/saBAiNrt-awv ^.^HIBRARY^ %a3AINfl-3tt^ ^•JOJITVDJO'^ ^OFCAlIFORi^ (^ > 111 r?T. ^OFCAllFOff^ AWfJIVrR% "^XJ13DNVS01=^ ^^EUN|VER% .. . ^ <f!?]3DNVSm^ -n- o ^l-llBRARY(7/r 5!AEl)NIVERS/;5 ^IMCElfr^ o ^^tllBRARYO^ <ril]DNVS01=^ "^aMINfl-lftV^ ^^aOJIW^'JO'^ ^OFCAIIFO/?^ ^WEUfJIVERy//i ^lOSANCElfX^ o ^ ^tiFCALIFO% ^^Anvaain^ <f5i33Nvsoi^ %ii3AiNn-3Wv* ^<?Aavn8n-^'^ ^ ^VlOSANCElfx^ o T/tfiitt iitn niW ' ^tllBRARY6?A Aj^^UBRAfiYO^. ZTM /vviirviiTun irvN-?' <vvtiA invrk. ir\\v /\\^EDNrv!fi% x>:lOSA = S O li. 1^1 1^1 ^l^WEDNIVERSV/i ■^ '"^ -I? .•5ME-UNIVER% %a3AINI]BV^ ^^lOSANCnfj^. %a3AiNn-iv\v^ S ^«jojnv3-jo'^ ^omm^"^ ^•OFCAllfO^. i A^P-CAtlFO/?^ ^<?Aavjiani^ ^^AavaaiiT^ fie ^MM— k -x^t-nBRAWQ? 1^ ^lOSMcno^ ^<!/ojnv3-jo'^ %oi\m'i^^ %130nvso# "^/^aiAiNamv^ >j,OF-CAllF0ff^ ^of-ca™?.^ ^lOSANGElfX^, t "^^AHvaan-^^ ^^Aavaan-T^ <rii3DfAfsoi^ %a9AiNn-iftv' ^^OH ^WEDNlVERy/^ ^lOS-ANCElFjv •C I II ^ T* %133NVS01^ '^Ail3AIN(l-3\\V^ ^^m\mi^^ '^^tfOillVD-JO'^ IS, CO ^WEUN1VER% v^lOSMftfj^ ^■OF-CAltFORj!^ j^iOFCAtlFOBfe ^TilJONVSOl^ ■ %a3AINMV^^ ^<?AaV}jail#' %aviian-i^ ^ 1 I r^ ^ ^ \ \r^ %, «Df[lVEm SOI ."p. njiivi.irv ^^ ,(l iT CHRISTIANITY IN ITS RELATION TO .JUDAISM AND HEATHENISM IF THREE TRACTS: First — On the Winged Symbols of Assyrian Sculpture in the British Museum, compared with the Cherubim of Ezekiel's Typical Prophecies. Second — On the true Historic reference of JE-msH Prophecy. JTiird — The Rise and Progress of Idolatry considered in the relation op its predicted fall to the establishment of Messiah's everlasting Kingdom. litlj Jffrt^flgmjj^it |Uustrations, anb (tbvonological tables. BY WILLIAM HEWSON, M.A., ISCUMBEXT OF G0ATH1..MII>, PICKERING, YOEKSHU'.K. LONDON: simpkik & co., stationers' hall court; seeleys, fleet street; hatch ard, piccadilly; nisbet, berners street. york: marsh. whitby: newton. edinburgh: paton & ritchie; w. oliphant & co.; andrew elliot. mdccclx. StacK An«ex 5 070 PREFACE. As early as last May, and long before the first of these Tracts was commenced, I had at the suggestion of a friend, prepared in manuscript a brief notice on the subject, to be appended to the Tract " Thy Kingdom Come," then preparing for publication by Mr Marsh of York. The London artist to whom, with the manu- script, I sent tlie original design in illustration thereof for coitcc- tion, was taken seriously ill, and I could not proceed with the pamphlet for Mr Marsh, in the absence of my manuscript, without fear of confusion. I therefore commenced the illustration de novo from another point of view, viz., assimilating the position of Eze- kiel at Babylon to that of St Paul pleading the cause of God and his people before the heathen on Mars Hill at Athens. In this case I conceived a new form of illustration, designed from the chenibic sculptures on the Propylseum at Khorsabad, and thoiight to illustrate the jjrobable object of the Jifth leg on the sculptures as a lever connected with the wings, to give the idea of motion on a side vieio of the symbolism, contemplated as decorating the side of an idol-car in motion. To do this the more effectually I had working models made, and conceived a series of designs for lithographic illustration. 2092618 Some of these 1 have now used for Mr Mjirsli's pamphlet, with new manuscript continuance thei'cof. A desire to improve the oppor- tunity for aftcr-thoTights afforded me by the unfortunate illness of the London artist, (to whom I had applied, from his access to the British Museum), will accoiint for the otherwise seemingly needless tautology, and expense of having two Pamphlets printing at the same time on partially the same subject. The larger of the models I purpose for the British Museum, with power to reprint these Tracts, wholly or in part, for a hand- book to the Assyrian Sculptui'es, should the Trustees and Cura- tors think it viseful for such a pvirpose. My meaning is to give the right of publication, if thought useful for proving the confinnation of Jewish prophecy from the history of the past, as testified to by these Assyrian sculptures, gratuitously to the persons who, by publication thereof on their own account, may be in the most likely position to extend the field of its usefulness. I would, however, reserve for the litho- gi'aphers an interest in the illustrations, from the valuable aid I have received from them in giving expression to my thoughts on the subject. But from the value of the Assyrian SculjDtiu'es to the British Museiim, and from the relation of the subject to the mis- sion of Christianity for the regeneration of the world (from a cere- monial and vain to a spiritual and truthful worship of God), I should wish the Trustees and Curators of the British Museum, on the one hand, and the Committee of the Society for Promoting Christian Knowledge on the other, to have a right of reprinting it for themselves, or of making any compilation therefrom which may, in their judgment, seem more practically useful to themselves, yet so as not to prejudice its being made useful to the cause of Chris- tianity through the present medium of publication, reserving for the Edinburgh Lithogi'aphei's an interest in the original designs, as made their own by iinprovement in their hands. It is with considerable misgiving that I have presumed thus to invite the attention of the learned at the British Museum, and the Publishing Committee of the Christian Knowledge Society, to any thoughts of my own. But the subject is one in which they have a peculiar interest. This possibly may induce them to overlook the presumption of an obscure individual seeking to avail himself of that interest, for test- ing the trvithfulness and utility of the interpretation given to Jewish prophecy in these Tracts. Without the countenance of such autho- rities I can only anticipate failure, and on it I dare hardly presume. For all the popular theoi'ies on Jewish prophecy are based upon a foundation so different to that here assxtmed (on scriptural evidence) to be true, that their advocates, with probably but few exceptions, may regard this investigation as a novelty of doubtful service to the cause of our religion. Yet, be that as it may, if I shall have been blessed to renew successfully the inquiry opened by Professor Lee* on these important subjects in a form for others to follow out with happier effect and greater accuracy of detail, I desire no other interest therein, and shall be thankful to God for the mercy. To myself, of course, the foremost Tract, on the Nineveh Sculptures, does scripturally seem to establish a prophetic connec- tion between the heathen symbolism for the glory of Babylon in the days of Nebuchadnezzar, and the cherubic emblems of Ezekiel's typical vision respecting the throne of Messiah's earthly glory. But if so really, then these facts must have an important influence in determining the true historic reference of Jewish prophecy in its relation to the restoration of the kingdom to Israel. For these facts are not only directly opposed to the poindar tlieory of Jewish prophecy, which is based on eiToneous Jewisli * Dr >S. Lee, late Regius Professor of Hebrew in the University of Cambridge. VI tiaditioii.s, hut tlicy moreover confirm, in tlie .stroi)ge«t mauiier from scripture, fairly and largely compared with scripture, the soundness of the general principles laid down by the late Dr S. Lee for the interpretation of Jewish prophecy. He interpreted Kev. xix, 10, in the true spirit of its meaning, compared with Liike xvi, 31, when ho represented all the teaching of the Mosaic law, and of God's ancient prophets, as an insti'uc- tion of ty2)ical import, realised with spiritual and everlasting effect in Christ (Heb. x, 1-10, Matt, xxi, 37), and thenceforth made the teaching of an immutable law in Christ's everlasting gospel (Rev. xiv, G.) From these facts we learn that the calling of Israel out of Babylon, to which the promised restoration of the kingdom with everlasting effect refers (Zech- ii, 7, Rev. xviii, 4) had respect to an everlasting calling of all flesh out from a state of spiritual bondage to the power of man's unsanctified human will, as bearing upon all men individvially with destructive inflvience, both from within and from without, until sanctified of God by gifts of gi-ace, enabling all who do not presumptuously resist this calling to walk in "the obedience of faith." This calling of God in Chriat (i.e. by a way of holiness) was fii'st made known to Abraham (John viii, 5Q) and to his seed as called in Isaac (1 Cor. x, 4) and associated with two remarkable deliver- ances from tlie power of the world — 1st, The Exodus out of EgA^it in the days of Moses ; 2d, From Babylon in the days of Cyinis. But it was predicted that this second deliverance should not be realised in the fulness of the blessedness predicted, V7itll a change skonkl be made in God'tfjirst covenant tvitk Israel ; after which the glory of God's spiritual Israel should become everlastingly a light to lighten the Gentiles. Vll Though the adverse curreut of popular opinion runs at present strong against such an interpretation of Jemsh prophecy, still its claims upon our attention are so all-important, that they cannot be innocently overlooked (Rev. xxii, 18, 19.) Compare, v. 10, the words "Seal not the sayings of the prophecy of this book,ybr the time is at liand,'' as wiitten in the apostolic age, with those (Dan. xii, 4) of the angel to Daniel, as a message sent from God to cor- rect erroneous notions of the predicted deliverance, when the time for its commencement was nigh at hand, and the expectations of the people high — " Shut up the words and seal the book, even to the time of the end : many shall go to and fro, and knowledge shall be increased." A fair comparison of these passages must shew the positive danger of falling into false and injurious views of Christi- anity, when refusing to believe (on the joint testimony of God's word and ivorks, personified in Christ, E,ev. xi, 3-7) that all Jeioish prophecy was fulfilled by the events of the apostolic age. Hence I have thought it desirable to enter into a detailed scrip- tural proof of tliis truth, to shew its practical value for the peace of individuals, and for the welfare of Christian communities, as identified with the salvation of the world in Christ. See John iii, 17, illustrated by John v, 39, 40, Matt, xsiii, 37-39, Jerem. li, 9, 10. But, in doing this, remarks which were intended only for an introduction to the first of these Tracts have extended themselves into other two distinct Tracts. Of these. Tract 2d relates to the true historic reference of Jewish Prophecy, and Tract 3d to the rise of idolatry, in the relation of its fall to the establishment of Messiah's cA^erlasting kingdom. DESCEIPTIVE TABLE OF THE ILLUSTEATIONS. No. 1. Cherubic emblems of Assyrian Scvilptiire, designed from the existing remains found at Khorsabad. First Tract, p. 2. No. 2. Ezekiel's prophetic variation of the Assyrian Symbolism. First Tract, ^i. 2. No. 3. Ezekiel's prophetic Symbolism applied to the outer east gate of the Temple at Jerusalem, in illustration of Ezek. x, 1, 2. First Tract, pp. 9, 10. No. 4. Relation of the outer to the iimer east gate of the Temple at Jerusalem ; on the supposition that the eight steps of the inner gates were as the seven steps to the lower gates increased by the threshold of the Priests' Comli. — Ezek. xl, 22, 27. Compare No. 8 from Josephus, in illustra- tion of Second Tract, pp. 11, 40. No. 5. Elevation of the Priests' Court, omitting the gates at the east front. Com- pare Nos. 7 and 9 from Josephus, illustrating Second Tract, pp. 11, 40. No. 6. Boundary walls and pavements of the Temple, to illustrate the ^dsion of Ezek. \'iii, 6-17, as seen by him through an imagined hole in the wall, v. 7, 8. First Tract, pp. 4, 12. No. 7- Elevation of the Temple, as described by Josephus, Antiq. viii, iii, 1-9 ; Wars V, V, 1-7, omitting only the great outer court of the Gentiles. Compare No. 5, and Second Tract, p. 39. No. 8. The Comii of the Priests and Court of Lsrael, omitting the Coiu-t of the Women, and varying the turretted form of the side-chambers between the two east gates. Compare No. 4, and Second Tract, p. 40. No. 9 as No. 8. Omitting the gates and wall of the east front, to shew the separ- ate place towards the west, as standing on the upper pavement, and higher up on the hill side. See No. 5. No. 10. The Temple, in the proportion of its other measiu-ements to that of the great outer Court typically measured by Ezekiel, as 500 reeds square, liliisti-ating Seconds Tract, p. 38. No. 11. Tlie Car of Juggernaut. — From the Saturday Magazine for August 11, 1832. Illustrating Second Tract, p. 46. No. 12. Ancient Jerusalem, in its relation to the walls rebuilt by Nehemiah. — Reduced from the Christian Knowledge Society's map. Illustrating Second Tract, p. 32. No. 13. Tlie Laver and its bases, illustrating the Second Tract, p. 61. Exj)lanation of the Fifjures on the Map of A nclent Jerusalem. 1. TIio Sficcj) Oafr of Nehcni. iii, 1, on the south side of the towers of Meali ami Hanancel. 2. The Finh Gate of Zepli. l-]0 ; now the Yaffa Gate, or Gate of Bethlehem. 3. Tlie Old Gate of Neheni. iii, 6 ; xii, 39. This, being at least one gate against the old Damascus road leading tu the territories of Ephraim, may mean an older gate of Ephi-aim than that afterwards mentioned. 3' or 4. The Gale of Ephraim, Nehem. xii, 39. This was situated near " the throne of the governor on this side the river" {i.e. the Euphrates), on comparison of Nehem. iii, 7, that being the phrase there used to iden- tify the same locality. 4 or 4'. The Neiv Gate of the higher Court (possibly the above-mentioned gate of Ephraim, Nehem. xii, 39), called a gate of the Lord's house, Jerem. xxxi, 10, as leading directly to the north-west entrance of the Lord's house. Hence it was also called " the high gate of Benjamin, whieh was by the house of the Lord," Jerem. xx, 2 ; and seems to have been "the high gate i^ito the King's house,'' 2 Chron. xxiii, 20, as the Horse Gate to the house of the Lord and to the King's house from the Damascus road. — Compare 2 Kings xi, 16 with Jer. xxxi, 40 ; Nehem. iii, 28. If the road from Damascus, in Nehemiah's day, approached Jeru- salem in the forked form of two distinct streets (as on this copy from the Society's map), then this may have been a gate of the northern wall at the terminus of the Damascus road nearest to the temple, as the Gate of Ephraim in 2 Kings xiv, 13, might have stood at the terminus of the more western road, and only at a distance of about 400 cubits from the Corner Gate or Fish Gate at the citadel. 5 & 5'. The Broad Wall. — This probably extended along both the north and north-west sides of the temple enclosure. Tliis may refer to the "Millo" built by David and Solomon. It may thus mean the filling up of the valleys to obtain an enlarged area for the foundations of the temple enclosure towards the north, and for uidting the upper and lower cities. It might thus also involve a reference to the great breadth of the lower cloisters of the temple. 6. The Tower of the Furnaces. — This I imaghie to have stood on the north side of the broad w;xll, and on the site afterwards occupied by the tower of Antonia. 6'. The miscalled Pool of Bethesda. 6". The miscalled Gate of St Stephen. 7. The Valley Gate of Neh. iii, 13. — This was the point from which one of the two companies started at the dedication of the walls. — Neh. xii, 31 . 8. The Dung Gate of Neh. iii, 13, 14; xii, 31.— This was situated about 1000 cubits (S. and S.E.) distant from the VaUey Gate. 9. The Fountain Gate, between the Pool of Siloam and the King's Pool. — Tliis was over against the stairs going up to the City of David. — Neh. ii, 14 ; iii, 15 ; xii, 37. 10. The Water Gate, lying eastward of Mount Zion, and above the stairs up to the city from the fountains. 1 1 . Course of the Tyropceon, from the VaUey of Gihon on the west, as extend- ing along the south of Acra, to its junction with the Valleys of Hin- nom and Jehoshaphat by the Pool of Siloam. X. The " Beth-Millo" of 2 Kings xii, 20. — This probably represents the site of the fort of Moimt Zion, in David's day, as one with the armoury of Neh. iii, 19 (see Cant, iv, 4), and the Xystus, or Gymnasivun, and House of Assembly, near the Water Gate, in later times. M. The Gate MiphJcad of Nehem. iii, 31. — This I take to be the East Gate of Ezekiel's vision, as the outer east gate of the temple properly so called, in its relation to the East Gate or Golden Gate of mediaeval traditions founded on the prophecy of Ezekiel's vision. For Mij^hJcad means visited, and the idea seems to have reference to the people and temple of God at Jerusalem being ^^sited of Messiah in the day of his incar- nation.— Malachi iii, 1-4. <; r-ci EzelcieTs ])ro^iietic symlDoliSTii ap^pliei to tlie outer Ear, tlie Temple at Jerusalem m illustration of Ezek. X.1,2. \\ H.W^ Farlane, Litl,' Ed N° 4. WIJFFir)^nB.J,itli',K,li Selation of the oictex to the mnex Hast ^ate of the Temple at Jcrirsaiem. OTi the supposition that the 8 steps of the inner ,^ates were as the seven steps to the lower ^ates increased hy the threshold of the Pnests Court Ezehiel XL. 22, 21. Elevation of th.e Priests Co^art, ( I tke ^ates at tlie East fioTit. WH.irFaTlanp.LitY EdmT i BoTmiaiy walls seal jav^ineMs of tlie Temple to illustrate the vision of '^IS.ldiihme Litli' Vm. 6_n, as seen Ij him thxou^k an imagined liole m the wall. v. 7,8. # I ^ ^ ^- '^ I ■QJ ^ ^ ° § g i I II - "on ^ > CO p^ - p; 7^ S3 r« ". "tn <vi F^ fd ^ tt^ r^ W o rfd ?5 'S ° 1 ^ •^ ■PH g §- The Temple m tie pojortion of its other measurements to that of 10. Wfl l.r=?auauc. Lvui? ta ^Teat outer Court, typically measirred lij EzeMel as 500 leeds so[uare. ? ■!• The Car of Ju^^eTnaut, 'Copied fTOffl tte SatuTday Ma^azme. ^ % oc "-o-o > oJ ^ r^ FIRST TRACT. THE WINGED SYMBOLS OF ASSYKIAN SCULPTUEE IN THE BRITISH MUSEUM, COMPARED WITH THE CHERUBIM OF EZEKIEL'S TYPICAL PROPHECIES. THE CHEKUBIC EMBLEMS OF MESSIAH'S GLORY, SUBJECTING ALL EARTHLY THINGS BENEATH HIS THRONE. Once (and I dare say it is not a solitary case) I was in the habit of regarding, traditionally and without any careful investigation of the question, the opening vision of Ezekiel's prophecy as a pure spiritual vision of God enthroned on high in supernatural glory, unapproachable by and unintelligible to man. But this should not be, for it perverts the true spiritual instruction of the prophecy into that of a vain and profitless superstition. The imagery used by all God's prophets must have been drawn from sources openly appreciable by the men of the generation to which they were sent, otherwise their words would have been un- intelligible ; yet we account them to have been sent with a mission of God for the instruction of their fellow-beings. It is not, therefore, reverential to interpret the figui-ative lan- guage in which their typical or symbolic instruction was expressed as if God's prophets had been divinely commissioned to use unin- telligible means for conveying an instruction of professedly vital importance to Israel, or at least to the spiritually minded of the then Jewish nation. Having now carefully compared this opening to Ezekiel's visions of God with his vision of the oblation and temple at the end of his book of prophecy, I have come to the conclusipn that the imagery is not supernatural, but one of a mixed symbolism. For it repre- sents, on the one hand, the Astro-theology of the ancient oriental nations respecting " heaven as God's throne." But, on the other, the symbolism is earthly and material, being borrowed from the idolatry of the Assyrians and Egyptians respecting the Divine government of the world being divided between gods many and lords many, as a corruption of the primeval religion, which the })iopln;t.s of the Jewish nation were continuously commissioned to denounce. My proof is twofold — 1st. From the internal evidence of the book ; 2d. From the confirmation given thereto by the recently discovered sculptures brought from Mosul, or ancient Nineveh, and coiTesponding to others found in the neighbourhood of Car- chemish, or Circesium, by the mouth of the river Chebar, or Cha- boras, where Ezekiel was amongst his captive brethren when he saw these visions.* We must remember that this was situated in the northern parts of the plains of Shinar, and that Tell in the word Tell-abib (or " Mound of the ears of coi-n'') means an artificial mound. It is supposed to be " Thallaba," and from iii, 15, seems to have been the place of Ezekiel's residence throvighout the series of his visions. We are thus scripturally introduced to the prophet when receiv- ing of God an instruction of Divine inspiration respecting the future to Israel and Babylon, as he stood, B.c. 595 (like Paul upon the hill of Mars at Athens, Acts xvii, 22-23), and beheld in amaze- ment the colossal symbols of Babylonian pride by which the people idolatrously worshipped an unknown God. For they seemingly attributed their then great national glory to the idea that Israel's God had come with his captive people to Babylon, and infused a more powerful spii-it into the nation than that of their owti idols. Though a later date (viz., B.C. 580) is in the margin of our Bibles assigned to Nebuchadnezzar's decree (Dan. iii, 29), he was fii'st inspired to worship the God of Israel, as more powerful than his own God, when Daniel told him his prophetic dream and the true interpretation thereof, B.C. 603. — Dan. ii, 46-49. In the opening of Ezekiel's book of prophecy God is represented as inspiring him in the land of his captivity with a prophetic in- struction, the imagery of which is (as before observed) partly of an Astro- theological origin, for " heaven t as God's throne," and partly taken from the idolatrous symbols of Babylonian pi-ide and glory with which he was there surrounded. But the idolatrous symbol of Babylonian greatness, augmented by that of Egypt and Israel made tributary thereto (Is. xix, 23-25 ; xxvii, 13 ; xxxv, 8, "with John XV, 6) is modijied lyropheticaUy when made four-headed to extend over the times limited in Daniel's prophecy on the power * See Layard's Nineveh, pp. 282-2S4, on the Winged Bull at Arban. + See notes on Aphophis, &c. , p. 59. of the Jewish Church vinder association with that of heathen dominiou from the days of Nebuchadnezzar as the gohleu head of the colossal image (Dan. ii, 38), and proljably the human head of this four-headed symbol. Thus the times prophetically ordained for the ingathering of the Gentiles into one fold with Israel are represented as beginning in the days of Nebuchadnezzar ; and under circumstances of the Babylonian captivity, as ordained " for good," — Jerem, xxiv, 5. But "the fulness of the Gentiles," or of the time apj)oiuted for making the Gentiles spiritually and eternally one with Israel, by the gift of the Holy Ghost, was to be the event which should realise before men the establishment of God's new covenant with Israel, by the cessation of the typical or Mosaic Dispensation. For then, as it were, all the works of God should be subjected of God to support the throne of Messiah's glory ; being thus sub- jected in power unto Him, for the good of man whilst living in the obedience of faith. — Rev. v, 13 ; Rev. xvi, 25-26. Hence the calling in of the Gentiles from the days of Nebuchadnezzar fore- shadowed the times appointed for a fuller manifestation of Messiah's earthly reign, to be realised only by the fall of the then Jewish church. This was the falling and rising again of many in Israel to which Simeon referred (Lvike ii, 34) in terms confirmed by vSt Paul, — Rom. xi, 7-26. Thus, like St Paul at Athens (when standing on Mars Hill, and there beholding the symbol of Athenian superstition, he felt the inspiration of his gospel mission, to proclaim therefrom the true and spiritual worship of God, which constitutes the abiding gloiy and universality of Christ's kingdom on earth), we must here con- sider Ezekiel as receiving his first inspiration of God whilst sur- rounded by the idolatrous symbols of that national greatness to which the power of Babylon had been raised under Nebuchadnezzar, by the will of God, for the beginning of a purpose of mercy to be determined over all flesh, — Jerem. xxvii, 8-12 ; xxix, 10-15. Also, whilst bodily at his own house at Tel-abib, by the river Chebar, he is there translated in spirit to Jerusalem ; to see and compare with the symbols ai'bund him when living in the land of idolaters those corresponding emblems which then adorned the inside and outside walls of God's temple at Jerusalem. For there, instead of the cherubic figures with which God had ordered the hangings of the tabernacle to be decorated, we read that the vision set before him was made (litei-ally and figuratively to represent the idolatrous tendencies of many in Israel) like that in the land of idolatrous Babylon, by the river Chebar. Thus we read_ (Ezek. viii, 10) — " So I went in and saw, and behold every form of creep- ing things, and abominable beasts, and all the idols of the house of Israel, portrayed upon the walls round about." He then describes a vision of the seventy elders of Israel and the chief priests ; or the twenty-four heads of the twenty-four courses of the priests, with their high priest as supreme over them. He further represents them in the act of making the sacrificial ordinances of God, under the Mosaic law, no better than those of heathen idolatry before God, by the spirit in which they made their offerings. — Isaiah i, 10-21; Jerem. ii, 8-14. Again, this vision of God respecting Jerusalem, is in Ezek. xl, 1-4 ; xli, 3, 4, repeated (but under a variation of the symbolism, Ezek. xliii, 3) to characterise the times and circumstances under which, after the predicted restoration of the kingdom to Israel by Cyrus (xliv, 28), the glory of the Lord should come " into the house by the way of the gate whose prospect is towards the east ; i.e., through the entrance reserved for the high priest only. This has reference to the times of that change in the priesthood by which Christ became our High Priest, by a freewill offering of Himself, as a sacrifice of atonement for the sins of the whole world, and once for all. — Heb. ix, 26-28 ; x, 12 ; 22 ; with John xi, 47-54. In Ezek. xliii, 1-13, we have an express declaration that the measurements and ordinances therein given respecting the temple and sacrificial ordinances, &c. &c., in the days of the restored kingdom, were to be considered and interpreted as of typical import. This might have been a guide for the Jew to have seen that Christ spake of the temple of his body (John ii, 18-23 ; Mark xiv, 57-58) as the temple of God's presence in the heart of his people, when made truly his by adoption, through sanctification by the gift of the Holy Ghost, as the eternal spirit of God's new covenant with Israel. — Jerem. xxxi, 31-35 ; Heb. viii, 8-13. The material temple of the typically sacrificial worship instituted by Moses was thus (like the fleshly tabernacle of man's living spirit, in Rev. xi, 1-14) prophetically accounted as the outer court of God's typical tabernacle compared with its inner sanctuary. The form of the inner sanctuary, considered as a perfect cube in the material temple, symbolised the spiritual elevation of man in heart and hope towards heaven, or upwards, wheresoever the gospel of Christ should be received in spirit and in truth (John iv, 21-27) on earth, or towards the four winds of heaven. — Dan. vii, 2 ; viii, 8, 22; XV, 4; Rev. ix, 13, 14, with Zech. i, 18, 20; vi, 1-9, and Ezek. xxxvii, 9 ; xl, 41 ; xliii, 15 ; Matt. xxiv. 31 ; Mark xiii, 27. In my answer to the objection* raised against my book on Ezekiel's vision of the restored oblation of the Holy Land, with the dedica- tion of a new and eternal temple to God therein, before the Redeemer should go forth out of Zion (Isaiah ii, 3 ; Luke xxiv, 47 ; Acts i, 4 ; ii, 5 to end), I have entered largely on the subject of the cherubic figures referred to in the prophecies of Ezekiel. For those seen at Jerusalem in the latter days of the first temple had their acknowledged counterparts in the idolatrous emblems of Babylonian national glory, as seen by Ezekiel near the river Chebar. — Cap. viii, 10. The details of the locomotive machinery seem to require some ad- ditional remarks. I believe them to have been partially borrowed from the astronomical science of the ancients. For the idea of " a wheel within a wheel," seems to represent the orbits of the planets as epicycles, according to the Ptolemaic astronomy. The idea which attributes their moving power to the wind, in its mystic relation to the spirit of God (or ruach), as the Lord and giver of life and motion to all created things, is that of Enoch's philosophy. They were also borrowed in part from the inventions devised by the heathen, when mechanically characterising the attributes of their gods, in modelled form, and by pictorial or sculptured represen- tation of those ideas, which philosophers are wont to realise to their own minds by abstract reasonings, whilst the less educated popula- tion was instructed therein by symbols. These are described below. First. When the fouk living creatures stood they let down their wings. — Ezek. 1, 24, 25. Second. There was the appearance of a man's hands under their wings, on their four sides (viz., on the outside view of all four). — Ezek. i, 8 ; x, 8. This might be at the point where the movement was communi- cated from the cranks of the wheels to the wings, through the medium of a leverage connected with the^^^A leg. This artificial covering of the mechanical power used, may be referred to propheti- cally in a double sense. \st. Simply to express the fact in its relation to a mechanical contrivance for introducing the scroll or * See Tract — " Thy Kingdom come :" Published by Marsh, York, &c. 8 roll of the book of Ezekiel's prophetic mission. — Cap. ii, 9 ; x, 2-10. Id. Ironically (Isaiah xliv, 9-21), to mark the hand of man in the structxire of those heathen idols, which seem to have formed the subject of the Assp-ian sculptures. For to these it appears Israel had assimilated the cherubic figures of Mosaic ordinance, virtually at least, by their idolatrous inclinations, if not actually. — Ezek. viii, 10. The wings of the bulls and lions, as represented on the Nineveh marbles, follow the description of Ezek. i, 11, 22; each having FOUR wings (if the engravings may be trusted in evidence) like those seen by Ezekiel. Two of these seem to have been ornamental, and immoveably " stretched upwards." These probably are the wings referred to when it is said, " Under the firmament their wings were straight, the one towards the other ; every one had two which covered on this side, and evei^ one had two which covered on that side, their bodies." Thus, when in motion, all four wings would be stretched up- wards, as seen on the slabs ; but when at rest, only the two under and more backward wings would be let down. Thus their heaven- ward direction was represented as constant, whether in motion or at REST j for the letting down of their wings when at rest seems to have been confined to two. If this supposition respecting the arrangement of the wings be correct, it may readily be shewn that one object of the fifth leg (in being so placed as to represent the appearance of four always on the side exposed to public view) probably might be to eftect a mechanical connection between the wings and the motive power of the wheels. But this fifth leg represented also foiu- legs always in the walking attitude, when the wings were seen in motion. It is possibly on this accoimt that the wings are represented only in elevated form (and therefore seemingly as two, when at their highest elevation under the firmament) in the Assyi'ian sculptures whereon the fifth leg ajspeai's. For it ajipears only under circumstances seemingly designed to make its anomalous existence as a fifth pass unnoticed. Third. " When the living creatiu'es went, the wheels went by them ; and when the living creatures wei'e lifted up from the earth, the wheels were lifted up." — Cap. i, 19. The lifting up of the living creatures means only, I presume, the lifting up of theii' wings from that depressed state in which two of them wei'e seen when the living creature stood. Similarly by the 9 lifting up of the wheels I understand only that lifting up of some inner wheels or cranks by which motion was impai-ted to the wings, possibly by the lifth leg, whensoever the wheels, which moved along the ground, began to revolve. In any other sense the idea of locomotion imparted by wheels being lifted up off the ground is inconceivable, and the words would seem to represent a mechanic impossibility. If, however, the wheels are to be interpreted of the planetary orbits, their being lifted up off the ground when the symbolisms of living power moved forward under influence of the winds (as here supposed), may imply that the periodic recurrence of their motion was limited to the time of their appearance above the horizon. Fourth. " When they went, they went upon their four sides,'' — Ezek. i, 17. The explanation of these words will form part of the general observations which follow in conclusion of the subject. In the days of the predicted restoration of the kingdom to Israel (Ezek. xliii, 3), even as when Ezekiel went to destroy the city (cap. xliii, 19), the cherubic glory designed to represent the i:)lace of God's spiritual presence amongst his people was the same as that seen by him when amongst the caj)tive Israelites, by the river Chebar (cap. i, iii), 22, at the beginning of the Babylonian captivity. But in both visions respecting Jerusalem the cherubic glory was seen hy the east gate at the north side of the house, or by the brazen altar for the bu.rnt-offerings of the people. From the causes of judgment enumerated in cap. viii, this, it seems, was typically to intimate that the destruction of Jerusalem was then ordained, because the spirit in which their sacrifices had been there offered up made them before God little else than the offerings of a ceremonial and idolatrous worship. Bu.t the mani- festation of the glory in that place, for judgment on the worship- pers, would also serve to intimate that the rebuilding of Jeiiisalem and restoration of the kingdom to Israel should never be esta- blished with eternal effect, until there should arise a High Priest with Urim and Thummim, or the oracular gifts of light and per- fection (Ezra ii, 63 ; Nehem. vii, 65), to teach the people that the sacrifice required of God was a broken and contrite heart for sin. — Isaiah vii, 15 ; Psalm li, 17. But the cherubic glory described by Ezekiel, as seen by the river Chebar, represents the symbols of the Assyrian sculpture in 10 all points, except that in Ezekiel's vision each of the living crea- tures had FOUR heads, corresponding to tlieir compound form on the Nineveh marbles, a.s in part resembling a man, a lion, a bull, and an eagle. This, T apprehend, was with the same object as the vision manifested to Daniel at a later date, and confii-ming the pre- vious one of Nebuchadnezzar's dream (Dan. ii), to shew that the great glory of the heathen dominion, then symbolised before them in association only with its " Babylonian head of gold" (Dan. ii, 38)* should, under a predicted dissolution of its elements, as " by fer- vent heat" (2 Peter iii, 10), be represented by four heads t or king- doms before the time appointed for its final judgment, as about to proceed in the days of the fourth kingdom from Nebuchadnezzar's inclusive. The combination of the liotis and the man^s head (as also referred to in Ezek. xli, 18-21) would thus represent the Babylonian ele- ment literally and 'mystically (Dan. vii, 8 ; viii, 23-27 ; xi, 36-45) as continuing throughout all. The hull would represent Egypt, and the eagle would symbolise the power of Persia under Cyinis, as the ravenous bird from the east sent against Chaldee Babylon. — Is. xlvi, 10, 11, with xliv, 28. The power of Alexander the Great, in its earliest prophetic re- ference, was his eastern dominion, dismembei'ing the kingdom of Persia. Hence the Grecian leopard of Dan. vii. was symbolised with four wings of a fowl on his back. The kingdom of Alexander's suc- cessors continued to exhibit the same elements imder further dis- solution ; viz., Syi'ia and Egypt as the Icings of the north and south in Dan. xi with that of Judah, whence the wilful king of the then latter-day apostacy, setting up his tabernacle in the pleasant * In Heb. iii, 1, and elsewhere in scripture, we are taught to regard Christ as the predicted High Priest, through whom an election of Israel was blessed with Urim and Thummin — for his ministry on earth represented an incarnation of the Holy Ghost in the fulness of the Godhead bodUy. — Coloss. ii, 9. + This was the ancient form of symboHsing the cycle of the solar year divided into four quarters for the four seasons ; even as the Brahma of the Hindus is symbolised with four heads. The astronomical symbols are — 1. The sun in Taurus : 2. In Leo : 3. Hercules returning from the Hesperides : 4. Aquila, or the Eaglk, ascending from the winter tropic. By this the oldest beginning of the year was made the symbol of a tj'pical prediction that God was about to mani- fest a new order of things imder judgment on the old, for a regeneration of the world which should have eternal effect. — Heb. viii, 13 ; xii, 28 ; 1 Pet. iv, 12-19 ; 2 Pet. iii, 10-18. 11 land. The fourth was the then rising power of the Chittim in the west (Is. xxiii, 12), identified successively with the kings of Greece and Rome. Such was obviously the character of Ezekiel's prophetic vision. There was, moreover, an equally obvious analogy of the circum- stances under which it was actually symbolised before him in the land of the heathen, and mentally when translated in spirit to Jerusalem, there also to contemplate its prophetic features. But at Jerusalem (cap. x, 3) the cherubim stood on the right side of the house when the man (liabited as a Jewish priest, Ezek. ix, 2; xliv, 18) went in and stood by the wheels, and took fixe from between the wheels, from " between and even under the cherubim,* standing by the brazen altar;" or at the east gate (xliii, 1,2; xlvi, 2, 3), and at the north side of the house (v, 19, with xliv, 4). This situation corresponds with that in which the cherubic emblems of Assyrian sculpture (or possibly Jewish, for they might have been partly spoils, and partly copies of spoils, taken from Samaria by Shishak, Ezek. viii, 10) were found at Khorsabadj viz., four on the north-eastern fagade of the palace, and four cor- responding forms at the east gate of the Propylseum. From these circumstances I infer that some sculptured or painted memorial of the grandeur of that gate was actually contemplated by Ezekiel, when himself located near the river Chebar, — Ezek. iii, 23, 24; iv, 1; v, 1; viii, 3. Then, as by immediate translation in spirit to the east gate of the inner or priest's court of the temple at Jerusalem, the sculptures of the heathen in the land of his captivity were made to constitute the imagery of a prophetic instruction respecting the ultimate issue of the rebellious national policy, and the corrupt observance of the typical law of sacrifices by that faction of the Jews which was then in power at Jerusalem. • As from God's presence, according to the metaphorical expression, God dwelleth between the cherubim. Hence the imagery of lightnings round about, and of eyes in all directions ; as implpng a being not subjected to obstruction of vision or check of power from any natural causes, — Psalm xcix, 1 ; civ, 3, 4 ; Exod. XXV, 22 ; also Ezek. xlvi, 2, 3, with xliii, 2, 3, and x, 4. The coals of fire are to be interpreted figuratively to represent Ezekiel as acting under a fiery mission of God (Psalm bcxx, 1 ; xcix, 1 ; civ, 4) respecting the predicted day of the Lord's coming (Ezek. xxx, 3) in final judgment on the city and sanctuary of the typical dispensation, hke that which was then about to effect its complete destruction by Nebuchadnezzar. For Ezekiel was commissioned of God to set before the nation both the causes and the consequences of this visitation. 12 This application of the symbolism fully accounts for Ezekiel's omission of reference to the two winged bulls, which always stood within the gateway of the heathen palace wheresoever the four were found in pairs on the faQades to the right and left of the gateway. For the cast gate of the temple at Jerusalem was for the ingress and egress of the high priest alone {i.e., for the purjjose of religious worship) ; and the place of the two bulls in the porch of the court was ornamentally occupied by two large pillars, — 1 Kings vii, 15-23; Ezek. xl, 49. But it may be said that Ezekiel speaks of living creatures, some- times at rest and at others in motion, I answer, the sculptured emblems represent the idea of living creatures, when described as in motion, for the relative idea of rest is necessarily implied where motion is pictui*ed or sculptured, seeing that no motion is perpetual, much less that of animal life. But the side view of these symbolic creatures was that alone on which the idea of motion was charac- terised. Hence perhaps the reference to their four sides, as to one side only of each, in Ezek. i, 17; x, 11. In the front view, as seen in the portals, their feet were straight (Ezek. i, 7), or in the attitude of rest, not of motion. Also, if these symbols of Babylonian grandeur were emblazoned before the people idolatrously, as emblems under which they were to worship the then (to them unknown. Acts x\di, 23) tutelary deity of their national glory, some Babylonian idol-car might have been thus decoi'ated externally, and paraded before the people. For thiis the heathen in the east do at this time with their most honoured national idols at every anniversaiy of some gi-eat public solemnity.* The sculptured motion may have reference to this. In regard to the character of that motion, it is is said, " when they went, they went on the four sides." This expression has perplexed me much; but I have at length come definitely to the conclusion that it means the side vieio was that under which they were represented when in motion; and the front view of the straight legs marked theii* position when at rest. Vorfour living creatui-es would have eight sides ; when therefore it is said they moved on their four sides, it must mean- they moved under a side view in which only four sides could be seen by a spectator facing them. The Hebrew is literally * This idea suggested the attempts I have made to represent the same in modelled form. 13 on t\iQ\x four fourths.* This I at fii-st interpreted to mean a four square aiTangement of the symbolism, on the supposition that reference was made to the four corners of an idol-car, having the idolatrous symbols of Babylonian power on its sides, and made capable of moving only backwards and forwards in the direction of either end. The moving power, as that of Juggernaut's vinwieldy car, was that of human beings thi-ough the instrumentality of ropes. The motion thus given to the wheels was by them imparted (through the agency of concealed mechanism) to the symbolic creatures. — Ezek. i, 19, 20; x, 16, 17. Hence perhaps we may trace the real object of the fifth leg, as intended only to be visible on the side view, and intended to characterise four legs in walking attitude when the wings were up or in motion. The wings of those seen with straight legs in the portal, or as at rest, would (from the nattu*al foreshortening thereof in that aspect) incline backwards, and appear depressed, in a form aptly answering to the description, " when they stood they let down their wings." From Ezek. x, 5, 6, 7, it is clear that the wheels are symbolised as placed inwards. Hence the aspect of them fi'om without would only be that of a wheel seen in the lower half, " as from ] the division" thereof. This appears to be one idea expressed by the Hebrew words translated in our version " as a wheel in the middle of a wheel" This translation aptly helps to de- scribe another feature in the arrangement of the wheels, viz., their connection with a crank movement on the axle. For the eccentric movement thus imparted is that of a wheel in the mid- dle of a wheel, or a wheel seen *' from the division of a wheel." But, as before observed, the idolatry of the ancients was twofold — \st. Of an astronomical character ; ^id. Of the earth earthy. This latter contemplated the other works of the material creation, together with the mutability of human affairs, as subjected to the control of gods many and lords many. Hence arose the idolatry of a mixed symbolism, which substi- tuted many vain superstitions for the idea of one superintending Providence in theii' worship of God as the Father of all the families of man. These impersonations of their " Diespater " were variously num- * See note to p. 15. u bered at different times. When ilieii- lunations and the cycl<i of their solar year were only divided into two hemispheres (an eastern and western), all their chronological cycles were split into two hemi- cycles, to realise the idea of the sun and moon having a reversible movement from tropic to tropic. The cycle of 1 2 months was thus divided into twice six, or into 7 and 5, because the tropical luna- tion was twice counted. Thus, in the astronomy of Enoch, the sun is said to tarry 60 days in his sixth gate, as that of the two zodiacal signs which were divided by the summer solstice. Similarly (after their lunations and the cycle of their solar year was divided into four parts), the same is said by Ovid and Virgil of the sun in Scorpio, as continuing there for the space of 2 signs, or 60 degrees, each degree for a day. For when the moon was changing from Libra to Scorpio, the place thereof would in effect be that of the sun's sixth gate in the astronomy of Enoch. For the sun's sixth gate was that of the moon's change, and his Jirst gate that of the full moon in the astronomy of Enoch. Thus their principal gods were six or seven, when they measured their time bp hemicycles, and seven when dividing their lunations into 4 times 7| days = 30 days, and their solar year into 4 times 90° =: 360° or days, for as many impersonations of their Diespater. When the oldest gods of Egypt were but three, their demigods numbered eight. By this we are to understand that when their lunations and the cycle of their solar year numbered only three seasons, the presiding gods thereof were Pan, Hercules, and Bac- chus. The latter of these reigned as " God-king of the Dead" for one-third of these cycles. These were thus divided amongst gods of light, to the extent of two-thirds, and the reign of Aphophis in one-third, or for 20 and 10 days in each lunation, and for 8 and 4 months respectively in the solar year. Hence, the " four-fourtlis" of Ezek. i, 17, may perhaps have re- ference to an astronomical symbolism then in use amongst the Jews, as derived by them from the Chaldseans or Egyptians, and representing the cycle of the solar year divided into four parts. For we similai-ly retain an idolatrous nomenclature for the seven days of our week, and for some of our months, without retaining an idolatrous and superstitious observance thereof. Thus their solar year, after its division into 4 parts was some- times figuratively reckoned as a great year, or period of 4 solar years, numbering 1461 days, or 4 times 8655- days. Also, as their Sothiac year, numbering 4 times 36o^ days of years, or 1461 15 solar years. Also, as the great zodiacal cycle of the old Egyptian Chronicle, numbering 36,525 years, as 4 times 25 x 365;^ days of years, for the 100 years of Brahma's life, compared with the 100 years assigned to the life of Aphophis by the Egyptians, though reckoned in Eratosthenes as 100 years, less 1 hour. Thiis each revolution of the cycle might be figuratively sym- bolised as completing, in every fourth part thereof, a repetition of their symbolism for heaven as God's throne, when ruling in the four seasons of the year, and over all the families of man. This may be one's reference of the imagery under which the symbolic animals of Ezekiel's prophetic vision were said to have moved on their ^^four-fourths " whensoever in motion.* * When the four years' cycle of the Egyptian lustrum was symbolised in their hieroglyphics by the relation of the perfect square to the circle, the symboUsm was a measure of 100 cubits or feet compared with the circle of 360°. Hence one- fourth of a square, or -^lyij cubits, was as 90°, or one-fourth the circle. This was, equally with the circle of 360°, made to symbolise the cycle of the solar year. Hence also the Egyptians used the words a fourth to mean one solar year. Such is the statement of HorapoUo in his hieroglyphics, and this may serve to afford historical proof that the four-fourths of Ezekiel's typical vision ought to be thus explained. This may illustrate the somxe of the typical symbolism in the prophecy of Daniel respecting the kingdom of Chaldee Babylon under Nebuchadnezzar, and of Greece under Alexander the Great, as destined after them to be divided to- wards the four winds of heaven. For it was thus to be made the kingdom of another people, who should equally regard the lesson of ancient tyjiical prophecy respecting God's eternal ordinances of day and night, as the Jews were instructed to do by Moses and the prophets (Gen. i, 14 ; xxxvLii, 9, 10 ; Jerem. xxxi, 35, 38 ; xxxiii, 24, 26), but not as the Egyptians and other heathen nations did, when making them symbols of an idolatrous Baal-worship. The interpretation given to Gen. i, 1 4, by the usages of patriarchal Hfe in the oriental world (as illustrated by Joseph's dream. Gen. xxxvii, 9, 10) affords ample proof that the darhenincj of the sun, and moon, and stars, as the immediate con- sequence of God's judgment on the Jerusalem of the apo.stolic age (Matt, xxiv, 29), is meant figuratively to describe an echpse of Jewish and heathen dominion in the world, though not until after a bloody struggle for the same. Hence "the sun" of the apocalyptic vision (vi, 12) "became hlach as sack- cloth of hair, and the vioon became as blood." Thus the subordination of tem- poral power in the theocratical commonivealth of Mosaic institution was (lilce that of the family circle in the households of the patriarchs) assimilated to the subor- dination of power in the greater and lesser lights of heaven, when given of God to man for signs of a typical instruction respecting God as the light of life to man, equally as for a division of time into seasons, and days, and years. This (taken with St Paul's words (Galat. iv, 24, 25) as to an allegorical teach- ing designed of God in the typical kingdom of Jewish temporal nationality at 16 The brazen altar (which stood ou the north-east side of the inner court of the temple at Jerusalem, viz., at the place in which God had api)ointcd to meet the people, through their priesthood, under the typical dispensation, Ezek. xlvi, 2, 3) is prophetically intro- duced into the vision to symbolise the sacrifices of the Mosaic law, as, from the spirit in which they were then being made, a mere ceremonial worship by the people, no better in God's sight than the idolatrous ofierings of the heathen. Hence Isaiah (i, 10, 21) alleges them against the nation as the chief cause of judgment being then permitted to proceed against it in extreme form. — Ezek. viii, ix, x. In illustrating the prophetic visions of Ezek. ix, 1-5; x, 2, 14- 22; xli, 16-21, by a pictured representation of the north-east angle of the priests' couii; of the temple at Jerusalem, I have not over- looked the fact that the wheels seen by the side of the cherubim (Ezek. i, 16, 21; X, 6, 16) can thus have no place in the pictured illustration. But we must remember that the visions of the cherubic glory, described in cap. x and xli, as seen at Jerusalem, were the same in character as that first seen by the river Chebar. Also the cherubic figures seen by the river Chebar might have formed the external decoration of some idol-car. Hence the wheel- work con- nected therewith might have been made the subject of a meta- phorical reference suitable to Ezekiel's prophetic mission, when describing the Jewish emblems of God's glorious presence amongst his people (or "between the cherubim") as a moveable gloiy. Ezekiel, therefore, represents the reality of this glory as then remaining spii'itually and truthfully present with the faithful of God's people in the land of the heathen, when Jerusalem was being made as Shiloh, — Jerem. vii, 15. For then the cheitibic emblems of that glory, sculptured on the eastern side of the court of the priests at Jerusalem, were prophetically regarded by him merely as the symbols of an idolatrous and heathen worship (Ezek. viii, 10), like those sculptured on the north-east front of the palace at Khorsabad. Jerusalem) will assure us that if the early history of the world, as recorded in our Bibles, should be found to have much of an allegorical teaching mixed up with it, the validity of the teaching is not impaired by any want of historical exactness. For we cannot but interpret it erroneously when judging it (as Bishop Colenso does) by our modern ideas of history, which are wholly inapplicable thereto. SECOND TRACT. ON THE TRUE HISTORIC REFERENCE OF JEWISH PROPHECY. THE TRUE HISTORIC REFERENCE JEWISH PROPHECY. The cherubic emblems of the Divine presence which decorated the mystic tlirone of Messiah's earthly glory by tlae river chebar and at JERUSALEM, in Ezekiel's prophetic visions, serve historically to date the true beginning of the times referred to in his vision of prophecy respecting the oblation and temple of the kingdom as restored to Israel in the land of the Canaanite. These have com- mon relation to the times fore-ordained of God for an enduring ces- sation of the oblation and sacrifice (Dan. ix, 27, with xii, 7, 11, 12), associated with an everlasting scattering of the power of the holy people, to enlarge the field of its mission for the preaching of that everlasting gospel (Rev. xiv, 6) whereby all the families of man are made spiritually one in Christ with the twelve tribes of Israel, as co-heirs of the promises made to Abraham and his seed, though never realised with individxial comfort to any soul of man until confirmed of God by the gift of the Holy Ghost, prevailing unto the "obedience of faith" (Rom. xvi, 26), Thus the 1260, 1290, and 1335 days of typical prophecy have, with the 2300 of Dan. viii, 14, common reference to a sabbath of years as a prophetic week of seven years or twice 1260 typical days. Of these the latter 1260 typical days refer to the times fore-ordained over Jerusalem's desolation, as thus limited for the elect's sake. (Matt, xxiv, 22, and Rev. xi, 2, illustrated by Luke xxi, 24). For the words '' until the times of the Gentiles be fvilfiiled " must be interpreted by reference to Galat. iv, 45, " When the fulness of time was come" (viz., the fulness of the time fore-ordained of God for consummating, by the gift of the Holy Ghost upon all flesh, Luke ii, 25-33), that calling in of the Gentiles which commenced with the Babylonian captivity, as ordained " for good " to Israel and to the world (Jerem. xxiv, 5, with Gen. xlix, 10), " God sent forth His Son, made of a woman, made i;nder the law" (or taking on Him the form of man born into the world in natural siibjection to the curse of the law, though not subjected thereto through any defile- ment of personal sin), '' to redeem them that were under the law, that we might receive the adoption of sons." The first 12G0 days, allotted to the testimony of God's tv)o wit- nesses * as closed with the ministry of Christ by the sacrifice of his death, vii-tually repealing for ever the Mosaic law of sacrifice (Rev. xi, 3), were terminated by 3^ days of darkness to the followers of Christ, until the sounding of the seventh tiaimpet proclaimed in His resurrection the Jirst /ruits of a general resurrection extending over the Gentile world, as well as over the then dead body, a,s it were, of Jewish nationality at Jerusalem ; the " carcase" of Matt, xxiv, 28, compared with Levit. xxvi, 30, and Isaiah Ixvi, 24. But this opening of the temple of God in the new heavens of Jewish prophecy (after an interval of 40 years predicted in Ezek. iv, 5), was to be followed by the outpouring of the seven vials of God's wrath upon the old Jerusalem (Rev. xv, 8), the Sodom and Egypt in which our Lord was crucified, Rev. xi, 8), as in consummation of the more measured judgment of the seven trumpets. Thus the seven vials of the apocalyptic vision represent the fiery flood of Daniel's prophecy (Dan. ix, 27, with Dan. xii, 7, 11, 12), as fulfill- ing its mission of jvidgment before " the times of the Gentiles," (i.e., for consummating the calling in of the Gentiles under a new cove- nant with Israel), were fulfilled by the cessation of the typical law with the destruction of the typical sanctuary. St Paul, in Heb. viii, 7-13, and Heb. xii, 2-5-29, represents the predictions of Jerem. xxxi, 31-40 and xxxiii, 19-26, with Haggai ii, 6-10, as then in progress of their final accomplishment at Jeru- salem, and the preaching of Chi-ist's gospel, as being fraught, to the then temporal kingdom of Je\vish nationality in Palestine, with a fall of no limited character, like that of the 70 years numbered over the Babylonian Captivity ; but with an " ntter * Either God's word and worls having an incarnate personification in Clirist, or Christ's ministry Naewed propheticalbj in association with that of John the Bap- tist, his forerunner, and the '^ £lias" which was for to come, if only men were not jiow, as then, incredulous. — Matt, xvdi, 10-14, with Malachi jv, 5. a/nd everlasti7ig destruction." But this fall was to be associated with a more glorious rising again to many in Israel, Luke ii, 34, when engrafted by the gift of the Holy Ghost into Messiah's spi- ritual kingdom, which should have no end, and in which there should be no more '■^ utter destruction," Zech. xiv, 11 : "no more curse," Rev. xxii, 3; "no more mystic' ^' sea" of '■'death" Rev. xxi, 1, 4, like that of Babylonian pride and power, Ezek. xxxi, 3, 4, out of which (as from the bottomless pit oi 'Rev. ix, 1-12, with Ezek. xxxii, 17-32, sprung up the destroyer of the nations, as of Judah's then temporal nationality in the land of the Canaanite. — Compare Jerem. ix, 7, with 1, 17, and Isaiah xiv, 12-20, also 29-32, with Jerem. viii, 17, in illustration of our Loi'd's words. Matt, iii, 7-13. I cannot refrain from here remarking that the promised restora- tion of the kingdom to Israel had a literal fulfilment, historically verified, in the days of Cyrus ; and they who, ignoring this fact, demand some new literal fulfilment, are always making their de- mand in a spirit totally at variance with our Lord's words, when he said emphatically, " My kingdom is not of this world," though a kingdom of supreme sinritual power in the world. Thus the kingdom, as restored to Israel in the days of Cyi-us, did, through an election of grace therein, become the germ of Messiah's ever- lasting kingdom, as identified with the cause of Chi'istianity from the Apostolic age. Let us not be ever demanding other signs of Christ's " coming again " than those ordained of God, as signs of spiritual discernment in the gift of the Holy Ghost for a pui-pose of eternal duration, — willing in mercy the salvation of the spirits of all flesh. Christians, to a very great extent, are no less lamentably per- verse on the scriptural doctrine of Christ's second advent than the Jews of the A-postolic age were, when, in the days of Christ's earthly ministry, they resisted both the evidence of his word and his works in testimony that he was the Messiah of their nation, and that Saviour of the world whose advent their prophets had led them then to expect. They also demanded some " more literal interjiretation," of pro- phecy respecting the predicted glory of Messiah's kingdom, and " signs from heaven " more suitable to the expectation derived from their national traditions than those of spiritual discernment, by which God had testified before the world to the divine mission of Christ and his apostles. It was at tlie beginning of the Babylonian Captivity (or b.c. GU6, ftncl exactly 70 years before the restoration of the kingdom by Cyrus, B.C. 536) that Jeremiah said, " Behold the days come, saith the Lord, that the city shall be built to the Loi'd, from the tower of Hananeel unto the gate of the corner (Neh. iii, 1 ; Zech. xiv, 10.) And the measuring line shall yet go forth over against it (Ezek. xlvii, 3-G*) * Compare " the line of Samaria, and plvimmet of the house of Ahab," — 2 Eangs, xxi, 13, with Amos vii, 7-17 ; also Is. xxviii, 17 ; Zech. iv, 10, with Ezek. xlvii, S-6, with my note on the last quoted passage in p. 133 of " Thy kingdom come," or the Christian's prayer of penitence and faith. The boundaries of the city, as referred to in Jerem. xxxi, 38-40, and Zech. xiv, 10, correspond in a great measure with those described by Nehemiah in his history of the rebuilding, cap. iii, and che dedication of the walls of the restored city, cap. xii. Dr Robinson, in vol. i, p. 471 to 474, of his " Biblical Researches in Palestine," says, " In regard to the gates of ancient Jerusalem, there exists so much un- certainty, that it would seem to be a very vain undertaking to investigate the relative positions of them aU. Of the ten or twelve gates enimierated in the book of Nehemiah, and other parts of the Old Testament, Reland remarks with truth, that it is uncertain, first, whether they all were situated in the external walls, or perhaps lay partly between the different quarters of the city itself, as is common even now in oriental cities ; secondly, whether some of them were not gates leadmg to the temple rather than out of the city ; and again, whether two or more of the names enumerated may not have belonged to the same gate. In- deed, it is certain that there must have been gates forming a passage between the upper and lower city, and we know that there were several on the western side of the area of the temple. There must also probabty have been a gate and way leading from Akra to the quarter south of the temple, passing perhaps beneath the bridge. But of all these gates, who can ascertain the names ? " It must however be borne in mmd that aU the accounts of the Old Testament relate to the city only as bounded on the north by the second wall of Josephus. There can, of couree, be no allusion to any of the gates of the subsequent third wall. Hence, for example, the suggestion that the present gate of St Stephen may correspond to the ancient Sheep Gate is whoUy imtenable, since until the time of Agrippa no wall existed in that quarter. " The chief passages relating to the gates and walls of the ancient city are found in the book of Nehemiah, and these are occasionally illustrated by other incidental notices. It is ob\ious in the account of the rebuilding of the walls by Nehemiah, that the description begins at the Sheep Gate, and proceeds first northwards, and so towards the left aroimd the city till it again terminates at the same gate. This gives the probable order in which the ten gates there mentioned stood ; and the other two named elsewhere can be easily inserted. But where was the beginnmg, or what the intervals between, or where the positions of the several gates ? These are questions which can never be answered except in a general and unsatisfactory manner. J from the hill Gareb, and shall compass about to Goath. And the whole valley of the dead bodies, and of the ashes, and all the fields unto the brook Kidron (compare Ezek. xxxvii, with Joel ii, " Yet in regard to the probable position of a few of ^the gates we may amve at eome more definite conclusion. Thus the Fountain CTate, without much doubt, was situated near to Siloam (Neh. ill, 15, xii, 37), and was not improbably the same as the " gate between two walls " by which King Zedekiah attempted to escape (2 Kings xxv, 4). There was also, doubtless, upon the northern side of the city a gate leading towards the territory of Benjamin and Ephraim, and tliia would natm'aUy take the name of those tribes. It may very probably have been the Ancient Gate, which we found upon the site of the present Damascus Gate. " Tlie notices of the VaUey Gate and Dmig Gate are less distmct. In passing around the city towards the left they are mentioned before reaching the Fountain Gate or Siloam, and are therefore to be sought probably on the western or southern part of Zion. Now the north-western corner of Zion lies just at the bend of the Valley of Gilion or upper part of Hmnom, and would naturally be, and, so far as we know, always has been, agate — the Gennath of Josephus. Here probably stood the Valley Gate, over against the Dragon Fountain or Gihon (Neh. ii, 13). We must look then for the Dung Gate on the southern part of Zion, and as the nature of the gromid in tliis part does not admit of frequent gates, there seems good reason for regarding it as identical with the Gate of the Essenes mentioned by Josephus. "In this way the course of Nehemiah dining his night excursion becomes plain. Issuing from the Valley Gate on the west he followed down the Valley of Hinnom, and aroimd to Siloam, and the King's (Solomon's) Pool or Fountain of the Virgin. Beyond this the narrow vaUey was full of ruins, so that there was ' no place for the beast that was under him to pass.' He therefore went up * by the brook ' on foot, and then returned by the same way. " Further than this I would not ventm-e to advance. The notices respecting the other gates are too indefinite to enable us to determine anything more than that some of them probably did not belong to the external city waU. Thus, the Horse Gate evidently lay between the temple and the royal place (2 Kings xi, 16 ; 2 Chron. xxiii, 15), and the Water Gate was apparently on the western part of the area of the temple (Neh. viii, 1, 3 ; Comp. iii, 26), " To the above remarks Dr Robinson subjoins the following notes : — The ten gates, mentioned in Nehemiah iii, are the following : — Horse Gate v. 28, by N.W. corner of the Temple area v. 29. Gate Miphkad v. 31, same as the Golden Gate of the Middle ages, and on the east side of the Temple area. — See by S.W. corner of the Teinple Topography of the walls aa re- area. paired by Nehemiah. 1. Sheep Gate .... vs. , 1, 32. 2. Fish Gate v. 3. 3. Old Gate .... V. 6. 4. VaUey Gate .... V. 13. 5. Dung Gate .... V. 14. 6. Fountam Gate .... V. 15. 7. Water Gate .... V. 26, 20), unto the corner of the horse gate toward the east, shall be holy unto the Lord ; it shall not be plucked up, nor thrown down any more for ever." (Jerem. xxxi, 38-40, with Joel iii, 17.) These Also in xii, 39, we find the Prison Gate, perhaps the same as Miphkafl, and the Gate of Ephraim ; ako of Benjamin (Jerem. xxxvii, 13. Then again mention is made of the Comer Gate (2 Chron. xxv, 23), " from the Gate of Ephraim to the Comer Gate." Josephus mentions further the gate called Gennath, near the Tower of Hippicus ; and that of the Essenea on the S. part of the city (B, J. v, 4, 2.) I agree wath Dr Robinson in his supposition that the names of Ephraim and Benjamin may have been applied in common to the same gate. He adds : — "Josephus says the wall ran from Hippicus through the place called bethso to the gate of the Essenes, and thence on the south to Siloam ; "' B. J, v. iv, 2. This would fix the probable site of this gate on the S. W. part of Zion. The name Bethso, which Josephus does not translate, seems to be the Hebrew Beth- tsodh, "Dung place," and not improbably marks the spot where the filth of the city was thro\vn down from Zion into the valley below. From this circumstance the adjacent gate might naturally receive the synonymoiis name Shangar-'S.a.- ashpoth, "Dung Gate." Dr Robinson states the whole circumference of the walls of Jerusalem, as now existing, to be 2i English miles 74 yards, or nearly 2§ geographical miles ; and Josephus (B. J. V. 4, 2) as 33 furlongs or 4g miles, including Bezetha or the New City. If the Valley Gate of Nehemiah's day was only a little south of the existing Yafa Gate, Dr Robinson's measurements may prove of considerable importance in elucidating the 4000 cubits, Ezek. xl\Ti, compared with " the measuring line" of Jerem. xxxi, 39, " The breadth of the city from Yafa gate to the western entrance of the Haram esh-Sherif, is (says Robinson) about 2100 feet or 700 yards, as near as we could determine it by paces." — P. 386. "With this compare his words, p. 383 — " The breadth of the whole site of Jerusalem, from the brow of the valley of Hinnom, near the Yafa Gate, to the brink of the valley of Jehoshaphat, is about 1020 yards, or nearly half a geographical mile, of which distance 318 yards (compare p. 410) is occupied by the area of the great Mosk, el-Haram esh-Sherif." Also compare his measurements in p. 459 — " The length of this wall between Hippicus and the temple, as near as we could estimate by paces, must have been about 630 yards." But 1020 yards, less 630 j^ards, make 390 yards, of which he reckons 350 yards for the northern boundaiy of the Temple area. Thus, in p. 419, he gives a someivhat broader measm-ement to the sacred enclosure on its northern than on its southern boundary, stated at 318 yards. The eastern side of the sacred enclosure, he measured along the outside of the wall as 1528 feet, or neai-ly 510 yards. For though the northern end is inaccessible for actual measurement, he mea- sured it by a very fair approximation when measuring it by the parallel street to St Stephen's Gate. Thus measured, he estimated its extent as 1060 feet, or 350 yards. Compar- ing his remarks, from p. 429-434, with Joseph. Antiq. xv, 11, 5, we observe ■words refer to an event of spiritual consummation — when " the city shall be built to the Lord" — Then, in the progress of hi;man events, all the families of man, blessed by the gospel of Christ, that Josephus represents the area of the Temple as that of one stacUum, or ahout 600 Greek feet, square ineasui'ement. This, with the Tower of Autonia, and its enclosure, altogether covered a parallelogram, measuring six stadia round about. The triple colonnade before the Vatican at Rome seems to have been jjlanned from Josephus' description of the lower cloisters of the Temple. Of the latter, " the two external porticos were each 30 feet wide, and the middle one 45 feet. The height of the two external porticos was more than 50 feet, whUe that of the middle one was double, or more than 100 feet. The length was a stadium, extending from valley to valley." The measuring may here be simply from east to west, under a vague reference to the relative position of the TjTopason to the Valley of Jehoshaphat. This measurement of Josephus is so considerably within Dr Eobiason's actual measurement taken on the outside, that he very fairly supposes Josephus to speak of the area within the cloisters. For twice 105 feet are 70 yards, and 318, less 70, are 248 yards, and 600 feet being 200 yards, we have only a difFerence of 48 yards. This difference may represent 24 yards on either side of this Com't of Israel, for that part of the Court of the Gentiles which was between it and the cloisters. In this case Josephus' measurement of one stadium square would be true of the Temple, as spoken of by a Jew, confining his thoughts to Israel's pri\aleged rela- tion thereto, and therefore measiu-ing only by the external din^iensions of the Court of Israel. Robinson quotes from Lightfoot, vol. i, p. 584, the authority of the Talmud, as giving to the Temple area a sqiiare measurement of 500 cubits. This, how- ever, seems only to be a Jewish fillin g up of the elliptical expression in Ezek. xlii, 20 ; obser\dng that the word reeds could not hold true literaUi/, and not perceiving how it might be connect mysticalli/, considering the figurative and spiritual teaching of EzehieVs typical measurements, cap. xlvii, 10. In 2 Kings xiv, 13, we read that the distance " from the Gate of Epliraim to the Corner Gate" (Heb., the Gate of the Battlement, sing.) " was 400 cubits." But in Zech. xiv, 10 (where two gates are mentioned), the Heb. for " the Corner Gate," or the second, is " the Gate of the Battlements," pi. The first gate of Zech. was most probably the Fish Gate of Zeph. i, 10 ; and the relation of these two gates to the tico towers of Hananeel and Ha-Meah is conni-med by the pi. huttlements, being the Hebrew for corner in Zech. xiv, 10. In Num. ii, 18-25, Benjamin and Manasseh were ranged under the standard of Ephraim, on the ^cest side of the Tabernacle, and why not here ? It is possible thus that the Gate of Ephi-aim might have been near the house of the Governor, on this side of the river, at a distance only of 400 cubits from the Fish Gate, and the " High Gate of Benjamin," at which Jeremiah was arrested, .lerem. xxxvii, 13, have been " by the house of the Lord," Jerem. xx, 2, and been the new gate of the Higher Court, Jer. xx-\i, 10; xxxvii, 10; 2 Chron. xxiii, 20, or the Horse Gate of 2 Kings xi, 16, under a new name. 8 shall look back to the Jerusalem iu which the a[)Ostolic mission commenced, as the Zion from which their Redeemer went forth into all lands, and caused the kingdom of the promises made to This Gate of Benjamin corresponds to the situation of the Gate of Ephraim, Neh. xii, 30, as lyinfj eastward of the Old Gate, viz., the Old Gate of E))hraim, distant only by 400 cubits from the Gate of the Corner or Battlement, 2 Kings xiv, 13, wliich seems to have been the Old Gate of Neh. iii, 6 ; xii, 39. N.B. — The 1000 great cubits of Ezekiel's vi'iion (estimating, a.s above, the great cubit at 24 inches, for reasons to be hereafter given, in correction of my former estimate as 18 inches increased by the hand -breadth of 3 inches, making only 21 in all), measure 6661 yards. This is a pretty near approximation to the 700 yards of Kobinson, vrhere there is so much uncertainty in determining exact localities. One thing, however, seems pretty clear, viz., that whereas the localities referred to by Nehemiah corresponded to those named in the predictions respecting the restoration of the Icingdom to Israel, and are not such as can now be satisfactorily identified ; the literal rebuilding of the city, as predicted before and during the Babylonian Captivity, is not an event of future expectation, but that of historic fulfilment m Nehemiah's day. Yet we ai'e taught in the siire word of prophecy to regard it as having a two- fold fulfilment — 1st, Tlie literal fulfilment whcih had limitation of reference to the work of man, and the rebuilding of a material structure which was destined to be agaiu thrown down, (Dan. ix, 27, and xii, 7, 11, 12,) and then by an eternal destruction. For the temporal kingdom of the twelve tribes of Israel in the land of the Canaanite was limited from the beginning to the times of God's first Covenant with Israel, under the typical dispensation of ceremonial sacrifices instituted by Moses. These, however, were to cease when the object designed thereby (viz. to make the glory of God's people Israel the light also of the Gentile world by a new and everlasting Covenant) should have been realised. 2d, As fulfilled by the establislmient of Christ's spiritual kingdom — realisiug the pro- mises made to Abraham's seed, for a blessing to aU the families of man, by the gift of the Holy Ghost confirming God's new Covenant with the seed of Abra- ham as that of Christ's everlasting righteousness made peacefully triumphant over the desolating power of the world. This was that rebuilding of the city spiritually "to the Lord," which should not be plucked up, nor thrown down any more for ever. It is the everlasting glory of Christ ever blessing with the brightness of his second advent in the power of the Holy Ghost, for the salvation of sinners, the spiiitual kingdom of his apostolic mission to all the world, through an election of grace in the house of Israel. Thus the typical times of Daniel's prophecy have the reference of literal days to the beginning and end of the temporal kingdom restored to Judah at Jerusalem in the latter days of God's first Covenant with the house of Israel. These extended from the days of Cyrus to the final desolation of the typical sanctuai-y by the Romans under Titus, as the predicted consequence of Christ's crucifixion followed by his resurrection glory. But Ezekiel iv, 4, 5, gives a wider range to this prophetic instruction of Abraham's seed to become (by spiritital restoration in Christ, con- firmed of God by the gift of the Holy Ghost upon the Gentiles as upon the Jews) a kingdom of spiritual life to all flesh. The memory typical days, by teaching us (in their relation to tlie spiritual rebuilding of Jeru- salem with the everlastmg effect predicted over the Neiv Jerusalem, as a mystic city haraig no boundaries of local Umitation) to watch the progress of events perpetually confirming the truth of Jewdsh prophecy, in its testimony to Christ, by counting the days of typical prophecy, as years of a more extensive fulfilment to the glory of God, from the days of Cyi-us, Ezi-a, and Nehemiah, successively, to those in which we Uve. Hence, interpreting the 2300 evening and morning of Dan. vui, 14, as days of a typical computation capable also of continuous application to the events of history for a like term of years, these reckoned from B. C. 445, (which dates the rebuilding of the walls of Jerusalem by Nehemiah) terminated A. D. 1855. But if reckoned from b. c. 434, (the supposed date of Nehemiah's second mission, (Neh. xiii, 6, 7,) they wiU not terminate luitil a. d. 1866. Without agreeing with Dr Gumming that the end of the world is to take place in 1867, this our generation is continuously witnessing, as in correction of the e\dl whereby the world is desolated, an expanduig influence of gospel light and truth ; the reference of John 1, and 1 John ii, 8, compared with Zech. xiv, 6, 7. That some new conflict of opposing worldly interests and principles may be preparing a desolation of the world by war, is likely enough. Also that God will doubtless bring good out of evil, is a subject for thankful consideration. For without such faith in the power and pro\'idence of God to stay the violence of the world's destroyers when the power of this judgment is mj^steriously given to them, (Eev. xi, 5, 6, 7,) Christian ci\dlization would be continuoiLsly retrograding instead of progressing. On the contrary, its progression is an indisputable fact, and cause of thankful ness to God for the blessing, whilst the darkness of opposing prejudices which are continuously arrayed against it, demonstrates the true som-ce and worldly origin of all the extensive evils wliich have desolated the world through sin, causing God's judgment thereon to begin a second time at Jerusalem. This re- presents the second death of Eev. xx, 6, 14 ; Nahiun 1, 9 ; iii, 19 : Kev. x^•iii, 21 ; in its relation to a perpetuation of rehgious error, deadly as that of Jewish opposition to a spiritual rebuilding of Jerusalem, as the city of a people truly and spiritually worshipping the God of Abraham iu " the obedience of faith.'' (Ezi-a ii, 63 ; Neh. vii, 65 ; Zech. xii, 2, to end of xiv ; with Luke ii, 29-35 ; John iv, 21-27. On the dedication of the walls of Jerusalem when rebuilt by NehemiaJi, the starting point of the " two great companies of them that gave thanks" seems to have been from the Valley Gate (Neh. ii, 13 ; xii, 31) on the west ; one company turning towards the right, or southward, and the other to the left, or to the north- east, and both meeting in the Prison Gate, as here spoken of the fortress to the north-east of the outer enclosure of the Temple, Neh. xii, 38-40. Tliat was the place of security for the vestments of the High Priest, &c., as we are told by Josephus. 10 of the new Jerusalem, asjirst restored by Cyrus, and in part spirit- ually regenerated in Christ (Matt, xix, 28), ever lives prophetically the joy of the whole earth. For the Jerusalem of the Apostolic Order of gates, ti-c. passed by those on Order of gates, <i-c. passed by those on thelefthand, withNehemiah, "from the right hand: — beyond the tower of the furnaces, even unto the broad wall" : — 1. The Dung Gate, v. 31. 1. The Gate of Ephraim, v. 39. 2. By the stairs of the City of David 2. The Old Gate. they ascended from the Fountain 3. The Fish Gate. Gate unto the Water Gate east- 4. The Tower of Hananeel. ward. As their course termi- 5. The Tower of Meah (Ha-Meah). nated here, it seems to have 6. The Sheep Gate. been a gate to the outer enclos- 7. The Prison Gate.* ure of the Temple, v. 37. The Fish Gate precedes the Old Gate in Neh. iii, 3-6, because the Sheep Gate was the starting point for the rebuilding, whereas the Valley Gate was that chosen for the dedication. The broad wall of Neh. xii, 38, — " from beyond the tower of the furnaces, even unto the broad wall " — I interpret as the filling up of the Valley of the Tyropseon by the N.W. end of the Temple area. If this \aew be correct, I fancy " the tower of the fimiaces " will refer to the existence in former times of a Canaanitish temple to Baal on the site occupied by the Tower of Antonia in the days of Josephus. We are told by Josephua that the cloisters to the outer enclosiu-e of the temple were broader than others, being in breadth 30 cubits. — Josephus' Wars, Ub. v, c. 5, s. 2. Yet in Antiq. XV, 11, 5, he measiu-es them as 30 and 45 and 30, or 105 feet, or 524 cubits in breadth. As the word Hananeel does not occur in Scripture except as the name of this tower, and as the word means God was gracious, it may possibly be thus spoken of as having been at some time the prison-house of some one to whom God was gracious ; see the case of Hanani, 2 Chi-on. xvi, 10. On turning to the original text for the orthography of the word 3Ieah, as occvu-ring in Neh. iii, 1, I observed it had the definite article aflfixed, and that its expression in Roman letters should rather have been "Ha-Meah." Meah means one hundred ; this, with the definite article afiixed, is Ha-Meah, or the hundred. It probably refers to a tower guarded by 100 men. Similarly as the words Gareb and Goath occur nowhere else than in Jerem. xxxi, 39 ; and as Gareb means lej^rous, while Goath is loicing (as the lowing of the ox), the words " upon the hill Gareb, and shall compass about to Goath" may have been words oi }irophetic irony, meaning fi-om the hill of the leprous to the place of sacrifice. See 1 Sam. xv, 14, and interpret the passage of a circuit round the south side of Zion from the Valley Gate to the north-east end of the temple area. • '• 6o etood the two companies of them that gave thanks in the house of God, and I and the half of the rulers with me." Neh. xii, 40. 11 mission is thus made to represent prophetically the central point of the New Jerusalem's everlasting glory, and the focus of the brightness of Christ's " coming again,'^ spiritually, and by the gift of the Holy Ghost, with an incarnate manifestation of power, throughout a second advent of eternal duration, and not limited to any political purpose of a passing and temporal effect, as if to renew the calling of Abraham's seed in Isaac, as when called to inlierit (conditionally, and under limitation of an exterminating judgment thereon, Hosea, xiii, 11, with Levit. xxvi, with Deut. xxviii) a temporal kingdom of exclusively Jewish privileges in the land of the Canaanite. Zion, as the palatial residence of the kings of Judah, may thus be termed the hill of the leprous, in reference to God's jxidgment on the disobedience of Uzzdah, 2 Chron. xxvi, 21. Compare RoMnson's Palestine, vol. i, p. 359, on the quarter of the city even now reserved for the dwelling of the leprous, just within the Zion gate. Also the observations on the same subject in vol. ii, p. 516, of Dr Thomp- son's The Land and the Book. Such an interpretation would find its parallelism in the " great moimtain" of Zech. iv, 7 ; for that, without doubt, refers to the mountain of Judah's pride being reconstructed, in the days of the restored kingdom, on that corrupt observance of the law of sacrifice which had caused the desolation of the fii'st city and sanctuary — Zech. v, 5-11; compare Ps. xl, 8-12; Matt, xxi, 12, 13, with 1 Sam. xv, 14, 22, 23, and Hosea xiii, 11. The healing of lepers (physi- cally and morally) was by the Jewish prophets made one chief characteristic eign of Messiah's kingdom. The words of Zech. xiv, 10, 11, in then- prophetic reference to the same his- torical fulfihnent as Jerem. xxxi, 38-40, with Is. xl, 3, had both a typical and spiritual fulfilment in the days of the restored kingdom. For the valleys were filled up with inci-edible labour and expense (as Josephus testifies), that the basis of the t3rpical sanctuary might be enlarged ; and by the promised gift of the Holy Ghost, Jew and Gentile have now become one in Christ. To express this characteristic of Jewish prophecy more clearly, I have added to my attempts at an elevation of the Temple from the text of Ezekiel other attempts based upon the text of Josephus, whose account of the porch as 120 cubits high agrees with that of 2 Cliron. iii, 4. It seemw to have been built on the east side of the hill, and to have had its base at a considerably lower level than that of the Temple itself, even to the level of the Court of the Gates. There is yet another characteristic difference between the Temple of Ezekiel's vision and that described by Josephus, with its separate court for the women of Israel. Ezekiel, by making no such distinction, seems to have expressed typically that characteristic of the gospel times, by which Jew and Greek, male and female, bond and free, were to become spiritually as one before God in the kingdom of Cha-ist. 12 If this view of Jewisli prophecy be correct (and, however im- perfectly expressed, I caunot see how any effective opposition can be attempted upon scriptural proof), we must read with this quali- fication the words with which Lord Carlisle concludes the preface to his elegant poem on the prophetic vision of Dan. viii. " It has long appeared to me," says he, " that if the 8th chapter of Daniel does really stand (in the original Hebrew) as it is assumed to do in our Bibles, without addition, interpolation, or con'uption, these thi'ee points are established : — 1. The inspiration of the sacred text. 2. The immediate superintendence of Divine Providence in the order of events, and the government of the earth. 3. The high probability, when the chapter is viewed in connection with the associated prophecies and chi-onologies of the books of Daniel and the Revelations, that we are even now upon the threshold of gi'eat events, and oi the close of our present oeconoviy." The first ttoo conckisions of his Lordship are most unquestion- ably true. The third, though true in a great degree, must be read with an important qualification not to become an axiom of false prophecy, pregnant with extensive mischievous results to all the great nations of European Chi'istendom. For these have been already deluded by the Millenarian " school of the prophets " into a zeal for securing, on worldly principles, an enlarged rever- sionary interest for theii' several nationalities on the wT:eck of other nationalities at the end of the world. It is wdth extreme reluctance that I feel compelled to notice disparagingly any remarks of so popular a writer on prophecy as Dr John Gumming. I admii-e the devotion of his zeal, and his versatility of talent in ilhistration of his thoughts ; but often think what a pity that the zeal of so good a man should have (though unintentionally) a mischievous tendency, from the bias of strong prejudice, and from sometimes using words only calculated by simple-minded people to be received in a sense the very revei-se of that in which he must intend them to be used. Comparing his " Signs of the Times " (a lecture delivered before the Young Men's Christian Association in Exeter Hall, 13th December 1853) with his " Great Tribulation," in which he predicted in 1850 the end of the world, or end of the era, as about to be in 1867, we have the same event predicted for slightly difiering times (viz., 1864 and 1867) both nigh at hand. 13 THE SIGNS OF THE TIMES. THE GREAT TRIBULATION. " Are we, my dear friends, amongst the Saints of God ? It is time to lay aside our Ecclesiastical and Sectarian quarrels. The rery fjroimd on u-hich tve *tand will soon he calcined by the last fire, and the miserable Shibboleths which distract Christendom disappear in smoke. All Society is rending into two great divisions. By and by there will be no Jesuists, no Ultramontanes, no Fran- ciscans, no Tractarians, but out and out Papists. By and by there will be DO Chm-chmen, no Dissenters, but out and out Christians. AU Society is splitting into two great antagonistic masses ; every man is tak- ing his place ; and those whom we call in courtesy Tractarians — who profess to hold the via media, neither going with us, nor the opposite side — wiU find themselves like men between two ad- vancing armies, overwhelmed by the fire of both. I say society is splitting into two great masses. To ^hich do we belong ? To Christ, that is, the Chiu:ch of the hving God ; or to Anti- christ, that is, the great Apostacy. Oh, let us not quarrel about lesser things ! There is love enough on Cal- vary to lift the earth to heaven ; there is Ught enough at Pentecost to u-ra- diate the wide world ; there is wannth enough on the hearthstone of oiu: Fa- ther's house to make every heart glow with ecstasy and thankfulness. Let us rather quench than kindle the fires of x>assion. Let us pray that the temperature of oxvc Christian life may be raised, that we may neither see nor " Suppose I had proved to you to de- monstration, that 1867 were to close this present era* Some will say, Oh ! then we had better not insure our lives — we had better not take leases — we had better do nothing, but fling every- thing off, and let society go to ruiu. I say, NO. "WTiat is the Lord's com- mand ? — " Occupy tin I come." What is the condition of the people when he comes ? — " Two shall be grinding in a mill ; the one shall be taken,"' i.e. one a Christian, " and the other left." What does that teach ^ ? That our duties are determined by God's plain precepts ; they are not to be modified by any of His prophecies, however clear. The prophecy I read for com- fort — the precept I read for direction. And, therefore, when people say, we act inconsistently — as it was said not very long ago by caricaturists and others in the papers — that, because I took the lease of a house, therefore I did not be- lieve these conclusions. I answer, that if I thourjht it tcozdcl be for my interest or advantage, or the advantage of my family, I would take a house for a hun- dred years' lease to-morrov:. I have nothing to do with prophecy in deter- mining my duties — they are to be de- termined by God's precepts, and by common sense ; and if I believed 1867 were to end the present economy of things, I should have my hand equally busy in my work. I would bid the sol- dier appear in the ranlvs, the merchant in his counting-house, the senator iu the parliament — every man at his post ; for the post of duty is always the place * Compare Lect. xiv, p. 165, and Lect xxvii, p. 317,— "the end of this present Christian dis- pensation,"— with Rev. xiv, G; and Matt, xslv, 14, with Rom. x, 18, Coloss. i, G-23,— proclaiming the gospel of the apostoUe age.to be Christ's everlasting gospel. 14 feel the petty Hcintillations of augry of safety before God, and in tlie sight of quarrels."* all mankind. But whilst our handa should be at duty, our hearts should be more than ever in heaven." » ♦ » • " And who can possibly regret the probable nearness of such a consumma- tion ? What wiU it be ? The end of sin — the emancipation of the oppressed —the extinction of war — the return of earth's ancient glory — the restoration of all the blessedness we have lost — a peace that passeth understanding — no more quarrels, no more misapprehen- sions, no more sins, no more sorrows. Instead of di'eading the advent of so glorious an epoch, with all our hearts we should pray, as from the heart I do, ' Come, Lord Jesus ; yea, come quick- ly.'" The beautiful conclusion of this* quotation will insure for it a ready response of approval from every Christian heart. But we nevei'theless cannot conceal from the conviction of our understanding that it concludes a strong appeal to the blind and deadly passions of conflicting zeal in the cause of Christianity, in- stead of teaching men to seek in common the healing thereof in Christ, through prayer for that unity of spirit which is the gift of the Holy Ghost. Great as are the political evils of the Papal system, by the cor- rupting influence of its traditions on the spii-it of our Christian religion, the Romish Church numbers amongst her sons many who worship God with a simplicity of spiritual and truthful devotion no less practically honouring to God tlian that of our purer Pro- testant form of faith. I question seriously whether we can consistently couple our fear of God with good will to man, when, in favour of Protestantism, we preach up a loorkUy crusade against the Papacy, teaching simple-minded men to believe that with the fall thereof, every form of sin will cease, every malady of human corruption be healed, and every tear of human sorrow be dried up after 1867, if only the destruction of the Papacy can be realised by that time. Such a spirit of prophecy (if heeded) would be more likely to cherish in Protestants themselves that serious and deadly distem- 15 per of the soul, which makes it ofttimes most blind to its own defects, when most keen-sighted to and intolerant of that which is wrong in others. If the temporal kingdom of the Papacy should this year be made to cease for ever, as the Jewish church of the Apostolic age was (under God's judgment thereon througli the agency of man) made to cease from building for itself a temporal kingdom of ex- clusive privileges, to the prejudice of a truthful and spiritual worshipping God in Christ by all flesh (John iv, 21-27), the cause of Christianity would still not exist before men, without let or hinderance of other corrupting influences. For so long as man's spirit of life is doomed to exist on earth within a frail and mortal tabernacle, he is in spirit doomed to sustain a contest with the sin- ful influences of his carnal will, Rom. vii, 24. Like man's mortal body, all political combinations of worldly power, however righteously grafted on the everlasting and truth- ful basis of Chiistianity, are liable to mutations of form, from the imperfect character of their own human element — 1 Cor. iii, 12-23. The everlasting promises of Jewish prophecy, in their relation to Messiah's kingdom (as the kingdom of God's new covenant with Israel in the day of his second deliverance from Babylon, as restored in temporal form by Cyrus, though still remaining to be confirmed of God before men by the gift of the Holy Ghost — Jerem. xxxi, 31-40, with Heb. viii, 7-13), pertained not to the city and sanctuary of man's rebuilding ; for theii* destruction again forms the whole burden of Jewish prophecy. The desolation pre- dicted in Dan. ix, 27 ; xii, 7, 11, 12, was the " utter destruction" of Zech. xiv, 11, compared with Matt, xxiv, 21. Ezra ii, 63, and Neh. ■\d, Q5, pointed to a time when the woi-k, commenced by Cyrus in temporal form, as predicted (Isaiah xliv, 28), • should be to the comfort of the spirits of all flesh, confirmed of God by the gift of the Holy Ghost, raising the comforted thereof above the dominion of sin in their hearts, when tempted thereto in the flesh ; and delivering them from the sori'ows of the heathen when left to sorrow in the world " withovit hope," under any humanly irremediable trouble of theu' mortal life. This gift of the comforter (to those who shall be found waiting for him in righteousness before God, and good will to man) is per- petually realising on earth — in the brightness of a pure spirit, and 16 in the power of divine justice aud mercy everlaatingly reconciled in Christ — the promiHe that " unto tliem that look for him, shall he appear the second time without sin unto salvation." — Heb. ix, 28. This is the spirit of the interpretation which Scripture fairly, compared with Scripture, unhesitatingly demands for the words of Jeremiah xxxi, 38 — " The city shall be built to the Lord " (compare V. 40 with Psalm cxxvii, 1), " It shall not be plucked up nor thrown down any more for ever." These words were never in- tended to apply to any material structure of brick or stone to be raised by man. But to return to the dangei'ous inconsistency of Dr Cumming's words, -when predicting the end of the world for 1864 (or for 1867), he neutralised the ambiguity of his expressions in other respects by the awfully decided tone of these words in 1853 — " The very gi-oxmd on which we stand "wdll soon be calcined by the last fire," &c. Any simple-minded man woiild here believe that he meant un- questionably the complete physical destruction of this earth by fire ; yet no simple-minded man could or would give him credit for the belief in liis own statement tlms interpreted, on hearing him affirm, at the same time, that he would, if he thought it for the interest of himself or family, take a house for a hundred years' lease on the morrow after asserting his belief in an almost instant dissolution of the earth, and, of course, of his new worldly investment thereon, by fire. The distinction between precepts and prophecies is an uninten- tional sophism. The prophecies of God are republications of his precepts in combination with promised mercy on obedience, and the curse of the threatened judgment on disobedience ; and in thia form, Christ's " everlasting gospel " is Jemsh prophecy generalised, and made of universal application, until the object of all God's prophecies shall have been fulfilled, and therefore prophecy made to cease by the law of Christ (Galat. vi, 2), as that of charity (1 Cor. (xiii, 8) which never faileth, being itself the consummation of God's purposed mercy towards unregenerate man through the agency of his regenerate brethren. For it is thus only that they them- selves have been redeemed in Christ from the condemnation of death in the flesh to life eternal, having spiritual communion with God on earth as in heaven. Dr Cumming's hypothetical investment of his money upon 17 worldly security, could ouly be consistent witli his belief, in tlie circumstances of tlie case, by making it one of a spiritual instead of temporal prospect for tlie return of gain. By saying, as the time is thus short, instead of making certain investments for my own personal and worldly advantage, I will devote the substance where- with God has blessed me to uphold his cavise, and for the good of my fellow beings in these last days of their earthly need, knowing that my labour will not be in vain, if I am thus found at my post, in the hour of my visitation. If by " the close of our present ceconomy'''' Lord Carlisle means only (in the language of a devout and Christian statesman) that the events of our own day are multiplying, with siich vinmistakeable clearness and irresistible power, the historical evidence of God's temporal providence as the God of Abraham, and Governor in all the earth, being so truly King of Kings, that it will shortly be- come impossible for kings to establish an enduring throne (in re- liance only on an arm of flesh to svipport politically a balance of power amongst the nations of European Christendom), they are the words of a righteous and true prophetic spirit. But there is a " school of the prophets"* which is ever predicting " the end of this dispensation." In i-egard to this phrase, if they do not mean "the end of the Christian dispensation" (as I do not think they can), it is essential that they should give the limitation of an intelligible significance to theii' words, that they become not to the less edu- cated part of their Chi-istian brethren as the blind leading the blind, until both fall into the ditch. The only plausible signification, to my mind, is, that the phrase represents the expectations of that " school of the prophets" which, denying that the kingdom has ever been restored to Israel, as pro- mised in the JewLsh scriptiu'es, and looking for that event in a form harmonising with its own traditional prejudices, regards it as an event associated with the overthrow of our Christian dispensa- tion, regarded merely as the dispensation of an exclusively Gentile Christianity. If such be their meaning, it needs only to be stated clearly to be rejected without hesitation, as an error undermining the very foundations of Christianity itself The Mosaic theocracy was in truth a shadowy or typical dispensation of Christianity (1 Cor. X, 4, 11), conditionally established to the Jews in connection * See under this heading an article reprinted from The Times of Nov. 1859. B 18 with a kingdom of exclusive temporal privileges, but with the alternative thi"eat of an utter dissolution under the fiery judgment of God's wrath thereon in the day (or age) when he should make use of an election of grace therein to establish a new and everlast- ing covenant with the seed of Abraham by which Jew and Gentile should be spiritually made one in Christ, that all the families of man might be pai-takers of the promises made to Abraham's seed, as called through Isaac in Christ. This gospel of the kingdom is by the Holy Ghost called an " ever- lasting gospel " (Rev xiv, 6) ; and St Paul certainly never preached the gospel of the kingdom as proclaiming a temporary and exclu- sively Gentile dispensation of Christianity, to be superseded by the gospel of another kingdom of exclusively Jewish privileges restored. On the conti'ary, after shewing in the most unequivocal form, and under many variations of proof, that Jew and Gentile were spi- ritvially made one in Christ, under the gospel kingdom of God's new and everlasting covenant with the seed of Abraham, he pro- vides for the security of that foundation against the recurring in- roads of an anti- Christian Judaism (1 John iv, 3), by this solemn adjuration. — " Though we, or an angel from heaven, preach any other gospel unto you than that which we have preached unto you, let him be accursed." In a limited and figurative acceptation, the Christianity of ordi- nary life, individually and nationally, has often had so little of the true spii'it of Christ's gospel therein, that it might ironically be called a Gentile Clnistianity, as corrupted by Gentile traditions ; even as the Mosaic law of sacrifice had been misundei'stood by the Jews in a form, making their sacrifices as those of the heathen in God's sight. In con-ection of this evil, the world is no doubt doomed to undergo j)erpetual desolations, assimilated in character, and manifesting, as it wei*e, an earthly eternity of the judgment which dates the beginning of the end of the world from the events of the Apostolic age. — Heb. ix, 26-28; 1 Peter iv, 7-19. There is perhaps another sense in which the errors of Christians run parallel with those of Jewish exclusiveness in causing God's new Covenant with all Israel to be regarded as a kind of exclu- sively Gentile dispensation of Christianity, seeing that there ax"e many amongst us who profess to believe that the Jews are without covenanted hope of participation in this salvation until they shall have assumed the name of Christians. But converts to a name. 19 and proselytes to righteousnesa, may often be tAvo widely diflferent tilings ; and it is reasonable tliat we should always place more re- liance on the spiritual mercy than on the nominal badge of which it must necessarily be the precui'sor. " For with the heart man believeth unto righteousness, and with the mouth confession is made unto salvation." Many were brought nigh unto God in the spirit of a righteous faith, by the gift of the Holy Ghost, before the disciples were Jrrst called Christians at Antioch, Acts xi, 26. Again, if Jew and Gen- tile cannot, in any qualified sense, be made spiritually one in Christ, without also being one in name, why, both in history and prophecy, are the Jews, in all the lands of their foreign settlements, as at Jerusalem, continuously referred to as one particular family of the seed of Abraham, distinct from all others in some respects, even when living amongst them in political harmony, though " the obedience of faith " in the Avisdom of God, when ordering their afflictions, as when surrounding them by mercies ? There was a peaceful harmony of spirit between Daniel and the righteous of the Gentile world in the days of the Babylonian cap- tivity, the devout Jews believing by faith that it was ordered " for their good (Jerem. xxiv, 5), and the righteous of the Gentile world appreciating (though imperfectly) their own blessedness therein, Dan. iii, 28-30 ; vi, 25-28. Isaiah also attributed the harmony of Jew and Gentile by a righteous faith in Messiah's day, to the then oiitpouring of God's spirit upon all flesh for their common good when subscribing themselves by different names. Thus, xliv, .3-6, " I will pour water upon him that is thirsty, and floods vipon the diy ground : I will povir my spirit upon thy seed, and my blessing upon thine offspring : and they shall spring up as among the grass, as willows by the water coui'ses." " One shall say, I am the Lord's " (viz., of Messiah's people, and therefore a Christian) ; " and another shall call himself by the name of Jacob " (as if to mark his identity with the Jews of the twelve tribes, and with the expectation that the glory of their typical kingdom will be restored to them as Jews) ; " and another shall subscribe with his hand unto the Lord, and svirname himself by the name of Israel," the prevailer, — to signify his preference to being identified in name with that regeneration of the kingdom of the twelve tribes which (pertaining equally to Jew and Gentile) constitutes the spiritual kingdom of Christ's everlasting gospel. 20 Though we " rejuice in the Lord" under the name of Christians, when I'ighteoualy conforming to God's new covenant of mercy in Christ — preferring salvation onli/ " by a way of holiness '" — not presumed to be natural, but the gift of the Holy Ghost, an the imparted gi-ace of Christ's spii'it ; the Jews, who manifest their faith in righteovisness and good will towards man, do in fact inter- pret the moral ordinances of the Mosaic law in the spirit of Chris- tianity, and not by the ritualistic quibbles of the anti-christian Jews, who made the word of God of none effect by theii- tradi- tions in the Apostolic age. We know, moreover, that Christ did not condemn the Jews of that generation for a righteous observance of the Mosaic law (John V, 45-47) but for covering a corruption of the moral law (Is. xxx, 1), by an iinrighteous observance of the ceremonial ordinances insti- tuted by Moses. Thence arose that stiff-necked resistance of the Holy Ghost which Christ denounced as tending to demand his crucifixion. This it was which added the martyrdom of Stephen to that of God's former prophets. — Luke xii, 10 ; Actsvii, 51, 52, with Matt, xxiii, 34-39; and Rev. xviii, 24. In the subjoined verses I have tried to express my thoughts on this subject briefly, for the pvirpose of a technical memory, if clear enough : — 1. Can Jew and Christian live by faith, In harmony of spirit one ? Hear what our holy sci-ipture saith — He's cursed of God who scorns God's Son.* * " In this the children of God are manifest, and the children of the devil ; whosoever doeth not righteousness is not of God, neither he that loveth not his brother." Pharisaism is ever, even now, raising the qiiestion, ^^^lo is my brother, in re- lation to this command ? as when the Scribe leai-ned in the Jewish law of Eab- binical traditions said, in the apostolic age, " Who is my neighbour?" Compare 1 John ii, 22, 23 ; iii, 10-24 ; iv, 2, 3 ; John -idii, 44-47. Evidence of not being in Christ, howso- Evidence of being in Christ, housocrer ever named, as to the profession of named, as to the p7rfcssion of man's viands faith towards God. faith towards God. " Hereby know j'e the Spirit of God: " But ye are not in the flesh, but in Every spii'it that conf esseth " (viz., by the Spirit, if so be that the Spirit of 21 2. Pause, lest you misjudge the cause Of fellow-siimers to your * harm ; that confession of the heart which be- God dwell in you." (Compare John i, 1 2, lieveth unto righteousness, and there- 13, 14,iii, 3, with Matt.xix, 28). "Now fore accepts the doctrine that God'a if any man have not the Spirit of Christ, Spirit has an incarnate manifestation he is none of his." Rom. viii, 9. Com- amongst men, though never ' in the pare Matt, vii, 21 ; Luke vi, 46. fulness of the Godhead bodily,' but in " But the fruit of the Spirit is love, Christ, Coloss. ii, 9, with 1 Cor. xii, joy, peace, long-suffering, gentleness, 3-12), "that Jesus Chi-ist is come in the goodness, faith, meekness, temperance ; flesh is of God : And every spirit that against such there is no law," (Galat. vi, confesseth not that Jesus Christ is come 22, 23), viz., no imputation of the curse in the flesh is not of God : And tliis is entailed upon Israel by the law of Moses that spirit of Antichrist whereof ye have for sin against the first covenant, and heard that it should come : and even therefoi-e the " no more curse" of Eev. now already is in the world." 1 John xxii, 3, so that all Israel may be saved iv, 2. 3. (Rom. xi, 26), under God's new cove- nant, as predicted. Jereni. xxxi, 31-34. If this be subjecting myself to our Church's censvu-e, under No. XVIII of our 39 ai-ticles (though, " in foro conscientia}," I think that article condemns only the rationalistic doctrine of human optimism, supposing a natural capability in man to become his own saviour), I can only say, God help me. I am honestly in search of truth, and cannot afford to barter honest convictions for a temporal policy, without scrii^tui-al proof that what I regard as honest convictions are de- lusive conclusions from imperfect reasonings of my own on Scripture. St Paul teUs us (Rom. ii, 11-17), " There is no respect of persons with God (compare Acts X, 34, 35). For as many as have sinned without law shall also perish without law ; and as many as have sinned in the law shall be judged by the law (for not the hearers of the law are just before God, but the doers of the law shall be jus- tified. For when the Gentiles which have not the law, do by nature the things contained in the law, these, having not the law, are a law unto themselves ; which shew the work of the law written in then- hearts (compare Jerem. xxxi, 31-34 ; Heb. viii, 7-13), their conscience also bearmg witness, and their thoughts the meanwhile accusing or else excusing one another). For the day when God shall judge the secrets of men by Jesus Christ according to my gospel." * " The seat of the scorn ful" (Ps. 1, 1, with Rom. ii, 1 ; xiv, 4), is more likely, in God's sight, to be that of the accuser (as Antichrist, " sitting in the temple of God, and shewing himself that he is God " 2 Thess. ii, 4, with Ezek xxviii, 2, 3 ; Dan. xi, 36-45), by presuming to hurl the thunders of God's judg- ment against his fellow man as a blasphemer of Christ for subscribing only to the name of Jacob or Israel when Uving in the grace and gift of Christ's spirit, by living under the ialiueuce of the Holy Ghost) than of the accmed as to which is the infidel 1 Surely God himself vindicates man accused of infidelity for not -symbolizing with his neighbnm- as to the form of his belief, when the accused 22 In your indictment may Ix; flaws Exposing to yourselves * alarm ! 3. Know ye the Son men cannot scorn. And deem themselves beatified 1 riirlst in his brethren t who adorn The living faith for which he died ? 4. Not names, but gifts of grace, make men In spirit one with Christ, their Lord ; Jews to Christians may be brethren, And Clirist be righteously adored. 5. In peace shall Israel J be saved Through holiness, which peace entails. Nailed to the cross, on which, self-sacrificed, Clirist died, 'gainst § such " no curse " prevails. manifests the influence of divine grace upon his heart in righteousness of life, and good will to his fellow -beings, throiigh the fear and love of God as felt by faith. * " Whosoever shall speak a word against the Son of Man, it shall be for- given him ; but unto him that blasphemeth against the Holy Ghost (as they do who deny that righteousness and peace are e^ddences of Christ's spirit or of the Holy Ghost, manifested in the heart of man unto salvation, unless he be Christian also in name), it shall not be forgiven (Acts vii, 51-54 ; compare John x, 37, 38.) Our Lord's words (Luke xxiii, 34), " Father, forgive them, for they know not what they do," represent briefly, and with di\'ine power, the spirit of Christ in its essential antagonism to that of autichiist, whose power is doomed ever to fall prostrate, as the image of Dagon, before the incarnate spirit of Christ's second advent, in the power of the Holy Ghost, to sanctify the hearts of a people made w illin g to obey him in the day of his power, as that of his eternal resurrection -glory. + Tlie parable of the then coming and ever continuing judgment with which Matt. XXV concludes, extends the blessing of believers to men who did the will of God from motives of a righteous fear and love, learned mider a form of faith truly Chiistian (as that of Abraham's in spirit, John A-iii, 56), though not Chris- tian in name. Compare Matt, xii, 48-50. J The " ALL Israel" of Rom. xi, 26, means the righteous of the *' elect for their Father's sake," though " enemies" to the Christian concerning the Gospel, V. 28 ; and evangelized Jews. Compare Is. 1, 16-20 ; xxxiv, 8 ; Ivii, 15, with Matt, xi, 28 ; John xiv, 6. § Compare Galat. v, 22, 23, with Coloss. ii, 14, and the " no more curse" of 23 6. With judgment limited, that some might live, The law's dread curse upon the kingdom * fell ; Rev. xxii, 3 ; also the " no more utter destruction ; but Jerusalem shall be safely inhabited" (viz., the New Jei-usalem), Zech. xiv, 11, witli the words of Jerem. xxxi, 40. " It shall not" (viz., '• when buUt unto the Lord," v. 38, with Ps. cxxvii, 1, by the i^ift of the Holy Ghost upon Jew and Gentile in Christ, Jerem. xxxi, 31-37, with Heb. viii, 8-12; and Luke ii, 29-35), " be plucked up nor tlirown down any more for ever." It foUows that the Apostolic and earthly type of the New Jerusalem ever cometh down from above, and shall for ever outUve the Jerusalem of man's rebuilding, which was, with her chilch'en, in bondage to the spirit of the power of the world in the latter days of God's first covenant with Israel. For the spiritually redeemed of Christ from amongst the GentUea (as by a way of hoUness through faith in God), both before and since the date of his incarnation (John vui, 56 ; Heb. xi, 39, 40), with the evangelized Jews of the apostohc age (Matt, xix, 28), and the " All Israel" of succeeding genera- tions (Rom. xi, 26), do, for Christ's sake, outUve the dissolution of their spirit's mortal body in natural death. Thus all the righteous, from the beginning of the world, are scripturaUy re- garded as having Uved righteously through " the obedience of faith" (Rom. xvi, 26), or in that spmt of Christ which is the gift of the Holy Ghost, and the eter- nal glory of Christ's second advent, for the confii-mation of God's new covenant with Israel, and with aU flesh, unto an eternal communion of God's saints on earth and in heaven. — See 1 Thess. iv, 15-18, illustrating Zech. xiv, 5 ; Is. xxv, 7, xxvi, 19. Such is, beyond aU reasonable doubt, the true scriptm-al doctrine respecting " the restoration of the kingdom to Israel." Compare Luke xvii, 20, 21, with Matt, xvi, 28 ; John xxi, 21-24 ; Rev. ix, 15-19 ; xv, 8, to end of cap. xviii. * Compare Matt, xxiv, 22, with Dan. xii, 7, 11, 12 ; Zech. xii, 10 ; xiii to end of xiv. In Rom. xi, 25, 26, the words " Until the fulness of the Gentiles be come in ; and so all Israel shall be saved," &c., are to be explained of the times referred to in Galat. iv, 4. " When the fuLuess of time was come, God sent forth his Son, made of a woman, made imder the law," &c. The " times of the Gentiles," as referred to in Luke xxi, 24, complete the true historic re- ference of the prediction, as fulfilled in the desolation of the typical sanctuary by the fiery judgment predicted in Dan. ix, 27, before the caUing m of the Gentiles could be f idly accompUshed, by reason of Jewish iirejuchces and \iolent opposition. Thus, the " end" of 1 Cor. xv, 24, as that of the judgment (Dan. xii, 7, 11, 12 ; Matt, xxiv, 22), limited over the typical sanctuary, dated the time appointed for making general, or extending unto the Gentiles also (Ezek. xxxvii), that resm-- rection from death unto life which commences spiritually in the flesh ; that the salvation of God may be experienced on earth, or in the body (1 Thess. v, 23, with Heb. iv, 12 ; and 1 Cor. xv, 35-38), as predicted over those of the better re- .■^m-rection, Heb. xi, 35. For there is no salvation in man's mortal body, when 24 God to the living * wills to give Faith's hope ; the limit who can tell 1 The rehuildiiig of the Walls of Jerv^alem hy NeJcemiah in its rela- tion to the Prophecies respecting the Restoration of tlie Kinydum to Israel. The progi-ess of the rebuilding, as described iu Nehem. iii, does not represent the labours of all Israel applied continuously in the same dii'ection round the city, until again arriving at the point from, which they started. Yet, on comparing v. 1 and v. 31, this might seem to be the case. The whole work was divided into three great portions. The frst company, with the High Priest at theii* head, began at the Sheep Gate, at the southern side of the Citadel, and thence pro- ceeded, by the towers of Meah and Hananeel, and by the Fish Gate, to the Gate of Ephraim or Benjamin. About here they came upon the broad wall, and continued their operations to the Tower of the Furnaces. This, in Nehem. xii, 38, 39, was, on the dedication of the walls, inversely made the starting point of the company which, with Nehemiah after them, took the northern cir- cuit of Mount Zion, and terminating their course at the Sheep Gate, on the western side, stood still in the Prison Gate. Thus it seems that the Prison Gate and the Sheep Gate were gates pertain- ing to the same enclosure, as will perhaps be made clearer by and bye. The second company of builders began at the Valley Gate (Nehem. iii, 13), and, like the fii'st company, at the dedication proceeded sonthtvard to the Dung Gate (cap. xii, 31, 37). But at the Fountain Gate, which was over against them, they went up by not experienced by the evidence of a Di\'ine Comforter therein on earth. Again, the termination of the judgment ordained over the typical sanctuary represents the consummation of the outpouring of the seven \-iak after the opening of the (new) Temple of God in (the new) Heavens (of tj^pical and Jemsh prophecy), by the Resurrection and Ascension of Christ. For, though the new heavens were thus opened, as predicted, no man, Jew or Gentile, could enter peacefxilly therein untU the tj-pical sanctuary and stronghold of Jewish opposition was destroyed. * Compare Zech. xiii, 9, with Is. xxxviii, 19 ; Ezek. x^-iii, 31, 32, and Lament, iii, 39. 25 the stairs of the city of David, at the going up of the wall above the house of David, even unto the Water Gate (Gate of the Waters) east- ward, i.e., eastward of Mount Zion. This gate was therefore on the high ground above the pool of Siloam, and probably protected the bridge by which Mount Zion and Mount Moriah were united, near the south-west corner of the temple area. The third company was that of those who, with the Nethenims, encircled Ophel, by carrying the great western boundary of Zion onwards from the Fountain Gate, so as to enclose the pool of Siloam within the walls thus extended round the hill called Ophel to the south-east corner of the temple area (Nehem. iii, 26, 27). Fourthly, The priests, with the goldsmiths and merchants, com- pleted the oviter enclosure of the temple area ''■from above the Horse Gate" (v. 28). This was therefore within the enclosure called the Court of the Prison (viz., of the fort on Mount Zion.) Their work consequently extended along the northern and eastern boundaries of the temple area. The gate Miphkad would be the great eastern gate, or the Golden Gate of the middle ages. Thus, on the western area of the temple enclosure in Nehe- miah's day there seem only to have been two gates. Josephus speaks of four after Bezetha was enclosed. The Water Gate, by the bridge at the south-west corner leading from Mount Moriah to Mount Zion, and the Horse Gate (so called as accessible to hoi'se- men from the plains (2 Kings xi, 16), at the north-west coi'ner, leading from Mount Moriah to that part of Acra which came within the fortified enclosure of the city and temple. David's wall, before the building of the temple, must have passed round the eastern brow of Zion above the Tyropseon, from the Joppa Gate to the south at Siloam. The " Le-Hazar* ha-mittarah " of Nehem. iii, 25, will mean "facing the court of the fort," and denotes the relation of the fort on Mount Zion (as both the prison of the king's house and the guard-house of the royal palace) to the palace, whether spoken of David's palace or of Solomon's, or of " the house of the governor on this side the river," viz., of the viceroy for the kings of Baby- lon and Persia (Nehem. ii, 8.) * The Hebrew word for com-t is the same as that n\ the compound words " Hazar-Hatticon," Ezek. xlvii, 16 ; Baal-Hazon, 2 Sam. xiii, 23 ; and En-Hazor, Josh, xix, 37. 26 This last palace was situated by " the high gate of Benjainiji, which was by the house of the Lord" (Jerem. xx, 2), and it wjis also near " the broad wall " (Nehem. iii, 7, 8.) Hence I infer that the whole circuit of the wall originally built by David round Mount Zion (2 Sam. v, 7, 9), with the Millo of Solomon's filling up in the valley of Tyropaeon (or cheesemakers) to connect the fortifications of the city with the north-west comer of the temple area, represents the court of the foi't or the prison in Nehem. iii, 25, Also that this, when enlarged by the outer court of the house of the Lord, and by the addition of Ophel (a hill) to bring Solomon's palace within the fortified enclosure, con,stituted the old Jerusalem of Jewish prophecy, whose " battlements" were to be taken away a second time, and then by an everlasting de- struction " as not the Lord's" (Jerem. v, 10, with xxxiii, 4, 5, and Isaiah xiv.) For these fortifications became the stronghold of a worldly policy, denounced by God's prophets as teaching Israel to rely on an arm of flesh rather than on a foundation of truth and righteousness through faith in God, that, thus sought, he would realise to the nation his promise of abiding peace. Bearing these scriptui-al facts in mind, let us now proceed to trace the site of the Sheep Gate as that from which the i-ebuilding of Nehem. iii, 1, commenced. For this we have certain scriptural data by which it can be determined with considerable accuracy, when once the ti'ue site of the Fish Gate is found. But of the identity of the Fish Gate with the Yaffa Gate I now entertain no doubt, though sorry to find myself here jjarting company for a while from my trustworthy companion Dr Robmson, though only to meet him again by the lower pool of Gilion, at the Valley Gate, from which Nehemiah commenced his fii'st visit to the ruined walls (Nehem. ii, 13-lo.) The Fish Gate of Zeph. i, 10 (as there spoken of in relation to a second gate), was probably the fij'st gate or corner gate of Zech. xiv, 10. If so, " from the gate of E[)hriam to the corner gate, 400 cubits" (2 Kings xiv, 13), will [>robably indicate the same locality as " from Benjamin's Gate unto the place of the fii'st gate, unto the coi-ner gate," Zech. xiv, 10. The relation of the Fish Gate to the lower pool of Gilion, and to the western wall of Zion from that }ioint southwards, as stated in 2 Chron. xxxiii, 14, establishes the identity of the Fish Gate with the Yaffa Gate, beyond a doubt to my 27 miiul. But between the Fish Gate and the Sheep Gate came the two towers of Hananeel and Ha-Meah. These proLably'were towers of the citadel afterwards called Hippicus ; Hananeel being the northern, and Ha-Meah the southern tower, nearest to which was the Sheep Gate. The northern and eastern walls of the city are twice described by Nehemiah, under an inverted order of reference to the places passed in that circuit, tlius : — TJie order in Nehem. iii, 1-12. The wder in Nehem. xii, 38, 39. 1. The Sheep Gate. 1. The Tower of the Fiu-naces. 2. The Tower of the Hundred, or of 2. The Broad ^^'aU. ^«-Meah. 3. The Tower of Hananeel, as thus 3. Tlie Gate of Ephi-ahu. named for a memorial of God's graciousness. 4. The Fish Gate. This was the fii-st or 4. The Old Gate. corner gate facing the road to Joppa. 5. The Old Gate. This was probably 5. The Fish * Gate. * In Zeph. i, 10, the Fish Gate is referred to as about to be involved in a calamity which shall extend to some second gate, after which there should come " a crashing of the hills." Judah's overthrow was to he hy a tohirlwind from the north, Ezek. 1 and 4 ; Jerem. vi, 1 ; xxlii, 19, 20 ; XXX, 23, 24. Also the road from the present Damascus Gate has two terminations at a short distance from the Fish Gate, measuring, as it were in that direction, 400 cubits. We may there- fore conclude that near here was the site of the gate of Ephraira, 2 Kings xiv, 12. The " crashing of the hills," Zeph. i, 10, will elucidate Zech. xiv, 10, " all the land shall be turnedjas^a plain from Geba to Rimmon," as/;-OHj hill to hill, or from llount Zion to tlie Mount of Offence, made the high place of Canaanitish idolatry renewed by Solomon. — Zech. xiv, 21 ; and John iv, 21, 27. Geba comes from the Hebrew Gav, a ftacA ; and like the Latin dorsum was applied to the ridge of hills, as to the highest border of the Brazen Altar, otherwise also called the," //o/--er' or Mount of God.— See the marginal reading of Ezek. xliii, 1-5. But Rimmon is the Hebrew for a pomegranate, which was an idolatrous symbol with the worshippers of Baal on high places' — Compare the house of Rimmon, 2 Kings v, 18. In Exod. xxviii, 33, the pomegranate seems also to have been appointed for a decoration of the High Priest's ephod, as if to memorialise thereby the fruitfulness of the promised land. From these Scriptural facts a clue seems opening out for an inteUigible interpretation of tho water flowing southward from under the Altar on the eastern side of the Temple area, in Eze- kiel's prophetic vision, chap, xlvil, 1-6. For in Num. xxxv, 4, the suburbs of the cities given to the Levites should extend outward from the wall of the city a thousand cubits round about ; and the city was to stand in the midst of a square area measuring 2000 cubits on every side. With this let us next compare the speci- fication of an interval of 1000 cubits from the Valley Gate to the Dung Gate, Nehem. iii, 13, and the 1000 cubits of Ezek. xlvii, 3-6. Let us next compare the measuring reed of Ezek. xl, 3; xlvii, 3, with the plummet of the house of Ahab, 2 Kings xxi, 13 ; also Zech. ii, 1, 2; iv, 10, with Is. xxviii, 17; Jcreni. xxxi, 39. Let us also bear in mind that the water from Solomon's pools (for " Engedi," Ezek. xlvii, 10, was near Etam or Urtas beyond Bethlehem, compare Dr Thompson's '' The Land and the Book," vol. ii, p. 421, and Robinson, vol. 1, p. .513) ceased from their northward flow, and took first a south-western direction, on entering the city by the lower pool of Gihon at the valley, and then<'e 28 6. The Tower of Haiianeel. 7. The Tower of Ha-Meah or the Hun- dred. the hiyh gate of Benjamin, (Jerein. XX, 2) ; and the hirjk gate of 2 Chron. xxiii, 20, built by Uzziah, (2 Chron. xxvii, 3). 6. The Gate of Ephraim, (2 Kings xiv, 12), was probably the new gate of Jerem. xxxvi, lO. These gates were clearly situated near " the Throne of the Governor on this side the river," (Nehem. iii, 7.) For in Nehem. xii, 39, " the Gate of Ephraim" is substituted for "the Throne of the Governor," to iden- tify the locality. 7. The Broad Wall, viz. the Millo of Solomon s filling up, in the vaUey of the Tyropseon, to enclose the whole Temple area within the for- tifications of the City. 8. The Tower of the Furnaces — Com- 8. The Sheep Gate — -in a position to pare Neh. iii, 2 ; xii, 38. face the Prison Gate, being situ- ated nearly at right angles thereto, an outer gate of the same fort enclosure. If the formerlocalities are fairly defined on scriptural evidence, then the Towers of Hananeel and Ha-Meah, being near the YafFa Gate, this Tower of the Furnaces must have stood on the north side of the Temple area, where the Tower of Antonia stood iu the days of Josephus. For that part probably was not brought within the sacred enclosure of the Temple until the liill Bezetha was encompassed by the walls of Agrippa, A.D. 42 ; or at any rate not until the building of the second boimdary wall on the north side. Then two new gates of access from the Kew City seem to have been added on the western side. The first and old northern wall, as that of Nehemiah's reference de\iated from its south-eastern bend above the Tyropjeon in the days of Da%-id, to a straighter course from the Bethlehem or Joppa Gate to the Horse Gate at the North -AVest corner of the Temple area. Between these extreme points the broad wall passed along the western side of the Temple area to somewhere near the Water Gate at the south-west corner. Possibly also it fonned the foundation of the Tower of Antonia, on the north side. In Nehem. iii. 25, 26, we are told of tivo towers " l}'ing out," une by the place turning along the north-eastern brow of Mount Zion, entered the Temple area on the north side, and flowed out from under the south side of the Altar. — Compare Ezek. xM, 9. There is no record of any place called " Kglaim." I believe the name therefore to have been typical like that of " Engedi," which means the Fountain of tlie Kid, and Dr Thompson tells us the rocks in the neighbourhood are called " the rocks of the wild goats," vol. ii, p. 420. In Hebrew Eglali means a young bullock, and the Dual number Eglaim tuo young bollocks. May not the reference be therefore to the two calves of the idolatrous worship instituted by Jeroboam?—! Kings xii, 26-33. 29 over against the Water Gate towards the east, and there Ijdng out from the King's high house that was by the court of the prison ; viz. that on Ophel, near the site of Solomon's palace. The other, which the Tekoites repaked — (Compare the trumpet of Tekoa, Jerem. vi, 1 ; Amos i, 1 ; with the Beth-lmccerem, or "house of the vineyards," in its relation to Solomon's gardens. Is. v, 1, 2, with Rev. xiv, 20), iscaUed "the great tower that lieth out " as away from Ophel ; for they repau-ed even unto " the wall of Ophel " as from the northern to the southern Tower. This site for the" Tower of the Fiu-naces may perhaps be confu-med from 2 Chron. xxxiii, 3-8. For if Manasseh raised altars for idolatrous sacrifices in two Courts of the Lord's house, he would not scruple to worship Baal from a tower raised higher on the north side of the sacred enclosure, and lying out therefrom. For these reasons I cannot identify its site with any supposed furnaces by the Dimg Gate, for there biu-ning the offal of the sacrifices and the fUth of the city. See Calmet under the word Gehema, and p. 133 of my tract, "Thy kingdom come." The general correctness of these deductions from Scripture is confirmed by Dr Robinson's antiquarian researches on the spot. For he has proved satisfactorily that what is marked for the pool of Bethesda by the Sheep Gate in the modern topographies of Jerusalem bears evident signs of having been only a fosse protect- ing against enemies the north end of the tower of Antonia. The arches he speaks of answer to the description given by Josephxia of the manner in which an enlarged area was artificially con- structed for the foundations of the lower cloisters of the Temple on Mount Moriah. The pool of Beth-Hesda (as written in the Hebrew version of John V, 2, and meaning " the house of kindness"), was by the Sheep Gate of the Apostolic age, not that of monkish traditions, dating only from the fourteenth and fifteenth centuries. — Robinson, vol. 1, p. 476. The word gate seems to indicate the relation of the Sheep Market to the city, as noticed in the margin of our Bibles. Upon the clearest Scriptural evidence we see here that the Sheep Gate on the south of the tower of the hundred (Ha- Meah), could not have been far from the valley gate of the wall wherewith Manasseh encircled the lower fountain of Gihon, 2 Chron. xxxiii, 14, for that was without doubt the " dragon well," or " the well of the dragon," Nehem. ii, 13, compare 2 Chron. xxxii, 30. Gesenius tells us that the word Gihon (though used as a proper name in Hebrew), means only " a stream, rivei', so called as breaking forth from fountains, compare Job. xl, 23. Its cor- responding term (he adds), is used by the Arabs before the names 30 of several larger Asiatic streams, as the Ganges, the Araxes, <fec," possibly much in the same sense as we say the river Thames, &c., for the Hebrew root of Gihon is " Geah," to break forth, with re- fei'ence to the gushing up of a fountain, the birth of a child, or the springing up of men from an ambush. The idea, therefore, has (in this form at least) no connection with that of the word " dragon" given to it when spoken of as the well or " fountain of the dragon" (ain-tanin), Nehem. ii, 13, possibly as a fountain of very great length. But both Lee and Gesenius give another word, having the like radical letters, but diffex'ing in its vowels, as from a different root of Chaldee and Syriac origin, viz., the word used for the belly of the serpent in Gen. iii, 14, and of any reptile in Lev. xi, 42. This word, Lee adds, occurs nowhere else in Scripture. It is spelt " Gallon." Whether, through any mispronunciation of the word " Gihon," the pool ever popu.larly received the name of Gabon first, and thence of " ain tanin" (i.e., dragon fountain), or from what other cause, it is now imjiossible to say. But the " dragon well" of Nehem. ii, 13, opposite the valley gate, could not be the Siloah of Nehem. iii, 15, for that was by the King's garden, and considerably to the east of the Dung Gate, V. 13. Hence, though the lower Gihon might be the Siloah of John ix, and was the place to which Da\'id sent Solomon to be proclaimed king, 1 Kings i, 32-38, the Siloah near "■ en Rogel" is the refer- ence of Nehem. iii, 15, and the place where Adonijah assembled and feasted his friends when aspiring to supplant Solomon as the promised successor of David in the kingdom. This applicability of the term Siloah or sent, John v, 0, to the fountain called Gihon (as different words having a like signification, in the judgment of Dr S. Lee), affords scope for representing the pool of Siloam, John ix, 7, as the same with the Bethesda of John V, 2, unless determinable otherwise from other considerations. There is another pretty imagery connected with the Jewish names for their cisterns as for their fountains of water. The word for " pool" is of kindred origin with the word blessing, represent- ing the running stream as sent upon a fertilizing mission. So the word iised for foimtain means also tlie eye ; and these words have a kindred signification figuratively in the tyjiical language of Jewish 2"»i'ophecy. Compare Matt, vi, 22, 23; Rev. viii, 10-11, Avith Isaiah viii, 6. ol The five porches, John v, 2, near the pool of Bethesda (Beth- Hescla, the house of kindness), might perhaps have reference to the arches of the aqnednct* by which the waters of Solomon's pools were conveyed from Etam, in the neighboiirhood of " En-gedi" (the foiintain of the kid), to the Temple. For those arches were a little above the lower pool at the point where the waters of Solomon's pools turned from their western circiiit towards the north to take a south-eastern course along the brow of Mount Zion to the Temple. The destined terminus of the water from Solomon's pools was the Sanctviary, and its lavers. The largest of these was the " molten sea" of 2 Chron. iv, 2, appropriated for a typical purifi- cation of the priests personally. May not the meaning then be, when Grod shall be worshipped spiritually and truthfully at Jeru- salem, John iv, 21-27; the Lord's house of the New Jerusalem shall be " built unto the Lord," 31-38, by gifts of the Holy Ghost sanctifying the hearts of his people (v. 33, 34, with Heb. viii, 11). by an everlasting purification unto eternal life. But in those days there should be " no more sea," Rev. xxi, 1, viz., no more " molten sea ;" its dead waters, of a mere typical and ceremonial purification, having been sanctified, and their typical meaning spiritually realised in Christ, though not with the fulness of the effect predicted to Jew and Gentile equally until after the cessation of the oblation and sacrifice with the desolation of the typical sanctuary. This is in harmony with my previous interpretation of the words " no more sea," by reference to the mystic waters of many people and nations, whereby the Assyrian was made great, Ezek, xxxi, 4, even as the mystic Assyrian of the Jewish Antichrist at Jerusalem in the Apostolic age. For Eev. xviii, 24 is to be illus- trated by Matt, xxiii, 3-5, compared with Isaiah xiv, 29-32, and the " generation of vipers," Matt, iii, 7. It may here, however, be urged in objection that the Dead Sea of Ezekiel's vision, and the waters of life abounding with fish, were the waters of the Jordan from the Sea of Galilee or Lake Tiberias. True, but this only traces the imagery of the prophetic instruction from a twofold source ; and probably the instruction itself is one of a twofold spiritual significance. For Ezek xlvii, 11, speaks of " miry places," and places given to salt, which could not be healed. Jeremiah said the same. Hi, 9, and our Lord confii-med his vv^ords. Matt, xxiii, 34-39, and John V, 40. * See Plan of Ancient .Terus.aleni. 32 Tliu waters wherewith the " molten sea" in the Temple was supplied, coming from the neighbourhood of Engedi and the Dead Sea, for the purpose of a mere typical and ceremonial purification of the Jewish priesthood, are thus assimilated to the waters of the Jordan continuously flowing into the Dead Sea without any altera- tion in the character thereof. Thus, the molten sea in the Temple stood in the same prophetic relation to the pui-e stream from Solomon's pools as the waters of the Sea of Sodom to those of the Jordan. But spiritual healing was provided in Christ for the Dead Sea of a mere cei'emonial piirification for sin, Isaiah 1, 10-20; Zech. xiv, 21 ; Matt, xi, 28-30, wliilst the Sea of Sodom is an everlasting type of the earth as condemned for the sins of man originally, Gen. iii, 17, and as ever liable to recurring desolations from the same cause, 1 Coi'. xi, 3 ; Rev. xi, 5, 6. One thing is certain from the actiial measurements of both Maundrell and Robinson, viz., that the 500 reeds, or 2000 yards of Ezek. xlii, 20, must have been intended to represent a measure- ment only of typical significance. For no one side of the Temple area could, from the nature of the ground, on historic testimony, extend literally to a length of 2000 yards. Possibly the measurement typified an instruction of spiritual significance like that of Jerem. xxxi, 34, meaning that in those days the teaching of God's spirit should be difiused over the hearts of the faithful throughout the whole city, through the influence of the Holy Ghost, on hearts first sanctified within the sacred en- closure of the Court of the Priests; and thence carrying forth the Gospel tidings of peace as a Gospel of power and comfort to all the people of the city, and to every nation upon earth. On the scale of the topographical map published by the Chris- tian Knowledge Society (from which my sketch has been reduced) take 2000 feet, equal to 1000 cubits of 2-1 inches each, and -^-ith a pail' of compasses thus set, make the Fish Gate of Zeph. i, 1 0, or the Yaffa Gate, your starting point, you will then find that the Zion of Nehemiah's day would represent pretty nearly a square of 1 000 such cubits, omitting with the tj^iical sanctuary the two out- lying towers, viz., the site of that to the north, and of that on Ophel to the south. Compare also with this fact the measurement actually made by Dr Robinson on the spot. In vol. i, p. 459, he says, " The length of this wall, between Hippicus and the Tem- 33 pie, as near as we could estimate by paces, must have been 630 yards." But 1000 great cubits (estimated at 24 inches each) are 666| yards. Comparing this result with the number mystically given in Rev. xiii, 1 8, three such measui-ements might be taken to symbolize the effects of the three last woes predicted over the typi- cal sanctuary. For three times 666^ yards are 2000 yards, and the 500 reeds of Ezek. xlii, 20, estimating each reed as 6 cubits of 24 inches each, or 4 yards. This I now prefer to my previous computation of the great cubit, as only 18 inches increased by 3, instead of 31 inches increased by 3, or 24, on Lee's estimate of the ordinary cubit at 21 inches.^See my observations on the measure- ment of the lavers in the Tract " Thy Kingdom come," and the relative force of both computations arithmetically applied to Eze- kiel's tyi^ical division of the land, partly as an oblation to God, and partly as a dwelling for his people in Messiah's day, towards the closing remarks of tliis Introduction. Beai* in mind also that the intei-^^al between Ezekiel's \'ision of the coming judgment, chap, viii, in b.c. 594 and A.D. 73, the end of the Jewish war, Dan. ix, 27, was exactly a tei^m of 666 years ; and about 3 times 666 years fi'om bc. 1923, Gen. xi, 31. That was the date at which Terah, with Abraham, his son, left Ur of the Chaldees to go into the land of Canaan ; and the calling of Abraham out of Babylon stands prophetically identified with the calling of Abraham and his seed in Christ, John \T.ii, 56. See close of Third Tract. The obvious exclusion of the Temple area from the typical and prophetic measurements thus estimated is a matter of momentous consideration. For it as obviously confirms the interpretation I have long since given, Rev. xi, 1, 2, from other Scriptural evidence, viz., that the typical sanctuary of the Jews at Jerusalem, and from the days of Christ's earthly ministry therein, stood and stands ever- lastingly to God's new Sanctuary of Man's fleshly tabernacle (built and sanctified of God for the indwelling of His spiiit therein, by the gift of the Holy Ghost) in that typical relation which its own outer Court or Court of the Gentiles did to the two inner Courts, viz., that of Israel, and that of the Priests. In fact, that the deso- lation of the typical sanctuary predicted in Dan. ix, 24-27 ; xii, 7, 11, 12, is the event figiu'atively described in Rev. xi, 1, 2, com- pared with Luke xxi, 24 ; Matt, xxiv, 13, 16. We have the highest possible confii*mation of this in oui' Lord's words. Matt, xxiii, 38, 39 ; John iv, 21-27. c 34 Beai'ing these scriptural data in remembrance, it cannot be fanciful to interpret the -words of Jerem. xxxi, 38, " From the hill Gareb to Goath,'' as from the hill of the leper to the place of sacrifice — meaning from Mount Ziou to the temple on Mount Moriah. This application of the measurements (for the healing of lepei's, physically and morally, was one groat characteristic of Messiah's day), may possibly involve a reference to the leprosy wherewith Uzziah was smitten for disobedience to the divine will. There is also to this day a place on tlie hill of Z ion, either ap- pointed by man for a separate habitation of the leprous, or made so voluutai'ily under association of like sympathies. — See Robinson, V. 1, p. 359. " Within the Zion Gate, a little towards the right, are some miserable hovels, inhabited by persons called leprous. Whether their disease is or is not the leprosy of Scripture I am unable to affirm ; the symptoms described to us were similar to those of elephantiasis. At any rate, they are pitiable objects, and miserable outcasts from society. They all live here together, and intermany only with each other. The children are said to be healthy until the age of puberty or later, when the disease makes its appearance in a finger, on the nose, or in some pai-t of the body, and gTadually increases so long as the victim survives. They were said often to live to the age of forty or fifty years." Compare the language of the Jebiisites to David, 2 Sam. v, 6-9, intimating that it would be undesirable for him to take the evil with the good, as he must do for the possession of Mount Zion. Dr Thompson, in " The Land and the Book," vol. ii, p. 530, has made the vision of Ezek. xlvii, 1-12, the subject of a very beautiful and scrijjturally sound allegory, shewing the relation of the typical waters in that vision to the predicted outpouring of the Holy Ghost in the latter days of the tyjiical dispensation. The Typical Instnidion of EzekieVs Prophetic Visions respecting the Oblation and Temple to be restored at Jerusalem after the Babylonian Captivity. Herein tlie Christian church possesses a continuous instruction from Jewish prophecies fulfiiled in the history of Israel's restored nationality at Jerusalem, from the days of Cyrus until (on the disannulling of God's 35 first covenant with Israel, and its law of typical sacrifices), the founda- tions of the kingdom were spiritually enlarged in Christ under a new and everlasting covenant confirmed of God by the gift of the Holy Ghost upon all flesh for the salvation of all, at least all who would thus be drawn nigh unto him, in the day of his final judgment on the temporal king- dom of Judah's exclusive privileges. The general proof of this may be briefly stated thus. Comparing Jerem. xxvii, 4-12, and xxix, 10-15, with Ezek. xii, 28, saying, with reference both to the consummation of the predicted captivity and the time fore-ordaiued of God for the restoration of the kingdom to Israel, " Thus saith the Lord God ; There shall none of my words be pro- longed any more, but the word which I have spoken shall be done, saith the Lord God." The popular error, which, setting aside the above scriptural evidence of fulfilled prophecy, declares that the predicted restoration of the king- dom to Israel is a prophecy even yet unfulfilled, has overlooked the fact that these prophecies were all given in language expressly contemplating both a temporal and spiritual restoration of the kingdom. Also that these two forms of the restoration, though designed of God to be combined as one in Christ at Jerusalem (Matt, xxiii, 37-39), and always so combined, " by a way of holiness," on the part of some in Israel, should fail, by reason of JeAvish prejudices and opposition, to be thus realised in the predicted form of a kingdom into which the Gentiles also were to be gathered in by Messiah, until consummated by God's final judgment on the temporal kingdom of exclusively Jewish pri- vileges. The reinildinr; of Jerusalem and resto- TJie rebuilding of Jeruscdem " to the ration of the Kingdom, as designed Lord" (Jerem. xxxi, 38-40 ; Ps. and executed hy man. cxx^di, 1), in a form which should *' not be plucked up nor throion doicn any more for ever.'^ This was to be overthrown with the Thus when the rebuilding was corn- overthrow of the typical sanctuary (Dan. menced by Zerubbabel, Haggai (see ix, 24-27), at the disannulling of God's especially ii, 12-20), and Zechariah (corn- first covenant with Israel, to estabHsh a pare ii, 7 ; v, 5-11 ; and xiii, 7, to end new covenant of " everlastiag righteous- of xiv), were both instructed to predict ness" in the quickening spirit of Messiah's the failure of man's labom's therein, and resurrection glory. That, however, was of secm'ity for the pride of his worldly to be manifested La the power of an ever- expectations therefrom, until the city lasting judgment on the generation by and kingdom should be restored to Israel whom he should be despised and rejected on the basis of a spii'itual and truthful in the days of his earthly ministration. worship of God, uniting the righteous 36 A^.^. — It 18 clear from this that the of Israel and of the Gentile world as one everlasting promises made to Abraham in spirit by a new and living way of and his seed as called in Isaac (through faith — by a way of holiness realising the Christ (G;ilat. iii, G), as by a way of obedience of faith, holiness, the gift of God, when the spirit's Ezra (ii, 63) and Nehemiah (vii, 65) power unto salvation is not quenched by were commissioned to declare the same a rebellious energy of man's human will), truth ; then Malachi (iii) ; and lastly were ordained of God to proceed to their Christ (John iv, 21-27). fulfilment ijiion a more enduring basis than that of any city or kingdom of man's re-establishment thereon in Palestine. From tlie above scriptnral data I conclude that Ezekiel's prophetic visions respecting the oblation and temple of the restored kingdom were not meant as architectural designs, to be literally followed out on tho redistribution of the land, and rebuilding of the temple in material form. On the contrary, they were intended to represent a figurative and typi- cal instruction unto spiritual righteousness (Ezek. xliii, 10-12; xliv, 23, 24 ; xlviii, 1 5), based upon an inspired contemplation of God's ori- ginal purpose in establishing the Levitical law of ceremonial ordinances Avhen giving the land of the Canaanites to the twelve tribes of Israel, and in directing the original building of the temple by Solomon, tinder guidance of inspired wisdom, for the design best calculated to convey a lesson of spiritual truths under an instruction of material types. If such was the object of Ezekiel's prophetic instruction, we shall be forcibly struck by the contrast between the description of Solomon's temple given in the inspired records and Josephus' description of the temple as rebuilt by Herod, and as the temple visited of God -n-ith the judgment predicted in Daniel. Though the Temple, as rebuilt by Herod, was in fact the third Temple of man's building, yet, as a stibstitution for that built by Zerubbabel, and having the same object, viz., the worship of God by the ceremonial sacrifices of Mosaic institution, it was essentially the material represen- tation of that " latter house," or latter-day temple of ceremonial ordi- nances, the gloiy of which should be gi-eater than that of the former, or of Solomon's Temple, Haggai ii, 9. For that greater glory of the kingdom, as spiritually restored to Israel in the latter day, was to be identified only with the incarnate manifestation of the Holy Ghost out- poured upon Jew and Gentile for the redemption of the spirits of all flesh from death imto life, in the day that Messiah should be manifested therein as the last messenger of God for the welfare of Israel's temporal kingdom (Malachi iii, 1), and the archangel of Israel's predicted resur- 37 rection unto eternal life, Dan. xii ; Ezek. xxxvii. This haJ its begiu ning spmtnally in the flesli, and under circumstances identifying it with an eternal judgment on the unregenerate world, beginning with extreme judgment on the temporal kingdom of the Jewdsh antichrist of the Apostolic age (Dan. xi, 45; John xii, 31, 32; 1 Peter iv, 7-19), even as God's previous judgment on the world of Jewish prophecy began with Jerusalem in the days of Nebuchadnezzar, Jerem. xxv, 29. The varied illustrations of the Temple have been designed in this Tract to shew that the Temple of Ezekiel's prophetic vision bears a nearer resemblance to that built by Solomon (as described in the records of Scripture, without consulting Josepluis on this point), than to that rebuilt by Herod. In regard, however, to Herod's Temple, the descrip- tion of Josephus is tnistworthy, it having been the Temple in which he was wont to worship the God of his fathers, Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob, until the oblation and sacrifice of Levitical institution ceased (as pre- dicted Dan. ix, 27; xii, 11, 12), with its final destruction by the Roman Chittim, Dan. xi, 30-45. In the description of Solomon's Temple, Scripture recognises no other inclosing courts than the Court of the Priests, and the Court of the Israelites ; nor did its structure make provision for a distinction of reli- gious privileges, contemplating a nigher access unto God for the sons than for the daughters of Israel. Again, the height of that in Ezekiel's prophetic vision is not given. He merely snys, xii, 8, " I saw the height of the house round about." I have therefore assumed the height to be 30 cubits, as the Temple of Solomon described in 1 Kings vi, 2. But in 2 Chron. iii, 4, the height of the porch is said to have been ] 20 cubits. This porch of 120 cubits to a building only 30 cubits high, seemed so out of proportion, that I should have regarded it as possibly some error in the text, like the 35 cubits in 2 Chron, iii, 15, compared with the 18 cubits 1 Kings vii, 15, for the two pillars made by Hiram, with- out their chapiters, of 5 cubits a-piece. But Josephus gives the height of the porch as 120 cubits ; he also connects the fact with the record of circumstances which corrects this disproportion of height. For he states the height of the building some- times as 120, and at others as 100 cubits in front; but only CO cubits for the height of the sanctuary. He speaks also of an upper chamber of other 60 cubits, having its entrance inward from the posts of the Temple, and aeemingly extending along the front, where the porch was 120 cubits in height. He also represents the Temple as standing on 38 the liill side, and having an ascent steeper by 5 steps from the conit of the women on the east side than on the north and south. Tlie ascent he describes on the east side as that of 7 and 8, or 15 steps. Tins accounts for the difference I have made in the aiTangement of the steps in the elevation from Joseph us compared with that from Ezekiel. On much careful study of the prophetic virion, I came to the conclusion that the outer and iimer gates on each side of the house stood at oppo- site ends of the passage-way bctweon the side chambers, as side cham- bers common to both gates. That the entrance to the side chambers must have been on the outer or court side, for the measurement of 25 cubits from door to door across the roof. If so, the seven steps would most probably extend all along the sides of the chambers, and front of the inner court; and the 8 steps to the inner gates consequently be represented by the addition of the threshold of each inner gate to the previous elevation of an ascent by 7 steps to the outer gates. My illustration of Ezekiel was constructed under an impression that a large square mound was first levelled for the foundations of the Temple; and this Josephus sometimes seems to assert, though other of his statements are plainly inconsistent with the idea of the mound levelled for the lower cloisters (or the outer court of the Gentiles), extending much further inwards than required to make the cloisters of equal breadth on all sides. Again, in respect to those cloisters, he tells us they were double cloisters, and broader than the rest, which were single, even stating their breadth as 30 cubits, Wa7's, y, v, 2. But, in Antiq. xv, xi, 5, he describes them as a colonnade, having four rows of pillars, and three Avide walks, viz., oi 30, of 45, and 30 cubits in width respectively, the inidille row being 45 in breadth, and 100 in height, whereas the outside porticos Avere only 50 cubits high. The colonnade of the Vatican seems to have been fashioned from this description, but it had not come under my consideration when I de- signed Plan No. 10, in illustration of the cloisters as 30 cubits broad according to Josephus, who, in Wars, v, v, 2, says also that " the entire compass of it was by measure six * furlongs (Greek stadia), including the tower of Antonia." I have made it 500 square reeds in extent, according to the typical measurement of Ezek. xlii, 20. The arches beneath that Plan were constructed to shew the form in which the foundations of the lower cloisters were obtained by raising an enlarged * In Antiq. xv, xi, 3, the outer wall of the Temple enclosure alone is stated as compassing 4 furlongs, \-iz., Greek stadia, of about 600 Greek feet each. 39 aud level mound on all sides of tbe hill to that extent at least. For it is clear that further inwards, viz., to obtain a site for the Temple itself, and the courts of the priests of Israel, and of the Jewish women, by which it was more immediately surrounded, some preparations had been made to raise level terraces for the court of Israel, in its relation to the court of the women, above the court of the Gentiles; and tliat this court was emphatically the court of the gates mentioned in Josephus' Wars, V, V, 2. For it is expressly said there that at the top of the 14 steps from the great outer court there was a distance of 10 cubits, which was all plain (viz., for the cloisters to the court of the women), whence there were other steps, each of 5 cubits a-piece, which led to the gates. But the outer and inner gates in the description of Josephus (as already stated), were not so nearly on a level as I have assumed in my illustrations of Ezekiel's visions, when compared only with the descrip- tion of Solomon's Temple, as given in I Kings vi ; and in 2 Chron. iii. In fact, by calling the court of Israel the court of the gates (viz., of the outer gates to the Temple area), it is implied that these were at a lower level than the Temple area. The degree of ascent is also stated as by 15 steps on the east side, aud shorter by 5 steps both on the north and south sides, Josephus' Wars, V, V, 3, whilst the court of the women was raised above that of the Gentiles by 14 steps. Wars v, v, 2. This description of the court of the gates as on a lower level than the area of the Temple, leaves scope for contemplating the foundation of the porch of the Temple as standing on the same level with the court of the priests, or that of the inner gates ; and therefore at a lower level on the hill of Mount Moriah than that part of the sanctuary which stood only 60 cubits high. Hence, I have multiplied my illustrations on the present occasion from a desire to realise the most important features of the varying de- scriptions which Josephus has given us respecting the form of the Temple of the Jews at Jerusalem. Whether to any useful purpose or not is a question which others must decide. Speaking of the outer gates, Josephus says. Wars, v, v, 3, " How- ever, they had large spaces within of 30 cubits, and had on each side rooms, and those, both in breadth and length, built like towers, and their height was above 40 cubits. Two pillars did also support these rooms, and were in circumference 12 cubits," &c. In Plan No. 7 I have represented turretted chambers on each side of the east gate, reckoning the 30 cubits as the measurement of 40 Iciigtli bctwei'ii tlic cloisters at either end. For tbese, if compntecl ;w 10 cubita each, would, togctber, make up the 50 cubits of length in Ezckiers vislou. But the little chambers on each side might form parts of a turrctted gateway 30 cubits square and 40 cubits high, with a covered passage- way, but 40 cubits square and 50 cubits high at the eastern gate, which was larger and more costly than the rest, being made of Corinthian brass. But 40 for the breadth of the gateway, with 60 cubits of arches or cloisters, E!zek. xl, 14, make up the lOO cubits of width assigned to the court of the priests. This doubt respecting the more correct form of taking the raeasnre- nicnt is the reason of my illustrating Josephus' account of the east gate under two representations. See Plates Nos. 8 and 9. The arches of Ezekiel correspond to the cloisters of Josephus ; and the posts (called in Hebrew " ailim," or rams, from the form in which the ends of the cedar beams resting thereon were carved), will of course extend along the compass of the cloisters. But I would here add, that the posts are at times spoken of, as Dr S. Lee in his Hebrew Lexicon testifies, as friezes, no doubt from their acting as supports for the friezes above the pillars of the cloisters round about. All these friezes were ornamented with chernbims and palm trees, and open flowers, where not receiving the inscriptions spoken of in Wars v, v, 2, by Josephus thus: " When you go through these (first) cloisters, unto the second (court of the) Temple, there was a partition made of stone all round, whose height was 3 cubits : its construction was very elegant : upon it stood pillars, at equal distances from one another, declaring the law of purity,"* some in Greek, and some in Roman letters, that " no foreigner should go within that sanctuary," for that second (court of the) Temple was called the sanctuary, " and was ascended to by 14 steps from the first court. This court was four-square, and had a wall about it peculiar to itself; the height of its buildings, although it was on the outside 40 cubits, was hidden by the steps,| and on the inside that height was but * Viz., That of ceremonial ordinances respecting things clean and unclean, Ezek. xliv, 23 ; Haggai ii, 11-19, by which none but circumcised pei-sons, Ezek. xliv, 9, could he admitted within the sanctuary. Such were called proselytes of the gate. + Viz., As ascending from the base of the wall on the outside to the height of 1 5 cubits before reaching the level of the inside area, where the interior height of the wall would thus be 40, less 15, or 25 cubits only in height. This must reckon at least 15 cubits of breadth for the cloisters. As the rise of each step could not have exceeded half a cubit, these 15 cubits would leave room for 30 steps, viz., the 14 to, and the 15 from the court of the women. 41 25 cubits; for it being built over against a higher part of the hill, with steps, it was no farther to be entirely discerned within, being covered by the hill itself." Again he tells us, " the gates" on the north and south sides were eight, on each of those sides four, and of necessity two on the east; for since there was a partition built for the women on that side, as the proper place wherein they were to worship, there was a necessity for a second gate for them; this gate was cut out of its wall over against the first gate. There was also on the other sides one southern and one northern gate, through which was a passage into the court of the women; for as to the other gates, the women were not allowed to pass through thein; nor, when they went through their own gate, could they go beyond their own wall. This place was allotted to the women of our own country, and of other countries, provided they were of the same nation, and that equally; the western part of this court had no gate at all; but the wall was built entire on that side; but then the cloisters which were betwixt the gates extended from the wall inward, before the chambers; for they were supported by very fine and large pillars. These cloisters were single, and, excepting their magni- tude, were no wav inferior to those of the lower court." The law of Self-Saciifice ordained to he the law of God's House for the peace of the loorld, in redemption from the destructive tendency of conflicting human jiassions. In Ezek. xliii, 12, we read — " This is the law of the house ; upon the top of the mountain (of xl, 2; Is. ii, 2, 3. Micah iv, J, 2) the whole limit thereof round about shall be most holy. Behold this is the law of the house." This law must of necessity refer to the time when the instruction given by Moses to God's people under a law of tyjDes and shadows (extended even to the form of the typical sanctuary ; and the ordinances appointed both for the comings in and goings out of God's worshippers therein) should be realised spiritually and truthfully (John iv, 21-27) in the hearts of his people, by the gift of the Holy Ghost. For the House of the Lord here spoken of means the new sanctuary of God's presence amongst his people in the new Jerusalem, when the house and city of the Lord should be " built to the Lord," in being built by the Lord, through the incarnation of his spirit in the hearts of his people for the regeneration of the world. — Jerem. xxxi, 38. 42 The vcritication of this relcience is given on inspired autliority. (Matt, xix, 2S ; John i, 10-15; iii, 3.) It tells us that God, in ap- pointing the highest conrt of his typical sanctuary to be the place of the altar for the burnt-oftering, and in designating the highest border of that altar as the " Har-el," or mount of God — (See the marginal read- ing of Ezek. xliii, 15) — did in effect, by a typical ordinance, verify the moral and spiritual teaching of Ps. li, 17 — "The saciifices of God are a broken spirit ; a broken and a contrite heart, God, thou wilt not despise." Also of Isaiah Ivii, 15 — " Thus saith the High and Holy One that inhabiteth eternity, whose name is Holy ; I dwell in the high and holy place, with him also that is of a contrite and humble spirit, to revive the spirit of the hnrnble, and to revive the heart of the contrite ones." Thus the ordinances for the altar of God's typical sanctuary were originally instituted to become to the nation a daili/ memorial of the spiritual instruction involved therein, viz., that God willed " mercy rather than sacrifice ;" and that until they rightly understood this principle, they could not walk in " the obedience of faith," as the everlasting and immutable law of man's communion with God, appointed in the day of his creation, and renewed in Christ, as the law of his spiritual redemp- tion from sin and misery in the flesh, to the bliss of paradise, restored by a gracious gift of God. Comparing Matt, ix, 13 ; xii, 7 we read, as strongly as in Isaiah 1, 10-24, that the object of the law of sacrifice, as ordained by Moses, was continuously misapprehended by the nation. Also in Ezek. xliv, 9, we see that their zeal to be recognised as Abraham's seed by the sign of circumcision in the fiesh, without caring to understand that the sign was valueless when unaccompanied by circumcision of heart (Ezek. xliv, 9), was the root of a self-righteous delusion, preparing ruin for the tem- poral kingdom of Jewish nationality, and misery for the world. Hence arose that national perversion of judgment which Isaiah describes thus, (lix, 15) — " Yea; truth faileth, and he that departeth from evil maketh himself a prey." Yet to depart from evil, and to learn to do good, is the law of eternal life as ordained of God, Ezek. xviii, 21-24 ; xliv, 23. Had the nation rightly understood the things which made for peace, it would not, we are told, have rejected Christ for its Messiah, for in loving mercy rather than sacrifice it would have found mercy in God's sight. How so ? Simply because mercy is the " obedience of faith " to a law of conscience written in the heart of man, and made an obliga- tion of God's revealed .will in Ezek. xviii, 23, with Is. lix, 15. It is the " charity which never faileth " of I Cor. xiii, 8, and called the law 43 of Christ in Galat. vi, 2. It is not a law of indifference to sin, and pleading only for pardon as impunity from the immediate consequences of sin, but it is the law of justice and mercy reconciled in Christ for the salvation of sinners, by providing for those who may thus be induced to forsake sin redemption unto newness of life, through redeeming gifts of grace in the power of the Holy Ghost. Had the Jews understood this arightj they would truly, by the law of their faith (Deut. xviii 21, 22 ; 1 John iv, 1-4), have seen that Christ was the prophet of whom Moses spake as the lawgiver who should come after him, the messenger of God's new covenant with his people and with all flesh ; and if so, " they would not have condemned the guiltless " as a blas- phemer, and delivered over to the death of transgressors for blasphemy and sedition, Is. liii. On the contrary, their notions of the sacrificial law, corresponding to those of the heathen, regarded the ceremonial sacrifice of atonement as a legal offset against sin, whether repented of or not, and ever valid so long as the atoning sacrifice was paid as an indemnity for the offence. This is the meaning of Isaiah's reproof, i, 10-24. For though God had instituted their law of sacrifice as given by Moses, he had not ordained its observance in the spirit of the interpretation they had set upon it, 2 Cor. iii, 6. In this sense their sacrifices were not the sacrifices which God had ordained. For the delusion of self-righteousness under which they made their sacrificial atonement, without any heartfelt compunction for sin, to quicken within them the germ of a new and spiritual life, constituted that " deceivable- ness of unrighteousness," or of a false justification which St Paul condemns in 2 Thess. ii, 10. It led, in fact, to their confounding right and wrong morally, when deeming themselves righteous by reason of their sacrifices, but tracing no evidence of God's presence amongst the morally righteous of the Gentile world. Thus merciless bigotry has ever been a destroyer of mankind, no less deadly and offensive in the sight of God and man than those sins of drunkenness and immorality from which there is no recovery but through open shame, Matt, xxi, 31 ; Luke, vii, 29, 50. For godly sorrow is a moral restorative of divine ordinance, whereas the justification of self-righteousness adds sin to sin under veil of a false covering. Mercy, on the other hand, considers that the hearts of all men are prone to a presumptuous reliance on their own human will. That this tendency has to be subdued in all, either through suffering or by gifts of divine grace, for the comfort of divine grace, without previous anguish for presumptuous sin, some have been better and earlier qualified than others by education, good compauions, or some secret instinct for 44 good, awakened in their bouIs under a merciful interposition of God'd l)rovidence, strong enough to overcome theii' self-will, 1 Thess. v, 19; John V, 40. Thus, uuder the new covenant, as under the old, sacrifice is the law of God's house ; but a widely different sacrifice to that of burnt offer- ings, viz., the sacrifice of self — a patient forbearance with the infirnutie3 of one another (being all sinners before God, and needing His mercy), that the law of Christ may be written of Gcd in our hearts unto salva- tion, by the gift of the Holy Ghost, teaching us to appreciate justly the spiritual power of the prayer he gave us for a guide. In so doing we shall be taught of God that mercy outlives sacrifice, because God willeth mercy and not sacrifice, (otherwise than as realising the death unto sin, appointed unto all men, Heb. ix, 27,) for the new birth unto jighteous- ness and eternal life. For charity never faileth. The bloody sacrifice of the }.losaic law evidently had an essentially different object to those of the heathen, though continuously being offered up by the Jews in no better spirit. The object must have been for a continual memorial, daily renewed, that the discordant worldly in- terests and antagonistic human passions of men living under an unre- strained impulse of their individual human wull, would, like the natural instinct of wild animals, lead to the shedding of one another's blood, (as memorialized in the blood of the victim condemned to slaughter by reason of their sin), until their natural impulses should be brought into subjection to the will of God, by the gift of the Holy Ghost, for a spiritual and peaceful communion with him according to the law of man's creation to a higher and holier gift of life than that of the beasts which perish. It also appealed mutely to an instinctive sense of justice and shame, to prevent the innocent being continuously sacrificed for the guilty, and the weak made the victims of the strong to uphold the power of the world in its unregenerate state ; whilst the proj)hets of God typically foreshadowed the blessings of regenerate human life, under a picture of the lamb lying down by the side of the lion in safety. Thus the instruction designed of God in the typical law of Moses, as spiritually explained by all God's prophets, (Luke xvi, 31 ; 2 Peter i, 19-21), and ^Hast " of all by a perfect incarnation of " God's Spirit," or of the "Holy Ghost "in Christ, (John 1-14; Coloss. ii, 9, but always resisted by Israel, Watt, xxiii, 34 ; Acts vii, 51-54 ; John ix, 28, 29, fulfilling the prediction of Isaiah liii, through a total misconception of the law of sacrifice. Is. i,. 10-24,) was to awaken in sinners, when bringing their sacrifice to the altar (Matt, v, 23, 24), a humiliating conviction of 45 sin, and an enlightened perception of its ultimate consequences, if not timely forsaken by the gift of God's spirit working repentance unto new- ness of life. God therefore willed that the celebration of his sacrifices should be such as to quicken within the hearts of his people shame and sorrow for sin, (Ezek. xliii, 10, 11,) working an earnest desire of re- demption from its power, like that expressed by Job xlii, 5, 6. The reasonableness of this is explained in Ezek. xviii, 23. For as no man lives to himself, the good or evil of each man's life is a common concern. But evil must be overcome of good, to make the good be be- loved and voluntarily sought ; whereas repelling it only in the spirit of evil (or in the power of an unsanctified human will) is to give to its desolating effects a more extensive range. If evil can be no otherwise checked, God himself has ordained a limit in natural death which no power of man can evade, nor can human intelligence long foresee the time and circumstances. But when the power of Christ's Kingdom is advanced in this form, it is only as it were by the removal of a hin- drance to its progress, and as a warning voice of God calling other sinners to repentance without delay, under a conscious uncertainty re- specting the term of human life. But repentance from error unto newness of life, under a sacrifice of self-will realised by the gift of God's grace, is a quickening principle of good, for it has a beneficial eflfect of living influence on others, whereby the humiliation of dinners is made to redound to the glory of God in Christ, and to enlarging the borders of his earthly kingdom. Thus the justice and mercy of God are everlastingly reconciled in Christ. For " When the wicked man turneth away from his wicked- ness that he hath committed, and doeth that which is lawful and right, he shall save his soul alive." — Ezek. xviii, 27. On the Gate of Gennath and the Gate of the Essenes (Josephus' Wars, v, 4, 2), in their i elation to the Valley of Hinnom. Josephus tells us that this gate was by the citadel Hippicus. This, therefore, as the corner gate both of the first and second walls to the north corresponded most likely to the Yafa Gate of the present day, at the opening of the Valley of Hinnom. The word seems to be a com- pound of " Gen," a garden, and " nut," to be agitated, as by an earth- quake, Ps. xcix, 1. Might not the word thus mean the garden of the earthquake, in the relation of Zech. xiv, 5, to the paradise of typical 46 prophecy, Ezck. xxviii, 13, 14, with Gen. iii, 23, 24? For there is clearly a prophetic connection between the valley to the south of Mount Zion and that to the east of Mount Moriah and the valley of dry bones, Ezek. xxxvii ; Jerera. xxxi, 40 ; and the valley of vision and of tumult, Is. xxii, and the valley of Jehoshaphat or of decision, Joel iii, 12-14. The reference of Joel, however, is that of a double metaphor; for it speaks of the contest before the walls of Jerusalem in Messiah's day as that of an exterminating warfare so ordered for dividing the power of the world against itself to its fall, when opposed to the peace of the people of God, no less certainly in favour of God's people (Luke xxi, 28) than when " God decided " for Joshua, and enabled him to desti'oy the confederacy of Canaanitish power arrayed against him in the plains of Esdraelon, by Megiddo. Whence the use of the word " Arma- geddon" in Rev. xvi, 16. Y or Jehoshaphat means " God^ s judgment" Though no orientalist, it may be possible, in scripture and through the Hebrew together, here to trace a valid connection between the Baal worship of the ancients and the Hindu idolatry of Juggernauth even now existing. In Gen. xxxi, 47, we read that Laban called the place of his covenant with Jacob in Chaldee, "Jegar Sahadutha," " the heap of wit- ness," whereas Jacob called it "Galead" " the heap of witness." Now, if the former half of the word Juggernauth be compared with the former half of the word used by Laban, and the latter half with the Chaldee word " Naht," he came down (Dan. iv, 13, 23), or the Hebrew " Nut," to be moved or agitated, the word might mean the hiU of the descent, or of the earthquake, with reference to an alleged divine mani- festation thereon. Compare the reference to the horses of the sun which Josiah took away (when he burned the chariots as worthless), with the symbolically winged horses facing the car of Juggernauth, in the illustration copied fi-om the Saturday Magazine iox 11th August 1832. In Josiah's case (2 Kings xxiii, 10, 11), it is possible that the winged horses were of the precious metals, and that being thus convert- ible to ether uses, they were not destroyed with the chariots, but simply taken away. Coleman, in p. 50 of his Hindu Mythology, quotes from extracts he made when reading (he thinks) a book of the Reverend Buchanan's, to the following etiect: — " We know that we are approaching Juggernauth, (and we are more than 50 miles from it) by the human bones which wc have seen for some days strewed by the way. At this Some old persons are among them, who wish to die at Juggernauth. Numbers of pilgrims die on the road, and their bodies generally remain unburied. On a plain by the river, near the pilgrims' caravansera at 47 this place, there are more thaa 100 skulls. The dogs, jackals, and vultures, seem to live here on human prey." Again — " I have seen Juggernauth. The scene at Buddruck is but the vestibule to Jugger- nauth. No record of ancient histoiy can give, I think, an adequate idea of this valley of death ; it may be truly compared -with the valley of Hinnom ! I have also visited the sand plains by the sea, in some places whitened by the bones of the pilgrims ; and another place, a little way out of the town, called by the English Golgotha, where the dead bodies are usually cast forth, and where the dogs and vultures are ever seen." Again — " I have beheld another distressing scene this morn- ing, at the place of skulls : a poor woman lying dead or nearly dead, and her two children by her, looking at the dogs and vultures which were near. The people passed without noticing the children. I asked them where was their home. They said they had no home but where their mother was." Let U3, however, return from this digi'ession to consider the position of the gate of the Essenes in its relation to the gate Gennath ; and it is possible that these two gates to the garden of Israel's typical paradise may have had two prophetically significant names, though not given of man in any prophetic spirit. According to Josephus, (A ntiq. iii, viii, 9, with XV, X, 5,) the sect of the Essenes was thus named from " Hoshen " truth ; metaphorice from being " unbending as a rock." Whence the use of this word to mean the breastplate of oracular truth in Exod, xxviii, 30. Compare "righteousness as a breastplate" (Is. lix, 17, with Ezra ii, 63 ; Nehem. vii^ 65, and Luke ii, 29-35 ; also Ephes. vi, 1 4 ; 1 Thess. V, 8.) Josephus tells us that the Essenes were honoured by Herod, because Menaheuj, an Essene, is said to have foretold oracularly Herod's accession to the kingdom of the Jews. Josephus represents the gate of the Essenes as on the west or south- west of Mount Zion, and somewhere near Siloam. These two gates, therefore, do, by their distinctive names, seem to characterise their approaches to the garden of Israel's prophetic paradise from Jerusalem. One (the Gennath of Josephus, if derived from Gen- 7iut), as the gate of the garden of tumult. For this character may be verified by its identity with the Fish Gate of Zeph. i, 1 0, and from its relation to the valley or garden of Hinnom, referred to, with the valley of Jehosaphat, in Jerem. xxxi, 40; Is. xxii ; Ezek. xxxvii ; Joel ii, 9-18. The other, or the gate of the Essenes, made to symbolise the way of life, from its situation near the pool of Siloam, whose waters typified the gift of the Holy Ghost by the mission of Shiloh, Gen. xlix, 10 ; John ix, 7. 48 place wc have been joined by several large bodies of pilgrims, perhaps 2000 in number, who have come from various parts of Northern India. On the teaching of the Levitical law respecting things clean and unclean, Ezek. xliv, 23, compare Haggai il, 10-20; Mark vii, 1-14, as determining the question with an oracular and truthful judgment, like that of uni.M and thummim in the days of old. This seems to give the true meaning of Isaiah's prophecy, chap, i, 20 — " I will restore thy judges as at the first, and thy counsellors as at the beginning: after- wards thou shalt be called the city of righteousness, the faithful city." Thus, in Matt, xi, 14; xiv, 12, John the Baptist was declared to be the Elias of Malachi's prediction, if only the JewS would believe his words, Slalachi iv, 5, 6. On the Holy Oblation in its relation to a typical re-distribution of the land to the tivelve tribes of Israel, as made spiritually eqvxd in Christ through the mission of the tivelve Ajjostles (Matt, xix, 28 ; Mark x, 42, 43 ; Rev. vii.) That there is a valid identity of character between the"oblation of the land in Joshua's day and that of Ezekiel's prophetic vision respect- ing the oblation of the land in the days of the restored kingdom ^can- not, I think, be reasonably doubted Amongst the " signs of the times " given of God to Israel, for spiritual discernment respecting the rising glories of Messiah's kingdom — the earthly manifestation of which was to commence in the latter days of the typical dispensation — we read in Isaiah 1, 25-28, " I will turn my hand upon thee, and purely purge away thy dross, and take away all thy tin ; and I will restore thy judges as at the first, and thy counsellors as at the beginning : afterwards thou shalt be called the city of righteousness, the faithful city. Zion shall be redeemed with judg- ment, and her converts w'ith righteousness." We cannot, without directly falsifying the whole spirit of the New Testament and the language of St Paul, Heb. viii, 7-13, and x, to end of xii, &c. &c., interpret the above prophecy of Isaiah, and that of Haggai ii, 10-20, compared with Ezek. xliv, 23, 24, as intimating pro- phetically a divine re-enactment of the ]\Icsaic law and its typical institutions, after the establishment of God's new covenant with all flesh, through an election of Israel, in Messiah's day. VCe have therefore no room left for choice or doubt as to the spirit 49 of the moral instruction tlius figuratively expressed. It means tliat when God's new covenant shall be received by Israel, under confirma- tion of the Holy Ghost, Jerem. xxxi, 38-40 (thereby, as it were, spiritually rebuilding Jerusalem " to the Lord," as the new or regen- erated Jerusalem of Christ's apostolic mission), the judgment of the apostles, Matt, xix, 28 ; John xvi, 8 ; Acts i, 8, 9, should be one of righteousness, like the judgments of Israel's former judges, when acting nnder a directly inspired instruction of God by Urim and Thummim, Deut. xxxiii, 8 ; Ezra ii, 63 ; Nehem. vii, 65, with Matt, x, and xvi, 18. The only real difliculty in the way of thus interpreting Ezekiel'a oblation of the land and allotment to the tribes of Israel as a spirit- ual instruction for the future of Israel's history, expressed in the language of a prophecy involving typical reference to the events of Joshua's day, is that the allotments of land assigned to the twelve tribes by Joshua were not assigned thus under like details of their situation and relative order as in Ezekiel. But this objection may be of infinitely less importance than it appears at first sight. For Joshua's division of the land describes only the details of a historic fact. But Ezekiel's partial oblation of the land to God, when prophetically re-distributing to the tribes of Israel their respective allot- ments therein, was (like his vision of the restored temple) clearly designed of God for a widely different purpose, as stated in Ezekiel xliii, 10, 11. This was for a moral and spiritual instruction from the allotments of land made to Israel in Joshua's day, as if to intimate that, however allotted by Joshua in material form, the eternal interests of the twelve tribes of Israel in that land (as involved in God's everlasting promises to Abraham and his seed) were to be realised only by that election of Israel which should constitute Messiah's people, by signs of spiritual discernment from the typical instruction as varied in some of its details for this very purpose in Ezekiel's vision of prophecy, though retaining therein the three characteristic features of Joshua's allotments. 1st. An allotment to five of the tribes before others, viz., to Reuben, Gad, Manasseh, Judah, Ephraim. 2d. An oblation of the land to God when setting up the tabernacle at Shiloh ; and when making provision for the ordinances of God's typical sanctuary, and for Joshua, their prince in Judah, as for Caleb in Hebron. Also by a remarkable dedication of all the tribes to God at Ebal and Gerizira. n 50 3d. By allotting the remainder of the land to the seven remaining tribes ; though in Joshua's day it is said that the Canaanito continued still to retain partial possession of the land with Israel. We know also that the Jebusites retained possession of Jerusalera until the days of David. Hence the di£ference between the historical allotments of the land in the days of Joshua, and those in the typical vision of Ezekiel's pro- phecy may (and, in my opinion, does, under confirmation of a very high probability) form part of the spiritual instruction conveyed from God to man in that language of typical teaching which forms the characteristic feature of all Jewish prophecy, and especially marks the inspiration of Ezekiel's words, interpreted by the law given us in 2 Peter i, 20, 21. " No prophecy of the scripture is of any private interpretation," viz., not of any exclusive reference to the personal or national interests of a temporal character involved therein. All, on the contrary, have refe- rence to the incarnation of God's spirit, as the law of man's regenerate life on earth in Messiah's day, as the eternal day of God's new and ever- lasting covenant with man. Yet we are guarded against contemplating even this (as the Jews did the law of their ceremonial sacrifices in atonement for sin) supersti- tiously. For in Rom. viii, 9, we ai'e taught to live under a conviction that we must each for ourselves struggle and pray to be like minded with Christ in preferring the righteousness of God's commands to the impulses of our own human will and worldly interests, when brought into antagonism under the ever varying circumstances of man's mortal life. " For the prophecy came not in old time by the will of man, but holy men of God spake as they were moved by the Holy Ghost." Here, therefore, we may trace an adequate reason for typically varying certain features in Joshua's division of the promise between the twelve tribes of Israel, as occurring in Ezekiel's vision of prophecy. For the typically equalised distribution of the allotments in Ezekiel's vision harmonises with St John's apocalytic vision in Rev. vii, wherein the efl^ect of the gospel mission was equal upon every tribe, 12,000 re- deemed souls being numbered to each, though in the day of their material numbering by Moses (Num. ii), the lowest number far exceeded that of St John's typical vision, and the numbers belonging to the different tribes varied in each case. If I cannot yet trace — and indeed if I should never be able to trace ■ — any Scriptural clue to the typical instruction designed of God, when 51 enumerating in his vision of prophecy to Ezekiel, and in that to St John, the tribes of Israel in a different order to that in which they received Jacob's blessing (Gen. xlix), and that of Moses (Deut. xxxii) ; and when describing their division to the north and south of Ezekiel's Obla- tion, as differing fi-oni that in which they were to stand divided towards the north against Mount Ebal, and towards the south against Mount Gerizim (Deut. xxvii, xxviii), the darkness covering this difSculty cannot prevail to destroy the light graciously given of God in solution of the many of more important character. But what if its meaning should be — though God designed equality of mercy for all (John v, 40, and 1 Cor. xv, 22, with Rom. xi, 26), still that merciful design was ever being frustrated to some by the ruinous activity of a rebellious human will, ever varying the material bounds of human prosperity, personally and nationally. For by gifts of grace to his faithful and true servants, God is ever equalising that ba- lance of mercy and truth met together in righteousness (i. e., in Christ) for the salvation of sinners, through redemption from the power of sin, which the covering of a worldly policy, in protection of itself against the spirit of the world, is ever disturbing, by adding sin to sin. One thiug is remarkable respecting the tribes placed nearest to the oblation of the land in Ezekiel's vision. They were Juclah (Rev. v, 5), and Benjamin, Acts xiii, 21 ; Rom, xi, 1. The latter quotations remind us that though the kingdom was first given to Benjamin in Saul, and again taken away in wrath for disobe- dience (Hosea xiii, 11), still the tribe of Benjamin had its represenave in Paul when the kingdom was established on its spiritual and eternal foundation in Christ. Here, I must confess, the tempter's spirit of scepticism seems to say — " But you cannot surely explain Ezekiel's vision of prophecy respect- ing the new oblation of the land, and rebuilding of the temple in the days of the restored kingdom, as the language of a prophecy which has had a reasonably clear fulfilment in the past history of the Jewish nation !" The difiiculty is great, but Its solution is not hopeless. Any one who has studied the subject of Jewish and typical prophecy will under- stand the danger we are in of substituting some iutellectual conceit for a sound deduction of devout reasoning when we interpret typical and Jewish ^wphecy figiirativeii/, without having some decidedly scriptural clue to the historic circumstances which most probably gave rise to the metaphorical reference of the prophecy. It is not difficult to shew from scripture that it is not the prediction 52 of a temple and kingdom to be yet re-established by the Jews at Jeru- salem, as if under a divine re-enactment of the Mosaic or typical law of God's first covenant with Israel. But, this admitted, it follows demonstrably that its true interpretation must be sought in the history of the Jewish nation from the days of Cyrus (Is. xliv, 28; Ezra i, 1), to the final destruction of Judah's tem- poral kingdom in the apostolic age, through rejecting Christ for the Messiah thereof and Saviour of the world. We may arrive satisfactorily thus far in consideration of the subject, and yet not clearly see our way how to interpret the prophetic vision, from a lapsed knowledge of facts which might have been familiar to some Jews when Ezekiel wTote. Suppose two men enveloped in equal 'darkness, but under different circumstances. Let the case of one be such that he is mentally conscious of known objects within his reach, and the chain of their mutual relation to an extent which he knows would leave him in a safer position than his present, even should the darkness continue, and also to a position from which the first faint rays of returning light might most readily be seen. Suppose the other in like darkness, without consciousness of any familiar objects around him by which he might feel his way, and no cer- tain voice to guide him from without, yet always veering his course in the direction of vague sounds, deluding him into a vain reliance on his conjectures both as to his own whereabouts in the darkness, and how most speedily and safely to obtain relief therefrom. Surely the situation of the former is the most hopeful. And this I contend is the position of those who affirm that the visions of Ezekiel's prophecies were fulfilled in the events of Jewish history between the restoration of the kingdom to Israel by Cyrus, and the fall of the t}3)ical sanctuary with the revocation of God's first covenant with Israel, on the establishment of his new and everlasting covenant with all flesh in Christ, and under the events of the apostolic age. Our mental vision may yet remain enveloped in darkness, which prevents us from clearly seeing how this is, but if patient, we may soon become conscious to the existence of a clear scriptural clue. Comparing the conditions on which Reuben, Gad, and half the tribe of Mauasseh first obtained from Moses (Num. XXX, 14, as confirmed by Joshua xiii), their allotments of the promised land on the east side of the Jordan with the provision of inheritance made for Caleb and Joshua when assigning to Judah and the sons of Joseph (Ephraim and Manasseh) their portions (Josh, xv, xvi, xvii), we jierceive that jive allotments of the land were made to Israel before or 53 simultaneously with the oblatioa thereof in part to God, and the services of his typical sanctuary, when the children of Israel set up the tabernacle at Shiloh (Josh, xviii.) For it was at Shiloh that " Joshua cast lots for them before the Lord," to determine the settlements of the remaining seven tribes (Josh, xviii, 10, to end of xix.) Then a further oblation of the land to God was really made when, at God's command, there were appointed sis cities of refuge in Israel, and forty-eight cities as a portion for the Levites (Ezek. xliv, 15) to dwell in, " wath the suburbs thereof for their cattle." Then this partial oblation of the land to God was marked by a new cha- racteristic of Jewish and typical prophecy. For in Josh, xxiv, 1, and 25-29, we read that Joshua next assembled all the tribes of Israel at Shechem, and there caused them all solemnly to dedicate themselves unto the Lord again, as if more particularly to identify their then covenant with a renewal of the solemnities over against Mounts Ebal and Gerizim, recorded in Joshua viii, 30 35, and there expressly referred to as fulfilling the command of Moses (Deut. xxvii, xxviii.) The earlier fulfilment of this command (as related Josh, viii, 30-35), followed immediately after the fall of Jericho, and therefore serves to identify the seven trumpets of typical and Jewish prophecy in the Apo- calypse with a memorial of God's providence for good to Israel through Joshua (vi, 12-21), when the walls of Jericho fell down before the ark of God's covenant with Israel in a form to make the typical blowing of the seven trumpets* a memorial of instinctive reverence amongst the God-fearing Israel of the typical dispensation. Also the beginning and the end of that dispensation stand ever identified, in the language of Jewish and typical prophecy, with other seven trumpet warnings annu- ally renewed in the beginnings of their months and on their solemn days (Num. X, 8-11), viz., from the month of the Feast of the Passover to that appointed for the Feast of Tabernacles inclusive. Thus the typical prophesying of Levitical ordinances to the Jew respecting Israel's pro- mised resurrection from death unto life in the flesh (Ezek. xxxvii), as the first-fruits of a like resurrection extending over all flesh, was made from the beginning a trumpet warning of only seven typical months (Exod. xii, 2 ; xxiii, 16). This doubtless is the reference of the seven months of Ezekicl's typical prophecy (xxxix, 12, 14). * I beg here thankfully to acknowledge nay obligation to the Rev. W. Whjrte, Rector of the Haddington Burgh Schools, for first calling my attention to this feature of the prophecy. 54 'I'lie pio[)cr niuiics in the Old Testament Scriptures were, for tlie most part, given to commemorate some historic feature in the lives of the parents wlio gave the name. This consideration also seems to have had its influence on the mind of Jacob, when, severally over his twelve sons, varying the words of his blessing to each. It may not, therefore, be unreasonable to suppose that the order of the twelve tribes, in their relation to the oblation of the land in Ezekiel's vision, involves the idea of a moral instruction unto spiritual life, typically associated with the name in each. For instance, nearest to the oblation on the south side, Benjamin had his allotment. Rachel when dying, on giving birth to a eon, wished to name him Ben-oni, or son of my sorrow. But Jacob (probably in affection for her) called him Benjamin, or son of the right hand. The right hand in the figurative language of Scripture symbolised power. Hence the mother of Zebedee's children (James and John) is represented as asking of Christ that her sons might be seated near him in his kingdom, the one on the right hand and the other on his left. Our Lord's reply (Matt, xx, 23) was, " to sit on my right hand and on ray left is not mine to give, but it shall be given to them for whom it is prepared of my Father." This unfolds authoritatively the true scriptural doctrine of election. God willed in Christ the salvation of all flesh. But all ai'e not saved, because all will not draw nigh unto God in his appointed way so as to make their calling and election sure, by thaukfully accepting the gift of his grace, to check and sanctify the spirit of their own human will. The law of the kingdom, in regard to the right hand of power therein, is given unmistakeably in Matt, xxv, 34-4 1 . Thus Saul is scripturally made the type of one spiritually dead, but Paul that of a living soul. 2. SIMEON, Leah's second son, so called in memory that the Lord had heard her prayer. This may symbolise an expansion of the power of the kingdom through the obedience of faith, Rom. xvi, 26. " For faith cometh by hearing, and hcanng by the word of God," Rom. X, 17. We must here bear in mind that Simeon is the same as Simon, the Hebrew and common name of the apostle, afterwards called Peter, by reason of his faith in Christ as the incarnate power of God. 3. ISSACHAR, the Jifih son of Leah. The meaning of the word is " an hire" Gen. xxx, 18. The reason is there assigned, and reference seems made thereto in the blessing, Gen. xlix, 14, 15. 55 It seems to symbolise an accession to the kingdom from ivorldly motives. Compare the prediction respecting Tyre, Is. xxiii, 1 7, 18, with Ezek. xxviii, 24-26. 4. ZEBULON, Leah's sixth son. The word means dwelling ; and the reason assigned by Leah is, that God in giving her six sons had given her iin enlarged hold on the affections of Jacob, so that she no longer regarded his aflfection for Rachel with jealousy. In the blessing of Zebulon the place of his dwelling, viz., by the coast, is made an object of express reference. The bravery of Zebulon is celebrated in the song of Deborah and Barak (Judges V, 18, and v. 14), the tribe is referred to as giving birth to those ** who should handle the pen of the writer." Its characteristics symbolise an enlargement of the kingdom, by an accession of worldly power, similar to that alluded to in Ps. Ixxxvii, 2 — " The Loi'd loveth the gates of Zion more than all the dwellings of Jacob." 5. GAD, the son of Zilpah, Leah's handmaid ; that she might thus retain the claims of an offspring continuously borne to Jacob, after that she herself " had left bearing." The meaning is a troop, Gen. xxx, 1 1 ; and the application of the word is in the spirit of the blessing pronounced in Ps. cxxvii, 3-5 ; and in Gen. xlix, 19. * Though th^five tribes here enumerated to the south of the Oblation (as if to represent the expansion of the kingdom, in its relation to the exodus of Israel's first deliverance out of Egypt) are not the same as those who obtained their five allotments before the Oblation of the land to Joshua, when setting up the tabernacle at Shiloh, still the number is the same. Different names may have been selected to suit the instruc- * The pronomial affix («') of the first person added to the word Gad, a troop, would convert it into " Gadi" my troop. Thus the most southern allotment, or the first of typical commemoration in the dii'ection of Egypt, being given to Gad, might have been so providentially ordered to remind the Israelites that when God chose their fathers, they were the fewest of all people, but that their numbers were exceeding great in the day of their Exodus out of Egypt, Deut. vii, 7 ; x, 22. In tliis form the word "Engedi," in Ezek. xlvii, 10, besides being the name of a place by the Dead Sea, near wloich was the spring from which the temple was supplied with water from Solomon's pools, may involve a double reference ; and mean also the fountain from which God's troop or people were suppHed with water for the service of his temple, Ps. xlvi, 4. It is clear that the word En- eglaim in the same verse with En-gedi, is a typical and not a geographical name, as already shewn. 56 tion of a spiritual lesson from the varied details of the typical aud pro- phetic vision. Site for Southern Border q/ the Obla- tion, reckoning Jive times 10,000 reeds from Kadesh-Barnea, in Lat. 30° 41'. The rood is here assumed to be six great cubits of 21 inches each, or 83 yards. Tliis is the scale adopted in my former plans when reckoning from Kad- esh-Meribah, or En-Mishpat, and pre- Bimaes with Mant and (_ larke that the ordinary cubit was only 18 inches. Five times 10,000 reeds, each Zh yards long, are =99^ mUes, and these reduced to degrees and minutes of north latitude = 1° 30'. But 30° 41' + 1° 30^ = lat. 32° 11', and terminates a httle to the north of ShUoh, in lat. 32° 6'. Also for the northern boundary of the Oblation, 25,000 reeds, each 3^ yards long, are = 49;| miles ; and these reduced to the minutes of 1° latitude, are about 44'. But 44' + 32° 11' = lat. 32° 55', and terminates towards the north of the lake Genezereth. Again, 7 times 10,000 reeds, each 82 yards long, are about 139^ miles ; and these reduced to degrees and min- utes represent about two degrees, ex- tending to lat. 34° 55'. N.B. — Under ev-idence of this arith- metical test for the true typical instruc- tion from Ezekiel's vision of prophecy, on the most favourable construction of Messrs Bagster's Prophetic jNIap, pre- fixed to the " Ezekiel " of his " Para- graph Bible, in separate parts" (as begin- ning its computation from Kadesh Bamea, not from Kadesh Meribah, or En-Mishpat ; and computing by the ordinaiy cubit of IS inches, increased by the hand's breadth to 21 inches, for the great cubit of Ezek. xl, 5 ; xli, 8), I cannot see how, upon any map having Site for Southern Border of the Obla- tion, reehoning 5 tim£» 10,000 reeds from Kadesh-Barnea, in Lat. 30° 41'. The reed of six great cubits is here computed to be 4 yards long, on the supposition that the ordinary cubit was 21 inches long, as estimated by Dr Ar- buthnot, and by Dr S. Lee, in his Heb- rew Lexicon . For in this case the great cubit of Ezek. xl, 5, would be 24 inches. This estimate of 21 inches for the ordinary cubit, and 24 for the great cubit, accords with the measurement of the Lavers, and seems to identify the 1000 great cubits of Ezek. xh-ii, and Nehem. iii, 13, with the mystic measiu-ement of 666, estimated as yards in Rev. xiii, 18. For 3 times 666| = 2000 yards or 500 reeds, of Ezek. xUi, 20, v:hen reckoning each reed as 4 yards long. 5 times 10,000 reeds, each 4 yarda long, = circ. 114^ miles ; and these re- duced to degrees and minutes = cii-c. 1° 40'. But 30° 41' -I- 1°40' = lat. 32° 21', and terminates about Nahulous or Shcchem. Compare Joshua vvl, 30-35, with Deut. xxvii, xx\-iii. I will not pretend to dogmatise on this result, but it is remarkable. Also, for the northern boundary of the oblation, 25,000 reeds, each 4 yards long = circ. 56f miles ; and these re- duced to the minutes of a degree = circ. 50'. But 50' -f 32° 21' =^ lat. 33° 11', and terminates about midway between the Lake of Genezereth and Tyre. Again, 7 times 10,000 reeds, each 4 yards long, are about 159^ miles ; and these reduced to degrees and minutes represent about 2° 20', extending to lat. 35° 31'. 57 a scale plan even approximating to correctness, the southern boundary of the Oblation could be marked below Jerusalem to represent it as the city propheti- cally meant, otherwise than as having her doom typified in that of Shiloh, Jerem. vii, 12-17. Compare the words " closed up and sealed till the time of the end," Dan. xii, 9, with Rev. xxii, 10 — " Seal not the sayings of the prophecy of this book, for the time is at hand." "When Di- Adam Clarke included Jerusalem in his view of the Obla- tion, he made no pi'etension to depicting it on any scale plan, and repre- sented the allotments of the tribes as materially differing in measure- ment, to enable him to bring Jerusalem within the Oblation.* Let us next consider the prophetic characteristics of the seven tribes * Tables of Ajyproodmation for finding the relation of English Miles to the Minutes of one Degree of Latitude, equal to 694 English miles, saying 69 miles for a more practical working of the fractions. We have — FmsT Table. l-12th of 1° = 5f English miles. 3-6ths or i of l° = 34i English miles. l-6th ofr = lli do. 4-6thsor I of 1° = 46 do. 2-6ths or l-3d of 1° = 23 do. 5-6ths of 1° = 574 do. 6-6thsor r = 69 do. Second T.vble. Herein we have an approximation for the value of any intervening number of minutes. We lose count only of tico unties to 1°, by considering every two seconds equal to 2 5 EngHsh miles. 2' = 2:^ EngUsh miles. 34' = 38| English miles. 4' = 44 do. 6' = 6| do. 8' = 9 do. 10' = Hi do. 12' = 134 do. 14' = 16| do. 16' = 18 do. 18' = 20^ do. 20' =. 22i do. 22' = 24| do. 24' = 27 do. 26' = 294 do. 28' = 314 do. 30' = 33| do. 2 mUes for the 694 Eng. miles = 1°. 32' = 36 do. . These numbers will be svifEciently near for a practical comparison of the mea- surements typically given in Ezekiel, with the scale of any map of Palestine, to note the relative position of the Holy Oblation to the allotments assigned to the five tribes of Israel on the south, and to the seven on the north thereof. 36' = 404 do. 38' = 42| do. 40' = 45 do. 42' = 47i do. 44' = 49i do. 46' = 51| do. 48' = 54 do. 60' = 56i do. 62' = 58i do. 64' = 60i do. 56' = 63 do. 58' = 65i do. 60' orl° = 674 do.. in error by 68 typically situated on the north side of the Oblation of the land in Ezekiel's prophetic vision. J . JUDAH. — There is a very obvious instruction of typical significance in thus reversing the allotment of Judah, as geographically fixed by Joshua to the south of the promised land. For it associates Israel's interest in the laud, in the day of his second deliverance from Babylon (Is. xi, 11, and Jerem. xvi, 14, 15), equally as on his exodus out of Egyjit (Exod. xii, 2), with the blessing on Judah (Gen. xlix, 10). For Judah means " prai'^e," Gen. xxix, 35 ; and God is never righteously praised of men until they learn to live in obedience to his will, under thankfulness for his mercies, Rom. xvi, 26. Hence, in Rev. v, 5, Messiah is symbolised as " the lion of the tribe of Judah," to whom it was given to open the previously seven-sealed book of Jewish prophecy, of which he was the Alpha and Omega — the beginning and the end — the first and the last — Rev. xxii, 13. The root and offspring of David, and the bright and morning star, Rev. xxii, 1 6, with Matt, xxii, 41-46, illustrating Ezek. xxxvii, 24, 25, &c. &c. 2. REUBEN, Leah's first-born (Gen. xxix, 32). The name means " behold a son," and was given in expression of her thankful- ness to God for having given her such a hold upon the affections of Jacob. This second place given to the first-born may typically ex- press a design of God to make the eternal blessings promised to the seed of Abraham dependent on a spiritual incarnation of praise to the glory of God, through the obedience of faith. — Rom. xvi, 25 ; Matt, xxiii, 38, 39. But the conflict between light and darkness which precedes this spiritual regeneration of man is aptly described in Rev. vi, 4, as the collision of opposing influences in the heart of man taking away peace from the earth. — ^latt. 10, 34. 3. EPHRAIM, Joseph's second son. — The meaning of the word is "f7~uitful," and the reason assigned for giving it is thus stated in Gen. xli, 52, " For God hath caused me to he fruitful in the land of my afliiction." 4. MANASSEH, Joseph's /r.<;f- born sou. — The meaning of the word is '^'^ forgetting" and the reason assigned for giving it is thus 59 stated in Gen. xli, 51, " For God," said he, "hath made rae for- get all ray toil, and all my father's house." N.B. — These two seem thus arranged side by side to indi- cate typically two parts of the inheritance given to the house of Joseph, Gen. xlvii, 5 ; for Joseph also is a name of typical sig- nificance in Jewish prophecy, and means " to add" These two allotments will therefore symbolise an enlargement of the king- dom through the lineage and faith of the house of Joseph. Herein also (as in the case of Eeuben) the privileges of the first-born are typically reversed. To fruitfidness is assigned the first place typically here, as when our Lord said in a moral and spiritual sense, " Every tree is known by its own fruit," Luke vi, 44 ; and St Paul tells us, Galat. v, 22, 23, " The fruit of the spirit is love, joy, peace, long-suffering, gentleness, goodness, faith, meekness, temperance ; against such there is no law," i.e. no condemnation having legal effect. These represent the fruits of the spirit diffused in sufficiency for the salvation of every man, if not abused. — Compare the symbolism of the Third Seal, Rev. vi, 5, 6, with 1 Cor. xii, 4-8. Comparing Gen. xli, 51, 52, with Gen. xlviii, 17-21, we read that it was under an influence of prophetic inspiration con- trary to Joseph's natural wish, that Jacob thus inverted the re- lation of his two sons to their common blessing ; when he typi- cally made the name which was symbolic of Joseph's fruitfulness in spiritual gifts to precede that which commemorated forgetful- ness of his toil, through the envy of his brethren. But the order of Manasseh's position to the north of the Holy Oblation corresponds to the 4th of the Seven Seals of the Apo- calyptic vision, as that of death and hell laid open before Joseph through envy of his brethren, though here associated only -with forgetfulness of the evil through present comfort in God's provi- dential mercies for good. This form of illustration seems to confirm the accuracy of the principle under which I have hitherto explained the darkening of the sun and moon and stars of typical prophecy, Matt, xxiv, 29, Rev. vi, 8; viii, 12, as the language of a metaphor derived from the history of Joseph, Gen. xxxvii, 9-12. NAPHTALL the second son of Billah, Rachel's handmaid. The meaning of the word is " my wrestling," and is applied by 60 Rachel to the fulfilment of her desire to have sons who should share the inheritance of Jacob with those of her sister Leah, Gen. XXX, 8. The great wrestlings (called " wrestlings of God" in the marginal reading), are in harmony with the symbolism of the Fifth Seal, respecting the cry of God's saints in their conflict with the spirit of the world, in its common relation to " the world" within their own hearts, Eccles. iii, 11, and that within the hearts of others representing the external world to them- selves. This interjiretation of the symbolism of the Fifth Seal, in its relation to those of the Fifth Trump and Fifth Yial, associates the darkening of the typical and prophetic heavens towards the close of the typical dispensation, ^vith the darkness of Isaiah ix, 1 , 2, as illustrated by Zech. xiv, 6, 7 ; John i ; and 1 John, ii, 8. 6. ASHEE, the second son of Zilpah, Leah's handmaid. The mean- of the word is " happy," and is applied by Leah to signify her happiness in considering that the daughters of her people would account her blessed, Gen. xxx, 13, for her large interest in the inheritance of Jacob, and, therefore, in the eternal promises made to Abraham's seed, to secure which she had supplanted her sister in marriage to Jacob by deceit. With this mere worldly idea of happiness, compare Psalm xlix, 16-20; Malachi iii, 15; and our Lord's words, John v, 44; also James iv, 4 ; 1 John iv, 7; IJohn v, 18, 19. Here again Ave find a typical teaching of Ezekiel's prophetic vision respecting the relation of Asher to the Holy Oblation, which harmonises with the vision of the Sixth Apocalvptic Seal, in its relation to those of the Sixth Trump and the Sixth Vial. For the three unclean spirits like frogs, Rev. xvi, 13-17 (as if issuing from " the miry places which could not be healed," Ezek. xlvii, 11, with Jerem. li, 9; Matt, xxiii, 37; John iii, 17; V, 40), represent the then leading powers of the world brought into a deadly collision of hoslilities under mutual delu- sion of a worldly spirit, opposed to the spirit of God's •will, as revealed in Christ for their common salvation, Jerem. xxxiii, 4-7; Zecb. xiv, 13; Matt, x, 16-29. 7. DAN, the first son of Billah, Rachel's handmaid. The word means " judging," and we are told that Rachel gave the name, saying, " God hath judged me, and hath also heard my voice, 61 and hath given me a son." Also, when blessing his sons, Jacob's words were, Gen. xlix, 16, " Dan shall judge his people as one of the tribes of Israel," &c. Thus, these mystic allot- ments of the land, like the seven seals of typical prophecy, as unsealed in Christ, begin with praise, and end with judgment, Rev. vi, 2; Rev. viii. So Christ Avas the Alpha and Omega of the typical law — the Paschal Lamb of Israel's redemption spiritually consummated — and the Archangel of the predicted resurrection of the quick and dead to judgment, Dan. xii, 1. Thus, the seven typical months of Ezek. xxxix, 14, besides their general reference to the whole times of the typical dispensation, from the Passover of Israel's exodus out of Egypt to the Feast of Tabernacles (in its typical relation to God's spiritual harvest in the end of the then world, both over Babylon, Ezra iii, 4, and in the Apostolic Age, Heb. ix, 28 ; 1 Peter iv, 7, as the beginning of an eternal judgment on the world), mark with especial prophetic significance the interval between the Passover at which Christ was crucified and the time of the Feast of Tabernacles in the year that closed the Jewish War. But from the Passover to the Feast of Tabernacles reckoned only six months ; and six months of typical and prophetic computation added to the three years of historic record for the duration of the war, make up the time and times and half a time of Dan. xii, 7. These were the days limited of God " for the elect's sake," over Jerusalem's last judgment, i.e., last iu its relation to the typical and temporal kingdom of God's people Israel therein. Matt, xix, 28, with xxiii, 38, 39. The words of the last quotation are spoken only of Christ's second coming in the power of the Holy Ghost, and as the Comforter of all those who draw nigh unto God in the power thereof, to serve him righteously with reverence and Godly fear, Heb. ix, 27, 28, so that the all Israel of Rom. xi, 26, may be saved with the saved amongst the Gentiles throughout all the lands of their dispersions. Explanation of the Plates illustrating the form of the Lavers, on a com- parison of 1 Kings vii, 27-38, ivith the cherulic symbolism in Ezek. xii, 18, 19. Figures 1 and 2 (on the scale of half an inch to the cubit of 24 inches), represent the relation of the laver (or receptacle for the water, and marked L), to its two bases. 62 B represents tlie out8ide, and B^ the inside of the lower or great basis. Thus, by leaving out the front, I have tried to shew how only the lower half of the wheels was visible on the outside, and only the upper half on the inside of tlic lower basis. Their position was, there- fore, below its border of sloping work, which extended from the line of junction between the upper and lower basis to the outer sides of the lower basis. The upper basis, as being in fact the chapiter of the laver itself, is marked C. At the four corners of this upper basis or chapiter (so as to form part of this very basis), were four uudersetters. These were the supports of the laver, or receptacle for the water. The two which would be visible on the near side of an interior view I have sup- posed to terminate in the form of lion's claws. As to the ornamental description of the exterior attempted in Fig. 3, it is not on any scale plan, and has only attempted to give some lead- ing characteristics, omitting the eagle spoken of by Josephus in Antiq. viii, iii, 6. For the " certain additions of thin work," v. 28, I have adopted the Jewish translation of Rabbi Benisch, " wreaths of sloping woik," or " festoons." This I have supposed to be composed of vine leaves and their tendrils, as a scripturally recognised ornament of the Temple. These were placed " between the ledges" or joinings of the laver with its chapiter or upper basis, and between the joinings of the upper with the lower basis. By " the borders that were between the ledges," v. 28, 29, I mean the bevelled or sloping part between the joinings or ledges, and the outer boundaries of form on which were the cherubim and palm trees, with lions and oxen, and open flowers. The open flowers I have represented as an under border of the lotus leaf or water lily ; for that was the common border of Assyrian sculp- ture, as recognised by Fergusson. Having already been can-ied by tbe magnitude of my subject far beyond, tlie limits I had proposed to myself for these remai'ks, I shall now conclude with a brief reference to the "gi'eat cloud and fire infolding itself" of Ezek. 1, 4, as characterizing the glory of Mes- siah's throne, and the brightness about it, both by the river chebar, and at Jerusalem ; or in the land of the heathen as amongst the nominal people of God. For this, in its relation to the fire upon the brazen altar for the burnt ofifering, (from which the angel was directed to take live coals and scatter them over the city, for a 63 fiery destruction thereof), points to a double source of the meta- phor respecting the cloud infolding fire. The Jirst is for a memo- rial of God's providence watching over Israel in the day of his Exodus out of Egypt, and as the pledge of divine aid in redemp- tion from the power of Babylon, fulfilling God's Covenant with Noah that his bow should be seen in the cloud in the day of their earthly trouble, if only his people would look up to him by faith and live. Secondly, The " cloudy day " of Ezek. xxx, 3, as called also " the time of the heathen," may involve an allusion to the idola- trous worship of Baal, as of the sun, and by fire, in those days, ever causing a faction of the Jewish nation to be prophetically numbered with the heathen, Eev. xi, 2 with Liike xxi, 24^ and Jerem. xxxiii, 4, 5. The fiery furnace of Dan. iii, 4-7, seems to have been an unroofed temple vised by the worshippers of Baal ; and it is not improbable that " the tower of the fiirnaces " (Nehem. xii, 30) may have had its name derived from a heathen temple of that kind once standing in the neighbourhood. In that case the scattering of live coals from the altar, (Ezek. x, 2,) &c., over the city may be made emblematic of denouncing judgment against Jerusalem for that corruption of the law of sacrifice by which the Temple services of the Je-vv-ish Priesthood had become as that of the heathen fire worshippers in God's sight. — Ezek. \'iii, 1 6 ; and as the worshippers of Thammuz, v. 1 0, or Baal, under another form of worship. For this reason I have, in Mr Marsh's Tract " Thy Kingdom come," added to my other illustrations of the subject the form of a rock-cut temple discovered by Maundrell in Syria, near Tortosa, A.D. 1697. It is referred to by Calmet as having been probably a temple of Baal. But the Baal of this reference may have been the Sp'ian god of husbandry, like the Osiris of the Egyptians. He was wor- shipped under the name of Dagon, as that Uf<ed for corn in Ps. iv, 7. The dyke near, and the pillars at the foiir corners, as if to sup- port an upper chamber (Judges xvi, 23-30), seem to favour this idea. I have here added one of Juggernavit's car, as relating to a modern form of the old idolatrous worship of Baal. For Baal, (as Adonis from Adonai, for Osikis), means " Lord," similai-ly, Juggernat'h, we are told, means " Lord of the universe." The 64 winged horses in front, (as the symbolic horses of the sun, which Josiah took away when he burned the chariot with fire), were probably sometimes made of the precious metals. But there is an everlasting application of the symbolism re- specting the cloud infolding fij-e. This (through Rev. x, i) reminds us under the gospel dispensation of God's Covenant with Noah, for the salvation of the spirits of all flesh in the day of their eax-thly trouble, if only they will i^ender unto God a true and spiritual worship in thankful acknowledgment of his mercies. With rainbow splendour in life's cloudy day, Be Christ my guide of cloud -infolding fire, With truthful hght to gild the way Of Peace, thus made my heart's desire. THIRD TRACT. THE KISE AND PROGKESS OF IDOLATRY CONSIDERED IN THE RELATION OF ITS PREDICTED FALL TO THE ESTABLISHMENT OF MESSIAH'S EVERLASTING KINGDOM. ILLUSTRATED CHRONOLOGICALLY. IN TWO PARTS. TABLE OF CONTENTS. PART I. r.'.'ir. The Chronology of Egyptian History, with Prefatory Remarks 7 PART II. The Marginal Clironology of our Bible, with Concluding Remarks 43-iiO Appendices illustrating the contemporary Chronology of Profane History in the relation of its Mythological Symbolism to some features in the Hyin- bolic Teaching of Jewish Prophecy, and of the Apocalyptic Visions til Appendix A, 1. Historical Extracts from Sir G. Wilkinson's Ancient Egyptians (>3 Appendix A, 2. Historical Extracts from Herodotus, with illustrative Notes from the Mythology of the Chaldasaus and Hindus 6.5 Appendix B, 1. Extracts from the Apocrjrjjhal Book of Enoch. These .shew the origin of the tradition respecting the Seventh Millennium of the World as the time foreordained (according to Enoch) for the expectation of Messiah's advent, and explain (with two Lithographic Illustrations) the Laws of the Greater and Lesser Light 80 No. 1 illustrating them from the Ancient Astronomy, which regarded the earth as the centre of the planetary system accorduig to Cicero. — Somnium Scipionis, cap. iv. No. 2 illusLrating them from the Newtonian Astronomy, wliich makes the sun the centre of its planetary system. Appendix B, 2. On the ten piiucipal Avatars of Vishnu, and other Mythological Features of the Hindu Historical Clironology ] 20 With Lithographic Illustrations exemplifying — \st. The " ten lower worlds" of Hindu Mythology as supposed to be doomed to the destructive effects of a general deluge at the close of every Icalpa, or great day of Bralima. 2d. Manu's reign of light for twenty days in eveiy miya yug. IV Colemaris Lithographic Illustrations. No. I. The Trimerti, or Hindu Triad, with notices of the sectarial marks in common use. Copied from Coleman's Hindu Mythology. No. II. The Kurmavatara, or Tortoise Avatar of Vishnu, being his second Avatar or Incai-nation. — Copied as above. No. Ill, Durga, the Hindu goddess of a thousand names, with her ^«'o sons, viz. — 1st. Ganesha, as the Janus of the Romans according to Sir W. Jone.'<. He is symbolised with the head of an elephant, as the Hindu god of prudence, and particularly worshipped at the opening of the new year, and when commencing any new undertaking of importance. The rat, as Ms symbolic vehan, reminds us that the Grecian Apollo was called " Symnthian, from a Phrygian word signifying raouse, of which ani- mal a legend said he had been the destroyer in Troas." — Keightley's Mythol., p. 127. But Genesha's rat memorialised, I believe, his deli- verance from his enemies by rats gnawing asunder the strings of their bows and the fastenings of their bucklers. 2d. Kartikeya, ha\ing a peacoch for his vehan. He was leader of the celestial armies, but not the Hindu god of war. His vehan was a peacock, from which we may perhaps trace the origin of this symbolism to the southern constellation of Indus and his peacock, situated above the Eastern Ocean. Hence his mythic birth as from the Ganges, and his six nm-sing mothers may have reference to the streams which form the delta of the Ganges. No. IV, Fig. 1 . The Kalki, or tenth and last Avatar of Vishnu. His symbolic vehan in this is a white war-horse, richly caparisoned and winged, like the Pegasus of Grecian mythology, and probably having like mythic association with the constellation Pegasus, between Aquarius and Pisces. The object of this avatar is to judge the wicked in the end of the world, as expected by the Hindus to coincide with the end of the pre- sent Kali jTig, or age of time; and the signs of the zodiac with which it stands associated may indicate a symbolic relation between this last judgment and that of the great flood. For the Hindus believe in periodic recvirrences of a universal flood. Fig. 2. The most modem impersonation of the Hindu Triad. Under this sym- bolism their supreme god Brahma was worshipped, as manifesting him- self to man on earth in three especial relations, or by three distinct attributes of power. This form of the Hindu Triad cannot be of earlier origin than the eighth avatar of Vishnu, viz., as Krishna. For Jug- gernaut is said to have been a reanimation of Krishna. But the Elrishna of the Hindus was, according to Sir W. Jones, the Apollo Nomios of the Greeks ; and therefore, like the Osiris of the Egyptians, an impersonation of the sun. Bala Eama (his brother) seems to be the same as Rama Chandi-a, or the Bacchus of the West, and possibly the Egyptian Sesostris, who first overran India. INDEX TO THE CHRONOLOGICAL TABLES. Division I. — Chronology of the Bible. No. I, p. 1.30-133. — Tlie Autedilu\ian and Postdiluvian Genealogies of the Patriarchs. From the Hebrew and Greek versions of the Mosaic record compared with Josephus, also with the Cambridge collation of a very ancient Hebrew manuscript of the Pentateuch written on skins of leather (the oldest form), and brought by Dr Buchanan from the coast of Malabar. The exact harmony of this with the chronology of the Hebrew text, from which om* own Bible is translated, should excite caution in receiving for true the assertions of those who affect to think that the chronology of the Hebrew Scriptm-es was corrupted by the western Jews in the early cen- turies of Christianity. The dates of the Samaritan Pentateuch are here copied from Jackson's Tables. No. II, p. 134 — The General Chronology of our Bible History, from the Hebrew, Greek, and Roman Catholic versions of Scripture, compared vdth Josephus, and with the now authorised Jewish kalendar. See note on the date of the Exodus at the end of the Supplementary Notes on Aphophis, &c. See the Key of David, pubhshed by Simpkin, London, and Marsh, York, on the verification of the about 450 yeai-s, from Moses to Samuel inclu- sive. — Acts xiii, 20. See also the Key of David on the verification of the times numbered over the kingdom of Judah, from the bviilding of the Jirst temple to the bmrning of the first city and temple by Nebuchadnezzar, as limited to 424 years between B.C. 1012 and B.C. 588. N.B. — Even Herodotus (Ub. ii, cap. 154) regards the history of Egypt as a mixture of myth and tradition before the times of Psammetichus, which we date, under confirmation of contemporary Grecian history, B.C. 670-620, or circ the times of Sefhos, the last Egyptian king who was a priest of Vulcan, and the contemporary of Sennacherib. Division II. — The Chronology of the Jews and Gentiles compared. No. I. — The mythic characters of the Phoenician, Babylonian, and Egyptian Records for the times of the ten Antediluvian Patriarchs, who are said to have reigned 1200 years, or 120 sari of years, for the 120 years of God's long -suffering towards the generation on which the Flood came (G«n. vi, 3), and the 120 days for the four months of harvest (John iv, 35) which pre- ceded the overflow or flood of Egyjit annually, when the year was diAided only into three seasons. VI No. II. — The Mytliic Times of the OM Egyptian Chronicle compared with the Mosaic Record of Man's I'ostdiluvian History. Hence it appears that the Gentile and Hebrew traditions bear an essen- llally jjaraUel testimony to the historical facts of Mosaic record. For when the semi-mythic chi-onology of the Gentiles is rightly interpreted it repre- sents a simmiary of years closely appjroximatiag, in the details of its out- line, to the historic traditions of the Jewish nation. The Divine authority of the Mosaic legislation is our reason for believing in the trustworthiness of the Mosaic chronology when separating the earlier traditions of man's history from the exact cycles of solar and lunar time, vrith which the mythic history of heathen god -lungs had been identified from the beginning. This seems to identify the setting up of the Mosaic dispensation with the beginning of the world's redemption from bondage to the bloody supersti- tions of heathenism, as by a resiurection from death vmto life, beginning in the flesh (Rom. v, 14), and imder typical institutions which foreshadowed the times of Messiah's advent (Rom. x, 4 ; 1 Cor. x, 4), as those wherein a spiritual and truthful worship of God should commend itself in Christ to aU the families of man under confirmation of God, by gifts of the Holy Ghost outpom'ed upon Jew and Gentile without respect of persons. — John iv, 21-25 ; Acts x, 34, 35. Hence the verity of the difference between the millennium of Brahma's divine age and that of the apocalyptic \'ision (Rev. xx) in its relation to the millennium of Jewish pirophecy as corrupted by heathen superstitions. For the latter represents the prophetic relation between the kingdom of David, as tyi-iicaUy given to Solomon's seed for 1000 yeai-s in the land of the Canaanite, and as given everlastingly in Christ (Ezek. xxxvii, 12) to the seed of Abraham, in whom all the families of man should be blessed. — See p. Ill to 115. No. III. — The Prophetic Times of the Hindu Mythology. No. IV. — Diagram illustrating the arrangement of the Deified Simulachra of Egyptian Kings in the Chamber of Kamak. — See p. 30, Tract III. No. V. — Harmony of the Oldest Historical Traditions respecting the Age of the World at the date of the Flood compared with the Marginal Chronology of our Bibles. No. VI. — Supplementaiy Notes on Aphophis — on the Diana of Acts xix, 27 — on Homed Moses — and on the true date of the Exodus, compared with Bun- sen"s erroneous conclusion from the " Canicularia " of Bainbridge, the Saviliam Professor of Astronomy at Oxford, whose treatise on " The Heliacal rising of the Dog-star" was edited by John Graves (Oxf., 1648), with lithographic illustrations. No. VII. — The XXXI Dynasties of Manetho, according to Ptolemy of Mendes, from Palmer's Eyiiptian Chronicles ; with a note to shew that the historic traditions of Egypt probabh' continued to be blended with myth until the times of Psammetichus II, Dynasty XXVI. Vll Descriptive List of Symbolisras illustrating the Mythic Chronology of the Hindus and Egyptians, as having reference to large Cycles of Solar and Lunar Time, subdivided like the Solar Year and Lunar Month, sometimes into three, and at others into four Seasons. No. I. — The tri -peaked Moimt Meru, or Heaven of Hindu Mythology, in its rela- lation to the worship of Osiris, as Serapis, throughout the hottest season of the year between Taurus and Leo ; also to the seven upper and seven lower worlds of Duff's India and Indian Missions, p. 93. The ivorlds of this reference are so many orhs, or concentric circles, each 10° in breadth of north latitude, between the equator and Arctic circle. The Equinoctial Colure passing east and west through the K orth Pole divided the habitable parts of the world known to the ancients from its imexplored regions into two great heniis])heres, or more strictly speaking semicircles, Northern and Southern. SimHai'ly the Solstitial Colui'e, passing from north to south through the centre of their great geographical circle, divided it into two hemispheres, Eastern and Western. Thus the circle was subdivided into concentric semicircles or climates, of which only seven were known to them as habitable between the equatorial bound of the horizon for north lat. 30° and the Arctic circle. But as the horizon of their longest night woiold reach to the tropic of Capricorn, the number of climates between it and the Arctic circle were sometimes mythi- cally spoken of as ten worlds or concentric orbs. The seven climates of their eastern hemisphere, extending upwards from the equator to the Arctic circle, represented the day -time of their seven upper workls. The seven corresponding climates, which fell westward under the horizon, represented the night of their seven upper worlds. Hence the division of their twelve months into six eastern and six western gates of the sun, which caused the sun and moon to be anomalously repre- sented as changing their place of rising and setting twice in each year, or twice in any other cycle of time symbolically divided into fom-ths Uke the lunation or cycle of one solar year. This division of the year, on the authority of Enoch (cap. Ixxi, 2; Ixxiv, 5), gives an inteUigible meaning to the otherwise enigm.atical words of Herodotus, lib. ii, c. 1 42. — See Appendix A, 2, p. 75. By a metaphor drawn from this alternation of day and night (as divided to themselves, northward of the equator, by the horizon of Egypt), they concluded that southward of the equator (or at least of the tropic of Capri- corn), there might be an equal extent of earth irreclaimably given over to darkness, as forming no part of the habitable woi'ld known to themselves. Through not rightly imderstanding the symboUc division of the great Sothiac year (in its relation to the Egj'ptain lustrum of four years, or 1461 Vlll days for the years of the gi-eat Canicular period), Bainbridge somewhat too hastily ridiculed the following words of hia quotation from Scaliger. " Tlie new moon of tlie first lustrum, or Canicular cycle of four years, began on the night following the midday of the last of the Ef;agominie (viz., of the five days' difference between the year of 3C0 and of 365 days) ; and that the Dog-star rose aKpovvx<^s {i.e., in the early evening), on the night preceding Tliotli. " That in the following year the Dog-star did not rise aKpowxc-iS, but at midnight, i.e., on the night of the first day of Thoth. " In the third year the Dog-star rose before the sim, i.e., the Trpwi of the Greeks ; but in the fourth year the rising of the Dog-star was not visible, because, in the meridian of Egypt, it rose in the contrary part of another hemisphere.* Finally, at the beginning of the fifth year, one lustrum be- ing already accomplished, it entered on another ; the Dog-star again rising after midday on the first day of Thoth." In correction, Bainbridge adds — •' Scaliger reckons the beginning of the cynic year from the evening and vdnter rising of Sirius, although the be- ginning of this year was always its Heliacal rising, or its first morning rising, visible in the middle of the summer, and after a long occultation. The beginning of the Canicular year was always from the morning and Heliacal rising of the Dog-star, about an hour before simrise." But what does Scaliger mean when he says the rising of the Dog-star was not visible in the fom1,h year, because in the meridian of Egypt it rose in the contrary part of another hemisphere ? Could it possibly rise below the horizon ? It rose in about the same part of the horizon throughout the whole year, but was not visible between the equinoctial and meridian rising of the sun, on account of the sun's rays. As therefore, according to Censorinus, the second Canicular period began on the 1st of Tlioth, and om* 20th of July a.d. 138, so the beginning of the former must be numbered from B.C. 1323. At the expiration of that year, on the same day, or 1st of Thoth, and ex- actly on the 20th Jidy, speaking prolepticaUy (anticipate) it is certain that the Heliacal rising of the Dc^-star occurred, not when the sun was passing into Leo (as Scaliger thinks), but when the sun was in the 14° of Cancer. This is the astronomical observation on which Bunsen relies as fixing the date at which the reign of Menophthah of Dyn. XX began, in the thirteenth year of whose reign the Exodus took place. But Bainbridge's astronomical observation may be correct, and yet his ap- plicaton thereof to explain the true computation of the Egyptian lus- trum and Sothiac yeai* be at faidt from not obser\'ing with Scaliger that he had to deal with an astronomical cycle of time mythically and sym- bolically applied. The difference between the summer and winter of the symbolism is (as • For (as may be seen on the diagvam), the annaal obscuration of Sirius had not ceased when the fourth year commenced af the siunmer solstice, and in the si.xth gate of the sun's western hemisphere. IX noticed by Scaliger) oiily as that between day and night on the hour circle, or between the new and full moon of the lunation of the Thoth, as that of the summer solstice. The next lunation of symboUc accoimt was that of the Sothis, or the full moon of the autmnnal equinox. In opposition to this, was the vernal equinox, as the symbolic place of the new moon of the Sothis. No. II. — Symbolisms for the division of the year into fovir seasons, and for the computation of tune by lustrums of fom: years, as four times 3651, or 1461 days. Compare Figures from p. xii to xiv with Diagram No. IV, p. 11. For the Thoth and Sothis, or first and thirteenth fidl moons of every year in the lustrum (or cycle of four years) were moveable, each year of the lustrum symbolising the reign of a new god, to whom that year was more especially dedicated. Fig. 1. Hawk -headed god, wearing the pschent (or the double crown, viz., of Upper and Lower Egyjit) and holding the tam or sceptre. This seems to symbolise Thoth or Horus as one with Osiris, the Lord of both worlds, the god-king of the upper and lower regions. Bunsen, vol. i_, p. 394, says his title as "Lord of Hermopolis " is as ancient as the eighteenth dynasty. He was also called Lord of the eighth region,* or of eight days. The first year of each lustnun was dedicated to Thoth, and the first full moon of each year was called its Thoth. Hence the idea of a moveable Thoth, as the moon at each quadrant in the circle of the year was dedicated to a new god. The full moon of the winter solstice, or that of the sun's first gate in the astronomy of Enoch, was the moon dedicated especially to Thoth. Fig. 2. Isis, sometimes called the Queen of Seven Horns, as Thoth was king of the eighth region, f Can these symboHc numbers be interpreted by refer- ence to days as 8 + 7 = 15 for half of the lunation of thirty days, having Thoth and Isis for the tutelary deities thereof. The second year of the Egyptian lustrum (as symbolically corresponding to the lunation of the Thoth in its fourth quarter, and to the interval between midday and evening on the hour circle) was especially dedicated to Isis. The horned symbol over her head identifies the place of the Thoth in the second year with the first lunation of the year, ending its thu-d and begin- ning its fom-th quarter at the vernal equinox. The Hindu Parouvan, or month of fifteen days, from the Last horning of the moon in one lunation to the first horning of the following, seems to have commenced from this point. Possibly it was designed to symboUse the smmner time of the year between the vernal and autimnial equinoxes, with figurative reference to the conjmiction of the sun and moon, at the time of change or new moon, between the two intersections of the echptic by the moon's orbit, called her eastern and western nodes in Blunde\irs AsiroHoiiiy. Bunsen, vol. 1, p. 394. t Bunsen, toI. 1, p. 395. The idolatrous Jos or Father-yod of tlie Cliinese, ami the Aphophis of the Egyptians (or the many-headed dragon of the great deep), are only idola- trous applications of the above chronological symbolism. Fig. 3. Osiris, as Serapis, to whom the third year of the Egyptian lustrum (symbolised as the first quarter of a new lunation, and as the interval between morning and midday on the hour circle) was especially dedicated. Tliis third year symboUcally dated its beginning from the summer solstice, when dating its beginning from the new moon next following the full mooii of Tlioth, the place of which was at the wiater solstice. In the astronomy of Enoch the moon's circuit from new to fuU at the solstices represents an arc of 180°, whilst its circuit from new to full at the eqmnoxes represented only an arc of 90°. For from either equinox the coiu-se of the sun and moon could not extend beyond the arc of 90° without changing the places of their rising and setting, by passing from the eastern to the western side of the meridian of Earypt, and inversely. Thus Scaliger was right when interpreting the symbolic chronology of Egypt by the astronomy of Enoch ; and Bainbridge's error has been in measuring it by a standard not sufficiently applicable thereto, and therefore leading only to confusion of thought. I am afraid that my own attemjjts to illustrate the astronomy of Enoch, in its relation to the mythic or symbolic chronology of the ancients, labours under the same difiSculty, even now after cancelling some. This would also have been the fate of others, were it not for the reference made to them in the body of the tract.* \^^lethe^ the moveable horizon of a planisphere, in the ordinary form, can be consistently adapted to illustrate the astronomy of Enoch, and con- sequently that of the ancient Hindus and Egyptians, still appears doubtful to me. For the idea of the ancients respecting the world was that of a large cir- cular plane divided into four quadrants, not that of a sphere strictly speaking. See my attempt to describe it thus in the Diagram illustrating the astrono- mical character of the Chinese Jos. Hence their mode of representing the alternation of day and night, and of smnmer and winter, by comparison thereof ^^•ith the waxing and waning halves of a limation of thirty days, may not be described in any of my dia- grams with the accuracy it should. I have spared no pains by way of approximation to the truth, and shall be happy if my unsuccessful attempts shall induce some one better qualified for the task to explain the intricacies of this subject more clearty. When the iccsteiii gates of heaven, from the summer to the winter sol- stice, were approximately measured by the distance between the head and tail of the di\igon, as that of an arc of 90° moved forward for other 90° so as to complete the semicircle of 180°, allowance was seemingly made for a deduc- * One thus condemned (viz., No. Ill, p. xi), as dating the beginning of the Egyptian lustriun from the new moon nearest to the antumnal equinox (oiUled by Scaliger the new moon of the evening preceding Thotli) has been allowed to stand on that authority, which makes the second ye^r of the lustrum begin at midnight, or with the full moon of Thoth. XI tion of 20", seeing tliat the ai'C subtended by Hydi-a is only one of 80", not 90°. But the equinoctial points are distant from one another by an arc of 180°, and one rule of the ancient astronomy relating to the eclipses of the sun was — " If the middle motion of the moon's latitude at the time of the mid- dle conjunction of the sun and moon be distant from the north node less than 20° iQ\ or from the south node less than 11° 22\ the sxm may be eclipsed at the conjunction." * Now the 20° of this reference, with the 80° measured by the constel- lation Hydra, may explain the myth respecting the life of Aphophis as extending to 100 years, less one hour. JFor in the horn- circle of Enoch's astronomy one hour was measiu'ed by an arc of 20°. Fig. 4, Uorus, to whom the fourth year of the Egyptian lustrum was especially dedicated. This year was symbolised as the second quadrant of the new lunation, ex- tending from the first quarter thereof to the returning full moon of Thoth. Also as the division on the hour circle between midnight and morning. But the place of the moon's first quarter, in a liuiation of thirty days, was that of the autmnnal equinox in the circle of the year, and the place of full moon when the new moon was at the vernal equinox. This therefore was the full moon of Sothis, which was the thirteenth or last moon of the year. Its symbolic place was in the tail of the dragon, even as the star of Sot symbolised the place of the dragon's head, from the nearness of the Dog- star to the head of Hydra. But the lunar quach-aut from the autmnnal equinox to the winter solstice represented the full moon of the Sothis, as completing its circuit in seven days, to the retimiing full moon of Thoth. — Compare Enoch Ixxiii, v. 8. No. III. — A Diagram of the old Egyptian Year illustrating the symbohc charac- ter of the great Canicular Cycle, as the cycle of one solar year, or of one lunation of 30 days cUvdded into two parts, for a division of the solar and lunar cu-cuits into eastern and western hemispheres (or rather semicncular arcs), like that of the hour circle when equally divided between day and night. N.£. — This division of the year of twelve months into six eastern and six western gates of the sun (as in contrast of its ascending and descending course tlu-ough the heavens thus divided iuto two hemisphei-es), explains how the seventh month of the Jewish typical year is called the end of the year in Exod. xxiii, 16, and made, in the apocalyptic -vision of St John, to symbolise the last trumpet warning of the Levitical ordinances. It is ever (as it were) predicting the general resurrection of the dead to the judgment of God in Christ, which is ordained over all flesh ; and has its beginning on earth, though consummated only tlu-ough the death of the body. The old Chaldagan Sarus of 223 kmations, or their lunar cycle of 184 years, may thus be reckoned, Uke the lustrum of i jea.rs, or 1461 days, by comparison with the division of a lunation or year into four parts. * See the Harmonicon Coeleste of Vincent Wing (p. 128), published a.d. 1601. XI 1 Query, Can these 18 yeara have anything to do with tlie 18 Etliiopiiin kings of Herodotus, and one a female, a native of the country, compared with the 330 kings from Menes to Mceris ? For as Enoch's day and night, at the equinox, numbered each 18 hours, so every 1 8 years of solar time seem to have made up one great lunar cycle, whilst the chronology of their national adoption was one essentially of lunar origin. No. IV. — Diagram illustrating the Chaldaean or Egyptian origin and astronomi- cal character of the Jos or Father-God taken from the simimer palace of the Emperor of China, A.D. I860. No. V. — The Emperor of China's Jos, or i^a^/tcr-god-king of the year, answering to the Ajjhophis of the Egyptians. This exemplifies the oriental origin of the title Father or Fapa (the Pepi of the Egyjjtian monuments), given to the Bishop of Rome under the name of Pope, though forbidden in Matt, xxiii, V. 9, as one of an idolatrous origin and tendency. No. VI. — The Jos and Amulet taken from a Chinese Pirate by Superintendent M'Gregor of the Wliitby Police. No. VII. — Tlie Horned Moses of Egyptian tradition, viz., with the glory of a Iwiar dynasty of Kings, as the Osarsiph or Amun of the Egyptians. No. VIII. — The Homed Moses of Jev?ish acknowledgment, as copied from the frontispiece of a Hebrew Pentateuch, with the homed glory of a solar dynasty, symbolising Seth's posterity. Diagi-am No. II, Figs 1, 2, 3, 4. — Symbolisms for lunations and years, or other larger cycles of solar and lunar tune, di\dded into four seasons, each of which was under the especial care of some particular deity. Fig. 1. Fig. 2. ~.i) XIU Fig. 3. Fit'. 4. Fig. 5. — Do. for the " full moon of Thoth" as symbolically placed at the winter solstice, or in the sun's first gate according to Enoch, and at a distance of seven days from the full moon of the sun's fom-th gate, or from the fuU moon of Sothis at the autumnal equinox. —Enoch Ixxiv, 8. Fig. -5. -^ Q tr ^ Bird on a croolied stick as a plionetic for H. Fig. 6. — Do. for the place of the moon's third quarter, called by Osborne " the night of the half-moon." Does the star with five points symbolise light added by quintuples? — See Enoch Lxxvii, 7. Fig. 6. Fig. 7. — The Egyptian hieroglyphic for the neiv moon of Sothis, or that next fol- lowing the full moon of the Tlioth in the suns first gate, and therefore (as Scaliger affiims) the new moon of the lunation which commenced as the sun was passing from his siocth western gate into his fifth, or from Cancer into XIV Leo. — Conii)art! Enocli Ixxviii, 2, with O.sljorue'M Munumental Eji/pt, vol. i, p. 460. tV Fig. 8.- The star of " Sot,'" the " tail" " end of the yeai-." Coptic CirT- tail. The Greeks wrote it Sw^ts. Fig. 8. Bird over serpent. Pig. 9. — The thirteenth moon, and full moon of Sothis. Fig. 9. Fig. 10. — The hierogljrphic for the decadal week of ten suns or days, wherein [^ = 10, and ^V^ the sun. Fig. 10. n O V5 It! £ <5> ^ S t * ^ J N? I. ILLUSTRATING THE MYTHOLC TEN LOWER WORLDS" I.E OF THE HINDUS RESPECTING THE ENEATH THE POLE STAR. /ot, o -e- O O o o o o I «N > rrt > c6 l-H -2 g >- f-J -< ^ X <L> U) (1) U r^ !-i ^ P-i ■-^■v;4§5 .\_ Ganeslra. - :/ - .- ■ . ■*" 4 ' / - -I ii.. -A :%■ '^^ '^ 7rom Coiemau as exMbited. in Ben«ai at tie celebrated festival lur^a OT tiie Dusserali from Models "by Chit Hoy. I I I 1 IN ^ S '« o ^^ Sc£ ^ ■»-> .2 ^ o ta .S o O o o ira S >> >> H-ff c o 15 Si o <a _ t^ o o o 2 "^ t^ a 7, '^ ci •ri o aj o to ■5-^ M g g a <" '''-^'^^ «« OJ ^- f3 o o <i^ M tr r^ CJ ^ ^ rt oj p a ,£5« a p T3 a'^ 2 J fc*-2 '^ o ^ 3 a a O o to (^ o cgco 2=« § ^■g-^ '^ a o _ 5 a^ 60 o f», t->a .-( csw .'f S>.,N ie.g d 2 « '"' i-c W <i> 'fq'^ ^'^■B 2 :sr'5-a O .<u^ ° .2 ^ . g ^ f^ S :»" a'S g ?S 8 ^ J s a 2 1 I ^-v !>. =« o o o a> >, o "= :g -^ -5 *" -2 .2 -a ri i 3 *> &, o '-' ■^(^ ,5 2 — ' M C 2 h 'O 2 CO .« . ^ a ci^iC^<N 9 £-d -" curt est; *f o k^ te bD JhJ rt cj o ^ rt o ^-^12 ^^ •a^ = 2'^cS rt 'Tj C3 ^ P- C3 S J ^ - "^ >o *'S-s|:|;S M S<n 'C 2 a c Id5 3-^ . ^ ^ C3 O td ci O o2«.2t! „ ^:) -a o Q^ >: .M fcc^ S rt 03 ,j3 • C3 be cc a.2^- g 5 a >W ■".2 >> o 2P^ ts-i-S-^ ?i f>-^. c3;:5 !>>cm O ^W5 2 3^ .'^g^l^sjfei^ .:-^ cl^ a ^-^ -^ o s cc fl :.; ?2 bcS r^ rv^ d fen-M O %-, O "^ *^ ID K- bo B' z> 3'3-«ro^ •"2 5* o) a M 1 i^ 2 -1 P-^ rt is g p p;^ " O 1.:=! 1'^. ^ CO ^ d Cm rd C3 a> o o •'-I O o O) -{•IS to "a o tr >> ^'^ !^ '^ "-^ r~ rt ■^ bc^ =^ o ft . a a-^ ° q T3 2 ^ < be ^ 'S 00 ^O" Xr2'^ ^ 2^ a-t^CM ° a «i «, f^-i -^ ^ P M ,/- 9 ~r t*"' o o d ^ -S 2 g CO ;^^^ 00 .5: - E2,.2 S " 2 &>-"^ -3 .2 "S oj' V P !^fcojS ?3 -^•5 *" rt be fc; -^ 22 M'^O >.'^«'-S g^^o^.3CM| tTo) d'S ^■^•flqp^c-id-cC^ o ^ 'v-( 3 <u V to V?>5J £2 J" -"T! 4:^'i3PrM>-»^S OPMW)^ « M ft.H S :SW 2 a 22: ° ' " m g fH ^ S d C3 c O to - 2 -"5 CO "^ o ■d g 3 0*3 f" ^M t^ bD-S p.-d ij -■ ^- vo O £h O ta 0) d ,Ph 3 „ . '^ it o o 2'o'o O O g'Sn'^ n^ S^ PoPh rtoiD Ihe ;ut liter iha flood) e ndB Eli. Thctireom.unc • of Ibe case rteUlr/Su; a. I»! ,a fcrl/br. »«/ Alio Ike 1076 yt« re. num Eratosihencs, when re koned rom referred to) termmate u .0.117 1.0 r the Old Egyptian Cbronicic compared with the Moiaic record of inan's PoitdituTinn Hiitory. the first of the olH Egyptian Chronicle, and over the 38 Kings u 22-17 (n* the date of the dispcnioa for the beginning of the his i e birth of Samuel. 1 Sam. i. ...| ''t.r.?rch...o,, Uio i/ltr the n ? year of 3M d*ji = ia'< 27! dnj ' »^= 3 •olar yeflr) = 120 d«yi, = J of 300 dsy». The jetn of Ihii reign ttcn niythicaUj Tho mm of tho joBrt Ihu* mTthicallr cbm- inj gtMUr tcgirf to Egy^lia ycm ungncd U the rcigo of DORUS , u I.U tbus llicd lU > fliy(A« .ppTo.imi.liot. for wo™tiipp.-d br the EgyptiiUJ u ui impcr- >n«« of Ibo dghl god.— miw reprxwnl two- aiO, orJ32day.; (u n mythic lymbolimi — tho pctcrity J Ibo eight »u1. »vcd « th. ilogica of tho Po^tdifuv of TernA'i /Iril-bam in u poinUng to tho hcpin of the idoU^° which" %p ,..,.„ J fth rtdmJjtir t Esrpt- godkiBm th Umca 1 f Sun's hm tl, h. !11 b" ^30 *?buj t o g e-S « 1. ° » a 6C. ^ ^ §gi 1 2" 2 '^ fe.2^^ £ o -S •^ H 'S d -1 S .ti'-' 5 p a , is e uvian nnach lotus, ions r C JO logy stdil i Sc unat o o o m r-j hronii sborn- . 199. ::;iO p. *^ O o c 13 u-^ S jz .2 ° .2 *" K m o o *• biDH^ a-t: 1^ _o C3 0. d of tradit until iroini .2 „ tc^ f rt .2 > o S 'C " -^^ c r^ >3 T! «1 K ^, CS >^ o f ■*^ ^ a 5 '■' o c <U B ^.-S ' ,ci o o -^ - -^•^-a-^ -. ci c3 o : O .^ ,-; ..^ .J O !- -^ C3 -t So-g.S ? c3 >- -S \ > •■ ^ui K ikii of 5>.' ckSiJii?*" *" '■'''""'■■' ** •'(n*^ "^ < A DIAGRAM ILLUSTRATING TH r RE OF 3655 DAYS OF THE LARGER EG AND TO THE CYNIC CIRCLE OF MYTHICALLY AS 443 Y E A R S . TKE L D fOR ONE FOURTH OF THE 332 DAYS IN THE SIDCTt OF THE CYNrC CIRCLE ION OF THE EGYPTIAN SOLAR YEAR iriAN CYCLES OF SOLAR TIME; MONTHS, NUMBERING 443 DAYS tAR YEAR OF 360 DAYS WITH 83 DAYS lEAR OF THE OLD CHRONICLE) MAKE THE 4*3 DAYS THE OLD EGYPTIAN YEAR (S OLAR. LU LUSTRUM OF JIV^TO THE CYNIC CYCl* -AGAL CYCLE , OF 2J^IiOl Y"^OR 100 1^ THE HAND POINTS TO THE Bl MOON NEAREST TO, OR AT Tl ,& SIDERAL.)IN ITS RELATION TO THE F lt6lY"'; AND TO THE GREAT ZODI- :3 36-51: YEARSr ^<',52.5Y"'._ NNINC OF THE YEAR WITH THE NEW AUTUMNAL EpUINOX. Ma '-^-V« VJ -/ THE LATE E IVI P E '( Supposed to Tepreseut tlie rela'^ and descena.. V. \-^W7 "^ lii v^^ ..i. . v.>.,i- , I OF CHINAS JOS of tlie "New Moon to its ascending Ixodes m Leo. ^>^- ..-ss^iS^Se^K^ /T\ V-'. .?r ; -< VX ."^ f- o -2 /. <1Z: U h r^ Cti \ cj> 'J r^ CD ■^ r^ CD > "^ O P! n=; 03 o o -t-^ PU rrf pi 5-. CT3 -^-' CD r-C; CD ^^ P ._ • 1 ' O^ CO rJCi 03 r^ C_D n^ ->-' <^ '^ ^ cu ° ^ CD f-, ,-^ > 03 Qj c\;i P^ cr> f-i O CD ^1 ^ g ^ o CJ3 C3 c/5 ^ rr-c QJ od o O CD C3 o S e'i ^>- 1 PART L CHRONOLOGY OF EGYPT, WITH INTEODUCTORY REMARKS. The idea whicli forms tlie heading of this Tract occurred to me merely as a basis for remodelling certain observations on the idolatry of the ancients, originally written as an Appendix to Tract Fii'st. But in attempting to realise the idea, I soon found out that I had proposed for myself a task of greater magnitude than I had antici- pated. For it is impossible satisfactorily to attempt to trace a connection, between the Baal-worshij) of the ancients and the Brah- minism of the Hindus without entering upon perplexing discussions respecting the chronology of the ancient Egyptians, as being, like that of the Hindus, in a very great measure mythic, even when claiming for itself the character of a true historic chronology. Yet we are continually told that the chronology of the Hebrew text of Scripture (which is followed by Jews and Roman Catholics as well as by ourselves) is not to be credited in its version of the Mosaic records, because it does not harmonise with the chronology of the Egyptians, and that the Septuagint, or Greek version, is more en- titled to credit, because it numbers more years over the history of man than the Hebrew version does. Yet, when fairly compared, the Egyptian chronology will not acquire thereby any confirmation of its assumed historical credit ; and the Septuagint version (so far as the genealogies of the antediluvian and postdiluvian patriarchs are concerned) will seem to have tampered with the true chrono- logy of the Mosaic records, to gratify the national vanity of the Egyptians in the days of Ptolemy Philadelphus, when establishing the Alexandrine Library. They who favour the lengthened chronology of the Septuagint are not sparing in their attacks upon the anti-Christian Jews of the apostolic age, and in the early centuries of Christianity. They allege that the Greek chronology was the true one, and that it was falsified in the Hebrew text only after the beginning of the Chris- tian era, to meet a certain argument drawn from prophecy by the early Christians, in proof that Christ was the tnxe Messiah. To my mind this accusation is incapable of being sustained by proof. For I know of no scriptural prophecy which represents the seventh millennium of the world as the time foreordained of God for Mes- siah's Millennial reign, nor (were it thus), could such prediction be verified by the chronology of the Septuagint any more than by that of the Hebrew Bible, as referring to the events of the Apos- tolic Age. The existence of a motive seems to have been a fiction of their accusers, and they have enough against them without hav- ing theii' faults magnified by false accusations. The fact is well established that the Gentiles, as well as the Jews, were, before the incarnation of Christ, anticijiating the earthly manifestation of some heavenly being to ameliorate the condition of man on earth. The Gentiles had their Sybils' books, even as the Jews had their divinely-inspired prophecies. But the latter were often interpreted in a spirit as vague and as worldly as the former. What stronger evidence can we need of tliis than the mistakes of the Apostles recorded in Scripture against them on the subject of Messiah's kingdom ? These we know continued throughout the whole of Christ's earthly ministry, especially at his crucifixion, and even after his resurrection. Nor were they corrected fully until the true meaning of his discourses with them on earth was brought home to their hearts, when remembered by them in asso- ciation with the gift of the Holy Ghost as the spiritixal and eternal Comfoiiier of Christ's second advent to his Chiu'ch — the Lord and Giver of Life. What wonder, then, if prejudices which assailed the Apostles in the days of our Lord's ministry should afterwai'ds have impaii'ed to others much of the consolation designed of God for them by the gift of the Holy Ghost 1 The notion that the close of the world's sixth millennium was to be the time foreordained of God for Messiah's advent (as the High Priest and King of God's people then inaugurating a mil- lennial reign on earth), and the consequent temptation to represent the events of the apostolic age as fulfilling this expectation of pro- phecy chronologically, was in truth the creed of many early Chris- tians; yet it has no Scriptural foundation. Its origin seems to have been one of Gentile tradition, corrupting Jewish prophecy, by mixing up therewith its own superstitions derived from a division of lunar time into sevenths compared with solar time. Thus, the Jewish errors respecting Messiah's kingdom had a heathen origin ; and have, to a large extent, been perpetuated to this very day in the Church of Chi'ist by the Judaizing tendencies of the so-called Fathers of the Christian Church. For, notwithstanding their inconsistencies of doctrine, many would canonize them, not merely as compeers of the Apostles, but as entitled to exercise the judgment of a supplementary and cor- rective teaching beyond that contained in the simple text of our Canonical Scriptures ; though, in the XXXIX Articles of our Chvirch we are taught to regard Holy Scripture, and that alone, as containing all things necessaiy for salvation. The apocryjihal writings of man's traditions, however honoured by any Fathers of the Christian Church, have therefore no claim to be received by us as having any Divine authority in correction of, or supplementary to the teaching of the twelve Apostles, similar to the authority with which those Apostles were invested by Christ for judgment on the twelve tribes of Israel (Matt, xix, 28), when erroneously interpreting the Mosaic Law in a spii-it which caused the church and nation to reject Christ for their Messiah. John V, 46. My I'easons for this assertion are based upon a comparison of the Apocryphal Book of Enoch with the mythological traditions of Hindu and Egyptian chronology to the limited extent of my ability. The History of Egyjjt is so intimately connected with that of Abraham and his seed (as that of the world's redemption in Christ, or by a way of holiness, foreordained of God before the woi'ld be- gan) that I shall fii'st of all direct attention to it. In doing this I shall make the old Egyptian chronicle (of which Syncellus has preserved to us a copy of very gi-eat value, though to a certain extent imperfect) the focus, as it were, of evi- dence from other sources concentrated thereon. In this form I hope to shew that the chronology of ancient Egyptian History, so far as it can be ascertained upon authentic data, does not extend 10 back so far as the flood of Noali's day, according to the date as- signed thereto in our Bibles, except as a chronology of mythical traditions apparently derived from the Chaldseans and PhcenicianH. The antediluvian traditions of these nations shew, in truth, a com- mon origin with those of ISIosaic record ; but there is this ever- lastingly important diiference, that whereas the Gentile traditions are mixed up with absurd fables, Moses (by inspiration of spiritual discernment between truth and error in these matters, added to other specific evidences of power and \\dsdom miraculously given of God) has recorded only what it was essential for a people designed to take the lead in the regeneration of the world to know respect- ing the early history of man. The simplicity of the narrative tes- tifies indirectly to its truthfulness. He, moreover, deduces the genealogies of the antediluvian patriarchs from the line of Seth, whereas the Gentiles derive those of their Hero-Gods from Cain, through his son Enoch ; from whom they profess to have derived their earliest knowledge of astronomy, and the details of their moral and prophetic traditions on the subject of religion. It seems perfectly absurd to demand that our ckronology of the antediluvian patriarchs should be lengthened, to make it har- monise with the historical traditions of the oriental nations. For those of the Chaldseans (which represent the principal evi- dence in this case) profess only to number 1200 years over the an- tediluvian period of man's liistory, whereas the Hebrew text of the Mosaic record, which we follow, accounts historically for 16.56 years ! Yet we are told this should be lengthened to the 2242 years of the Septuagint ; and some would extend it much further, on a vague supposition that the events recorded must have extended over a gi-eater range of time than that attributed thereto either in the Chald?ean or Mosaic record. But this objection is wholly foreign to that of the statement it was assumed to support, viz., that the oriental nations do, on true chronological data, carry the history of man further back than the Hebrew chronology of the Mosaic records, and that they have tiaie historic records from a period long preceding our date of the flood, without any memorial of a universal flood. Yet, in fact, their chronology does not ex- tend so far back as that based by ourselves upon the Hebrew text of Scripture. It is, moreover, not improbable that the Chaldiean chronology 11 of Berosus, assiguing only 1200 years to the antediluviau period of man's history, represents their artificial computation of time by decades of years (called Sari), so applied as to give to their mythi- cal traditions of history the semblance of true chronological exact- ness. For the Hindu Kali-yug, or age of time, numbers 432,000 se- conds of time=5 days of 24 hours, or 10 days of 12 hours. Also 432,000 days=1200 old Chaldsean years of 360 days each. And 432,000 lunations of 30 days each=36,000 such years. Herein we observe a basis of valuable estimation underlying the whole system of the Hindu chronology in its comjiixtation of time by yugs or ages, in which the great or Divine age represents a decade of Kali-yugs or ages of time. In other words, if the age of time is 5 days (for an equation of solar and lunar time) the Divine age is 50 days. If the age of time is 1200 years, the Divine age is 12,000 years, and so on, until 100 large cycles of time are numbered mythically over the life of Brahma (as a mythic impersonation of the solar year and its cycles of time) iipon the basis that 432,000 lunations are 36,000 years. That was the time anciently reckoned over a complete revolution in the signs of the zodiac, according to the old Chaldtean year of 360 days. For, at the rate of 1 degree in 100 years, 360 times 100 (for the 360 degrees) number 36,000 years. It is a similar basis which underlies the mythic chronology of the old Egyptian chronicle. But in that case the solar year is sup- posed to number 36-5:^ days. This was the basis of the solar cycle called the cynic circle ; because, in 1460 years the j of a day, an- nually counted, amounted to a whole year. Hence, in the multiplication of yeai's as of days, 100 times 36o;|- =36,525, for the years mythically numbered over the old Egyp- tian chronicle. But, to return to the postdiluvian chronology of the Egyjitians, its eight oldest god-kings had confessedly a mythic origin to make the traditions of Egyptian history vie in antiquity with the ante- diluvian traditions of the Chaldteans. Again, the eight god-kings of the Egyptians, in their relation to the mythic times of man's postdiluvian history, are a very service- able fiction for transferring, under fictitious names, the events of a later historic period up into the higher regions of obsciu'e mythic traditions. For the beginning of the kingdom, when dated b.c. 2231 (as in the old chronicle), has a mythical commencement in 12 I)re-lii8toric times, chronicled as times of veritable history. For the events recorded of those early times belong to a later period, as testified by Herodotus, ^lyion the authority of the Egypticm priests^ from whom lie received his information. Much of what once seemed stupidly absurd as penned by him, relying on the veracity of others, without even affecting to under- stand what he wrote, does (upon finding from other sources the true clue to its intei-pretation) make his testimony a more reliable authoi'ity than that of Syncellus, Jackson, and others, for they have altered the testimony of Manetho to suit their own differing views, wliilst the second pai't of the canon of Eratosthenes has been wholly lost to the world, because Syncellus could not in any way make it subserve his own views of Egyjitian Chronology. The extravagant and contradictory number of years assigned by Manetho (as quoted by Osborne, vol. 1, p. 181) to the duration of thirty dynasties, as equally true from the soTne temple records, though summed up as 5462 years and 355.5 years, can only be ex- plained as of false impressions received from registers made for different objects. Each (according to the mode of computation then in use) might possibly have truthfully fulfilled its own object, if rightly used and understood. Thus, 54:62 years are a near approxi- mation to the sum of all the dynasties, sicccessive and contemporary, according to the details of the chronology assigned to the 30 dynasties of Manetho by Jackson. The fault is numbering them as if all were successive. For it is admitted on all hands that, to a very large extent, they were not successive kings. The extent to which they were not can only now be determined in so far as the true historical range of chronology is capable of being confined within precise limits, by comparison of the testimony of Herodotus and others with this old Egyptian chronicle, in correction of the multiplied errors which have originated in what Syncellus called a misajiprehension of the old chronicle by Manetho. Yet the correc- tion of Manetho by the chronologists of the same school as Syn- cellus has very materially contributed to the confusion of thought which prevails on this subject. The 3555 years of Osborne's reference are capable of illustra- tion thus, as an error of the copyist, blending together in confusion three distinct modes of their temple registration : — The 1076 solar years numbered over the first part of the Canon of Eratos- thenes, represent the 34,644 mythic years, reckoned as funations over the first or mythic part of the old chronicle. But in these the 443 years of the cynic cii-cle were included. By inadvertence, therefore, that number occui-s twice. To the above 1076 solar years Add the 1703 years numbered over the last fifteen dynasties of the old chronicle. Add the 178 years of manifest defect in that clironicle. Total 2957 years, or the sum of the chronicle (mythical and his- torical) in solar years. Add the 443 of the Cynic circle, to which no reference is made in the Canon of Eratosthenes. Yet, from that the 1076 years of tliis reckoning seem to have been taken, without perceiving that they were also an equiva- lent in solar years for the 34,644 mythic years of the old chronicle. Add also the 155 years of Lepsius' second dynasty of immortals, numbered as thirteen demigods, of whom Horus was the first. 3555 years. The Old Egyptian Chronicle, as quoted hy Jackson in vol. 2, p. 95, of his " Chronological Antiquities." Concerning the Old Clironicle, Syncellus, who has preserved an imperfect copy of it, says " There is an old clu'onicle current among the Egyptians " (by which he thinks Manetho was led into some erroi's), "which contains, in 30 dynasties and 113 genera- tions, an immense number of years, viz., 36,525. These dynasties consisted first of Aurites, secondly of Mezraites, and thirdly of Egyptians : namely, the time of Vulcan (the first Aurite) is not set down, because he shines by night and by day. Helius, the son of Vulcan, x'eigned 30,000 years ; then Saturn, and the rest of the 1 2 gods, reigned 3984 years; then 8 demigods reigned 217 years. After these, 15 generations of the cynic cii'cle are recorded to have reigned 443 years. Next succeeded the 16th dynasty, which was 8 generations of Tanites, who reigned 190 years. Then the 17th dynasty, which was oi Memphites, 4 generations, who reigned 103 years. After these, the 18th dynasty, which was 14 generations of Memphites, Avho reigned 348 years. Next followed the 19tli u djmaiity, which was of JDiospolitans, 5 generations, who reigned 194: years. Then tlie 20th dynasty, which was 8 generations of JDiospolitans, who reigned 228 years. After these succeeded the 21st dynasty, wliich was of Tanites, G generations, who reigned 121 yeai's. Then the 22d dynasty, of Tanites, 3 generations, who reigned 48 years. Next the 23d dynasty, which was of Dios- politans, 2 generations, who reigned 19 years. After this suc- ceeded the 24th dynasty, whicli was 3 generations of >Saites, who reigned 44 years. Then the 26th dynasty, which was of Mem- phites, 7 generations, who reigned 177 years. After this the 27th dynasty, which was of Persians, 5 generations, who reigned 124 years." (The 28th dynasty is omitted, through a defect in the copy of Syncelhis, which was one Saite, who reigned 6 years, as both Africanus and Eusebius have it from Manetho.) " Then followed the 29th dynasty, which was of Tanites, who reigned 39 years (the number of tlie generations is omitted, which ai'e 4 in Africanus, from Manetho, and 5 in Eusebius). Then the 30th dynasty, which was one Tanite, who reigned 18 years. The sum of these 30 dynasties was 36,525; which is the multiplication of 1461 years by 25, and completes the revolution of the zodiac by the reckoning of the Egyptians and Greeks, when the equinoctial point placed in the first degree of Aries returns to the same place ; as is set forth in the Genesis of Hermes, and in the Cyrannic* books." Note on the Old Egyptian Chronicle, and introdudory to the Analysis which follows. That the interpretation given (in the Analysis) to the 30,000 years, the 3984 years, the 217 yeai's, and the 443 years, numbered over ihejirst and evidently mythic part of the Old Chronicle, is not * Egyptian Hooks of Miscellanies, as exjilained by Jackson, from Salinasius Prolegom. ad Solin, p. 19. See Gear's Notes on SjTicel., Clu-ouolog., p. 35, and Fabric. Bibl. Gr,, lib. i, c. ii, pp. 78, 79. N.B. — The historic times of this Old Clironicle terminate, like the dynasties of Manetho, with the conquest of Egj'pt by the Persians, under Ochus, B.C. 350. 15 fanciful, but faithfully i*epresents both the character and astro- nomical origin of the computations thus made, will, I hope, be clear, from the following considerations, as confirmed by the result obtained in the Analysis, when thus interpreting the Old Chronicle. The planet Satiu'n (which was furthest from the Earth as the immoveable centre of the ancient astronomical system), according to Moseley, " completes one revolution of its orbit in 29 years 5 months 1 4 days of owy time in length." Supj)osing this period to be estimated in the Chronicle as 30 years, to avoid fractions, then the 30,000 years of this reference will mean 1000 revolutions of Saturn. Thus calculated, every revolution of Saturn had to this great planetary cycle of 30,000 years the same proportionate relation as 1 monthly lunation of 30 days had to 1000 lunations, or 30,000 days. But 1000 lunations number 4 times 223, with a remainder of 108 lunations. Now, 223 lunations were the celebrated Chaldsean Sarus, by which the ancients calculated the return of eclipses. Also, 108 lunations were 9 luni-solar years of 360 days each, and, therefore, more than a decade of stellar years. For, omitting fractions, the stellar year numbers only 12 times 27, or 324 days. Of these, ^ = 108 days, and | = 21G days, according to the number of 217 years mythically proportioned to the reign of 8 out of 12 demigods in the old Egyptian Chronicle. Note also 2 Chaldsean Sari of 223 lunations each, or 446 lunations, answer nearly to the 443 years mythically numbered over the 15 generations of the cynic circle, considered as 15 revolutions of Saturn; for 15 times 29 g years are 444 years. Again, Moseley tells us, " Jupiter's revolution round the Sun is completed in 4332 days 14 hours 2 minutes, or nearly 12 years." The complete stellar year of 12 times 27^ days is 333 days; for these 332 seem here substituted; 12 times 332 being exactly the 3984 days, mythically called years^ in the old Chronicle. Again, ^^^==111, and twice 111 are 222, whether reckoned as days, lunations, or years. Hence we seem to trace the origin of dividing lunations and years into third parts, as the most con- venient form of subdivision in a system of computation which numbered its years, lunations, and days by decades, as the Egyp- tians, Chaldseans, and Hindus seem to have done. 16 The planetary system of the ancients is thus described in the Somnium Scipionis of Cicero. — Vol. iv, Ernesti, cap. iv, p. 423 : 1. Saturn. 2. Jupiter. 3. Mars. 4. The Sun, about midway. 5. Mercui IS, J . as satellites of the Sun. 6. Venus, 7. The Moon, lowest of the planets. 8. The region occupied by the spii'its of men — viz., of embryo hiiman life — with the spirits of the departed, and the spirits of the immortals ruling over human affairs. 9. The Earth, as lowest and immoveable. I shall translate the passage of Cicero, for the convenience of general readers. It is wi-itten in the form of a dialogue between Scipio and Africanus ; and begins by representing Scipio under a stupor of amazement at the nothingness of their boasted Roman Empire, extending over all the earth, when considered under con- trast of reference to the immensity of space. " Which, when I would more accurately have considered, How long, T prithee, said Africanus, will your thoughts be fixed upon the ground? Do you not see into what a temple you have come? All things are (you must know) comprehended within nine circles, or I'ather spheres. Of these one is celestial, viz., the outermost, which comprehends all the rest, as tlie Sujjrevie God, impelling the rest with the power of all. The everlasting courses of the planetary revolutions are part of him, to whom there are seven subjected, whose motion is retrogi-ade, and contrary to that of heaven (i.e., the firmament).* " Of these, she whom men call Satumia on Earth i-ules one sphere. Next comes that effulgence called Jupiter's, lucky and salutaiy to the race of men. Then that which you call Mars, glaring and terrific to Earth. Next the Sun, the leader, prince, and ruler of the other lights, the soul and guiding spirit of the woi'ld, of so great a size as to illumine and pervade all things with its light, occupies below them nearly mid space. Venus and Mercury attend him as companions in their respective courses; * See Illustration of Enoch, No. 1. 17 and the Moon, illumined by the rays of the Sun, revolves in the lowest orbit; for beneath (so far as we know — for such seems to be the meaning of "jam" hitherto) there is nothing biit what is mortal and frail, except the spirits given to the race of men hy the munificence of the gods. Above the Moon all things are eternal ; for the Eaith, which is the centre (of the system) and the ninth (sphere), does not revolve, and is lowest, and towards it all heavy- bodies are borne by their own gravitation." The above interpretation of the Old Egyptian Chronicle will, perhaps, some day lead to an intelligible explication of Herodotus ii, cap. 142.* For he seems not to be relating any miraculous occurrence (in our scriptural application of the word), as commonly supposed; but to be chronicling historically the time and circvimstances under which astronomers fii'st noticed some remarkable pheno- menon affecting the preexisting relation of the Sun to the stars which stud its pathway through the ecliptic; and that there had been a recurrence thereof twice before the fact of its periodic recurrence under a fixed law began to be determined. I am strongly inclined to suspect that reference is here made to the earliest observations of Egyptian astronomers on the won- derful phenomena which would long be recorded with much per- plexity of thought thereon, " before the precession of the equinoxes" began to be scientifically determined and accounted for. The following passage from Mitchell's Astronomy, p. 53, seems to countenance some such interpretation of Herodotus : " A remarkable discovery, made in the remote ages of the world, throws some further light on the era of primitive astro- nomical researches. The release of the earth from the icy fetters of Winter, the return of Spring, and the revivification of nature, is a period hailed with uncommon delight in all ages of the world. To be able to anticipate its coming, from some astronomical pheno- menon, was an object of earnest investigation by the ancients. " It was found that the sun's entrance into the equinox, reducing to equality the length of day and night, always heralded the coming of the Spring. Hence, to mark the equinoctial point among the fixed stars, and to note the place of some brilliant star whose appearance in the early morning dawn would announce the See Historical Extracts, Appendix A, 2. 18 .sun's approticli to tlic equator, was early accomplished, with all possible accuracy. This star ooce selected, it was believed that it should remain for ever in its place. " The sun's path among the fixed stars had been watched with success, and it seemed to remain absolutely unchanged, and hence the points in which it crossed the equator for a long while were looked upon as fixed and immoveable; and indeed centuries must have passed away before any change could become sensible to the naked eye and its rude instrumental auxiliaries. But a time arrives at last, when the bright star, which for more than 500 years had with its morning ray announced the season of flowers, is lost. " It has foiled to give its warning. Spring has come, the forests bud, the flowers bloom, but the star which once gave promise, and whose ray had been hailed Avith so much delight by many generations is no longer found. The hoary patriarch recals the long experience of 100 years, and now perceives that each succeeding Spring had followed more and more rapidly after the appearance of the sentinel star. " Each year the interval from the fii'st ajjpearance of the star in the early dawn, up to the equality of day and night, had grown less and less ; and now the equinox came, but the star remained invisible, and did not emerge from the sun's beams until the eqxiinox had passed. " Long and deeply were these facts pondered and weighed. At length truth dawned, and the discovery bi'oke xipon the un- willing mind, that the sun's path among the fixed stars was actually changing, and that his point of crossing the equator was slowly moving backwards towards the west, and leaidng the stars behind. The same motion, only greatly more rapid, had been recognised in the shifting of the moon's node, and in the rapid motion of the points at which her track crossed the equator. The retrograde motion of the equinoctial points caused the sun to reach these points earlier than it would have done had they remained fixed, and hence arose the precession of the equinoxes. " This discoA'ery justly ranks among the most important achieved by antiquity. Its exjilanation was infinitely above the reach of human effort at that early day; but to have detected the fact, and to have marked a motion so slow and shrouded, gives evidence of a closeness of observation worthy of the highest ad- miration." 19 This I'ecession of the eqiiiuoctial points to a position eastward in longitude of the point at which the sun's path really crossed the equator at the vernal equinox, would represent the point at which the sun thus crossed the equator as westward of the fixed star in relation to which its arrival at the equator had previously been eastward. This would also make a corresponding change in the relation of the sun's path to the position of the fixed stars, on crossing the equator at the autumnal equinox. If rising to the west of any fixed star, the place of sunset would necessarily be to the east of such star. This, I apprehend, is the meaning of Hero- dotus, in his report of what the Egyptian priests told him, viz., "that in a period of 11,340 years" (which I interpret of lunatAons, making only 9 -id solar years), "the sun had twice risen where he uniformly goes down, and twice gone down whei-e he uniformly rises." For he qualifies his remark as if pointing to the observation of an astronomical phenomenon of which he could give no satisfactory accoimt, without seeming to i-egard these events as miixccidous ; which some do, by interpreting them as the events of Joshua x, 12, and 2 Kings xx, 8-12, noticed by the heathen, and chronicled in a varied form. Herodotus expressly adds — " This, however, had produced no alteration in the climate ot Egypt ; the fruits of the earth and the phenomena of the Nile had always been the same, nor had any extraordinary or fatal diseases occurred." By the calculation of astronomers it will take 25,74:5 years for the eqiiiuoctial points to make a complete I'evolution ; and "■'^^^- gives rather more than 71 years to a degree, as the measure of this precession. Again, "i? will give rather more than 13 degrees as the limit of this reti'ograde movement in the 94o years referred to by Herodotus. Within that number of degrees the phenomenon may have been observed, in the changed relation of the sun's coui'se to two distinct stars of magnitude, at the time of its crossing the equator, before any general law in explanation thereof began to be deduced therefrom. The times referred to by Hero- dotus were those in which the arts and sciences were cultivated with great success, under the twelve kings, from Mceris to Sethos, the Priest of Yulcan. For they followed the 330 from Menes to Mceris, " who were not distinguished by any acts of magnificence or 20 Analysis of the Old Egyptian Chronicle, which nwmbers ^Cj,rr25 years, over 30 Dynasties, and 113 Generations of Egyjitian Kings. These Dynasties had tliree classifications, viz : — 1. AuRiTKS, or Sun-Gods, whose supreme king was Vulcan. 2. Mezraites, viz., the descendants of Mizraira or Menes. 3. Egyptians, probably the Phutitcs, who divided Egypt with the Mezraites, Part I. No. of Dynasties 1 CLASSIFICATION. No. of Generations. Years of Reign, Mythic and Solar. Vulcan, the first Aurite, like the old 1 Brahma of the Hindus, regarded as the father of time, and therefore 1 comprehending the whole cycle of 1 years enumerated in the clironicle. ) Helius, the son of Vulcan, and there- 1 fore of the same dynasty. By the 30,000 years of his reign are meant 1 30,000 or 83^1 1 .''o many clays, or 1000 lunations. being 83g solar years 12 " Saturn, and the rest of the 12 Gods." These are a deified imper- sonation of the stellar year, of 12 times 27 g days, making 328 days, and reckonecl to the extent of 12 years, according to the orbit of Jupiter. For 12 x 328 = 3936 ^ years, add 48 years for the 4 days omitted annually (according to 1^ 12 3,984 or 332 Enoch xxix, 2), and we have the i 3984 of this chronicle. These, numbered evidently as lunations in the canon of Eratosthenes, form part of the 1076 years numbered over part 1st, and make 332 solar years J j 1 The 8 oldest Gods of Egypt, called \ « 217 as 217 Demigods in this chronicle 1 The Hero -Demigods of the cjmic circle ! " 443 as 443 To these add (from Herodotus ii, cap. 144) Horus, as the superior of this 1 class, through uhom the Gods ^^last had communication vith men." For many of the old Eg^'ptian Kings (especially Soris and Tlw'h- 1 mosis, as evidenced in the now ex- tant monumental records of Egj-pt), were regarded as mortal imper- sonations of Horus, the last of the. immortals Comprehending total of J 1 15 38 34,644 or 1076 1 Dynasties. i Generations in Years. 21 Part If iif Old Eyyptiaii Chronicle. Dynasties. XVI XVII CLASSIFICATION. Genera- tions. Keign in Solar Years. Beg B.C. B.C. nning 2231 190 2041 103 If ending B.C. 350. i From Menes to AmuntimJEus. Saites, Aphopljis, ! <fec. &c. Tanites, nimibering Memphites 8 in 4 ' 190 years. 103 -r XVIIl Memphites 14 -r 348 ' B.C. 1938 348 Age of Thothmosis, &c. XIX Diospolitaus 5 ' 194 - B.C. 1590 194 Age of the E-sodus. XX XXI Diospolitaiis For defect of the Chronicle, in the times of the mor- tal Idngs, add Tanites 8 ' \ 6 ' 228 - 178 " 121 B.C. B.C. B.C. 1396 228 1168 178 990 121 To the xxth dynasty Jahn assigns 1* nameless kings ; and this evidently seems to be the defective part of the Chronicle. XXII Tanites 3 . 48 ' B.C. 869 48 XXIII Diospolitans ... 2 ' 19 ^ B.C. 821 19 XXIV Saites 3 ' 44 - B.C. 802 44 XXV XXVI 1 XXVII XXVIII XXIX Ethiopians Memphites 3 " 7 ' 5 . 1 ' 5 ' 44 ' 177 ' 124 ' 6 39 " B.C. B.C. B.C. B.C. B.C. 758 44 714 177 537 124 413 6 407 39 To this belongs the references of 2 Kings xviL 4 ; 2 Kings xix. 9. Called ''Saite" by Jahn. To this belonged Psam- mitichus, and the references of 2 Kings xxiii. 29 ; Jereni. xliv. 30. Per.sians Saite Tanites XXX Tanite 1 ' 18 M B.C. B.C. 368 18 350 ■■ 1 1 j ! I Add fj-Mu first part... 75 in 38 ^ 1,881 years. Ending 34,644 years. 1 Potal 113 in 36,525 years. i 22 The Chronology of the old E(jy2itian Chronicle compared witli that of Herodottis. Take B.C. 525 as dating the conquest of Egypt by Cambyses. Add 29 years to the 1 6th of the reign of Ama.sis, which, in all, lasted 45 years. B.C 554 the year which dates the end of the 1250 years numbered by Herodotus from the cessation of the reign of Bacchus. Add 1250 years. B.C 1804 terminates the reign of Bacchus. Add 167 or the difference between 1250 and 1417. B.C 1971 terminates the reign of Hercules. Add 43 or the difference between 1417 and 1460. B.C 2014 tei-miuates the reign of Pan. Add 217 for the tunes of the oldest Gods, of whom Pan was one. B.C 2231 The times from Bacchus to Horus (the last of the immortals) . are to be measured by the difference between the 15,000 lunations, or 1250 yeai-s, from Bacchus to Amasis, and the 11,34:0 lunations, or 94:5 years, numbered over the 341 Piromis. For these Piromis we are told were all men who lived after the times of the immortals. Of these 341 Piromis, it is also said that they v\-ere, to the extent of 330 kings, those who ruled from Menes to Moeris inclusive ; but that none of them did anything worthy of note, except the last. He (Moeris) was the fii-st of twelve who distinguished themselves. Of these the last was Sethos, a priest of Yulcan, and in his day there were twelve contemporary kings, of whom one (Psammitichu.s) subdued the rest, and made the king- dom his own, by aid of some lonians and Carians. From this time Herodotus adds, the history of Egyj)t has its records confirmed by the contemporary history of Greece. Possibly for this reason Blair does not carry the chronology of Egyi)tian history further back than the beginning of the reign of Psammitichus. But, to return to the times between Bacchus and Horus, as preceding those of the 341 Piromis, 15,000 lunations, less 11,340 lunations, make 3660 lunations or 305 solar yeju-s, which is the period numbered over the last dynasty of immortals in the list 23 of Lepsius from tlie temple records, hence the '30d years of dif- ference, and the 945 years for the times of the Pu'omis make up the 1250 yeax's between the end of the reign of Bacchus and the 16th of Amasis, or B.C. ooi. From B.C. 1804, or the end of the reigii of Bacchus Take 305 years. Tlien B.C. 1499 termuiate.s the reigii of Horus. Take 945 Then B.C. 554 dates the 16th of the reigu of Amasis, as the basis of the computations made by Herodotus, when harmonised with the years numbered over the last 15 dynasties of the old Egyptian chronicle. Add 29 years to the 45th and last year of the reig-n of Amasis. B.C 525 dates the conquest of Egj^pt by Cambyses. Beloe from Aulus Gellius, lib. xv, 23, says Herodotus was fifty-three years old at the beginning of the Peloponnesian war, and dates his birth B.C. 444 ; but he dates the beginning of the Peloponnesian war from the second year of Olym. Ixxxvi, whereas Dr Butler dates it from B.C. 431, or the second year of Olymp. Ixxxvii, making a difference of four yeais. Autltentic Chronology of the Kings of Egypt from Fsammiticlius to tJie Conquest of Egypt by the Persians, in the tenth year of Darius Ochus, or B.C. 350.* 1. Psammitichus began to reign B.C. 670 He reigned 54 years. 2. Neco (the Nechao of 2d Kings xxiii, 29) B.C. 616 He reigned 16 years. 3. Psammis reigned 6 j'ears, beginning B.C. 600 4. Apries (or Vapln-es, the Pharaoh Hophi-aofJerem. xliv, 30), 24 years, be- ginning B.C. 594 Interregnum B.C. 570 5. Amasis, beginning B.C. 569 1. Egypt recovered from Darius No- thus, in the 11th year of his reign, by the revolt of Amyi-tseus the Saite, who reigned 6 years, from B.C. 414 2. Pausiris, 8 years, fi-om B.C. 408 3. Psammitichus, 5 years, from B.C. 400 4. Nephereus, 6 years, from... B.C. 395 5. Acoris, 13 years, fi-om B.C. 377 6. Psammuthis. 7. Nepherites. 8. Nectabenes I, for 12 yeai-s, from B-C. 375 9. Tachos, 2 years, fi-om B.o. 363 * See Historical Extracts in Appendix A, 2. 24 Egypt wjiH c<jn<iueied by : — 1. Cambyses, in the 45 th year of the reign of Amasis, or B.C. 525 ( He reigned 2 years, anil his 2. •< Successor, Smerdis, eight (months, to B.C. 522 3. Darius Hystaspes 36 years, beginning B.C. 521 4. Xerxes I, for 20 years, be- ginning B.C. 485 5. Artabanus, seven months... B.C. 465 6. Artaxerxes Longimanus, reigned40years, beginning B.C. 464 7. Xerxes II, for two months.. B.C. 425 8. Sogdianus | ^^ ^24 9. Darius Nothus ) 10. Nectabenes II, beginning.. B.C. 361 Conquererl after 11 years by Darius Ochus, in the 10th year of his reign, and thus again subjected to the Persians B.C. 350 The Egyptian Chronology of Herodotus (ii, cap. 43, and 144, 14-5), from Pan, one of the eight and oldest Gods of Egypt, to Amams, toho teas conquered by Cambyses. The eight gods, we are told, produced the twelve, and they in their turn produced the fifteen generations of the cynic circle. These reigned, according to the old Egyptian chronicle, 443 years ; and of these (as the last of the immortals) Horus was the superior, through whom they held communication with the mortal kings of Egyi^t. This is the sense in which Horus is called " last of .the immortals" by Herodotus. From Pan to Amasis, Herodotus says, " a still more distant period is reckoned," viz., compared with the times com- puted from Hercules and Bacchics, This period, however, may be fixed by the Temple Lists of Lepsius, compared with the follomng passage from Israel in Egypt, p. 178 :— " Tlie records open with the statement that iclicn Menes, the human founder of the kingdom, ascended the throne, Egypt had been governed by the gods for more than 17,000 years From Hercules, who was a god of the second rank, or one of the twelve whom the eight produced Herodotus (ii, 43), numbers to A masis Luna- tions. Solar Years. 17,430=11460 17,000 «,1417 25 From Bacchus, who was oiily of the third rank, or of the num- ) tions. Years. ber of those whom the twelve produced, and also called r 15,000 = 1250 Osiris Herodotus (ii, 145), nmnbera to Amasis Horus, " whom the Greeks call Apollo," was the son of Bacchus -. or Osiris. His reign (as the superior of the fifteen genera- ] tions of the heroes of the cynic circle, and the mediimi of I their commimication with men), terminated at the beginning I 3,660= 305 of the 11,340 limations or 945 years numbered over the times of 341 Piromis, e.rtending from Menes, the first mortal Tcing, \ to Sethos ' Add for the times of the 341 Piromis ,.. 11,340= 945 N.B. — The monumental records of Egypt now extant bear ample testimony to the fact that many of the early kings of Egj^t (especially Soris and Thoth - mosis) were mythically regarded as human impersonations of Horus. Osborne (vol. i, p. 226-229), also tells us (and it is a fact of the utmost importance for a correct harmony of otherwise widely-dis- cordant chronologies) that whUst the monumental records con'obo- rate the testimony of all ancient writers that the first king of all Egypt was called Menes, there are many transcriptions of the name on the monuments. " These transcriptions of the name of Menes all belong to later periods. The one at Ghizeh dates about 200 years after his times. That at the Memnonium belongs to the nineteenth dynasty, early in the new kingdom. The Turin Papyrus is certainly not more ancient than the Memnonium, in all jjroba- bility much more modern. Not a trace or vestige of anything belonging to the age of Menes or his successors for many genera- tions is known to exist in Egypt. To the pages of the classical ^Yr iters, therefore, we must have recourse for the only remaining historical notices of the first man that reigned there." There is therefore no evidence that the historically recorded kings of Egypt (on comparing the temple lists and monumental records with those of Herodotus, derived from the Egyptian priest- hood of his day), can be made to extend back to the times of Miz- raim, as the traditional Menes by whom the kingdom was founded, except by transferring the names of a later historic period into the times of the mythic gods and demigods. This is done twice, viz. — First, In the 38 first kings of the canon of Eratosthenes, com- pared with the first 38 mythic kings of the old Egyptian chronicle. For Eratosthenes numbers hy name 38 kings /rora Menes to Amxin- 26 timcbus as reigning 1U7G yeur.s, or the 3-i,G4:4: lunations uuiubcred over thejirst and mythic part of the old chronicle. Secondly, The early traditions of Egj'ptian history are again chronicled in the mixed foi'm of history and myth, confused, when (to date its commencement from about the true times of Mizi-aim) the 8 kings of monumental record, from Menes to Amuntimseus and Saites, are reckoned as human impersonations of their 8 oldest god- kings between b.c. 2231 and b c. 2041. Similarly Saites is represented in his four successors of the seventeenth dynasty, numbered sixteen in Osborne. The fii'st of these was his grandson Aphojihis, the king who made Joseph lord over Egypt under him. His dynasty represents a mixed chronicle of myth and history. For it oj)ened as the contemporary of the twelfth dynasty of Thebans or Diospolitans, and was the first to represent the mythic kingdom of the twelve gods whom the eight older gods had produced. For in the kingdom of Lower Egypt (as then ruling in Middle Egypt by viceroys of Memphis) the monumental records, according to Osborne, testify only to foui- successors, viz. — 1. Aphophis, the son of Mceris, who was his son and co-rege))t in the kingdom, being the. first viceroy of Memphis. 2. Melaneres, son of Aphophis. 3. Jannes. 4. Asses. With this dynasty, the thirteenth, or that of the Upper Egyp- tians at Thebes, sometimes called Diospolis, was contemporary. The dynasty which succeeded in acquiring dominion over all Egypt next after that of Saites was the eighteenth. This was Th^ban, and apparently connects the eighteen Ethiopian kings of whom Herodotus makes mention both with the histoiy of these times and with that of a later date. For myth and history mixed afford great facilities for repro- ducing the events of which only obscure traditions remain, with but slight variation of details, in another age separated by a long interval of years. The third order of immoi'tals who fii-st ruled in Egypt before there were mortal kings was that called in the old chi'onicle the 27 fifteen geueratious of the cynic cii'cle, and of tliese we are told by Herodotus that Horas was their superior, throvigh whom the gods then had communication with mortal men. The Horus by name pertaining to this dynasty Osborne places last (on the evidence of the monumental records), though numbered tenth in the copy of the Greek list of the eighteenth dynasty, which he has given in vol. ii, p. 371, and eighth in Jahn's compilation from Julius Africanus and Eusebius. But H huthmosis is the eighth in the Greek list given in Osborne. He was one impersonation oi Horus the demigod accord- ing to the monumental evidence recorded in Osborne, and he was, moreover, the builder of the Chamber of Karnak, in which sixty- one kings of Egypt, his predecessors, are represented as receiving the homage of divine honours from him. Amongst these appears the queen Skeniophris, through whom (by her marriage with his son Moeris) Saites united the kingdoms of IMiddle and Lower Egypt in his own dynasty, hereditarily as well as by conquest. She seems to have been the Kitocris of Herodotus. These, therefore, were the times of the 330 kings, of whom the f.rst was Menes, Herod, ii, c. 100, and the last Mceris, being himself, in turn, the first of 12 others, and altogether making up the 341 Piromis of Herod, ii, c. 142, 143, &c. In his Mythological Chronology for the Immortals, Herodotus, in effect, transfers the account of these (which he had received from the Egyptian Priests) to the historic interval between the times of Israel's Exodus and Amasis. For he thus reckons the times of his immortal kings to the 16th Amasis, or b.c. 5-59, though the kingdom was not taken from him by Cambyses until 29 years later, or B.C. o'2o : — Is^. As 17,430 lunations, or 1460 solar years from Pan. 2d. As 17,000 do. or cii'c. 1417 do. from Hercules. 3c/. As 15,000 lunations, or 1250 solar years from Bacchus. ith. As 3660 lunations, or 305 solar years from Bacchus to Horus, the end of whose reign is said to have mai'ked the beginning of the times of the mortal kings of Egj^t, as those of the Piromis, who succeeded the immortals. oth. 11,340 lunations, or 945 solar years numbered over the Piro- mis from Horics to A masis. Thus the Menes at the head of the Piromis in the list of Hero- 28 dotus could not have been Mizraim (or Meiies), the sou of Ham, as supposed in the old chronicle to have founded the kingdom at the beginning of the IGth dynasty, or B.C. 2231. Thus, the difiering accounts of Menes (whilst all considering him to have been the founder of the kingdom) represent a strange confusion of mythical and historical times. But that the envjni'Jb may be intelligibly solved, in the form I have here attempted to ex- plain, seems to be clearly established under confirmation from the monumental records in the Chamber of Karnak, as the work of llwthmosis. For the gi'ouping of the kings, chiejiy under cotubinatiotis of eight together, as there adopted, and the omission of many who are recorded in the Temple Lists, are proofs that the arrangement had some other object widely differing from its being a chronological record of the kings of Egypt. The 60 kings thei'ein honoured seem to be reckoned thus : — First. They included the 38 god-kings of the old chronicle com- pared with those in the first part of the Canon of Eratosthenes, who are said to have reigned 1076 years. Hecond. They numbei-ed 22 kings, nominally, from Amuntimajus to Thothmosis inclusive ; but, in fact, the beginning of their times chronologically dates the beginning of the mortal Kings of Egypt from the termination of the reign of immortals, as re- presented in the first 38 Kings. Saites and Amuntimseus are thus (as seemingly in the Chamber of Karnak), mythically made contemporaries with MENES in founding t/ie 17th dynasty of the Kingdom. Thus the 8 kings of the 16th dynasty seem to represent the 8 of monumental record from Menes to Saites as the 8 primary god-kings impersonated in the 38 kings from Menes to Amuntimseus, recorded in the Temple Lists. Hence the 22 kings who followed the 38 immortals, and reigned in mythic communication with Ilorus, the last of the im- mortals, and the superior of the 15 generations of the cynic circle, date the beginning of their times as identical mth that ascribed to the 341 Pii'omis of Herodotus. But of these 34:1 Piromis, the first 330 kings did nothing worthy of note, though Mceris, the last, with his 1 1 successors, to Sethos inclusive, represented the mythic 29 dynasty of 12 kings, in whose time gi-eat things were done for Egypt. Now, taking the above 22 kings to have mythically represented so many impersonations of HoRUS, and Horus to have impersonated throughoiit their times the lo hero-demigods of the cynic circle, 15 X 22=330. Thus we are enabled clearly to establish the mythic character of the 330 kings from Menes to Moeris, who i:»receded the 12 secondary god-kings of Egypt. We must bear in mind that Hex'odotus received Jrom the Egyptian priests the information that they reckoned 330 kings from Menes to Moeris. We have also to compare with this the fact that Manetho and the old Egyptian chronicle profess to num- ber only 113 generations or kings over the whole kingdom of Egypt. Yet, by some erroneous use of Manetho's temple lists, counting contemporary dynasties as successive, xmtil numbering 5462 years over 30 dynasties (Osborne, vol. 1, p. 181), the mixed chronicle of history and myth had become an almost unintelligible myth. One thing is clear, viz., that the 330 kings of Herodotus do not span the whole times of the kingdom, by admission of the priests themselves, who terminate this part of the chronicle with Sethos. Yet Manetho and the old chronicle do absolutely limit the duration of the whole kingdom to 113 kings. It follows, therefore, that the 330 kings numbered in Hero- dotus miist represent a number capable only of mythic solution (like that here given to it) before it can harmonise with the statement of the old chronicle, which numbers of immortals and mortals together only 113 kings from the foundation of the king- dom of Egypt to its conquest by the Persians under Darius Ochus, in the 10th year of his reign, or b.c. 350. The I'emaining 53 kings of the old chronicle (for 38 -|- 22 -f- 53=113) shew us where to look for the 53 kings which con- stituted the 2d part of the Canon of Eratosthenes, which Syn- cellus would not preserve, because he did not know what to make of it. But, thus considered, it is clear that they stand mythi- cally identified with the last 12 kings of the 341 Pirorais in Hero- dotus. In this form they seem mythically to I'epresent the glory of Egypt in the latter days of the kingdom, as typified in that of 30 its early history from Moeris to Sethos (and therefore to Psam- miticlius, who wa-s one of the 12 kings contemporary with Sethos) inclusive. Arrangement of tJte Simidachra of deified Kings in the Chamber of Karnak. — See Diagram. The four planes A, B, C, D, to the left of the pathway from the door, throiighout the middle of the chamber, contain altogether 31 kings. Of these 16 occupy the division of the chamber furthest from the doorway, and marked as containing the planes C and D. These were kings of Lower and Middle Egypt, known by the dis- tinguishing mark of one hierogly])hic ring to their name. The left hand division of the chamber, nearest to the door, con- tained 15 kings of Upper Egyjit, who occupied the planes A and B. These were distinguished from the kings of Lower and Middle Egypt by having their names insci'ibed in tico hieroglyphic titular rings. The arrangement of these planes to each other is characteristic of the most ancient form of writing in lines and in columns. It was called by the Greeks houstrophedon, because the inverted be- ginning of each alternate row resembled that of the husbandman's course, with his team of oxen, when following the plough, upwards and do^^nawards alternately, from furrow to furrow throughout a field. The planes to the right of the door ai-e marked E, F, G, H. But very little seems really known about the details of theii' ar- rangement. For, in vol. ii, p. 126, when explaining the historical characteristics in the Chamber of Karnak, Osborne says : — " We found there that the kings in the two lower rows or planes had reigned in Upper Egypt, and those in the two upper ones in Lower Egypt. We found, moreover, that the two divisions ranged con- temporaneously so far as the length of the several reigns and other circumstances admitted. The internal arrangement we found to be as follows : — The oldest king of Lower Egypt (after the father - king Menes) sat in the uppermost row furthest from the doorway. Immediately beneath him, in the lowermost row, sat Mencheres, the first king of Upper Eg^'pt. The successors of both sat before them in the order of their succession. It does not seem possible DIAGBAM of the MONUMENTAL RECORDS in the CHAMBER of KARNAK, compiled from tliat in i>. 215 of Isyael m Egypt, compared with those in Osborne's Monmnxnial Egypt, vol. ii, p. IIL 207, and with his Explanatory Observations thereon 31 KDIGS OH THE LEFT HAND 15 KINGS OF UPPBB EGYPT. 16 KINGS OF LOWER EGYPT, •d ri ^ n THEBAN KING-S.-DYNASTY XI. THEBAN K1NGS.-DYNABTY XH. DYNASTY XVn. DYNASTY XYI, 9. SonofAmenemotl.— Belowhisfftther. 8. Amenemes I. of Dynasty XI, eitting 9. Menes, proto-monarch below Saila, Or that of eight early kings, the dwcend- onts of Menes, and impersonations of the eight primary god -kings of Egypt. and the riceroy of Memphis. No. above Ilia eon OairtAgen I. of Dy- nasty XII. the founder of 17th Dynasty, which succeeded to the Theban Hi. Vma ECTPlim name wnj kingdom of the 12th Dynasty at Oairta*)iiI.(vo!.ii,I7).hutinLower 10. Amenemea II. Mempliis. 8. Stutcs, or Salatia. Egypt he wiifl called " Cheruchorea " (vol. i, p. 400). U. SesortoslB II. 7. Sephuris. 12. Sesortoaia IH. 10. FtTtt viceroy of Memphis Oauitasan 0. Sons, recorded on the monuments as 7. Acthoee, the Phowoh of Abmham'B day. 18. Amenemea IV, co-regent with and 11. Prince viceroy of Memphis. one with Horus. 5. Onuos, coDtemporaryof DBcrcheresII. 6. Nenteree. Amuntimreiw. 12. Amenemes ni. PhineA. S. U»reheiee II. U. SkeniophriB, the wife of Mceris, the 13. Phyacian viceroy of MemphiB, 4. Aches. 4, Nufwcheres. Hon and co-regent of Aphophis, the Pharaoh under whom Joseph U. Othoes. 3. Erased. 3. Methesuphia I. was ruler over all Egypt. IS. Apbophis, the Phiopa of Manetho's 2. Erased. 2. Sencouree. 16. Prince viceroy of Thebes, the eon of Dynasty 6. 1. Semempaes, the Athothis. or Tlioth of 1. Mencherea, aa Horn. (™I. ii, p. 381. MelanereB. 16. Malaneres, as Horua {vol. ii, p. 361). the liBte, and son of Menes. t SEVEN THEBANS OF DYNASTY F 1. Sechemites, or " Sevek within him." XOITE KINGS. SUCCESSORS OF THE VICEROY XVIII, Known by the quany mark at OF MELANER4:S. Reckoning hackwarda from Thothmosia Hamamat as pennitted by Apho- Gl. to Amoaia placed in the Beat of phis to hew blocks for the de- G 2. Said by Oebome to be nearly con- H 2! H 3. Coptfls (voL ii, p. 140). tion here proposed for Plane E. T, . (Contemporary with Jannes and ^ *• J with F. 4. 14, or E 1. I Aa Thothmosia. F 2. Erased. G3. 2 5 (Contemporary with Asses and 13, or E 2, ! Aa Miaphmemuthosi.. F 3. Erased. G4, 12, or E 3. t A« Mephrcs. 11, or E 1. 1 A. Amemea. F 4. Sftbacon I. G5. G6. XOITES OF LOWER EGYPT, 10, or E 6. ? Aa Amenophia. F 5. At Kamak. contemporary with the DescendantsofAsflM. 9, or E 6. 1 Aa Chebron. F6. G7. H 6. 3, or E 7. Amosia, below hia father. G 8. As Oflbome aays, probably a father Sabftcon n. F 7- Sabacon II, father of Amosis. H 8. Conqueror of Memphb. fi ^ o nt 14 MENOHEEIAN PHAEAOHS OF TIPPER EGYPT. i 16 LOWER EGYPTIAJfS OE SHEPHEEDS. 30 KllJOS ON THE RIGHT HAND. o 31 tliat we can be mistaken in assuming that the same arrangement also took place with the kings that faced the right. We therefore assume that in the mutilated name (h. i.) on the uppermost plane, we have that of the successor of Melaneres on the shepherd throne of Upper Egypt, and that the fhrce entirely/ erased names on the ground plane (e. 1, 2, 3) are those of some of the feeble successors of Skeniophris in the ]Mencherian pretension. " It will, however, be incumbent on us to explain some of the many causes that involve the successions to both crowns in utterly inextricable confusion and perplexity." With admissions like these, to attempt to realise a Theban dynasty 13, with Mentesuphis"^ II at the head, when no names ai*e to be found in the Temple lists (at least as quoted by Jackson and Jahn), seems venturing much for a theory. If, therefore, venturing to make a counter supposition on the subject, I hope I shall not give oflfence to a writer whose labours are so valuable and interesting, as if I were venturing an opinion on the hieroglyphics, which I have never studied, befoi'e one well-versed therein. But, if I understand the case right, the hieroglyphics in this matter have been wholly defaced Never- theless, from certain registries engraven on the rocks recording the overflowings of the Nile, with the names of the kings, and the years of the reigns in which they occurred (beginning with Sesos- tris III, vol. ii, p. 132), it is thought that the succession of the kings in plane E can be shewn to have preceded those in plane F. But how ? chronologically ? or under an inverted order of the en- tries, like that here proposed for the ekicidation of plane E ? Osborne has himself determined that E 7 is Amosis. He also tells us (vol. ii, p. 139), " We must premise that the two mid- dle planes of this genealogy that face the right (F and G) are arranged in the reverse order of the corresponding planes on the other side (B and C). The oldest kings in plane F and G are fur- thest from the doorway, as in the planes above and below them." Following these directions, and under guidance of other (not trifling) reasons to be hereafter explained, as Thothmosis was the youngest of the kings from Menes who had monumental record in that chamber, I presume that the first seven to the right hand of the doorway are to be numbered inversely, or backwards to his an- cestor Amosis, the founder of the 18th, and thence hovsfrophedon 32 fashion upwards tliroiigli thu (jldcr kings in the second plane from tlie doorway, turning to tlie top of the tJnrd plane, in which the Xoite kings, G 1, G 2, will be found to harmonise with the times of Thothmosis, as Osborne thinks they should do. If Thothmosis built the Chamber of Karnak to commemorate the glory of the kingdom of Egypt, as transmitted to him through a long line of sixty predecessors, of whom Amosis, the founder of the dynasty to which he belonged (viz., the 18th Theban) was one whom he wished especially to honour, the aiTangements to the right of the doorway, throughout the chamber, would in all pro- bability ilhistrate the combination between the Xoite Kings of Lower Egypt and the descendants of Mencheres, by whose help Amosis was enabled to reclaim Memphis from the shepherds, and to place it under the government of Viceroys, subject to the kings of Upper Egypt. Now the 31 kings numbered in the four planes A, B, C, D, to the left of the doorway, with the seven from Thothmosis to Amosis inclusive (as numbered by Jackson) in plane E, on the right, make up the 38 kings of the old Chronicle, and of the canon of Eratos- thenes in their mythic identity, with the times of the Piromis, as intervening between those of the god-kings who preceded Menes, and the renewed reign of god-kings after the 341 Piromis of Hero- dotus, ii cap. 143. All the kings in the right hand planes, E, F, G, H, amount to 30, or 8 + 22. Of these 7 have been numbered with the 31 on the left hand, to represent the 38 kings numbered in the canon of Eratosthenes from Menes to Amimtimfeus or Amenemes III, in- clusive. Omitting one for Horiis, as in these times impersonating the reigning representative of the cynic circle, the 2'2 between the first 38 and last 53 (which make up the 113 of the Chronicle) Avill represent the times of those between Amuntimfeus and Thoth- motliis, as completing those of the 341 Piromis numbered from Menes inclusive. I have already shewn the mythic relation of these 22 kings to the 330 kings of Herodotus, who, with 11 others, made Tip the 341 Piromis. The 330 represent in fact a multiplication of the 22 by the 15 generations of the cynic circle, who at that time are supposed to have kept up the old communica- tion of the immortals with the kings of Egypt, through Horns, their then superior. . Thus Pan, Hercules, and Bacchus are said 33 to have been in former times the medium of communication be- tween the older gods and men. It is not, therefore, at all improbable that the 22 kings num- bered in planes F, G, H, have been thus ranged symbolically to represent that combination of Xoite kings, with the descendants of Menes (through the Mencherian Pharaohs of Upper Egypt) by aid of which Amosis established the greatness of the Theban kingdom under the 18th dynasty of Egyptian kings, as continuing from Ids day to that of Thothmosis, the then reigning representative thereof The times of the 38 kings represented those of the older gods communicating with the kings of Egypt through Pan, Hercules, and Bacchus. For the 8 kings from Menes to Saites represent the humanly impersonated reign of the 8 oldest gods ; and the dynasties to 12 inclusive, under which the Theban kingdom was first estab- lished, humanly impersonated the reign of the 1 2 gods, at least in its earliest and mythic reference. The Gods and Demigods of Egypt. The different ways in which these are enumerated is very con- fusing, and seemingly inconsistent with itself. For in Lepsius' table, copied from the Temple lists, there are six gods with names, thirteen demigods, of whom only the first and last have names, and other demigods without names or specification as to number. In the old chronicle, Vulcan and Helius are the two principal gods ; then follow Saturn and the rest of the twelve gods. Then eight demigods. Lastly, fifteen generations of hero-gods of the cynic circle, continuing 443 yeai^s, i.e., to complete the 1460 years of the cynic circle, as numbered over the dominion of the immortals in Egypt, before the kingdom fell into the hands of mere mortal men. Yet possibly these diffei-ent statements admit of a mythically consistent interpretation. The oldest Egyptian god-kings were the eight demigods of the old chronicle. They are all the oflspring of Saturn or Chronos, a mythic impersonation of time. Thus, mythic history is, as it were, a creation of mythic time, and its data can only be thus chronologically reckoned. This myt.hic system of chronology is in itself so essentially mixed up with the deification of mortal men, that the terms gods and demigods are sometimes 34 applied merely to the ]irincipal divisions of solar and lunar time in their relation to the four seasons of the year, and to the sun's a/pparently annual coiu'se through the twelve signs of the zodiac ; but at others, the glorious, and, as it were, ever-living motion of the heavenly bodies seemed to have suggested the idea of deifying the memory of departed ancestry who had left behind them lasting monuments of their power, and of their wisdom, by regarding them as lunar and stellar dynasties of immortals, subordinate in power to that of the sun. Some such idea as this seems to underlie the whole basis of Hindu and Egyptian idolatry respecting the solar and lunar dynas- ties of their mythological kings. Thus, when the gods of Egypt are reckoned only as six — Their relation to mythic time may Their relation to the mythic tradi- be represented thus, as of astronomical tions of early Egyptian history, as re- computation : — corded in the temple lists preserved by 1. The sun. the priests stands thus : — 2. The moon. Mythic Solar 3. 4, 5, 6. The four sub-divisions of , „ , ^ . , y?^"- ^^^ , ' , 1 ^ , . 1- Hephoestos reigned 9000 or 750 the solar year by the Co?«m, or voices 2. Helios (the sun), 1000 or 83^ ofHght,caUed the "four conductors of 3. Agathodcemon, the the seasons " in the book of Enoch. p, ,, c ^i Or the four sub-divisions of tune in -n^- , >.^rt „ cci ... Monuments, - /GO or 085 tins case may be the division of each , -r^ -„« in 9 •^ . . . 4. Kronos, - - 500 or 41§ lunation (as itself constituting one ^ r\ ■ ■ im o-i ,. \ . ^ ^ 5. Osiris, - - 450 or 3/i mythic year) mto four parts. -jmi o-a or,i J J ' ^ b. Tj^Dhon, - 3o0 or 29i3 12,000 circ. 1000 When the demigods of Egypt are reckoned as 13, Their relation to mylhic time (as of Their i-elation to the mythic traditions astronomical computation) stands thus : of eai-ly Egyptian history, as recorded One solar year, containing 364 days, by Lepsius from coUation of the temple measm-es 13 lunations of 28 days each, lists, stands thus : Therefore the mythic times of the 13 Mythic years Solar demigods in this case ai'e equal to those ^' ^ of 12 gods in the old clu-onicle, as the 1- Hoi-us 300 25 12 lunations of the old luni-solar year. 2 280 23^ 3 200 16| 4 180 15 5 100 &i 6 120 10 7 100 8^ 8 120 10 Cai-ry over... 1,400 116| 35 Mytlilc yeiws .Solar of reign. years. Brought over. . . 1,400 116'^ 9. 100 8k 10. 100 H n. 100 8i 12. 100 8.i 13. 70 r,'. * With the 17,430 lunations (or mythic years), equal to the 1460 years of the cynic circle, in the list of Lepsius, on the opposite page, compare the following passage quoted from "Israel in Egypt," p. 178: — " The temple records open with the state- ment, that when Menes, the human founder of the kingdom, ascended the tlirone, Egypt had been governed by the gods for more than 17,000 years! " 1,870 cir. 155i Add for the other n demigods of Lep- aius' 3d list, with- [ 3,650 = 304 out names or num- I bers -' Add also from for- / merUst of 6 gods, 11-000=1000 Total... 17,430* = 1460* But, in the old Egyptian clironicle, when the demigods of Egypt are limited to 8 (called by Herodotus the primary gods of Egypt), Their relation to mythic time may be Their relation to the mythic traditions represented thus, as of astronomical of early Egyptian liistory, as given by computation. Manetho fi-om the temple Usts, stands Eight divisions of the stellar year are thus, according to Jackson's correction to the twelve which complete its cycle of SynceUus : as 217 days to 324 days.— See p. 9. , „ „ Jrue solar years. „ ,, . 1, J.1, 1- Orus, or Horus, son) „_ Or otherwise perhaps thiis :— c A . . , ^ . [25 years. „ , ,. f rn 1 / u of Osins and Isis . . . ) One lunation oi 60 days (number- n tjt ing only 12 hours each) contained 8 „ a' i-, times 7 days, and marked the relation a jr , ] of solar to lunar time, when reckoned _' . „ „^ ., , „ J- i. it, u 1 r 5- Apollo 25 ' " by sevens, according to the book oi - rp- , Enoch. _ c. T ,1. ,1 ,1- .• f , 1 8. bosus 32 ' In this case the mythic tunes oi the 8 demigods are preceded by the notice 2g4 ^ of 30,000 years placed to the reign of Melius. He is a mythic impersonation Jackson adds — " Some reckoned of the solar year, under limitation of a Horus the last of the gods.— Herod., set time, in its relation to Vuldm, made lib- ii, c. 144; Died. Sic, lib. i ; and in this case a mythic impersonation of Eusebius Prjep. Evang., lib. ii, c. 1 ; the sun, as ever dwelUng in light. and the old Latin translator of Euse- bius has put him amongst the gods, and placed Typhon after him. But this ia a manifest error ; because Horus killed Typhon, the murderer of Osiris, and therefore Typhon reigned before him ; and he was always reckoned amongst 36 the Egyptian gods. So that I thmk it most probable that Manetho made Horu3 the first of the demigods." Also, for the 1 2 gods of the old Egyptian chronicle, Their relation to mythic time is that of the 12 signs of the zodiac, or 12 hma- tions of 30 days each to the. old luni- solar year of 360 days. The mythic application of solar time to such a purpose as that of deifying mortals may be best understood by re- ference to the names of our months, as derived from the Romans. 1. January. — From Janus, an old Latian impersonation of the sun. — Keightley's Mythology. 2. February. — The month of expiatory sacrifices to the manes or departed spii'its of their ancestry. From an old Latian word, Februa, meaning expiations. 3. March.* — Dedicated to Mars. 4. April. — Dedicated to Venus. 5. May. — Dedicated to Maia, one of the Pleiones, the offspring of Oceanus and Tethys. 6. June. — Dedicated to Jimo. 7. July. — To Jidius Caesar, by a deci-ee of the Senate. 8. Auf/ustus. — To Octavius Caesar, thence called Augustus, by a de- cree of the Senate. 9. Septe7nher.—A& the seventh month from March, which was the first month of the old Eoman year, in the days of Romulus. January and February were not added until the days of Numa. 1 . October. — The eirjhth fi-om March, as the beginning of the 3'ear at first. 1 1 . November. — The ninth month from March, do. do. 12. December. — The tenth month from March, &c. &c. Their relation to the mythic traditions of early Egyptian history, as found in Manetho and in the Canon of Eratos- thenes (compared with Herodotus), is that of the fii-st 12 dynasties on Mane- tlio's list. For these had to the xvith (or Shepherd Dynasty), a relation similar to that which the 12 independent king- doms of Latium had to the rising power of Rome, before they were wholly merged into the kingdom of the Roman Empire by conquest. Tliis seems to be the m,ythically correct historical illustration of the 12 gods of Egypt. For the number 12 does not (in Keightley's judgment) appear to haTe been limited over the 01}'mpian gods of Greece so early as the times of Homer. It is, moreover, remarkable that thw identification of the names of their mouths (to a great extent at least), with an idolatrous deification of mortals, though commencing in the days of Romulus (by importing from elsewhere the worship of Mars and Venus), was only fuUy effected by addition of the two first months in the days of Nimia. But the addition of the two months (January and February), by which the 10 months of the old Roman year were then altered into twelve, as adopted from the people of Latium, reminds us that it was a division of the months of the year, bon-owed from a people di\-id- ed into 12 districts under independent kings. Keightley tells us in his Mythology that " Jana " was an ' The frst month of the old Roman, as of the old Egyptian year. 37 ancient Latin name for the moon. In the Salian Hymns she was invoked as Deiva Jana, which became Deivjana, and ultimately Diana, who was therefore the same with the Selene and Artemis of the Greeks. By the poets all the attributes of this last goddess were given to Diana. The masculine of Jana is Janus, the Deivos Janos of the Salian Hymns, by the usual contraction Dianus. This god must therefore have been the sun, and all that we can learn respecting him agrees with this hypothesis. Janus was usually represented with two faces, whence he was named Bifrons and Biceps. It is said that at the taking of Falerii a statue of Janus was found with Jour faces, and at Rome there was a temple of Janus Quadrifrons* which was square, with a door and three windows on each side. There was also an ancient statue of this god in the Forum, said to be as old as the time of Numa, of which the fingers were so formed that those of one hand represented 300 (ccc), those of the other 55 (lv.), the number of days in the 'ancient lunar year. All this is explicable on the sup- position of Janus being the sun, the author of the year, with its seasons, months, and days. Again, for the mythic relation of the twelve months of the Etrurian year to the early distribution of Latium between twelve kings (as so ordered that the two events should be associated in their historical traditions to all future generations), we have the confirmation of Keightley that their twelve gods were m)rthically associated with the twelve divisions of the solar and lunar year. " According to the doctrine of the Etruscans there were two orders of gods, the one superior, veiled and nameless, with whom the supreme god took counsel when about to announce by light- ninof any"change in the present order of things. The other con- sisted of twelve gods, six male and as many female, his ordinary council. These were called by the common name of Consentes or Comjdices (the Latin of the Etruscan word) according to Varro, * This has its paraUel in the Hindu mythology respecting BvaJinia, who is unquestionably a personification of the sun . It is to be observed also that in the mythology of the Hindus the moon is de- scribed as a male, under the names of Chandra or Soma ; but occasionally repre- sented as a female, under the name Chandvi. So also the Romans had the two forms of Lunns and Jjuna for the moon. 38 because tliey are horn and die together. The general Etiniscan term foi' a god was ^sar. " The supreme god of the Tuscans answering to the Zeus of the Greeks, the Jupiter of tlie Romans, was named Tina. A goddess named Kupra was called by the Romans Juno ; and another, named Menerfa or Menrfa, was the original of the Minei'va of Rome. These three deities had always contiguous temples on the citadel of every Etruscan city. Hence the united temples of Jupi- ter, Juno, and Minerva which crowned the Capitol of Rome. " The names of the twelve Consentian deities (as enumerated in the following lines of Ennius) are exactly the same with the twelve gods of the Greeks : — " Juno, Vesta, Minerva, Ceres, Diana, Venus, Mars, Mercurius, Jovis, Neptunus, Vulcanus, Apollo." These observations of Keightley mark the early existence of a Triad in the idolatrous woi'ship of the west equally as in the Brahmanism of the Hindus, and in the Egyptian Triad of Osiris, Isis, and Horus. The allegorical feature of the Consentian gods being horn and dying together, equally as that of their being considered the ordi- nary council of the supreme god (as the ministering angels of his providence ruling on earth), represents the sun, and moon, and stars, as ordained of God for signs and seasons, for days and for years to man (Gen. i, 2 ; Psalm viii, 3, 4 ; xix, 1-5 ; civ, 1-5). For the twelve months of the year number, as it were, the day of their birth from the beginning, and that of their death from the end of the year. On the Mythic Construction of the Fifteen Generations of the Cynic Circle, who reigned 443 years, lohereas the Cynic Cycle of the Egyptians was a large Solar Cycle of time numbering 1460 years, and called Cynic because the Eayj)tians anciently reckoned the beginning of their year from the Heliacal rising of the Bog- Star. The astronomical construction of the The fifteen generations of the Cynic Egyptian Cynic Cycle of 1460 years is Circle seem to represent a mythic com- thus explained by Jackson in liis Chro- bination of the six gods and eight demi- iwlogical Antiquities, vol. ii, p. 99 : — gods of the old chronicle comnnuiicating Ji) " The complete year of the Egyptians consisted of 365 days 6 hours. But they never intercalated the odd quarter of a day, so that the beginning of the year was i-emoved back a quarter of a day in every year, and was in fovu- years one day less than the Jidian year. These quarters in the space of 1460 years made 365 days, and so in the space of 1401 years the Egyptian and Julian year co- incided, and began in the same poiiit of the zodiac ; and 1461 Egyptian years were equal to 1460 Jidian years. This period of 1460 Egyptian years was called with men through one superior. Some- times they were represented as twelve gods, exclusive of Vulcan and his sou HeUus. Bacchus, or Osiris, was reputed to be the youngest of the gods, and Horus, his son, was the last superior of the immortals through whom they held communication with men. This is what the Egyptian priests told Herodotus. Horus is represented as having my- thically impersonated the fourteen gods of Egypt in communication -with men, through the successively reigning kings the Great Year, the Canicular, and So thiac year, and also the year of the god of Egypt, for a space of 443 years. Sol, and thence the Heliacal year. It These fourteen, impersonated in was called the canicular year or period Horus, and Horus in the reigning because in Egypt it began with the king, make up sixteen generations, the HeKacal rising of the Dog-star on the number necessary to complete the day of the new moon, wliich was called thirty-eight kmgs mythically numbered Tlioth, who was also called Anubis, and over the first part of the old Egyptian who was worshipped in the Dog-star, chronicle. and whose symbol was the sacred dog. Hence lilcewise the cynic circle had its name from the same Thoth or Hermes who was the son of Mizraim, and first reigned in Egypt after the flood, and the dispersion of the Noachic families." Syncellus gives no account of the reason of the Egyi^tians mul- tiplying their canicular period by twenty-five years, which was not done without reason or consideration. The number -^^^ of cubits was a symbolical number, by which they represented the complete tropical year of 365^ days. This year they called riTafov, a quar- ter, in memory of the odd quarter of a day which they did not intercalate, and symbolically represented it in their hieroglyphics by 25 cubits, or the one-fourth part of their Arura, which was 100 cubits. This we are informed of by Horwpollo in his Hieroglyphics. Now as four of these fourths made a day every fourth year, so four years made the Egyptian Lustrum, which contained Ufil days, equal in number to the years of their canicular period com- pleted. This Lustrum* was esteemed to be a sacred period, and * Thus, in the Hindu computation by yugs the foiu- lesser yugs stand to one another in the increasing j)roportion of the first and lowest being added to itself three times, i.e., the second is the douMe of the first, the third frcUc.^ the first, 40 each of the years was dedicated to a j)riiicipal deity, — the first to Thoth or Hermes, the second to I sis, the third to Osiris, the foui^th to their sou Ilorus. But the astronomical reason of multiplying the canicular period by a cycle of 25 years, was because this cycle corresponded nearest to the Egyptian solar year of 3G5 days, for they found that in the space of 25 of these years all the lunations commenced on the same days they had done before within an hour and a few minutes. So the grand period of the zodiacal revolution, or ^(j,5'25 years, was formed of the two great cycles of the sun and moon, multi- plied into each other ; and this sum was made also to comprehend the whole Egyptian* chronology. Having thus (though possibly to a very tedioiis length) endea- voured to shew the mixed character of the Egyptian chronology, and that its true historic reference will by no means justify the antiquity commonly claimed for it, I will illustrate the importance of this conclusion by quoting from Osborne's Monumental Egypt, vol. ii, p. 624, the widely different opinions entertained by Bunsen and Lepsius as to the duration of Israel's sojourn in Egypt. In each case the conclusions are the result of high talent and elaborate study applied to elucidate the hieroglji^hical records of monumental Egypt. Yet Bunsen says — " the sojourn in Egypt lasted for 1440 years," while Lepsius says, just as decidedly, that " only about 90 years intervened from the entrance of Jacob to the Exodus of Moses, and about as much from the entrance of Abra- ham into Canaan to Jacob's Exodus (from Canaan) ; so that from Abraham to Moses only about 180 years, or if we wish to make the most of it, 215 years passed." Osborne adds — " A discrepancy so enormous as this, and in two such authorities, sets the whole question wide open, and ren- ders it impossible for us to pass it by in silence." In p. 633, Os- aud the foiirth multiplies the fii-st by four, whereas the maha yug or great age, called also the divine age, is the decade of the first, whether numbered as days, lunations, or years. Tlie Chald;eans also numbered their years by decades, which they called sari, 12 sari being 120 years. * So in that of the Hindus, the kali yug or age of time (which is the basis of their mythical and astronomical computations of time) comprehends in itself the like cycle of solar time as limited over their historical chronology. For, as already observed, 432,000 lunations make 36,000 years 1 41 borne is as decided as Buiisen and Lepsius in rejecting our Bible chronology for the Exodus, as not harmonising with the conclu- sions he has arrived at from the monixmental records, as read by him. He says — " The hitherto received number B.c. 1491 is cer- tainly too early. The year B.c. 1314 has been assumed by Lepsius, upon a very diligent examination of the whole question. "Without being able entirely to adopt this date, we readily admit that it strikes us as far more probable than the other, whether we consi- der the histories of Israel or Egypt." The date thus proposed by Lepsius is nearly that of the modern Jews, whencesoever derived ; for in their authorised chronology it is dated a.m. 2448, which is our B.C. 1317. But notwithstanding this apparently strong corroboration of Lepsius' supposition, it seems at variance with the internal evi- dence of scripture, unless we are also wi'ong in the dates affixed by ourselves to the building of Solomon's Temple, also to the begin- ning and to the end of the Babylonian captivity. For the Jews are at variance with us in all these dates from that cause, and yet do not observe (as they most assuredly ought) the interval of 480 years between the Exodus and the fourth year of the reign of Solomon. — 2 Kings vi, 1. Thus they throw into confusion the chronology of the Bible where its statements can be verified by the contemporar'y records of profane history. But they do, moreover, worse than this in their erroneous date for the Exodus. They place the foundation of Solomon s Temple in their a.m. 2928, which is our B.c. 832. Now, between B.C. 1317 and b.c. 832 there are only 385 years instead of 480 ! But whence the cause of this error ? Possibly in the defective- ness of this old Egyptian chronicle, which fails of its required sum by 178 years ; and there is good reason to believe that the period to which this deficiency belongs is the interval between the Exodus and the building of Solomon's Temple. For in the 20th Dynasty of Jahn's Compilation from Julius Africanus and Eusebius 12 kings are spoken of, but no names found. The lists are evidently in confusion here. There is no other part of the old chronicle where the deficient number of 178 years can be reasonably intro- duced ; and the fact that b.c. 1317 -j- 174 = B.C. 1491 is in itself suggestive as to where the error lies. For 174 is most probably the true extent of error in the chronicle from actual omission. 42 The further defect of 4 years may result from some inaccuracy of details iu euumei'uting the years of their reigns assigned respec- tively to the kings. In the compendious chronicle of Constantius Manasses, quoted by Jackson, vol. 2, p. 116, we read, that " the Egyptian kingdom continued 1GG3 years." It is added (but whether as a note of Jackson's, or as on the authority of the chronicle, I know not), " meaning to Cambyses." Now, 1G63 years reckoned backwards from the conquest of Egypt by Cambyses, B.C. 525, date their beginning from B.C. 2188, or 43 years later than that of the old chronicle, which dates its beginning from B.C. 2231. But 43 -f 174 (adding the deficiency in the one chronicle to the apparent error of the other) are 217 years, or the exact times numbered over the eight primaiy god kings in the old chronicle, which numbers over the historic times of the kingdom, 1703 + 178 ^ 1881 years, and 1663 + 217 = 1880 years. Adding, therefore, to the 1663 years numbered over the kingdom by Constantius Manasses the 43 years of apparent error, the two chronicles harmonise very exactly. But whence the seeming eiTor in that of Constantius Manasses ? Possibly thi-ough reckoning backward from an uncertain beginning, when reckoning, as we suppose, from Cambyses. Let us, on the other hand, reckon downward from the same, beginning as the old chronicle, and the 1663 years numbered by Manasses terminate in the second year of the reign of Amasis, or B.C. 568, and Herodotus makes all his references vaguely to Amasis, not to the conquest of Amasis by Cambyses in the 4oth year of his reign, nor do his references extend lower than to the 16th of Amasis. Thus we obtain (indirectly) additional proof that the times numbered over the eight primary gods, in the fii'st or mythic part of the old chi'onicle, are in efiect twice reckoned, when the B.c. 2231, with which the 16th dynasty of the old chronicle commences, is made (as it undoubtedly must be made) to date the beginning of the kingdom historically from Menes. 43 PART II. ON THE RISE AND PROGRESS OF IDOLATRY, IN ITS RELA- TION TO JUDAISM AND CHRISTIANITY, COMPARING THE MARGINAL CHRONOLOGY OF OUR BIBLES WITH THAT OF PROFANE HISTORY. The subject of investigation proposed in this Tract is beset with diffi- culties on all sides. That of primary importance is, how far the vary- ing historical chronologies adopted respectively by the Jews and by ourselves (upon the same internal evidence of Scripture, in regard to our Biblical Chronology and that of the Roman Catholic Church) can be reasonably harmonised. Next comes the question, have we, in at- tempting to reconcile the historical chronology of Mosaic record to that of Gentile traditions, succeeded in accomplishing as complete a har- mony as might be reasonably expected, notwithstanding the complex character of the difficulties ? Is the evidence of Gentile traditions so unquestionably clear as to compel us to believe, with Jackson, that the chronology of the Septuagint, or Greek version of the Bible, made in the time of Ptolemy Philadel- phus, and that of Josephus, adopting the same in a great measure (though both self-evidently corrupt), are the true basis ? In fact, that we have authority sufficient to make us doubt the soundness of the principle in which Archbishop Usher's attempt to reconcile the chron- ology of profane history to that of Mosaic record has been preferred by us. For that follows the text of the Hebrew Bible from which both the authorised versions of our own and of the Romish Church have been translated. 44 In vol. i, p. 132, of his Chronology, Jackson boldly calls the Hebrew text of 1 Kings vi, 1, a corrupt reading, simply because he cannot inter- pret the reading to his own satisfaction. lie turns to Josephns, and finds in him two dates. For the inter- val between the Exodus and the building of Solomon's Temple is stated as 592 years in Antiq. viii, c. iii, 1, and as 612 years in AtUiq. xx, 10, whilst the Septuagint, iii. Kings vi, 1, says only 440, as if not ac- counting the Exodus to have been completely realised until Israel en- tered into Canaan. None of these dates, however, suited Jackson's mode of interpreting the passage, so he substitutes 579 for 592 of Joscphus, and declares that must be the correct reading of Josephus. Hence, he proceeds to regard Josephus' authority (with some i^vf cor- rections of his own) as unquestionably sound, so as to justify him in saying : — " There is no period in the Scripture History in which both the an- cient and modern chronologers so much differ and mistake as in this, from the Exodus of the Israelites from Egypt to the foundation of Solomon's Temple. Eusebius has given occasion to most of this con- fusion and difference, by following a groundless tradition of the Jews, and including the times of their captivities in the times of their judges, and thereby shortening this period an hundred years. " The modern chronologers, Archbishop Usher, Bishop Lloyd, and others, have been led by his example into the greatest perplexity and confusion, and have made successive times contemporary, and con- founded years of rest and bondage together in an arbitrary manner, to suit a mistaken hypothesis and a corrupt number in I Kings vi, 1, with- out regard either to the plain sense of Scripture, or the judgment of the most ancient writers, Jewish and Christian, nor have any been hitherto able to clear this era from the difficulties with which it is embarrassed, or to settle the true number of years which it contains." This would be a very grave charge if it were not vaguely and un- scripturally made ; even as when he recalculated the genealogies of the antediluvian and postdiluvian patriarchs upon a theory of uniform mar- riageable puberty, and upon the idea that the line of succession was in all cases continued through the eldest son. But in that case also he was consistent in nothing but his hostility to the chronology of that Hebrew text which is of common authority with Jews and Christians of the pre- sent day ; for he there also alters the chronology of the Septuagint and of Josephus to suit his own purpose, and to veil their inconsistencies, which (happily for the cause of truth) he has, I think, failed to do with any plausible effect. 45 But, whilst constrained to speak thus slightingly of Jackson's Chron- ology in these particulars, I freely and thankfully own that I value his work very highly in other respects, from the vast amount of authorities he has brought forward when investigating the records of Phoenician, Chaldiean, and Egyptian antiquities ; for these are obviously corrupt traditions of man's early history. This was subsequently revealed of God, in truthful form to Moses, so far at least as was necessary for rea- lising amongst men that spiritual and truthful apprehension of the eter- nal relation between God and man which was designed of God in the law of man's creation, and the just appreciation of which constituted the merit of Abraham's /azVA. For the promise of eternal mercy was made to him and his seed by virtue of that faith as no mere superstitious theory of a contemplative mind, but a living reality, the incarnation of a spiritual and energetic belief in God's actual presence amongst men as the omnipotent Saviour of all who truthfully seek him by a way of holiness. In fact, that how- ever great from time to time may be the power of the spirit of the world in the ever-varying phases of man's unregenerate dominion therein, there is always a mysterious energy of higher power secretly working (by a law of righteousness and peace writen in the hearts of a few ever living on earth only under progress of purification through suflfering in the flesh (Heb. xii, 5-9 ; Matt, xx, 16), for a passive vindication of God's omnipotence on earth as in heaven, to the utter destruction of all oppo- sition (2 Thess. ii, 8, and Matt, xx, 44, from Dan. ii, 44, 45). If such (and it cannot scripturally be doubted) is the true and eter- nal law of the salvation in Christ designed of God to be realised over all flesh in the calling of Abraham and his seed out from the darkness of a mere superstitious, and therefore unprofitable faith, to the light of a spi- ritually truthful, and therefore life-giving worship of God, then Eusebius, by following a tradition of the Jews which includes the times of their cap- tivities in the times of their judges, may not have followed a groundless tra- dition like that of the worldly wisdom which made the word of God of none effect in the apostolic age (Matt, xv, 5, 6), but a tradition of spiritually- minded Jews, who could appreciate the truth of Scripture that the times of their captivities might be partially times of spiritual rest in the days of their judges, as when the land was said to have rest, or " to enjoy her sabbaths," (2 Chron. xxxvi, 21), for the seventy years of the Babylonian captivity. For Jeremiah (xxiv, 5) expressly tells ns of it that it was " for good," but only to those who, by faith in the wisdom of God, un- 46 warped by reasoning pride and passion, submitted themselves in patient resignation to tlie will of God therein (Jerem. xxvii, 4-12). God's ways arc not as ours ; and with the example before us of the instruction thus given to Israel through Jeremiah respecting God's pre- sence in comfort to an election of grace throughout the years of the Ikbylonian captivity, it was, to say the least, unbecoming on the part of a Christian theologian to sneer at Archbishop Usher and Bishop Lloyd for believing that the times of Israel's judges might be partially times of captivity, for those afflictions were ordered designedly to quicken a spirit of righteous judgment amongst them. The way in which the 450 years of Acts xiii, 20, are numbered over the judges of Israel (from the days of Moses inclusive, or from B.C. 1531, (Exod. ii, 14), when he first prophetically acted as a prince in Israel, and a Judge between Israel and the Egyptians, imtil the anointing of Saul to be king over Israel, B.C. 1096), has been shewn in the details of a chrono- logical table constructed for that purpose. The details of Archbishop Ushei-'s Chronology, as based upon the authority of our Hebrew Bibles, include a period of 456 years. Surely this is sufficiently accurate for St Paul's words (Acts xiii, 20), " and after that he gave unto them judges about the space of 450 years, until Samuel the prophet," i.e., reckoning the judges from Moses to Samuel both inclusive, as done in the marginal chronology of our Bibles. Dr Russel, Episcopal minister, Leith, in vol. i, v. 25, of his Sacred and Profane History, underscores the words " after that" in Acts xiii, J 8, and insists that the true meaning must be after the destruction of Jabin, king of Canaan, and that consequently the 450 years to be num- bered over the times of the judges must date their commencement from Israel's actual possession of the promised land. Here we have a veiy free and easy exclusion of Moses and Joshua from being enrolled (as they are scrlpturally) amongst the judges of Israel. But why ? we want to extend the early history of man by a few hundred years, and it is necessary to watch suitable intervals for in- troducing several additional years here and there (but by no means all in one place) to render the scheme more plausible. But whence the plausibility here ? it is a grammatic conception. Dr Russel seems to think that because in English we necessarily associate the words " after that" with the meaning afterwards in point of time, such must be the meaning of the words in Acts xiii, 18. But the consciousness that /ura raZra. cannot be thus translated with- 47 out excluding Moses and Joshua from the number of the judges of Israel, might have made the Doctor pause and hesitate to use such au argument. In such a moment of hesitation it would of necessity have occurred to him that /ji-'-rk ravra might mean " moreover," viz., after or leyond, in comparison of God's mercies to the Israelites after their rebellions as before. Thus not only did he deliver them from the power of Egypt by Moses, and from that of Canaan by Joshua ; even beyond and after these events he continued to raise them up judges and deliverers in all for about 450 years, until, in the days of Samuel, their spirit of rebellion against this form of government was one of rebellion against God, and, in punishment thereof, he then gave them a king in his wrath. In Joshua xxiv, 31, and Judges ii, 7, it is clearly implied that there were elders of Isaael contemporary judges with Joshua, and in the days of those who followed him, by whom, in combined form, the Israelites were taught to live in the fear of God. Surely the numbering the times of these elders as those of the judges of Israel (especially without any other scriptural data to go on) is not to " make successive times con- temporary." Yet the objection is urged against Archbishop Usher for this, and because he numbered the fourscore years of Judges iii, 30, from B.C. 1394, or from Israel's deliverance by Othniel from Chusan- Rishathaim, king of Mesopotamia, to B.C. 1315 inclusive, viz., until God had again brought them under bondage to a powerful enemy iu Jabin, king of Canaan (Judges iv, 3). The afflictions of Israel between these two great events are scriptu- raUy made of light account, and the reason given is that they had a series of God-fearing elders, under whose righteous government the transgressions of the people were less offensive before God, and their consequent experience of God's presence amongst them as a comforter, to the righteous at least, is scripturally reckoned as unbroken. From the eleventh year of the reign of Jehoiakim (b.c. 607-6, when Daniel with the king was taken to Babylon) until the destruction of the city and temple in the eleventh of Zedekiah's reign, or b.c. 588, was an interval of eighteen years. But the first year of the reign of Cyrus, or B.C. 536, terminated the seventy years only in a limited sense over the captivity. For the resto- ration, though then commencing, was not then consummated spiritually as by the gift of the Holy Ghost upon all Israel ; otherwise, what means the calling "out of Babylon" renewed in (b.c. 519) Zech. ii, 7, and the reference to the fasts of the fourth, fifth, seventh, and tenth months as 48 not observed unto tlie Lord, even in ii.c. .518, Zecli. viii, 19, at the end of the seventy years numbered also from the destruction of the city in B.C. 588? This second calling (if the fasts of the fourth, fifth, seventh, and tenth months are explained by reference to Jerem. Hi, 6, 1 2 ; Ezek. xxxiii, 21, and to the fast of the atonement on the tenth day of the seventh month, in its proximity to the Feast of Tabernacles, as celebrated at the beginning of the restoration, Ezra iii, 4) was in effect a prophetic rebuke, saying that even at the end of the appointed time, the captivity had not served its declared object ^^for good ," in the case of many, for they remained still in bondage to the same spirit of error as at the beginning of the captivity, when it constituted the cause of that affliction. This interpretation is confirmed by the words of Haggai ii, lo-20, in their relation to the Feast of Tabernacles, Ezra iii, 4, at the first of the ingathering of God's spiritual harvest of the Jewish nation, as typified in the Levitical ordinance for the ingathering of the harvest in the end of the year, Exod. xxiii. Thus the times foreordained over the dispensa- tion of Levitical ordinances were first numbered, as in Ezek. xxxix, 12, 14, over seven typical months. These were subsequently extended by seventy other typical days, from the 15th of the 7th, to the 25th of the 9th month, for a perpetual memorial before the nation that their own material rebuilding of Jerusalem was not that " rebuilding to the Lord" contemplated in Jerem, xxxi, 38, neither should that event be realised over all Israel, nor themselves taste of the most holy things nntil a priest should rise up with Urira and Thummim, Ezra ii, 63 ; Nehem. vii, 65. Here is a clear case in which the restoration and the prolonged cap- tivity are mystically, yet scripturally accounted (under limitation of a set time) contemporaneous events in a form analogous to that for which Archbishop Usher is blamed by Jackson as having " made successive times contemporary " in the days of the Judges. This may seem paradoxical, but it is in precisely the same form that the law of life is set before ourselves under the Christian dispensa- sation. The kingdom of Christ was beyond all doubt established on earth under the events of the Apostolic age. Yet, practically, in rela- tion to our own interest therein, it may be the same to some of us as if the kingdom were not. Cyrus was God's shepherd, fulfilling all his will respecting the restoration of the kingdom to Israel in temporal form. But the eternal stability of the kingdom was made to rest on a wholly diflferent foundation. The gospel of Christ has now been preached on earth above 1800 years, but the preaching thereof is nevertheless not to 49 be confounded with the power thereof unto salvation. This power ever remains a hidden mystery to man until confirmed of God in his heart by gifts of Divine grace, called the manifestation of the Holy Ghost, or of Christ's imparted spirit, and the saving power of His ever coming again, without imputation of sin against believers thus prepared to receive Him in humility and self-abasement; as thus, and thus only, ordained to be the Saviour of sinners. As to the Jewish nation — " He came to His own, and His own received Him not ; but to as many as re- ceived Him, to them gave He power to become the sons of God, even to them that believe on His name ;" so to ourselves the word preached availeth not unto the salvation of souls, until confirmed of God by the gift of the Holy Ghost, as the eternal and quickening spirit of ChtHst's coming again, for which we are ever taught to pray in the doctrine of the second advent. If we fail to participate in the blessings thereof, it will not be because God never fulfilled His promise of sending the Holy Ghost to confirm the preaching of the Gospel amongst us, but because we have, in the stubbornness of a perverse human will (made under various delusions of the world, irreconcileable to the will of God for our salvation), the fearful power of resisting His grace to our hurt. Hence it is that " many are called but few chosen." The calling, in fact, lies over all flesh: — " As in Adam all die, even so in Christ shall all" (i.e., as willed of God, if only they will obey His will) " be made alive." But all are not thus saved. Nevertheless, the condemnation of the un- saved is not that God willed not their salvation, but because they would not reconcile themselves to His salvation provided in Christ; and there- fore would not come unto Him that they might have life. Hence, the Gospel ministry is called a ministry of reconciliation. But, to return to the marginal chronology of our Bible, and the reason why (in the tabular analysis thereof, No. 4) I have inserted 60 years between the birth of Haran in the 70th, and that of Abram in the 130th year of Terah's life, or later by 60 years.* My apology is, that such is the only intelligible reason I can assign for the tivo dates which difter to this extent, as affixed to Gen. xi, 2G-27. The 70th year of Terah's life is, in the margin to v. 26, dated B.C. 2056, and the the words arc — " Terah lived seventy years, and begat Abraham, Nahor, and Haran." But the date of the following verse is GO years later, or * Jackson, vol. i, p. 101, accounts for these 60 years, by supposing that Abraham did not migrate from Haran on the death of Terah ; but that Terali lived in H.iran 60 years after__the migration of Abraham. D 50 B.C. 199G, and yet tLe words arc of similar reference, saying — " No\r these are the generations of Terah : Terah begat Abram, Nahor, and Haran ; and Ilaran begat Lot." Terah's seed is thus scripturally made a twofold object of historic and prophetic reference, viz., in Haran, his first-born, witli reference to the families of Lot, and in Abram, as he who, in his 75th year, or d.c. 1921, was called of God out of heathen darkness to become the parent of .successive generations brought nif;lj unto God by the gift of a like spirit, that in him all the families of the earth might be blessed. There is uothiug that I know of in Scripture, and therefore I conclude it is from contemporary Gentile history that Archbishop Usher drew some inference strong enough to make him fix on the interval of GO years between the birth of Haran and that of Abram. This chronology is highly probable and scriptural in spirit, when regarding Abram as Terah's youngest son rather than his first- born. For the patriarchal genealogies were not, as Jackson supposes, counted from the first-born of their sons, but from the individual of the family which it pleased God to single out from the rest to represent the father of the promised seed in each successive generation. The dates of such generations, therefore, do not admit of being computed (as Jacksou insists that they ought to be, and as the chronology of Josephus and the Septuagint have, with much inconsistency, attempted to do) by uniform intervals of a supposed marriageable puberty, never (before Nahor) commencing until after the patriarchs were 100 years old, to keep a fitting ratio of years with the whole term of theii- longevity ! ! For the same reason we are told that the Hebrew text must be wrong in dating the birth of Seth from the 1 30th, and not, with the Septuagint, from the 230th year of Adam's life. The age of 230 years is supposed to be more befitting our notions respecting the mamageable puberty of a man living to 930 years, even as the long-lived oak is of slower growth than the fir tree ! ! Surely such is not a righteous spirit of commenting on the Word of God ! * It would be much more befitting Christians to see how the * Had the supposition been — Is there any ground for believing that the long lives of the antediluvian and postdHu^-ian patriarchs of Mosaic record might pos- sibly have to be interpreted like those of Gentile tradition by lunations for years ? And if so, would not 60 or 70 years of age be mere youth ? The questions would be reasonable enough to require serious consideration. Nevertheless, they would imply a cUfficidty which exists not in point of fact. For it is not likely that Moses woidd reckon only 30 days to a year in some cases, and 360, or more, in others, without notice of any such intention : Neither 51 Hebrew text of the Scriptures cau be reasonably interpreted, than rashly to adopt the opinion which has sprung up of late years amongst some of us, that it cannot outlive a truthful comparison with the longer chronologies of the Gentile world. Nevertheless, we are all aware that the early Gentile histories are mixed up w'ith fables, and teem with causes of perplexity and uncertainty respecting the precise times, and sometimes as to the order of succession in the events recorded. It is emphatically thus with the perplexed question of the Eg}^tian dynasties. Admitting the genuineness of the Masorete text of the Hebrew Bible, as that of the Bible now used by the Jews and by ourselves, the marginal chronology of our Bible cannot, with reverence to the authority of the Hebrew, be extended in length anywhere, except in the place where Archbishop Usher has inserted 60 years (not recognised in the chronology of the Jews) for the interval between the birth of Haran and that of Abrara. With B.C. 1921, as the date of Abraham's calling, allowed by the Roman Catholics as well as by ourselves, it would be impossible to number more than 430 years between that event and the exodus, without bringing the exodus by so much nearer to the days of Solomon, that there would be no room left for numbering the 480 years of 1 Kings vi, 1. From the days of Saul downward to the Christian era, the sacred and profane chronology of the world have been scrupulously harmonised, and the marginal chronology of our Bible con- firmed by much valuable testimony, especially that of Blair's Chrono- logy, and of Jahn in his Hebrew Commonwealth. Hence they Avho are clamorous for an extension of our Bible chrono- logy are careful to attack the genuineness of the Hebrew text only in cases where the cori'ection thereof (if a doubt be raised from conflicting heathen traditions) must be left to uncertain conjecture. Thus they insist that a longer term of years must be allowed for the generations of the patriarchs between the flood and the birth of Abram, as dated by ourselves b.c. 1996. But why must? Chronology has cleared away some difficulties con- could Abraham be reckoned an old man at the age of 100 years, if by 100 years wa.s meant 100 lunations, which would fall short of 9 years. Howsoever the annals of the world had previously been mixed up witli the fabulous genealogies of solar and lunar dynasties by the heathen, Moses must have been moved by inspiration to frame his records, in a form enabling him to distinguish truth from error, in this as in all other matters. When, therefoi-e, he speaks of years, he can only mean solar years, according to tho then mode of numbering their days. 62 Ticctcd with the 30 Egyptian clyna-sties of Manetho. It does not, how- ever, follow that Jackson's arrangement of them is the only reasonable one, and that his rectification of the perplexities in the chronology of the ancients is sufficiently nnimpeachable to warrant us in pronouncing the Hebrew text of our Bible a wilfully corrupt falsification of historical facts ; and that Josejihus and the Scptuagint retain the only true chronology, notwithstanding their manifest inconsistencies. But they nssign to the history of man a greater antiquity than Moses does, as read by us ; therefore our reading of Moses cannot be the correct one, and we must make the best we can of corrupt Gentile traditions respect- ing the fall of man and the flood, in correction of Moses ! If the text of Scripture is to be thus trifled with in regard to its chronology, by what measure are we to limit the authority of its claims upon our faith in other respects ? Our strong confidence in the genuineness of the existing Hebrew text (excepting as to the incidental errors which were always wont to creep into ancient manuscripts, and subject to correction by collation with others), has always been based on a conviction that, however ruinously perverse in their interpretation of the Mosaic law, the Jews were careful, even to a superstitious extent, in not allowing the text of Scripture to be altered, even in correction of a copyist's oversight, but that it was to be noticed as an error, and the true reading given below. Again, the jealousies which existed between the Jews and the Samari- tans have ever been regarded as a powerful check upon any imagined tendency of the Jews to permit the test of their Scriptures to be falsified either by designed or undesigned corruption thereof. That the Samaritans, who were a mixed people, might take the Jewish rule of faith for their guide, whilst altering the patriarchial genealogies to suit their own traditions, would be natural enough. But any corruption of the Samaritan chronology is no real reason for pronouncing that of the Hebrew text unsound also, as in apology for the construction of new and conjectural tables upon the enlarged basis of the Septuagint and Josephus. Yet, by his own corrections thereof, Jackson treats them both as without credit, except when their testimony is wanted against the Hebrew text, as now received by Jews, by Eoraan Catholics, and by ourselves. If corruption has designedly existed anywhere, it has not been that of a private hand, nor for the base purpose alleged by Jackson and Dr Hussel, so far as I can judge. But it nevertheless originated in a grave political and moral error, the result possibly of a mistaken judg- 53 nient on the part of those entrusted to make the Greek translation of the Septuagint in the days of Ptolemy Philadelphus. The circumstances which gave rise to it are thus recorded by Josephus, Antiq. xii, 2 : Demetrius, who had been instructed to procure certain foreign books for the library of the king, is represented as saying — " When thou, king, gavest me a charge concerning the collection of books that were wanting to fill your (viz., the celebrated Alexandrine) library, and concerning the care that ought to be taken about such as are imperfect, I have used the utmost diligence about those matters. And I let you know that we want the books of the Jewish legislation, with some others, for they are written in the Hebrew characters, and being in the language of that nation, are to us unknown. It hath also happened to them that they have been transcribed more carelessly than they should have been, because they have not had hitherto royal care taken about them. Now, it is necessary that thou shouldcst have accurate copies of them. And indeed this legislation is full of hidden wisdom, and entirely blameless, as being the legislation of God ; for which cause it is, as Hecateus of Abdera says, that the poets and historians make no mention of it, nor of those men who lead their lives according to it, since it is a holy law, and ought not to be published by profane mouths. If, then, it please thee, king, thou niayest write to the high priest of the Jews, to send six of the elders out of every tribe, and those such as are most skilful of the laws, that by their means wc may learn the clear and agreeing sense of these books, and may obtain an accurate interpretation of their contents, and so may have such a collection of these as may be suitable to thy desire." We must here observe that this copy was not made originally as a ritual for the guidance of the Jewish nation, though so used in the apostolic age. It was made to gratify an I]gyptian king, then anxious to collect and compare the civil and religious archives of other nations with those of his own. Demetrius, moreover, prepares the king to expect a result which might otherwise, if taken by surprise in the detection of faultiness, have prejudiced him against the writings, saying, " they have been transcribed more carelessly than they should have been." Something is here referred to, which Demetrius seems to sus- pect might prejudice them much in the king's judgment ; yet that he himself did not think the divine authority of the books impaired thereby, is clear from his praise thereof. Now, the king's national pride would, without some such preparation, possibly have been impatient to find the past history of man related in 54 a simple and iintural detail of successive patriarciis (Voin the days of Adam, Avithout any admixture of deified heroes, and without finding therein the elements of physical nature personified in themselves and in their effects upon man under fabulous genealogies* of far more remote antiquity. It is not, therefore, at all improbable that a great change in the pre- existing chronology of the Jewish Scriptures was then made, in the now Greek translation thereof, even as the chronologists of the Jack- sonian school wonld now do with our own Scriptures if they had the power. In fact one of that schoolf applauds the policy which urged the Church of Rome to recognise the chronology of the Septuagint in its eastern missions, to obtain even a hearing amongst the Chinese. His words are — " So difficult, indeed, has it been found to reconcile the chronology of the modern Jews with the annals of certain Asiatic kingdoms that, as Pezron informs us, the Jesuit missionaries who were employed in China deemed it necessary to come back to Rome to ask permission to use the Septuagint calculation, in order to satisfy the scruples of the better informed classes in that singular country." One version of Scripture was to be accounted by the church as true, but a diftering version to be published among the Gentiles for policy. The writers I have consulted on the civil and religious history of the Chinese, Hindus, Chalda^aus, Egyptians, and Phaniicians have not (so far at least as I can see) discovered any strong necessity, from the authen- ticated history of these nations, to justify the demand which some make * Compare the ^'' endless genealogies''^ of 1 Tim. i, 4, as spoken of their an- ciently cherished idolatrous notions respecting successive incarnate manifestations of the deity. That corrupt notions of this subject prevailed from very early times is abundantly testified to us in the Hindu mythology. The Hebrew women weeping for Thammuz (or Ham, the Syrian Adonis, as Adonai for Ba(d — both meaning ^' Lord'"), in Ezek. viii, 14, has reference to idolatrous con- ceptions respecting the death and resuscitation of their gods, derived by the hea.then from theii' observations respecting the periodic rising and setting of the starry hosts. The prejudice against Chiistianity, likely to arise out of con- foun(.ling the doctrine of Chi-ist's iucai-nation with these idolatrous genealogies of heathen traditions, was, doubtless, the error Timothy sought to correct (amonc^st the Ephesians, then celebrated for the mystic worship of Cybele), when he said — "And ^s-ithout controversy great is the mystery of godliness : God was mani- fested in the flesh, justified in the spirit, seen of angels, preached mito the Gentiles, believed on in the world, received up into glory." — 1 Tim Hi, ]6. + See p. 22 of the Introduction to Russel's Connection of Sacred and Profane History. 55 ou us to pronounce the chronology of our Bibles corrupt, aud to adopt their own mere conjectural emendations, that our scriptural records may speak as the oracles of the heathen. The Hindu chronology, like that of the Egyptians, begins in fact witli a poetical stream of early history made fabulous and mystical by associa- tion with a system of astronomical calculation. The limits of this, iu its bearings on their historical chronology, are only to be ascertained by patient investigation. But in this form, I have now satisfied myself (from an analysis of the Hindu mythological chronology) that the Brahma of the Hindus is in fact the Sun worshipped under that name, as formerly in Egypt under the name of Osh^is — in Phoenicia and other parts of Syria under the names o? Ado)iis and Thammuz — and in Chalda\i as BnaJ. Leaving the longer Hindu yugs, or ages, veiled by the drapery of the poetical mythology, associating them with a perpetual siiccessiou of re- volving times, required to l)e held in consideration when contemplating the life of Brahma, their Kali yug (or present " age of time") is that which dates the beginning of their historical chronology. For Coleman, in the preface to his Hindu Mythology, tells us that the date of his book, or A.D. 1832, was about 4933 of the Kali yug, which commenced A.M. DOG. But 906 and 4933 years together make 5839 years to have been the age of the world (Hindu reckoning) in a.d. 1832. Deducting 1832 from 5839, the difference represents b.c. 4007 as the beginning of the world, according to Coleman's version of the Hindu reckoning of historic time in tlieir Kali yug. But Duff, in his India and Indian Mis- sions, calls our a.d. 1839 the 4944th year of \.\\q 2-)resent Hindu Kali yug. Now, between a.d. 1832 and a.d. 1839 are seven years, but between 4933 and 4944 there are eleven years. From this one of two inferences must be drawn, viz.. That the true beginning of the Kali yug is a ques- tion upon which the Hindus are divided among themselves, and that Coleman and Duff must have derived their information from different authorities ; or that chronologically the days numbered to one year of the Kali yug by the Hindus were considerably fewer than those of our own solar year. On this subject, see further observations in the Ap- pendix. The real difficulties ou the part of our Church in its controversy against the powers of heathenism in the east would not, I believe, be overcome by thus ceding to them an admission that the chronology of our Bibles needed the correction of their historical traditions. Yet we could not ourselves be living in the fear of God, and deny them this justice, if it could be proved to us clearly and fully, that the early 66 chronology of Scripture must have suilered from the carelessness of copyists in a form aud to an extent that we were previously unconscious of. On the other hand, while reading our own Scriptures in the fear of God, and knowing the care taken to guard against such inaccuracies, we cannot cede this much to our adversaries, without first being made reasonably conscious of the error alleged agaiust us. Besides the great fundamental obstruction of heathen prejudice in favour of its own worldly theogony, and with which it readily associates to form an almost invincible alliance against our missionaries in the east, is to be found that of our own sins. This obstacle is great enough without being magnified. For prejudice soon turns from a Christianity which it regards as a religion thus apparently tolerating no less worldli- uess than that which it condemns in the religious worship of the heathen. The evil is i)art of our human nature, and therefore common to both. But the best remedy for that evil may not be (and of course I think is not) common to both. Here we seem to approach the real point of the issue between us. This I take to be the meaning of the late Archdeacon Hardwick's words, in his inti eduction to Part III of Christ and other Masters, when about to describe the religions of China, America, and Oceanica: — " A reviewer of the second part (viz., that which related to the religion of the Hindus) of Christ and other Mastei's, put on record his conviction, that ' the very centre of the controversy' now waging between the Christian faith and its assailants, is the point I have been hitherto attempting to elucidate. ' Discussions of particular doctrines are,' he argues, * secondaiy to this deeper question,' touching the main relations of the gospel to other ancient systems, and the cogency of claims which it advances, not as a philosophy among philosophies, but rather as the living and life-giving ' word of God,' which offers a continuous attestation of its supernatural origin by working mightily in them that believe. — 1 Thess. ii, 13." All doctrinal and chronological differences of opinion are insignificant in themselves, until (by the all constraining -n-ill of God, subduing every perversity of man's human will iuto conformity with that of his Providence, ruling over all for good) mixed up with this vitalising power of gospel truth. Then comes the antagonism of a mortal conflict between truth and error — between Christian and Anti- christian principles. The attempts of our missionaries to convert the Chinese have re- sulted in laying open to us seemingly serious objections against either the truth of our Bible chronology, or against that of the manner in which 67 we have been traditionally taught to regard the deluge of Noah's day as universal. Possibly universality might apply to some large combination from all the families of man, congregated under like association of enjoying in one favoured spot of earth blessings of Providence far outnumbering those then experienced by others in more remote regions of the earth. Thus, others remote from that locality might have been exempted from that judgment, not as being more free from sin, but as not being in the position occupied by the generations of Seth when sinning against the law, under which they were chosen to enjoy the highest privilege of man, viz., communion with God on earth. If (as independent of foreign bias) the Chinese authentic history could satisfactorily date its commencement from a period antecedent to our record of the flood, and shew that the great flood of their own historical record was not general (not even extending to India as they affirm), we should be compelled to admit, alternaiivehj, either the existence of some unsuspected error in our Bible chronology, or that, whilst admitting the doctrine of a universal deluge as the undeniable teaching of Scripture, we ourselves may possibly have (through traditional prejudice) interpreted its universality in a sense diifering from that of sound scriptural instruction. For instance, St Paul (when saying, 1 Cor. xv, 22, " as in Adam all die, even so in Christ shall all be made alive") does seemingly pre- dict a universal redemption of man. But the soundness of such an interpretation is otherwise qualified in Scripture ; and as to human affairs, both by individual consciousness of sin, and by the confirmation of historical facts, the dominion of sin is never excluded from the heart of man, but by a stronger spirit of grace and supplication having abiding lodgment therein. The univcrsalitij of this redemption has been purposed of God in Christ, but it prevails not universally, for ail will not submit to be drawn nigh unto God spiritually in the flesh, as Christ did, when bear- ing patiently the cross of His crucifixion in the flesh, suflering wrongfuUy through the sins of ethers ; not as a malefactor bearing merely the legal recompense of his own sins. The question, therefore, as between ourselves and the Chinese is, which is the most likely of three probabilities ? 1. That their historic annals of an authentic character are not (when rigorously examined) old enough to cast a doubt upon our Bible chronology respecting the flood. 58 2. The probability of error ia our Bible chronology. 3. The probability of ourselves (under influence of traditional bias) having interpreted the doctrine of a universal deluge in a sense difl'ering from that spiritually taught in Scripture. t As against the last probability, the alleged geological argument from shells, found in the highest strata on some of our hills, and otherwise inland, quite away from the sea, may only be indices of some general convulsion in the transition state of the creation, from one stage to ano- ther, of the five forms under which the elements of the universe were made to assume the form which God thought best when preparing the earth for the habitation of man before creating him, spiritually in His own image, to become for ever an incarnate personification of His abid- ing presence therein. In the Mosaic genealogies, both of the antediluvian and postdiluvian patriarchs, it is clear that Moses affixes dates only to one of each gene- ration, and that frequently to some younger son, not to the first-born. He also confines himself, in later times, to the history of Abraham and his seed as much as possible, making no detailed allusions to the other families of man excepting under circumstances incidentally con- necting them with the history of the seed of Abraham. Of Cain he merely observes, " And Cain went out from the presence of the Lord, and dwelt in the land of Nod, on the east of Eden. And Cain knew his wife, and she conceived, and bare Enoch," &c. Moses had not previously mentioned any daughter of Adam, nor more than three sons, but merely, afte?' the birth of Seth, says he had sons and daughters. The reason is obvious. The object of the divine legation committed to Moses was not to give the Israelites a detailed historic narrative of Adam's posterity, following all their generations throughout their diverse settlements on the face of the earth, but it was to trace in outline the genealogies of those in whose line the promised Redeemer of the woman's seed from the power of the serpent should have an incarnate manifesta- tion on earth. This seed, called in the days of Seth and Enos " Sons of God" (Gen. iv, 26), is said to have intermarried with the daughters of men, when marrying the daughters of Adam and his other sons, amongst whom would be the sons and daughters of Cain's posterity, as intimated in the Phoenician records of Sanchoniatho compared with Gen. iv, 16-24. From these unions sprung other mixed generations of men, so worldly 59 ia their ideas of God that their worship of hira ultimately became a mere superstition, without any sacrifice of their own human will, until, in the days of Noah, the ivhole of this mixed population (at least in that por- tion of the earth which was the pai-adise of this privileged people — the seed of Seth — as first singled out from the rest of mankind to be the seed of regenerated human life to the world), saving eight souls, was destroyed by a flood of waters. Thus God's latter day on the world of Judea's heathen dominion, from the days of Nebuchadnezzar to the end of the Mosaic dispensation, began twice with the Jewish nation as at the house of God (Jerem. xxv, 29; 1 Peter iv, 17), and for a memorial in warning to the privileged churches of Christ in all lands. The reason given in the case of the Jews is that God's purposed mercy to all flesh, as designed to proceed through them, was being hope- lessly compromised by the impenitence of their own hearts, when adding sin to sin under the false covering of a legal righteousness. We are not to presume, from the heavy judgments which befel their nation (Luke xiii, 1, 2), that they were in all points greater sinners than the heathen from whom they suffered these things. But the presumptuous sin of their antichristian nationality in the apostolic age (through false notions respecting the worldly glory of Messiah's kingdom, and through the ob- stinate impenitence of their unbelief), became an obstacle in the way of God's purposed mercy to the heathen, through an election of grace iu the Jewish nation, not otherwise removeable than by the destruction thereof (Luke xiii, 1-6 ; xxi, 27, 28), committing their mission to the charge of a new people (Matt, xxi, 43). Conclusion of the Tract. In conclusion, the facts of profane histoiy, though mythologically blended with absurd and heathen superstitions, retain sufiicient identity of a truthful relation to the history of man, as recorded in the Bible, for us to believe that in all lands, both before and after the call of Abraham, " God never left Himself without a witness before men," independent of the everlasting testimony He had prepared to be established, in peculiar form, before all flesh, through Abraham and his seed as called in Christ (John V, 56),' or by a way of holiness, the gift of the Holy Ghost con- firming the divine authority of Christ's everlasting gospel. 60 For though the more morally enlightened heathen were partially chargeable with fostering the gioss delusions of the multitude for pur- poses of worldly power, it was nevertheless to their more enlightened and benevolent views of religion that the excesses of the ignorant mul- titude were kept within a certain check favourable to the development of a civilised humanity among&t the heathen, 'ibis (like that of the good Samaritan in the parable), though ignorant of many revealed truths recognised nominally by the Jews (John iv, 22), ])Ut to shame the bigoted inhumanity of those ritualists amongst the Jews who made the word of God of none effect by their traditions (Matt, xv, 6). Christians, too, may at times thus, in their dealings with the hea- then, have exhibited a like spirit of intolerant Phariseeism towards them for their benighted ignorance of revealed truth, without recognising the gift of God's grace in the hearts of a chosen few, as St Peter was divinely inspu-ed to do in the case of Cornelius. The history of the Jewish nation should teach us the fatal delusion of relying for salvation on the mere name of onr faith as Christians. No delusion is more fatal to the best interests of humanity, and there- fore none more adverse to a saving application of the most fundamental scriptural truths. APPENDIX. 6S HISTORICAL EXTRACTS. APPENDIX A, 1. In vol. 1, p. 307, 309 of Wilkinson's Ancient Egypticms we read — " The Egyptians seem at first to have had a hierarchical form of government, which lasted a long time, until Menes was chosen king, probably between 2000 and 3000 years before our era. Menes was of Thin in Upper Egypt, and at his death, or that of his son, the country was divided into the soiithern and northern kingdoms, a Thinite and Memphite dynasty ruling at the same time. Other independent kingdoms or principalities also started up, and reigned contemporaneously in different parts of Egypt. The Memphite kings of the 3d and 4th, who built the Pyramids, and Osirtasen I, the leader of the 12th, or 2d Theban dynasty, were the most noted among them. The latter was the original Sesostris, but his exploits having been, many generations afterwards, eclipsed by those of Rameses the Gi-eat, they were transferred, together with the name of Sesostris, Lo the later and more glorious conqueror, and Rameses II became the traditional Sesostris of Egyptian history. Osirtasen, who seems to have niled all Egypt as lord paramount, ascended the throne about B.c. 2080; but the contemporaneous kingdoms continued till a new one arose, which led to the subjugation of the country, and to the expulsion of the native jjrinces from Lower, and, apparently, for a time fi'om Upper Egypt also, when they were obliged to take refuge in Ethiopia. This dominion of the Shepherd kings lasted ujiwai'ds of half a century. At length, about B.C. 1530, Amosis, the leader of the 18th dynasty, having united in his own hands the previously divided power of the kingdom, drove the shepherds out of the country, and Egypt was thenceforth governed by one king, bearing the title of " Lord of the Upper and Lower country." 64 Towards the latter end of this dynasty some " stranger kings" obtained the sceptre, probably by right of marriage with the royal family of Egypt (a plan on which the Ethiopian princes and othei's obtained the crown at different times), and Egypt again groaned under a hateful tyranny. They even introduced very heretical changes into the religion ; they expelled the favourite god Amun from the Pantheon, and introduced a Sun worship unknown in Egypt. Their rule was not of very long duration, and having been expelled, their monuments, as well as every record of them, were purposely defaced. " The kings of the 18th dynasty had extended the dominion of Egypt far into Asia and the iuteiior of Africa, as the sculptiu'es of the Thothmes, the Amunophs, and others show ; but Seth.03 and his son, Rameses IT, of the 19th, who reigned from about B.c. 1370 to B.C. 1270, advanced them stUl farther. The conquests of the Egyptians had been pushed into Mesopotamia as early as the reign of Thothmes III, about B.C. 1445 ; the strong fortress of Carchemish remained in theii* hands nearly all the time till the reign of Necho, and whenever the Egyptians boasted in after ages of the power of their country, they referred to the glorious era of the 18th and 19th dynasties. Rameses III, of the 20th dynasty, also carried his victorious arms into Asia and Africa about a century after his namesake, enforcing the tributes, previously levied by Thothmes III and his successors, from many couutx'ies that formed part of the Assyrian Empire. But little was done by the kings who followed him until the time of Sheshouk (Shishak), who pillaged the Temple of Jerusalem and laid Jxxdea under tribute, B.C. 971. The power of the Pharaohs was on the decline, and Assyria, becoming the dominant kingdom, threatened to wi-est from Egypt all the possessions she had obtained during a long career of conquest. Tii-ahka (Tehrak) who, with the Sabacos, composed the 25th Ethiopian dynasty, checked the advance of the Assyrians, and forcing Sennacherib to retire from Judea, re- stored the influence of Egypt in Syria. The Saite kings of the 25th dynasty continued to maintain it, though -with doubtful success, until the reign of Necho, when it was entirely lost ; for soon after Necho had defeated and killed Josiah, king of Judah, the * king of Babylon' ' smote' his army in ' Carchemish,'* and * Jerem. xlvi, 2 ; 2 Chron. xxxv, 20. 05 took from the Egyptians ' all that pei-taiued to the king of Egypt,' ' from the boundary torrent* on the Syrian confines' ' unto the river Euphrates.' " No permanent conquests of any extent were henceforth made ' out of his land' by the Egyptian king, and though Apries sent an expedition against Cyprus — defeated the Syrians by sea — besieged and took Gaza and Sidon, and recovered much of the influence in Syr-ia, which had been taken from Egypt by Nebuchad- nezzar, these were only temporary successes : ^jres^t^e of Egyptian power had vanished. It had been found necessary to employ Greek mercenaries in the army, and in the reign of Amasis another still greater power than Syria or Babylon arose to threaten and complete the downfall of Egy^it. In the reign of his son Psammenitus, B.C. 525, Cambyses invaded the country, and Egypt submitted to the arms of Pei'sia. " Several attemjits were made by the Egyptians to recover their lost liberty ; and at length the Persian garrison having been over- powered, and the troops sent to reconquer the country having been defeated, the native kings were once more established, B.C. 414. These formed the 28th, 29th, and 30th dynasties ; but the last of the Pharaohs, Nectabeno II, was defeated by Ochus, or Artaxerxes III, B.C. 340, and Egypt again fell beneath the yoke of Persia. Eight years after this Alexander the Great liberated it from the Persians, and Ptolemy and his successors once more erected it into an independent kingdom, though governed by a foreign dynasty, which la.'ited until it became a province of the Roman Emi)ire." APPENDIX A, 2. Extracts from Herodotus, Beloes 2'ranslalion, heginninrj lib. ii, c. 99, on Egypt. " All that I have hitheito asserted has been the i-esnlt of my own personal remarks or diligent iuquir}'. I shall now pi-oceed to relate what I learned from conversing with Egyp- tian.s, to which I shall occasionally add what I myself have wit- nessed. Menes, the first sovereign of Egypt, as I was informed * Xfihdl, " rivulet," 2 Kings xxiv, 7. 66 l)y the priests, effectually detached the ground on which Memphis* stands from the water. Before liis time the river flowed entirely along the sandy mountain on the side of Africa. But this prince, by constructing a bank at the distance of a hundred stadia t from Memphis towards the south, diverted the course of the Nile, and led it, by means of a new canal, through the centre of the moun- tains. And even at the present period, under the dominion of the Persians, this artificial channel is annually repaired and regularly defended. If the river were here once to break its banks, the town of Memphis would be inevitably ruined. It was the same Menes who, upon the solid ground thus rescued from the water, fii'st built the town now known by the name of Memphis, which is situate in the narrowest pai't of Egypt. To the north and the west of Memphis he also sunk a lake, communicating with the river, which, from the situation of the Nile, it was not possible to effect towards the east. He, moreover, erected on the sanie spot a magnificent temple in honour of Yulcau." Cap. 100. — " The priests afterwards recited to me from a book the names of 330 sovereigns (successors of Menes) ; in this con- tinued series 18 were Ethiopians, and one a female native of the country, all the rest were men and Egyptians. The female was called Nitocris,X "which was also the name of the Babylonian prin- cess. They affirm that the Egyptians, having slain her brother, who was their sovereign, she was appointed his successor ; and that afterwards, to avenge his death, she destroyed by artifice a great number of Egyptians," (fee. &c. Cap. 101. — " None of these monarchs, as my informers related, were distinguished by any acts of magnificence or renown, except M(x.ris, who was the last of them.§ Of this prince various monu- * Beloe quotes from Diodorus Siculiis, .sapng, " Uchorens" ^? the Usercheris of Maiietlio, Dynasty 5) built the city of Memphis, which is the most illustrious of all the cities of Egypt." The true site, however, does not seem to have been satisfactorily determined. t About 7h stadia to a mile. i This accoiuat of Nitocris looks like a myth of vaiiable application, and veil- ing the story of Isis revenging the death of Osiris ; and then, as a priestess of the goddess Neith, impersonating, in different historic periods, Skeniophi-is of the ]2th DjTiasty, Amenses of the 18th, and Thouoris of the 19th Dynasty. § This account of the. Pii-omis also is a symbolic mj^th of variable historic re- ference to tlie times of the 12 kings who did gi-eat things for Egypt thi-ough communication with the 12 gods of Egypt. 67 ments remain. He built the north entrance of the temple of Vul- can, and sunk a lake, the dimensions of which I shall hereafter describe. Near this he also erected pyramids, whose magnitude, when I speak of the lake, I shall paiiiicularise. These are lasting monuments of his fame ; but as none of the preceding princes per- formed anything memorable, I shall pass them by in silence." Cap. 102. — " The name of Sesostris, who lived after them, claims our attention. According to the priests, he was the fii'st who, passing the Arabian gulf in a fleet of long vessels, reduced under his authority the inhabitants bordering on the Hed Sea. He pro- ceeded yet further, till he came to a sea, which, on account of the number of shoals, was not navigable. On his retiu'n to Egypt, as I learned from the same authority, he levied a mighty army, and made a martial progi-ess by land, subduing all the nations whom he met with on his march," &c. &c. Cap. 103. — " He passed over from Asia to Europe, and sub- dued the countries of Scythia and Thi'ace." Cap. 104, 105. — " In these the Colchians are alleged to be of Egyptian origin for three reasons : — Is^. Because the Colchians seemed to have better remembrance of the Egyptians, than the Egyptians of the Colchians. '2d. That the inhabitants of Colchos, Egypt, and Ethiopia, are the only people who, from time immemorial, have used circvimcision. The Phcenicians and the Syrians of Pales- tine acknowledge that they borrowed this custom from Egypt. Zd. Their manufacture of linen is alike, and peculiar to the two nations ; they have similar manners, and the same lan- guage." Cap. 108. — " On his return to Egypt Sesostris emjiloyed the captives of the difierent nations he had vanquished to collect those immense stones which were employed in the temple of Vulcan. They were also compelled to make those vast and numerous canals by which Egypt is intei'sected. In consequence of their involun- tary labours, Egypt, which was before conveniently adapted to those who travelled on horseback or in carriages, became \iufit foi- both. The canals occur so often, and in so many winding direc- tions, that to journey on horseback is disagreeable, in carriages 68 impossible. The prince, however, was influenced by patriotic mo- tives. Before liis time those who inhabited the inland parts of the country, at a distance from the river, on the ebbing of the Nile, suffered great distress from the want of water, of which they had none but from muddy wells." Cap. 109. — " The same authority informed me that Sesostris made a regular distribution of the lands of Egypt. He assigned to each Egy|)tian a square piece of ground, and his revenues were drawn from the rent, which every individual annually paid him.* Whoever was a sufferer by the inundation of the Nile was per- mitted to make the king acqiTainted with his loss. Certain officers were appointed to inquire into the particulars of the injury, that no man might be taxed beyond his ability. It may not be impro- bable to suppose that this was the origin of geometiy, and that the Greeks learned it from hence. As to the pole, the gnomon, and the division of the day into twelve parts, the Greeks received them from the Babylonians." Cap. 110. — "Except Sesostris no monarch of Egyjjt was ever master of Ethiopia," &c. &c. Cap. 111. — " On the death of Sesostris, his son Pheron, as the priests informed me, succeeded to his throne." By the myth told of him the Nile was a deified river in those times. Cap. 112. — " The successor of Pheron, as the same priests in- formed me, was a citizen of Memphis, whose name in the Greek tongue was Proteus'' He seems to have been king of Egypt at the beginning of the Trojan war. Cap. 121. — " The same instructors further told me that Pro- teus was succeeded by Pham2)simtus ; he built the west entrance of the temple of Yulcan ; in the same situation he also erected two statues, 25 cubits in height. That which faces the north the Egyjitians call summer, the one to the south winter ; this latter is treated with no manner of respect, but they worship the former, and make offerings before it. This prince possessed such abimd- ance of wealth, that so far from surpassing, none of Ms successors ever equalled him in affluence." He seems to have been an impersonation of the Egj'^itian Osiris, as the Bacchus of the Greeks. For the woi*ship of Osiris * These statements are confirmed by the hieroglyphical inscriptions on the monumental records. 69 (as an impersonation of the sun, which was the title of the Pharaohs in the hieroglyphic of their names) had reference only to the sun as the fertiliser of the earth, causing it to render its fruits in due season. The disc- worshippers who conspu-ed against Armais and his brother Amenophis-bekenaten, of the 18th or Theban dynasty, were idolators of the sun's disc. These two classes of sun- worshippers were in the most direct form hostile to each other, until at length the disc- worshippers were exterminated. The mythic use made of intoxicating liquors in the reign of Rhampsinitus by the stratagem of a clever thief, with the myth of his own descent, whilst alive, into what the Greeks call the in- fernal regions, and there playing at dice with the goddess Ceres, in which he alternately won and lost, &c. &c., seem to justify his identity with the Bacchus of the Greeks, and with the Bala Rama of Hindu mythology. Osii'is also was the Egyptian god of the in- fernal regions, according to the evidence of the monumental records, as translated by Osborne. But, in continuation of Herodotus, cap. 122, we read — " On his (Osu'is') return {i.e., to the upper regions of the earth) she (Ceres) presented him with a napkin embroidered with gold.* * Tliis beautiful allegory, for the com fields, as beginning to i-ipen soon after the return of summer (as the return of Osiris) represents the finding of Osiris by the inhabitants of earth, Juv. viii, 29, as a natural cause of rejoicing to the Egyptians, especially at their harvest time, and in identity with the honours paid to the statue of Summer on the north side of the west entrance to the temple of Vidcan. Hence also, the statue of Winter at the south side (which the Egyptians ' ' treated with no manner of respect " ) wiU symbolise the sun's apparent path thi-ough the southern signs of the zodiac, until the retiun of a new year with the heliacal rising of the dog -star. This explains the lamentation of the Syrian \Trgins for the loss of Thammuz (Ezek. viii, 14 ; Miltoii's Paradise Lost, b. 1, 416-457.) He was the Aviun of the Egyptian monumental records, identi- fying the Osiris of the Egyptians with the Jupiter Ammon of the Greeks. Jack- son, in vol. 2, p. 291 of his Chronological Antiquities, quotes from Achilles Tatius {Isagog. ad Arat. Phtenom., p. 146) thus — " The Isiac Lamentations were cele- brated when the sun was in Cancer, the sun or Osiiis then decliniug towards the southern signs, and shortening the days. And this Lamentation was emble- matical of the sun (or Osii-is) beginning to leave them ; and when he began to ascend towards the northern signs, they, the Egyjitians, had a festival, in whicli they put on white garments and crowns made of flowers, and welcomed with great joy the coming of 0.siris again to them. This festival was celebrated iu honour of Isis." He also quotes from Jerome {Comment, in Erech., viii, 14) say- ing that he interprets Thammuz of Adonis, and places the celebration of his death 70 This period of his I'eturn was observed by the Egyptians as a .solemn festival, and has continued to the time of my remembrance. Whether the above, or some other incident, was the occasion of this feast, I will not determine. The ministers of this solemnity have a vest woven within the space of the day : this is worn by a priest whose eyes are covered by a bandage. They conduct him to the path which leads to the temple of Ceres, and there leave him. They assert that two wolves meet the priest thus blinded, and lead him to the temple, though at the distance of 20 stadia from the city, and afterwards conduct liim back again to the place where they found him." Cap. 123. — " Every reader must determine for himself with respect to the credibility of what I have related. For my o^vn and resurrection in the month of June, called by the Hebrews after hLs name. Jackson himself dates the lamentation of Osiris from the full moon next after the summer solstice. Calmet (under word Adonis) dates the lamentation from the 5 th day of the 6th month, August or September, and argues therefrom against explaining it as above, " \st. Because those months are not remarkable for any diminution of solar Ught, and certainly not for total loss of solar heat. Id. Because the worship of the sun was (in his opinion) accidental, not irrimary. Zd. Other ceremonies lead to a different opinion." But Calmet's objections are fanciful, for the apocry- phal book of Enoch makes it clear that the ancients began to reckon the sun's declin- ing course from the summer solstice, and his ascending course from the winter sol- stice {i.e., as from the infernal regions of the Greeks) astronomically, and long before there was any sensible increase or decrease of solar hght and heat, even as we reckon from the longest and shortest days. The heliacal rising and setting of the dog- star next marked considerable progress in the sun's declining and ascending course, as observed by the astronomers of Egypt. The objection that the worship of the sun was accidental not primary, is vague. For Osiris was an idolatrous imper- sonation of the sun, but worshipped only in relation to certain attributes and natural effects, beneficial or otherwise, to man, not as bj' the disc-worshippers. This distinction would give rise to ceremonies of a very variable character being performed in the celebration of his woi-ship. Hence, the mj-th of the two wolves meeting his blindfolded priest at a distance of 20 stadia from his temple, in the day of his return (to conduct him thus to the temple and back again to the same spot) and the myth respecting the death of Adonis by a wild boar when lumting, may veil under a mystery, the blessings accruing to man from the toils of the husbanihnan, under favoiu- of propitious seasons. For the earth is thus reclaimed by the industry of man, from the desolating scom'ge of wolves and wild boars ; against the ravages of which the earliest culti\ators of the land woidd have to contend. Similarly, the worship of Osiris under the symbol of a bull, might (amongst other applications of the symbol) have reference to the sim's emerging from the zodaical sign taurus at the approach of the Egyptian simimer. 71 part, I heard these things from the Egyptians, and think it neces- sary to transcribe the result of my inquiries. The Egyptians esteem Ceres and Bacchus as the great deities of the realms below ; they are also the first of mankind who have defended the immor- tality of the soul. They believe that on the dissolution of the body the soul immediately enters some other animal, and that after, using as vehicles every species of terrestrial, aquatic, and winged creatures, it finally enters a second time into a human body. They afiirm that it undergoes all these changes in the space of 3000 years. This opinion some amongst the Greeks have at various periods of time adopted as their own, but I shall not, though I am able, specify their names.'' Cap. 124. — " I was also informed by the same priests that till the reign of Ehampsinitus, Egypt was not only remarkable for its abundance, but for its excellent laws. Cheops, who succeeded this prince, degenerated into the extremest profligacy of conduct. He barred the avenues to every temple, and forbade the Egyptians to offer sacrifices ; he proceeded next to make them labour servilely for himself." Here Herodotus alludes to his building a pyx'amid by the forced labour of 100,000 men, continued for many years, by a system of relief every thi'ee months, to be the mausoleum of himself and his family, and as the temple of a deified worship of the dead. It may be said that the previous religion of Egypt had been the deification of dead men; in what then was this innovating modification (for it was only a modification) so revolting to the Jackson quotes from Martian Capella to the effect that the Serapis of Nilus was the Osu-is of the Menn:ihites. " Te {i.e., Solem) Serapim* Nilus, Memphis veneratm- Osirim." Also fi'om Ausonius (Epig. 29, from a marble statute), iu these words : — " Ogygi^ 1116 Bacchum vocat, Osirin ^-Egyptus putat, Mystce Phanacenf uomiiiaut, Dionyson Indi existimant, Eomana sacra Liberum, Arabica gens Adoneum, Lucaniacus Pantheum." * From nnb', to burn, and used in Isaiah vi, 6, illustrated by Psalm civ, 4, as tiguratively assimilating the angel ministers of God's purposes to the etfects of lightning from heaven hav- ing also its mission from God. t As Jackson says—" I know not whether Bacchus is anywhere else called Phanaces." But the word is clearly derived from <pecivu, to be resplendent. Egyptian mind 1 The old worship associated the deification of tlie dead with new actual impersonations of animal life, personi- fiyiug the characteristic attributes of the god they worshipped. It was a material idolatry, and made an effectual appeal to the senses of the unlearned. The new religion, viewing the im- mortality of the soul as a doctrine of philosophical abstraction, sought to establish the worship of god on a like basis. Hence an animosity between the rival religions as deadly as that between the disc worshippers of the xviiitli dynasty and the old religion of those who deified the sun under living human impejsonations, or in the relation of an energetic cause to the production of natiiral eflfscts, of which they were daily eye-witnesses. Cap. 127. — " According to the Egyptians, this Cheops reigned 50 years. His brother Chephren succeeded to the throne, and adopted a similar conduct. He reigned 5G years." Cap. 129. — " Mycerinus, the son of Cheops, succeeded Chephren. As he evidently disapproved of his father's conduct, he commanded the temples to be opened, and the people, who had been reduced to the extremest aflSiction, were again permitted to offer .sacrifice at the shrines of their gods. He excelled all that went before him in his administration of justice. The Egyptians revere his memoiy beyond that of all his predecessors, not only for the equity of his decisions, but because, if complaint was ever made of his conduct as a judge, he condescended to remove and redi-ess the injury. Whilst Mycerinus thus distinguished himself by his ex- emplary conduct to his subjects, he lost his daughter and only child, the first misfortune he experienced. Her death excessively afiiicted him; and wishing to honour her funeral with more than ordinary splendour, he inclosed her body in a heifer made of wood, and richly ornamented with gold." ""' Cap. 130. — " This heifer was not buried. It remained even to my time in the i)alace of Sais, placed in a superb hall. Every day costly aromatics were burnt before it: and eveiy night it was .splendidly illuminated. In an adjoining apai-tmeut are deposited statues of the difterent concubines of Mycerinus, as the priests of * Under this myth reference is made to the body of Ii^is, as thus disposed of by Mycerinus (the priest of Osiris) after her death, and in expectation of a resurrection assimilated to the reappear.nnce of the moon in horned aspect, when first seen after its change. 73 Sais informed me. These are to the number of twenty." Tliev are colossal figures, made of wood, and in a naked state ; but what women they are intended to represent, I presume not to detei-- mine : I merely relate what I was told." Cap. 132. — " The body of this heifer is covered with a pnrple cloth, whilst the head and neck are very richly gilt. Betwixt the horns there is a golden star. It is made to recline on its knees, and is about the size of a large cow. Every year it is brought from its apartment. At the jieriod when the Egyptians flagellate t themselves in honour of a certain god, whom it does not become me to name, this heifer is produced to the light. It was the request, they say, of the dying princess to her father, that she might once every year behold the sun." Cap. 134. — " This prince also built a pyramid, but it was not by 20 feet so high as his father's." Cap. 136. — " After Mycerinns, as the pi'iests informed me, Asychis reigned in Egypt ; he erected the east entrance to the temple of Vulcan, which is far the greatest and most magnificent." Cap. 137. — " He was succeeded by an inhabitant of Anysis whose name was Anysis, and Avho was blind. In his reign Sabacus, king of Ethiopia, overran Egypt with a numerous army ; Anysis fled to the morasses, and saved his life, but Sabacus continued mas- ter of Egypt for the space oi fifty years." Cap. 139. — " The deliverance of Egyjit from the Ethiopian was, as they told me, efiected by a vision, which induced him to leave the country : a person appeai'ed to him in a dream, advising him to assemble all the priests of Egypt, and afterwards cut them in pieces. This vision to him seemed to demonstate, that in consequence of some act of impiety which he was thus tempted to perpetrate, * This allegory is explained by that of Menu's twenty days' reign in the Satya-yug of Hindu mythology. The twenty naked statues are the twenty lunar days of light (the revealer) during which Menu reigned. Enoch also (c. xxxii, 21), in round numbers, limits the days of lunar light to 20 in each lunation. Thus, " For each 20 days it (the moon) appears in the night as a man (hence the Alan in the Moon), and in the day as heaven (its light being then absorbed in that of the sun), for there is nothing in it except its light." Each lunation formed one mythic year (as referred to in cap. 132), and tliis reign of lunar hght* for twenty days therein, explains the words — " Every yeai" this heifer is brought from its apartment and produced to the light." t Compare the ceremonies of Churuk (or Chakra) in the Hindu worship of Siva, the god of time, like the Saturn of the Greeks. * ."^ee design in illustration of tlic Hindu niytliology. 74 his ruin was at liauJ, from heaven or from man. Determined not to do this deed, he conceived it moi-c pmdent to Avithdiaw himself, particularly as the time of his reigning over Egypt was, according to the declaration of the oracles, now to terminate. During his former residence in Ethiopia the oracles of his country had told him that he should reign JifiT/ years over Egypt, — thispei'iod being accomplished, he was so terrified by the vision that he voluntarily withdrew himself." Cap. 140. — "Immediately on his departure from Egypt, tlie blind prince quitted his place of refuge, and resumed the government. He had resided for the period of fifty years in a solitary island, which he himself had formed of ashes and of earth. He directed those Egyptians who frequented his neighbourhood for the purpose of disposing of their corn to bring with them, unknown to their Ethiopian masters, ashes for his use. Amyrtceus * was the first person who discovered this island, which all the princes who reigned dui-ing the space of seven hundred years before Amyrtseus were unable to do. It is called Elho, and is on each side ten stadia in length." Cap. 141. — " The successor of this prince was Sethos, a priest of Vulcan ; he treated the military of Egyjjt with extreme contempt, and as if he had no occasion for their services. Among other in- dignities, he deprived them of their arurce, or fields of 50 feet square, which, by way of reward, his predecessors had given each soldier ; the result was, that when Sennacherib, king of Arabia and Assyria, attacked Egypt with a mighty army, the warriors whom he had thus treated refused to assist him. In this per- plexity the priest retired to the shrine of his god, before which he lamented his danger and misfortunes. Here he sunk into a pro- found sleep, and his deity promised him in a dream that if he marched to meet the Assyi-ians, he should experience no injury, for that he would furnish him with assistance. The vision inspired him with confidence. He put himself at the head of his adherents, and marched to Pelusium, the entrance of Egyi^t. Not a soldier accompanied the party, which was entirely composed of tradesmen * The fable of the 12 kings who were contemporary ■with Psamniitichus in its relation to the tale that, like the Anysis of this reference, Psammitichus had previously fled to the marshes fi-oiu Sabacus, the Ethiopian (cap. 142\ shews that the deeds of the 12 Idngs from jMseris to Sethos are mj-thically thereby chronicled in association with the times of Sethos and Psammitichixs. For the 12 mythic contemporaries of Sethos are as the 12 of liistoric count, of whom he was the last. 75 and artisans. On tlieii' aiiival at Pelusiuni, so immense a number of mice * invested by night the enemy's camj), that their quivers and bows, together with what secured their shields to their arms, were gnawed in pieces. In the morning the Arabians, finding themselves without arms, fled in confusion, and lost gi-eat numbers of their men. There is now to be seen in the Temple of Vulcan marble statue of this king,t having a mouse in his hand, and with tliis inscription : — ' Whoever thou art, learn from my fortune to reverence the gods.' " Cap. 142. — " Thus, according to the information of the Egyptians and their priests, from the first king to the last, who was a priest of Vulcan, a period of three hundred and forty-one generations had passed, in which there had been as many high priests, and the same number of kings. Three generations are equal to one hun- dred years, and therefore three hundred generations are the same as ten thoiisand years ; the forty-one generations that remain make one thousand three hirodi-ed and forty years. During the above space of eleven thousand three hundred and forty years they assert that no divinity appeai-ed in a human form ; but they do not say the same of the time anterior to this account, or of that of the kings who reigned afterwai'ds. During the above period of time the sun, they told me, had four times deviated from his ordinary course, having t'W'ice risen where he uniformly goes down, and twice gone down where he vmiformly rises. | This, however, had produced no alteration in the climate of Egyjjt ; the fruits of the earth, and the phenomena of the NUe, had always been the same, nor had any extraordinary or fatal diseases occm-red." Cap. 143. — " When the historian Hecatseus was at Thebes, he recited to the priests of Jupiter the particulars of his descent, and endeavoured to prove that he was the 1 6th in a right line from some god. They addressed him in reply, as they afterwai-ds did myself, who had said nothing on the subject of my family. They introduced me into a spacious temple, and displayed to me a num- ber of figxires in wood ; this number I have before specified, for * Compare the Kartekeya of Hmdu mji/hology with a rat for one of his vehans or cherubic symbols. These " vehans'' seem to represent idolatrously the medium of the spirit's retiiru to earth, as believed in by the Egyptians also. Herod. IT, 123, as quoted in the Appendix. + Compare the Krishna of the Hindus, whom Sii- W. Jones calls the !<hepher<l ApoUo of the Greeks. J See Note on this phenomenon, p. 17 of Tract Third. 70 every liigli |>iieHt places li(;i-«; (luring his life a wooden figure of liimself. Till! priests eniuiierated them before me, and proved, as they ascended from the last to the first, that the son followed tlie father in regiilar succession. When Hecatseus, in the explanation of his genealogy, ascended regidarly, and traced his descent in the 1 Gth line fi'om a god, they opposed a similar mode of reasoning to his, and absolutely denied the possibility of a human being's descent from a god. They informed him that each of these colossal figures Avas a Piromis, descended from a Pii'omis ; and they further proved, that without any variation, this had uniformly occuiTed to the number of 341, but in his whole series there is no reference either to a god or a hero, Piromis, in the Egyptian language, means one ' beautiful and good.' " Cap. 144. — " From these priests I learned that the individuals whom those figui'es represented, so far from possessing any divine attributes, had all been what we have described. But in the times which preceded, immortal beings had reigned in Egy|:)t — that they had communication with men — and had uniformly one superior ; that Orus, whom the Greeks call Apollo, loas the last of these ; he Wfis the son of Osiris, and, after he had expelled Typhou, himself succeeded to the throne. It is also to be observed that in the Greek tongue Osiris is synonymous -wdth Bacchus." Cap. 145. — " The Gi'eeks consider Hei-ciiles, Bacchus, and Pan as the youngest of their deities ; but Egypt esteems Pan as the most ancient of the gods, and even of those eight who are accounted the fiii'st. " * * " The ark, according to the tracUtions of the Gentile world, was prophetic, and was looked upon as a kind of temple, or place of residence of the deity. In the compass of eight persons it comprehended aU mankind ; which eight pei-suus were thought to be so highly favoured by heaven that they were looked up to by their posterity with great reverence, and came at last to be reputed deities. Hence, in the ancient mythology of Egypt there were precisely eight gods ; of these the Sun was chief, and was said first to have reigned. Some made Ilephics- tus the first king of that country, whilst others supposed it to have been Pan. There is no real inconsistency in these accounts : they were all three titles of the same deity, the Sun.Y' — Bryant. t Thus the eight primitive gods of this idolatrous worship represent astronomically the rela- tion of solar to lunar light, as reckoned by the ancients from the earliest times, according to the apocryphal hook of Enoch. For, speaking of the moon as receiving its light from the sun, to a variable extent in the four quarters of each lunation, he says, Cap. xxviii, 6, " Its light is by sevens." This, compared with the fact that only eight persons were saved in the ark, inclusive of Noah, the head of the family, probably caused the number of their primarj- gods to be ever re- presented as 8, when, in after times, their number had been increased to twelve and thirteen astronomically, and to an indefinite extent of 7nytl>ic history. 77 " Hercules was amongst those of tlie second rank in point of an- tiquity, and one of those called the twelve gods. BaccJacs wa.s of the third rank, and among those whom the twelve i^roduced. I have before specified the number of years which the Egyptians reckon from the time * of Hercules to the reign of Amasis ; from the time of Pan a still more distant period is reckoned ; from Bacchvs, tlie youngest of all, to the time of Amasis, is a period, they say, of 15,000 years, t On this subject the Egj^ptians have no doubt, for they profess to have always computed the years, and kept written accounts of them with the minutest accuracy. From Bacchus, who is said to be the son of Semele, the daughter of Cadmus, to the present time, is 1600 years; from Hercules, the I'eputed son of Alcmena, is 900 years ; and from Pan, whom the Gi-eeks call the son of Penelope and Mercury, is 800 yeai's, before which time was the Trojan war." Cap. 146. — " Upon this subject I have given my own opinion, leaving it to my readers to determine for themselves. If these deities had been known in Gi-eece, and there groion old, like Her- cules, the son of Amphytrion, Bacchus, the son of Semele, and Pan, the son of Penelope, it might have been asserted of them, that, although mortals, they possessed the names of those deities kno-\vn in Greece in the times which preceded. Of Bacchus the Greeks affirm that as soon as he was horn,X Jove inclosed him in his thigh, and carried him to Nysa, § a town of Etliiopia, beyond Egypt. * Beloe dates the birth of Herodotus B.C. 444. t Namely, lunations. But 15,000 lunations are 1250 years. + Upon this subject 1 have somewhere met an oj^inion to the following effect : — When the ancients spoke of the nativity of their gods, vie are to understand the time in which their worship icas first introduced. When mention is made of their marriage, reference is to be made to the time when the worsliip of one was combined with that of another. Some of the ancients speak of the tombs of their gods, and that of Jupiter in Crete was notorioiis, the solution of which is, that the gods sometimes appeared on earth, and after residing for a time amongst men, returned to their native skies. The period of their return was that of then- supposed death. — Note from Beloe's Herodotus. Tlie following remark is fo\md in Cicero's Tusculan Questions : — " Ipsi iUi majorimi gentium Dii qui habentur hinc a nobis m ccelum profecti reperimitiu"." The gods of the popular rehgions were all deceased mortals advanced from earth to heaven. — Do. do. § He derived his name of .\ii>vu(rt>s from his father, and the jilace where ho was brought up. — Do. do. a 78 With regard to tlie nativity of Pan, they have no tradition among them ; from all which I am convinced that tlie.se deities were the last known among the Greeks, and that they date the period of their nativity from the jirecLsc time that their names came amongst them. Tlie Egyj>tians are of the same opinion." Cap. 147. — " I shall now give some account of the internal hi.s- tory of Egypt ; to what I learned from the natives themselves, and the information of strangers, I shall add what I myself l>eheld. At the death of their sovereign, the Priest of Vulcan, the Egyp- tians recovered their freedom ; but, as they could not live without kings they chose twelve, among whom they divided the different districts of Egypt. These princes connected themselves with each other by intermarriages, engaging solemnly to promote their com- mon interest, and never to engage in any acts of separate policy. Tlie principal motive of their union was to gi;ard against the de- claration of an oi'acle, which had said, that whoever among them should offer in the Temple of Yulcan a libation from a brazen ves- sel should be sole sovereign of Egypt ; and it is to be remembered that they assembled indifferently in every temple." Cap. 148. — " It was the resolution of them all to leave behind them a common monument of their fame. With this view, be- yond the lake Mceris, near the city of crocodiles, they constructed a labyi'inth, which exceeds, I can ti-uly say, all that has been said of it ; whoever will take the trouble to compare them, will find all the works of Greece much inferior to this, both in I'egard to the workmanship and expense," tfec. &c. Cap. 149. — " Wonderful as this labjTinth is, the lake IMceris, near wliich it stands, is still more extraordinary ; the circumference of this is 3600 stadia, or 60 schseni, which is the length of Egypt about the coast," &c. &c. Cap. 151. — " These 12 kings were eminent for the justice of their administration. Upon a certain occasion they were offering sacri- fice in the temple of Vulcan, and on the last day of the festival were about to make the accustomed libation ; for this purpose the chief priest handed to them the golden cups used on these solemni- ties, but he mistook the number, and instead of twelve, gave only eleven. Psammitichus, who was the last of them, not ha\T.ng a cup, took off his helmet, which happened to be of brass, and from this poured his libation. The other princes wore helmets in common, and had them on the«p'resent occasion, so that the circumstance of 79 this oue king having and usLug his was accidental aud innoceut. Observing, however, the action of Psammitichiis, they remembered the prediction of the oracle, ' that he among them who should pour a libation from a brazen vessel should be sole monarch of Egypt.' They minutely investigated the matter, and being satis- fied that this action of Psammitichus was entirely the eftect of accident, they could not think him worthy of death ; they never- theless deprived him of a considerable part of his power, and con- fined him to the marshy parts of the countiy, forbidding him to leave the situation, or to communicate with the rest of Egypt." Cap. 152. — " This Psammitichvis had formerly fled to Syi-ia, from Sabacus the Ethiopian, who had killed his father Necos ; when the Ethiopian, terrified by the vision, had abandoned his dominions, those Egyptians who lived near Sais had solicited Psammitichus to return. He was now a second time driven into exile amongst the fens, by the eleven kings, from this circumstance of the brazen helmet. He felt the strongest resentment for the injuiy, and de- termined to avenge himself on his persecutors. He sent therefore to the oracle of Latona, at Butos, which has among the Egyptians the highest character for veracity. He was informed that the sea should avenge his cause, by producing brazen figures of men. He was little inclined to believe that such a circumstance could ever occur ; but some time afterwards, a body of lonians and Carians, who had been engaged on a voyage of plunder, were compelled by distress to touch at Egypt : they landed in bi*azen armour. Some Egyptians hastened to inform Psammitichus in his marshes of this incident, and as the messenger had never before seen persons so armed, he said that some brazen men had arisen from the sea, and were plundering the country. He instantly perceived this to be the accomplishment of the oracle's prediction, and entered into alliance with the strangers, engaging them by splendid pi'omises to assist him. With them and his Egyptian adherents he conquered the eleven kings." Cap. 1-53. — " After he thus became sole sovereign of Egypt, he built at Memphis the vestibule of the Temple of Vulcan, which is towards the south. Opposite to this he erected an edifice for Apis, in which he is kept when publicly exhibited. It is supported b}' colossal figures 12 cubits high, which seiwe as columns. The whole of the building is richly decorated with .sculpture. Apis, in the language of Gx'eece, is Epaphiis." 80 Ca)). 1;54. — " III acknowledgement of tlic assistance lit; liad re- ceived, Psaniniiticliu.s confeiTed on the lonians and Cariuns cer- tain lands, wliicli were termed the caniji, immediately opposite to each other, and separated by the Nile. He fulfilled also his other engagements with them, and entrusted to their care some Egyjitian children to be instructed in the Greek language, from whom came those who in Egypt act as interpreters. This district, which is near the sea, somewhat below Bubastis, at the Pelusian mouth of the Nile, was inhabited by the lonians and Carians for a consider- able time. At a succeeding period Amasis, to avail himself of their assistance against the Egyptians, removed them to Memphis. Since the time of their first settlement in Egypt, they have preserved a constant communication with Greece, so tliat we have a perfect knowledge of Egyptian afiairs from the reign of Psammitichus. They were the first foreigners whom the Egyi^tians received among them. Within my remembrance, in the places which they formerly occupied, the docks for their ships, and vestiges of their buildings, might be seen." APPENDIX B, 1. Extracts from the Booh of Enoch. In purporting to make extracts from an apocryphal book, it seems desirable to preface thein with some general observations on the charac- ter of its pretensions to inspired authority. These, I candidly admit, cannot be reasonably supported, though the translation made by John Batty, and published in Cariisle by Jefferson a.d. 1839, assumes the inspired authority as unquestionable, from the amount of Jewish scrip- tural phraseology embodied therein. But if no qualifying or contradic- tory internal evidence is to be taken into consideration, a Mahometan might, on such grounds, claim for the Koran the reverence of Jews, if not of Christians. In feeling bound to take a very different view of the book's pretensions to inspired authority than those taken in John Batty's translation from a German copy, I felt much diffidence in speaking on the subject, as the only value I could set upon the book was the inter- nal evidence it afforded in proof of its being one source of those Judieo- 81 heathen traditions respecting Messiah's expected advent and millennial reign which caused the Jews of the apostolic age to reject Christ, through mistaken views respecting the predicted signs of Messiah's kingdom, and is now tempting Christians to falsify the scriptural teaching of his second advent on the like erroneous notions of Jewish prophecy. In the meantime, I have, through my friend Mr ]\Iarsh of York, obtained a copy of Laurence's* translation, from an Ethiopic manuscript in the Bodleian Library, which he has accompanied by extracts of an- other translation, by the Reverend Edward Murray, from an Ethiopic manuscript at Paris. Both these translators agree in considering the book a compilation of tracts on different subjects, and possibly by differ- ent authors, if not also written at different times. That it claims to be in part the work of Noah no less than of Enoch, is clear fi-om the following passage amongst others (cap. Ixvi, 1) : — " In those days" (viz., the 500th year of Enoch's life, cap. Iviii, 1, and about the year of the world 1200), " the word of God came to me, and said, Noah, behold thy lot has ascended up to Me, a lot void of crime, a lot beloved and upright," &c. &c. The advocates for the authenticity of the book of Enoch defend its claim upon their reverence as quoted by name in the Epistle of St Jude. The parallel passages read thus : — Enoch, cap. ii. Jude, ver. 14, 18. Behold He comes, with ten thousands And Enoch also, the seventh from of His saints, to executejudgment upon Adam, prophesied of these, saying, Be- them, and destroy the wicked, and re- hold the Lord cometh, with ten thoii- prove all the carnal for everything sands of His saints : which the sinful and ungodlj' have done To execute judgment upon all, and and committed against Him. to convince aU that are ungodly among them of all their ungodly deeds which they have ungodly conmiitted, and of all their hai-d speeches which ungodly sinners have spoken against Him. Though this parallelism will not necessarily prove that the apocry- phal book known to us was really the book of Enoch quoted by St Jude, I will assume the fact of its being thus made the reference of an instruc- tion to the unbelieving Jews of the apostolic age. But surely this amounts to no more than St Paul's words when he said to the Athe- nians on Mars Hill, — " As I passed by and beheld your devotions, I * Richard Laurence, LL.D., Archbishop of Cashel, and late Professor of Hebrew in the Universitv of Oxford. 82 found an altiir with lliis inscription, To the unknown God. Whom, therefore, yc ignorantly worship, liini declare I unto you. God that made the world and all things therein, seeing that He is Lord of heaven and earth, dwelleth not in temples made with hands ; neither is wor- shipped with men's hands, as though He needed anything, seeing He givcth to all life, and breath, and all things ; and hath made of one blood all nations of men for to dwell on all the face of the earth, and hath determined the times before appointed, and the bounds of their habitation ; that they should seek the Lord, if haply they might feel after Him, and tind Him, though He be not far from every one of us : For in Him we live and move and have our being ; as certain also of your own poets have said, For we are also His offspring." St Paul only appeals to the heathen upon the strength of their own superstitious belief in the omnipresence of God, when deifying the ele- ments of the physical world, and men (both dead and living) as hero- gods, or sons of God, and contcuds that their superstitions were of a character calculated to prepare them for receiving the Christian doctrine of men's adoption in Christ to become sons of God by the gift of His spirit, to be evidenced in their hearts unto a life of righteousness and peace. So St Jude may have sought to pacify the turbulent spiiit of those Jews who opposed the mission of the apostles by following after false Christs, and requiring other signs of Messiah's advent, and of the then impending end of the world, beginning at Jerusalem, diiFerent fi'ora those foretold of Christ. — Matt, xxiv, 3, 14; John xii, 31, 32. Thus his language would not claim inspired authority for the teaching of Enoch, but (more consistently interpreted) would seem to say — Even the book of moral and philosophical instructions which you profess to liave derived from Enoch, the seventh from Adam, and therefore reve- rence superstitiously, and attend to more than to the testimony of Jewish prophecy, might have prepared you for our proof that the Christ you have crucified in the flesh was the predicted Messiah, and shall shortly return in the spirit and power of the Holy Ghost for an exterminating judgment on the rebellious faction of the nation ; even this book of your superstitious devotions might to a certain extent have prepared you to have received more favourably than with open scotfing our solemn warn- ing of an almost instantly coming judgment on the world, beginning at .Jerusalem. — 1 Peter iv, 5-19. The astronomical teaching o( the apocryphal Enoch resembles the astronomy of a Baal-worshipping people, rather thau that of a Jewish prophet, pointing, like the Psalmist, to the heavens as declaring the 83 glory of God, and not as the abode of any all poAverful sun-god, which seems to be the teaching of Enoch respecting the south wind of heaven, saying, Ixxvi, 2, " The second is called the south, because the Most High there descends, and frequently there descends He who is blessed for ever." This feature of the subject invites attention to another, and similarly ambiguous, reference to the starry hosts of heaAcn, as if in themselves deified personifications of spiritual life. In cap. Ix, v. 1 3, speaking of " the Lord of Spirits " as seating " his Elect One " on the throne of His glory, we read, " He shall call to every power of the heavens, to all the holy above, aud to the power of God. The Cherubim, the Seraphim, and the Ophanin, all the angels of power, and all the angels of the Lords" (viz., of the Elect One and of the other power) " who was upon earth over the water on that day," itc. &c. This allusion to the Ophanin w^ould be unintelligible to myself but for the occurrence of the word as the Hebrew of the word translated wheels in Ezekiel's prophetic vision of the four-headed symbolism, under which the national glory of heathen Babylon, and the limitation of God set upon its then power, had been made the subject of an inspired instruc- tion to the people of God respecting the end and object of the Babylonian captivity, as ordained of God " for good," both to Israel and the whole world, if they had but spiritual discernment to read therein the things which made for righteousness and peace. If, as I have attempted to shew in the first of these Tracts, the symbolism of Ezekiel's prophetic instruction was a slight variation (on inspired authority) of that which emblazoned the glory of Babylon on the walls of the palace of Khorsabad, aud probably elsewhere throughout the kingdom, on the sides of the idol- cars enthroning the image of their sun-god, it is not improbable that the wheels — dreadful to look upon, and having the appearance of a wheel within a wheel — might (besides their connecting the motion of the car with the wings and feet of the symbolic images) have represented also some similitude of the planetary world on the exterior of such idol- cars, as if — " With centi-ic and eccentric, scribbled o'er, Cycle and epicycle, orij in orh.''— Milton's P. L. viii, 83, 84. There can be no doubt that " the light of the worid," in St John, cap. 1, with 1 John ii, 8, as truly revealed in Christ, being the same with " the great mystery of godUness" in I Tim. iii, 16, contrasted certain features in the mystic wor.?hip of Cjbele (as the Diana of tho 84 Ephesians, where Timothy was apppinted head of the ChrLstian church by the apostles) with the idea of Christ's being the light of man's eternal life spiritually and truthfully ; under confirmation of God, in the power of his resurrection, and ever spiritually coming again, with gifts of the Holy Ghost, for the redemption of mankind from bondage to the power of sin, and thus, as the Saviour of all men, specially of those that believe. The gospel metaphor involves an ironical reference to the material Avorship of the Sun and Moon by the heathen, as if these were the eternal light of self-existent life. The Astronomy of Enoch. This extends from cap. Ixxi to Ixxix inclusive, and is headed by these words : — " The book of the revolutions of the luminaries of heaven according to their respective classes — their respective powers — their respective periods — their respective names — the places where they commence — their progress — and their respective months — which Uriel, the holy angel, who was with me, explained to me, he who conducts them.* The whole account of them, according to every year of the world for ever, until a new work shall be effected, which shall be eternal." My first intention was to have reprinted these and other chapters of the book of Enoch, wuth running comments when seemingly necessary. But, as it would extend the size of my book inconveniently, I shall content myself with referring only to some leading characteristics of this Tract. \st. Archbishop Laurence argues that the author of the book must have lived somewhere between lat. 45° and 49°, because he speaks of the longest day as only twelve hours, whilst reckoning nine hours day and nine hours night at the equator. The Archbishop argues from this that the author could not have resided in Palestine, and supposes him to have been a descendant of the dispersions of Israel in the days of Shalmaneser, and located towards the upper part of the district between the Euxine and Caspian Seas. His words are, " the proportion of J 2 to 18 is precisely the same as 16 to 24 ; the present division into honre of the period constituting day and night." This is clear enough arith- metically, but that the author of the book of Enoch must, for that reason, have lived in a latitude where the longest day numbered sixteen hours, as the equivalent of Enoch's twelve hours, is not equally clear to me- * Uriel means the God of Light. 85 Though the proportion of 12 : 18 :: 16 : 24 is arithmetically con-ect, a just comparison of the two systems of astronomy for estimating the longest day at the tropic of Capricorn from their difference in the length of day at the equator, should rather be sought through the proportion 9 : 18 : : 12 : 24. Also, the most obvious inference from this is, that if Enoch calculated for a day of twelve hours, when the sun had reached the tropic of Cancel", as the natural variation of a day of nine hours at the equator, we, proceeding upon the same theory of computation as he did, and not upon any more scientifically accurate system, should, from a day of twelve hours at the equator, expect one of fifteen hours when the sun had reached the tropic of Cancer. But, according to our advanced system of calculation (as regulated by the parallels of latitude, in which different places may be situated, and not by the distance of three signs of the zodiac between the vernal equinox and the tropic of Cancer, traversed at the rate of one hour's difference for each sign), the parallel of latitude, in which the longest day would number fifteen hours, is that where 7^ meridians can be counted between the wooden horizon* and the brass meridian on an artificial globe. It is about lat. 30° or 40°, whilst lat. 30° numbers (according to Keith) fourteen hours to its longest day. Allowing, therefore, that the theory of computation was less accurate in the days of the reputed Enoch, his calculations may be fairly taken to represent those current with the ancient Egyptians and Hindus, as originally derived from the Chaldaeans ; if so, no certain inference as to the country of the pseudo- Enoch can be derived from his astronomical theory respecting the longest day at the tropic of Cancer. Much less is the Archbishop (to my mind at least) to be justified in asserting that he could not have been a Jew of Palestine. The contrary might perhaps be inferred from cap. xxiv, 9, compared with Psalm xlviii, 2, and with cap. liv, 10. For, in the latter passage, the natural characteristics of the country round about Jerusalem are supposed to be as formidable an obstacle to the Parthian cavalry (between the times of Arsaces and those of Herod the Great) as to the horsemen in the apocalyptic vision of God's final judg- ment on Jerusalem, after the sounding of the seventh trumpet. — Rov. xiv, 20. Again, in cap. xxxi, v. 1,2, the author's visions seem to carry him from the southern coast of Egypt, and on the north side of the Lunar Mountains, across the Erythrocan Sea into llindostan. • Sac p. 87. 86 In regard to Kiiocli's longest day, the inference most obvious to my mind is, that (whereas wc divide the 3G0" of the equator into 24 meridians of 15"^ each for our hour circle) the author of the book of Enoch divided the 3G0° into 18 meridians of 20^, making their hour circle to contain only 18 instead of 24 hours. They would thus reckon 80 minutes to the hour instead of 60, as we do, for 18 x 80 = 1440 minutes, and 24 x 60 = 1440 minutes. When day and night at the equinoxes (or between the sun's third ^xidLfouHh gates, i.e., between the signs Pisces and Aries) were reckoned as nine hours each, the longest day (which marks the sun's advance to his sixth gate, or the tropic of Cancer), on the estimated increase of one hour to each sign, could not exceed twelve hours. This is a conclusion of common arithmetic from the data assumed. Why assumed I cannot answer.* Possibly the satya-yug of twenty days (for a sandhi or equation of solar and lunar time in four years, see page 92), may have something to do with it. — See under remarks on the golden age, p. 92. At any rate there might have been other reasons than those which assume that the astronomer must have lived in somewhere about our parallel of latitude, since his longest day of twelve hours would, in that case, answer to our longest day of sixteen hours. The well- defined luminous portion of each lunation (as developing the appearance of " the man i' the moon," cap. Ixxvii, 21) was perhaps limited to twenty days by the Egyptians, Herod, ii, c. 130, as in the Hindu mythology, when thus limiting the intermitting period of Manu's reign to the satya-yug alone. Possibly, in a comparison of solar and lunar time, the Chalda3ans (who reckoned their years by Sari or Decades) might have found it most convenient to divide the equator of 360° into twentieth parts for their hours. * Or possibly (because the tropic of Cancer is distant from the equator by only 23° 28' north latitude, and because the variations of day and night tlu-oughout the year have to be measiured by variations of the sun's declension from the equa- tor northwards or southwards within that range of space), 20° may have been used m the asti'onoiny of Enoch as an approximate measiu'e for comparing space with time when dividing the cu'cumference of the earth (whether regarded as a globe or a circidar plane) into 360°, as Umiting the extent of the suns apparently dmrnal motion. For whilst 18 x 20° = 360°, IS hours equal 9 of day and 9 of night to one day at the equator. But between the equator and tropic of Cancer 3 signs are passed over by the sun, and.^ = 6, whilst 6 + 12 = 18, as an ajiproximate limit for the variations of day and night within an aic of 20' northward or southward from the equator. 87 Our mode of reckoning the variations of the length of daylight, according to latitude, as described by Keith, is — " Elevate the pole of the artificial globe 23^ degrees above the northern point of the horizon, bring the sign Cancer in the ecliptic to the brass meridian, and over that degree of the brass meridian, under which this sign stands, let the sun be supposed to be fixed at a considerable distance from the globe." While the globe is in this position it will be seen that the equator is equally divided into two equal parts, the equinoctial point, Aries, being in the western part of the horizon, and the opposite point, Libra, in the eastern part, and between the horizon and the brass meridian (counting on the equator) there are six meridians, each 15°, or an hour apart ; consequently the day at the equator is twelve hours long. From the equator, northward as far as the Arctic circle, the diurnal arcs will exceed the nocturnal arcs, ie., more than one-half of any of the parallels of latitude will be above the horizon, and of course less than one-half will be below, so that the days will be longer than the nights. All the parallels of latitude within the Arctic circle will be wholly above the horizon, consequently those inhabitants will have no night. Keith's subjoined calculation (counting the meridians between the horizon and the brass meridian) for the variations in the length of day, according to the latitude, extends from lat. 20P to lat. 60^, and may be briefly ex- pressed in tabular form, thus : — When at the equator Day = 12 hours and uight 12 hours. „ at 20° north latitude „ = 13 hours 20 minutes. at 30° ,, at 40° (reckoning twice 74 meridians) at 50° ,, ,, at 60° ,, ,, = 14 = 18 = 16 = 18.1 According to Enoch, the point where the ecliptic cuts the equator at the vernal equinox is the point at which the sun enters his fourth eastern gate. Under those circumstances, the day in his time was nine hours, and the uight nine hours. ^^^len the sun was leaving his 4th gate the day was 10 hours and night 8 hours. „ 5th do. 11 , 7 ,, 6th do. 12 , ), ^ ,, 6th vjcster ndo. „ 11 , 7 „ 5th do. 10 , 8 „ 4th do. 9 , 9 3d do. 8 , „ 10 „ 2d do. 7 , 11 „ 1st do. 6 , 12 8fi Here the arc of the sun's north dccHnation, from the equator to the tropic of Cancer, in north latitude 23' 28', i.s made to measure the variations in the length of day between the vernal equinox and the longest day of summer for all that was then known of the habitable world, from the tropic of Capricorn northwards. Possibly, therefore, Archbishop Laurence may have applied to the primitive astronomy of Enoch's description a standard not suitable, as I was doing in my first attempted illustration, from the Newtonian system, represented in Plate No. 2. For our computations respecting the variations in the length of day, according to the latitude and time of year, assume that the earth we in- habit is a glohe or sphere. The ancient astronomy, on the contrary, re- garded it as a circular plane forming only one of many concentric planes called islands, from their common relation to a surrounding sea, and as otherwise separated by large rivers. They are also called mountains or kingdoms, having a central one of marked distinction. In the Hindu mythology they are variously num- bered as seven, ten, and fourteen, called woi'lds. Such also is the Cice- ronian philosophy, fi'om a double sense attaching to the word orhis, and representing a world, or any orb, especially the orbit of a planet. Mythologlcally the Hindus seem to have regarded the equator as the dividing line between seven upper and seven lower Avorlds. Hence the different impersonations of the sun's southern declination towards the tropic of Capricorn, like that of Osiris descending into the lower regions for the winter months of the year. The Laws of the Lesser Light. Enoch, in cap. Ixxii, says : — " 1 . After this law" (viz., that of the sun's course through the twelve gates of heaven), " I beheld another law of an inferior luminary, the name of which is the moon, and the orb of which is as the orb of heaven. " 2. Its chariot, which it secretly ascends, the wind blows ; and light is given to it by measure. " 3. Every month, at its exit and entrance, it becomes changed ; and its periods are as the periods of the sun.* And when, in like man- * Viz., 30 nights, even as there are 30 days to a hination, and 360 nights, even 360 days to a solar year. 89 uer, its light is to exist, its light is a seventh portion from the light oi' the sun.* " 4. Thus it rises, and at its commencement towards the east goes forth thirty days. "5. At that time it appears, and becomes to you the beginning of the month. Thirty days it is with the sun in the gate from which the sun goes forth. " 6. Half of it is in extent seven portions, one-half, and the whole of its orb is void of light except a seventh portion out of the fourteen portions of its light. And in a day it receives a seventh portion, or half that portion of its light. Its light is by sevens, by one portion, and by half of a portion. It sets with the sun. t " 7. And when the sun rises the moon rises with it, receiving a half portion of light. * The seventh portion from the light of the sun is to be reckoned thus : — Since the moon receives its light by measure from the sim (ver. 2), and its first circuit or phasis is a circuit of seven days (Ixxiii, 5), the first day of lunar light must be a seventh portion from the light of the sun as apportioned to the first phasis or circuit of the moon, viz., to the half-moon in each lunation. + On ver. 6 Archbishop Laiu-ence says, — " Tlie disc or face of the moon seems here to be considered as being divided mio fourteen portions, i.e., each hjllf of it into seven portions, so that in its increase or decrease one of these fourteen portions becomes enlightened or dax'kened every day when there are only fourteen days between the new and full moon, or vice versa, but so that in the last two days one-half only of a foiu'teenth portion becomes enlightened or darkened each day when there SkVa fifteen days between the new and full moon." This division of the moon's disc into two halves, and accounting each half to he a seven days' circuit of the moon, as completing the illmninatiou of its whole orb at the full, may serve to illustrate the following remark in Jackson's Chrono- logical Antiquities, vol. ii, p. 33 :--" The soLir year of the Indians consisted of 12 full months and 360 days, hut they had twenty-four months, each consisting of fifteen days, for they did not reckon the months from the moon's completing its period, but from the beginning of its bornings." Fig. 1.— The waxing moon. Fig. 2. — The waning moon. Fig. 3.— The Hindu Parouvan, or lunation of 15 days, from horning to horning. 90 " 8. On that uight when it commences its period, previously to the day of the month, the moon sets with tlic sun. " 9. And on that night it is dark in its fourteen portions, i.e., in each half; but it rises on that day with one-seventh portion precisely, and in its progress declines from the rising of the sun. " 10. During the remainder of its period its light increases to four- teen portions." The relation of the moon to the twelve gates of the sun's course through the heavens, in the differing phases of each lunation, is stated thus by Enoch, cap. Ixxiii, 5-10: — " 5. On stated months it changes its settings, and on stated months it makes its progress through each gate. In two gates the moon sets with the sun, viz., in those two gates which are in the midst — in the third and fourth gate. From the third gate it goes forth seven days, and makes its circuit. " 6. Again it returns to the gate whence the sun goes forth, and in that completes the whole of its light. Then it declines from the sun, and enters in eight days into the sixth gate, and returns in seven days to the third gate* from which the sun goes forth. " 7. When the sun proceeds from the fourth gate the moon goes forth for seven days, until it passes from the fifth gate. " 8. Again it returns in seven days to the fourth gate, and, com- pleting all its light, declines, and passes on by the first gate in eight days ; " 9. And returns iu seven days to the fourth gate, from which the sun goes forth." Fig. 1 shews how half of it (viz., of the fiJl moon), is in extent seven portions of light borrowed from the sun. For the half -moon numbers 7-1 4ths of the moon's disc. Hence one day's lunar light being 1-1 4th of the whole disc, is one-seventh of the half that disc, which half measures the moon^s first phasis or circuit from new to half moon. Fig. 2 illustrates verse 9, and Fig. 3 illustrates the quotation from Jackson. In verse 8 the words jtreviously to the day of the month remind us of the sophist's quibble in the Nubes of Aristophanes, contending that the first day of the month, called "the new and oW {as that on which the interest on money lent became payable), was no definite day, for two coidd not be made one ; there- fore all bargains struck upon such a supposition were necessarily voidable, should the debtor feel inclined to avail himself of such an advantage. * Archbishop Laurence draws attention to the words in italics, as supplied by himself, to complete the obxHious sense, through some accidental omission thereof in the MS. 91 This chapter of Enoch may be aptly illustrated by the following ex- tract from Keith on the Use of the Globes, p. 217, compared with Plate 3 of the illustrations here given : — " When the sun is at his greatest depression below the horizon, being then in Capricorn, the moon is at \ie,v first quarter in Aries, /hZZ in Can- cer, and at her third quarter in Libra ; and as the beginning of Aries is the rising point of the ecliptic, Cancer the highest, and Libra the setting point, the moon rises at her first quarter in Aries, is most elevated above the horizon and full in Cancer, and sets at the beginning of Libra in her third quarter, having been visible for fourteen revolutions of the earth on its axis, viz., during the moon's passage from Aries to Libra. Thus the North Pole is supplied one-half of the winter time with con- stant moonlight in the sun's absence, and the inhabitants only lose sight of the moon from her third to her first quarter, while she gives but little light, and can be of little or no service to them." Resemblance of EnocKs Chronology to that of Hindu Mythic History. — See Enoch, Cap. Ixxvii, 7. The three quintuples of days, which complete the moon's light in 1 5 days, answer to the treta-yug of the Hindus as being three times the kali-yng of 432,000 seconds of time, or of 5 days, each numbering 24 hours. Also cap. Ixxviii, 2. — " He (Uriel) shewed me (Enoch) also the decrease of the moon which is effected in the sixth gate, for in that sixth gate is its light consumed." Now the moon enters its sixth gate at its third quarter, or in 7 days from the full moon. But the satya-yug (which measured Manu's intermitting reign of light in each lunation, according to the mythology of the Hindus) was limited to 20 days, each numbering 24 hours. For this, if (instead of 7 days to the sixth gate) we add a fourth quintuple of days to the three quintuples of cap. Ixxvii, 7, we have a computation of lunar time resembling that of the Hindus in their four lesser yugs. But the maha-yug, or divine age, was a decade of the kali-yug, or age of time. Hence, reckoning the age of time as 5 days, the maha- yug was 50. Again, in 720 days (or 2 years of 3G0 days) there are 14 maha- yugs of 50 days, with a remainder of 20 days; and 71 maha-yugs of 92 50 days make 10 luuar years of 3540 Jays, with an excess of 10 (lays. Hence (seemingly) the law of adding 20 days, or one satya-yug (as a sandhi or equation of sohvr and lunar time), to complete the mannantara of 10 luuar years and one lunation of 30 days. For the 3570 days (thus numbered to a manuantara) multiplied by 14, make 49,980 days, which, in their turn, must be increased by 20 days to make up the kalpa of 50,000 days, or 1000 maha-yugs, each numbering 50 days, But ^5222 days number 141 lunar years 2 months 6 days, or about 14 decades of lunar years, whence we see the reason for multiplying the manuantara by 14 to make the kalpa, though still deficient by 20 days. To 49,980 days add the 20 days, and we have for the kalpa or great day of Brahma '^ days = 138 years 10 months 20 days of luni-solar time. But Brahma's day was as long as his night, and twice 138 years 10 months 20 days makes 277 years 9 months 10 days, Brahma's day and night. His year was 360 times his day and night. But 360 times 10 days = 3,600 days, or 120 1 > 10 years, lunations, or - - - J •' Also 360 times 9 months are - - 270 years. And 360 times 277 years are - - 99,720 years. 100,000 lOO The life of Brahma, - 10,000,000 years, or nearly 278 revolutions of the zodiac. For 277 times 36,000 years, with a remainder of 28,000 years, make up the 10,000,000 luni-solar years of Brahma's life. But, according to the mythology of the Hindus, Manu did not reign in all the yugs, but in the satya-yug only. Hence, as there was only one satya-yug in every maha-yug, or divine age, and 71 maha-yugs, with one satya-yug, in each manuantara, the duration of Manu's reign in each manuantara will be measured by 72 times 20 days, or by 1440 days, or 4 lunar years and 24 days, or 4 luni-solar years of 360 days exactly. Hence the manuantara (as measured only by the days of the satya- yugs numbered therein) represented a mode of computation by a cycle of four years, like that of the Egyptian Lustrum and the Greek Olympiad, 93 for an equation of solar and lunar time at the close o( every fou7-th year. Thusybwr quintuples of light, or 20 days, make up the satya-yug of Mann's reign in its relation to the golden age of classical mythology. For the satya-yug being four times the kali-yug of 5 days, represents the sum of the four lesser yugs. Thus the golden age of each lunation represented also the difference of 20 days between the lunar year of 355 days, and the soli-lunar year of 360 days in a Lustrum or Olympiad, of 4 such years compared. Thus, 12 months of 80 days number 18 months of 20 days, and 30 days of 12 hours number only 20 days of 1 8 hours. — See p. 86. The next, or silver age, like the treta-yug of the Hindus, seems to have represented the time of full moon, as an inferior amount of lunar time, and therefore a more defective approximation towards that equation of solar and lunar time, which seems to have been the object of the Hindu chronology in regard to its four lesser yugs. Again, the hrazeii age, like the dwapa or dwapar-yug of the Hindus, represented a still smaller amount of lunar time, and therefore a consider ably less perfect form of that computation for those four lesser yugs which had for its object an equation of solar and lunar time once in four years, and possibly in seasons of 4 months numbering 120 days, compared with those of 3 months, numbering 90 days. For 3 X 120 = 360, and 4 x 90 = 360. Lastly, the iron age, as the kali-yug or age of time in the mythology of the Hindus, represents the diminution of lunar light to its extinction with a change of the moon, or the first and smallest period of its advance from change to the satya-yug of 20 days. This, therefore, represents an increase in the defect of lunar light, approaching to that darkness in heaven which is, in the Jewish Scriptures, made prophetically to symbolise the times of a deteriorated communion between God and man on earth, to the discomfort of human life. On the Days nv/mhered to each Year of the Kali-yug in the Historical Chronology oj the Hindvs. The kali-yug of 5 days (or the age of time) was one-fourth of the satya-yug of 20 days, and 12 times 20 number 240 days, for the days of a year reckoned by the satya-yugs in 12 lunations of 30 days each; for Manu did not reign in any other of the four lesser yugs except the satya-yug. 94 Again ^' =: 18 days. Hence, apparently, the origin of Enoch's hour's circle, which reckons only 9 hours day and 9 hours night at the equator, by dividing the 360° of that circle into 18 meridians at 20° apart, whereas we divide it into 24 naeridians at IS'' apart. — See pp. 86, 92. Hence, perhaps, the secret of the great differences which appear to exist on comparing the mythic years of the Hinda kali-yug with our solar years of 365^ days. For Coleman calls our a.d. 1832 the 4933d year of the present kali-yug, which, he adds, commenced a.m. 906. But Duff, writing in a.d. 1 839, calls it the 4944th year of the present kali-yug;* of which, he adds, the 1000th year was about our B.C. 2000. Comparing these two statements together, we count only 7 years from A.D 1832 to A.D. 1839, but the difference between 4933 and 4944 years is 1 1 years. It appears, therefore, that the Hindu kali-yug may be reckoned so that the years thereof should bear the ratio of 1 1 to 7 years when compared with our own solar year.t The years, therefore, of the kali- yug must have numbered fewer days than we reckon to a solar year. The approximate proportion (omitting any remainder in days), is — Days. Days. Years. Tears. 3651 : 240 : 11 ; 7 of 365^ days each. Also 365i : 240 : : 4933 : 3241 years of 365| days. From the above proportions we leani that 3241 of our solar years are an approximate equivalent for 4933 years of this present kali-yug, reckoning 1 2 satya-yugs or 240 days to a year of the kali-yug. From 3241 solar years of 365;|- days each, Take a.d. 1833 B.C. 1408 represents the beginning of this present kali-yug. ^^^ Also 1408 solar years of 3Qo^ days from b.c. 4004 (as the date of * DuflP, however, in page 126, says that the maha-yug numbered 12,000 years, and as the kali-yug was alwaj's 1-lOth of the maha-yug, it must, in that case, have numbered only 1200 years, though, othei-wise, as 5 days and 3G,000 years, or 432,000 limations. t Tliis difference may, however, only prove that DufiF and Coleman dated the beginning of the Hindu kali-era from different expressions for the a.m. corres- ponding to the A. D. of which they respectively spoke. 95 the Creation according to our reckoning) give a.m. 2596 as our year of the world for the beginning of the kali-yng, when numbering with Coleman 4933 (mythic) years, to a.d. 1832. Yet Coleman gives a.m. 906 as the beginning .of the present kali-yug. It is clear, therefore, that Coleman must erroneously have counted to the mythic years of the kali-yug the same number of days as there would be in a like number of our solar years, for in no other way could he have dated its beginning from A.M. 906 ; though his reckoning would be perfectly correct in that form. Thus, B.C. 4006, less 906 years = b.c. 3100 ; add to B.C. 3100 our A.D, 1833, and their sum is 4933 years. Duflf, on the other hand, seems to reckon the mythic years of the kali-yug as lunar years of 354 days (or possibly as 355 days, to make a more complete equation of solar and lunar time every 4 years, since 4 X 355 -|- 20, for a sandhi, = 4 x 360 days), compared with our solar years of 365^ days, when he tells us that our a.d. 1839 was the 4944th year of the present kali-yug, and that our B.C. 2000 was about the 1000th year of the kali-yug. That the years of the Hindu kali-yug are as lunar years compared with our own solar year of 365^ days may be readily shewn from the following proportion : — Years of kali-yug. Solar years of 36.5^ days. Days. Days. 3944 : 3839 : : 365^ : 355 Days. Days. Years of kali-yug. Solar years of 3651 days Also 365| : 355 ; : 1000 : 971 Hence, for the 3944 -f lOOO, or the 4944 years numbered over the kali-yug in a.d. 1839 by Duff, we find 4805 of our solar years are an approximate equivalent through the following proportion : — Days. Days. Years of kali-yug. Solar years of 365i days. 365| ; 355 : : 4944 : 4805 But 4805 solar years of 365^ days, ending in a.d. 1839, date their commencement (and therefore the beginning of the present kali-yug of the Hindus according to Duff's account) from our B.C. 2966, or a.m. 1038. For the difference between b.c. 4004 and b.c. 2966 is 1038 years. Seeing that the satya-yug of mythic years primarily reckoned only the seconds of time in 20 days of 24 hours each, and was used as a sandhi, or equation of solar and lunar time, to complete each manu- antara and each kalpa ; also that each manuantara (when numbered in days only by the days of the satya-yugs, as the appointed limitation of Manu's personal reign therein), reckoned four solar years of 360 days, 96 or four times 355 days + 20 days, it seems highly probable that the lunar year was practically (in the chronology of the Hindus equally as by Numa) reckoned as 355 days,* though still counted astronomicaUy as 354 days, or twelve times 29^ days. — Enoch Ixxiv, 14. Thus Enoch asserted that there were astronomically 364 days in each solar year, but practically, like the Hindus, he only numbers 360 days to each year. He adds, however, 4 days, as conductors of the four seasons, by dividing the year in quarters, as the Colures, or voices of light, do the ecliptic on an artificial globe. — Enoch Ixxiv, 2. For these he says " serve four days which are not computed in the computa- tion of the year." I can find no historical record that the days of the solar year were ever, in any country, practically numbered as 364. For the ancient Clialda?ans numbered practically only 860, to which the Eg}'ptians added 5 annually, not taking the remaining fourth of a day into account more than once in the Lustrum of 4 years, reckoned as 4 x 365 + 1 =1461 (lays ; and once again, when amounting to a whole year, in the Great or Sothiac Cycle of 4 x 365 -}- 1 = 1461 years. Similarly, I can find no historical record that 355 days were ever numbered to the lunar year in any calendar of practical chronology ex- cept in that of the Romans by Numa, though (for reasons already given) it seems to have been also the lunar year of the Hindus. Numa is said to have added 1 day to the lunar year of 354 days from a superstition that there was luck in odd numbers, though it is more likely that he found 5 days more convenient than 6 as the basis of his computations for equalising solar and lunar time, when reckoning time by decades of years, as the Chaldaeans did under the name of sari. The old Egyptian chronicle was framed only after the Egyptians began to reckon 365^ days to a year, and its historical chronology ter- minated B.C. 350. It is clear, therefore, that the chronology of the pseudo-Enoch is one of more ancient date. It does not, however, follow that the antiquity of the book itself is co-equal with the astronomical chronology described therein. The historical parts extend alkgoricaUy down to the times of Herod the Great, according to Archbishop Lau- rence's interpretation of the allegory. But the prophetical notices in- volve such marked reference to certain peculiar characteristics of our * Tliis appears to have been the original year of the Veda according to the Key to the Chronoloyy of the Hindus, which I had not seen when writing the above, though kindlj' presented to me since by .7. W. Jones of the British Museum. 97 Christian doctrine, that if ancient heathenism had not symbolically re- corded its belief in the relation of God to man under a mystic triad of persons, and its belief in the doctrine of Divine incarnations (as of a mys- tery kept secret from before the creation of man, and never to be fully revealed until the last incarnation of the Divine Spirit, " as God's secret one sitting on the throne of His earthly glory in the end of the world," or in the Messiah's day of Jewish prophecy), we might almost feel dis- posed to regard the prophecy of the ten weeks as the forgery of a pious fraud by some Judaising Christian. At whatever time written, the book can never have been designed, even by its author, to pass cui'rent for the composition of Enoch. For no author intending his book to be viewed in that light would make such a stupidly absurd forgery as to introduce Noah as the historian of his own times, and then continue with an allegorical description of Scripture history onwards, even to the times of the Christian dispensation. It is not, however, improbable that the Jews of the dispersion, as representing a people divided amongst the heathen of conflicting reli- gious superstitions in Syria and Egypt, after the dismemberment of the empire of Alexander the Great, should (as in contrast to the traditions of the Egyptian Jews) perpetuate also the traditions of Chaldtean and Phoenician origin under the title of traditions orally derived from Enoch. On such a supposition, the book (even if never written until the latter days of the Mosaic dispensation, and long after the Egyptians had begun to number ZQb\ days to their solar year), would mould its chronology on the basis of the more ancient Chaldaic astronomy, and associate therewith the mythically historic traditions of Asia as distinct from those of Egypt in many respects, though in others retaining evidence of much similarity. Though the book evidently treats of distinct subjects, and allegori- cally connects the historic reminiscences of widely distant times with astronomical and mythic traditions, of which it professes to have derived the earliest from Enoch, and for that reason to have been vaguely called by his name, it seemingly retains internal evidence of one common object or design pervading the structure of its distinct parts, as if designed to make it, in and from the latter days of the Mosaic dispensation,* a pro- phetic text-book respecting the signs of the times of Messiah's advent in * From the internal evidence of the book it is certain, as Archbishop Lau- rence says, that it coiild not have been written earHer than the Babylonian captivity. 08 the end of the world, as foreshadowed from the beginning, and continu- ously memorialised by Gentile traditions no less than by those of the Jews. Without entering upon any very minute analysis, the book of Enoch seems to treat of five distinct subjects, viz.— 1*^. The old prophecy of judgment on the watchers, as referred to in Jude V, 14, 15, from Enoch, cap. ii. This has reference to his vision of judgment, cap. xiii, and hia book of the words of righteousness^ and of the reproof of the watchers, &c., cap. xiv. to XXXV. But this old prophecy, with which the book opens, is only a brief and general expression of the revelation made in more detailed form under the prophecy of the ten weeks as limiting to 7000 years the whole interval between the creation of man and the end of the world as the beginning of an eternal judgment prepai-ed for the wicked. 2d. Enoch's second vision of wisdom, consisting of three parables (cap. xxxvii to Ixix), called erroneously 103 in cap. xxxvii, 3. The revelation of the third parable, or that respecting Behemoth and Leviathan, was accompanied by an earthquake at which the heaven of heavens shook, and " the Ancient of Days" was seen sitting on the throne of His glory, while the angels and saints were standing around Him. Herein we may notice that the language of the latter-day Jewish pro- phecies is borrowed from Daniel and Haggai, and applied to the predic- tion of the flood as then impending in Noah's time. In this part of the book Noah himself is represented as the author of the narrative of Enoch's third parable, as of secret things revealed to himself by Enoch (cap. Iviii to Ixix) in the 500th year of Enoch's life- time,* or about the 1200th year of the world, if we date the birth of Enoch, as this book does, seemingly from about a.m. 700. But the allusion to the seventh mouth, and fouiieenth day of the month, seems also to be one of latter-day Jewish prophecy applied to the times of Noah, and probably the vision of the angel with measuring ro})es to measure the righteous. — Cap. Ix. (Compaie Ezekiel's vision of cap. xl, V. 3; xlvii, 3; Zech. ii, 1, 2, with Rev. xi, I, 2). Hence, amongst other interpretations for Isaiah v, 18 — " Woe unto them that * Yet Scripture says that Enoch wa-s translated into heaven in the 365th year of his life. 99 draw iniquity with cords of vanity, and sin as it were with a cart-rope " — I hope I shall not be saying anything very absurd if I presume that reference may be made to a Baal-worshipping people parading the car of their idol-god through the streets of their city as drawn by ropes. Thus, the ropes which would measure the strength of the popular fanaticism might be regarded by a heathen priesthood as a measure of the righteous, and by the prophets of the Jewish nation compared ironi- cally with the measuring-rod of another standard, derived from the typi- cal institutions of the Mosaic law, as ordained of God for an instruction of righteousness to Israel. dd. The Book of the Revolutions of the Luminaries of Heaven, &-c. — Cap. Ixxi to Isxxi inclusive. Ath. The Visionary Dreams of Enoch, as recited by him to his son ]\Iethusalah, and renewing his instruction of wisdom. These allego- rise, in absurd form, the leading incidents of Scripture history, and conclude with the vision of judgment on the seventy shepherds. — Cap. Ixxxiv to Ixxxix. bth. Enoch's Second Book of Prophecy, extending to the end of time. This begins at cap. xc, and extends over a prophetic period of ten mystic weeks, each numbering 700 years, and therefore over 7000 years in all. — Cap. xcii to the end. In one marked characteristic this alleged prophecy is peculiarly Jewish, viz., in its prediction of the flood, compared with Enoch's more detailed reference to the events of those days (cap. liv, v. 1-3), we read: " Afterwards the Ancient of Days repented, and said; In vain have I destroyed all the inhabitants of the earth. And He swore by His great name, saying ; Henceforward I will not act thus towards all those who dwell upon earth. But I will place a sign in the heavens ; and it shall be a faithful witness between Me and them for ever, as long as the days of heaven and earth last upon the earth." The Hindu mythology, on the contrary, speaks of ever-recurring deluges, introducing all the great cycles of solar and lunar time. In most other respects Enoch's prophecy of the ten weeks seems to be modelled on an Hindu mythic basis, viz., that of Vishnu's ten avatars, or marked manifestations of Divine interference in the atiairs of men, for periodic vindications of the eternal truth (as believed in by the heathen,"' though only under debased * James ii, 19. 100 association with ignorant and cruel superstitions), that God is governor in all the earth, notwithstanding the unn'ghteousness and oppression which exist therein. It seems also to blend with heathen traditions another peculiar feature of Jewish prophecy, viz., that of Ezekiel's seven months (Cap. xxxix, 12, 14), in the relation thereof to the seven typi- cal months of Jewish harvest, as (in the days of Haggai's prophesying) extended to the tenth month, by 70 typical days, fi-om the 15th of the 7th month to the 25th of the 9th month (Hag. ii, 18), according to the years of the Babylonian captivity, or as 70 days from about the end of the seventh month to the anniversary of the fast of the tenth month (Jer. Hi, 4), when turned into joy (Zech. viii, 19) in the days of the restored kingdom. For as originally under the Levitical law of Mosaic institution, so more especially under the continuous instruction of Jewish prophecy ex- plaining the true spiritual application of that typical instruction, the typical months of the Jewish harvest were made prophetically to symbo- lise the end of the Mosaic or typical dispensation as " the end of the world" predicted in Dan. vii, 25-28, when compared with Heb. ix, 26- 28, and Matt, xxiv, 3, 14, interpreted by Rom. x, 18, and Rev. xiv, G. Thus the resurrection of Christ in confirmation of His gospel is a never- ceasing proclamation of the seventh apocalyptic trumpet in its eter- nal warning to all flesh, exhorting them to live on earth in the fear of God as taught by Christ, if they earnestly desire after death to become participators in His salvation ! Also when Jerem. xxx, 34-40; xxxiii, 19-26, and Haggai ii, 6, 7, are interpreted by Heb. viii, 2 ; xii, 26 ; and Ezek. xxxvii, 1 1-26, by Matt, xxii, 41-46. 101 Introductory Remarks to Dr Mien's Paper. On arriving at the general conclusions here stated, under a seeming proof of accuracy upon arithmetic data, I was lamenting to my brother- in-law (J. W. Jones, Esq., of the British Museum) my want of ability to discover the meaning of the Sanscrit names given to the yugs, and used in other features of this intricate subject. At his request, therefore, I submitted a few questions for the consideration of his friend Dr Rieu, whose valuable and learned reply is here subjoined in its integrity. It seems to confirm my previous conclusions, from independent data, that the yugs, though ultimately numbering large cycles of solar or lunar years, might be computed in seconds of time ; so that the days of the kali-yug thus reckoned should represent the difference of solar and lunar time (actually or approximately) in one year, and those of the satya-yug represent the difference (similarly reckoned) every fourth year. The etymology of the names given to the four lesser yugs, as ex- explained by Dr Rieu, is in perfect harmony with the idea that, like the golden, silver, brazen, and iron ages of classical mythology ; they are metaphorical expressions assimilating the four distinct periods of every lunation to a corresponding revolution of time in larger cycles, all of which terminate with a kali-yug (whether called " age of time" or " age of sin"), as representing the end of prophetic time, in its relation to some then impending judgment on the world for the sins of men. The dwapara-yug or " age of doubt," would represent the ten days of the moon's waning course from full to the last five days of the luna- tion, as an apt similitude of declining greatness, morally or politically, in the history of any particular people, or of the world generally. Similarly the treta-yug, or that of " the three sacrificial fires," may be computed in the language of a metaphor derived from the moon's changing phases during the first fifteen days of each lunation. The first sacrificial fire commemorating the new moon — the second its horniug — the third its full -orbed splendour. But, as the early part of this yug would represent only a condition of very feeble light (however welcome in transition from absolute darkness), it represents only the silver age of the moon compared with a fourth similitude, representing its golden age in mythic identity with its appearance by night, for twenty days of each 102 lunation, as a man ! Compare Archbishop Laurence's Enoch, Ixxvii, 21, with remarks on Herod, ii, cap. 130, in p. 10 of Appendix A, 2 ; and with the arithmetical fact that a satya-yug of 1,728,000 seconds of time numbers 20 days of 24 hours each. Hence (though once wavering after the construction of plate No. 2, illustrating the Hindu mythology of Manu's reign in the satya-yug), I have now come definitively to the conclusion that the treta-yug alone begins with the new moon, and that the satya-yug does not commence until a fuller manifestation of lunar light, that its twenty days may measure the brightest portion of the moon's age in each lunation ; and theuce make it an apt symbol to represent the golden age of any nation's prosperity, or of the world's past history up to any present time of pros- perity. In the Key to the Chronology of the Hindus the mythic years of the kali-era number only the tenths of seconds, or 432,000 raatires in a day of twelve hours. Hence, the maha-yug numbers only five days of twenty-four hours, and seventy-one such maha-yugs, or divine ages, make 355 days, which Avas the original year or menuautara of the Veda. This is a fact of great importance. For my calculations, derived from other data, estimated the lowest expression of the maha-yug or divine age at 50 days, the menuantara of which (or 71 x 50 := 3550 days) represents a decade of ordinary years or menuantaras. The menuantara varies (excepting the maha-menuantara of ^iJ" or 857 years) according to the chronological value of the divine ages. Thus, when the divine age represents an ordinary menuantara, the next higher form of the menuantara is 71 years, for 71 divine ages. The old soli-lunar year of 360 days was called especially the pro- phetic menuantara. The equivalent for the 4 lesser yugs, comparing their mythic years with historic time, is to be ascertained thus : — One prophetic menu- antara of 360 days, solar time, is as one year of mortal life. Hence 360 X 100 -zz 36,000 days of symbolic account, for as many years prophetically. Again, a day divided symbolically into 12 hours (for a prophetic representation of day without night) is as the prophetic menu- antara of 360 days divided into 12 months. Thus, whilst 100 x 360 days of 12 hours number 432,000 hours for the mythic years of the kali-age, answering to 100 years of historic time, 100 x 360 years or 36,000 years =: 432,000 lunations of 30 days each, are the ordinary astronomical equivalent for the 100 years of Brahma's mythic life. 103 But if we have for the kali-age, Then the dwapa-yug The treta-yug The satya-yug Days I Hours without, mythically night, j called years. 100* years of 360 days, ! 432,000 200 years of do. 300 years of do. 400 years of do. 1000* years of histori-) cal account, but ... j 12,000* Also their sum, or the malia- 1 divine age, representing the calpa or great day of Brah- \ ma's millennium. This con- | sists of 1000 ordinary divine | ages, representing only as many years, or prophetic | menuantaras J * The sum of the lives of the ten antediluvian patriarchs amounts to 8570 years, and this sum, divided by their number, gives 857 years for the average life or antara of a Manu. Also 14 X 857 years (for the 14 menuantaras to a kalpa) = 11,998 years, approximately for the 12,000 years of mythic reckoning as 12,000 lunations = 1000 prophetic menuantaras in the maba- divine age of Brahma's life. If the views here taken of the Hindu chronology are correct on the whole, however defectively stated, its computation of 432,000 mythic years to the kali-yug (for the 432,000 da^/s in 1200 years of 360 days each) proves the affinity thereof to that of the ancient Chaldaan and Egyptian chronology for the antediluvian period of the world's history. That the protracted numbers of the ancient Egyptian chronology are, when reduced, so nearly in conformity with the marginal chronology of our Bible as to confirm its accuracy, I have shewn in my Analysis of the old Egyptian Chronicle, pp. 20, 21 of this Tract. I have also endeavoured to shew in tabular form that the ante- diluvian period of man's history, according to the Phoenicians, Chaldaeans, Egyptians, and Hindus, corresponds to what Moses has, in the simplicity of a truthful record, handed down to us respecting the same times, only setting aside the Gentile traditions of their heathen mythologies, and their artificial chronology of 1200 years, or a kali-yug of 432,000 days for the " antediluvian age of sin." Hence, I contend that these ancient chronological systems, when rightly understood, do not in any way lengthen out the duration of man's history beyond the times numbered over it in the marginal chronology of our Bibles ; and that (in regard to the antediluvian period) they might seem to have numbered only 1200 years*, whereas the sum of the successive genealogies of the antediluvian patriarchs at * It appears, however, from the Ke7/ to the Chronology of the Hindus, that these 1200 years date their beginning from the end of the first satya-yug of 400 years ; or rather from the retm-n of Cain and his family to the settlements of Setb after 6 menuantaras, or 6 x 71 = 426 years, had passed since the creation of man. 104 the flood, or iu the 600th year of Noah's life, numbered actually 1656 years. Hence the oft-repeated demand that the antediluvian period of the Mosaic records (as shorter in the Hebrew than in the Greek text) should have its chronology lengthened out to correspond with that of the above Gentile traditions (as if these were veritable traditions of a far greater antiquity), is absurd in point of fact. It is also mischievously irreverent in the blindness of its disregard for the authority of Moses when claiming (under confirmation of his word and works) to have been truly a prophet of God, and intrusted with a Divine legation to Israel. Memmundum on the Chronology of the Hindus by Dr Rieu of the British Museum. The oldest mention of a yuga is found in the Jyotish or Vedic Calendar, where it is applied to a cycle of -i lunar years. Hence, the progress may be traced to one of 60 lunar years ; thence to one of 60 years of Jupiter, or 3600 common years,* which is called vakpati-yuga or Jupiter's Cycle. This last, multiplied again by 60, gives rise to the prajanath-yuga, containing 216,000 years; and twice that, constitutes the kali-yuga ; which again, multiplied by two, produces the other yugas. — See Colebrooke, -Es5aj/5, vol. I, pp. 107, 108 ; vol. H, pp. 447, 448 ; and Latten, Tndische Alterthumskunde, vol. I, p. 827. The division of the day, according to the Institutes of Manu, is as follows : — 18 Nimesha (twinklings! of the eye) = 1 chashtha. 30 Chashtha, - - = 1 kala. 30 Kala, - - = 1 muhurta. 30 Muhurta, - - =: 1 nycthemeroD. — See Manu, chap. 1, v. 64. * But this cycle of 3600 j^ears represents the equivalent in luni-solar ^or old Chaldajan) years for the Hindu treta-yug, when numbered as 1,296,000 days, mythically called yeai's ; as from a kali-jHig of 1200 old Chalda?an yeai-s, numbering 432,000 days, mytliically called years. t The " twinkling of an eye" was a fraction less than ten matires, which equal only one EngHsh second. Hence, the matire was 1-lOth of l-60th, or l-600th part of an English minute. 105 In the next followiug verses Ave find it stated that the year of man is a nycthemeron of the gods, and that the sum of the four ages, i.e., 12,000 years of the gods, multiplied by a thousand, constitutes one day of Brahma, his night being of equal duration. — (Manu, I, 67-72). The names of the four ages are commonly interpreted as follows: — Kali-yug, - the age of sin. Dwapara, - „ doubt. Treta, - » the 3 sacrificial fires. Satya or krita-yug, » truth or perfection. But they seem to have had originally a connection with numbers, as the same words, kali, dwapara, treta, krita, are applied to the faces of the die, severally marked with one, two, three, or four dots. — (See Bohblingk and Roth, Sankrit Worterbuch). Jambu Dwipa is one of the seven islands, or parts of the world, which the Hindus suppose to surround Mount Meru. It is the one which contains India. Its name is derived from Jambu, Eugenia Jambolanx, or rose-apple, a tree common in India. A colossal Jambu tree is supposed to shade the lofty summit of Mount Meru. The best work to consult on the chronological system of the Hindus is Colonel Warren's Kala Sankalita, an abstract of which will be found in Prinsey's Indian Antiquities, edited by Thomas, vol. II, p. 148, &c. Another work bearing on the subject is — " A Key to the Chronology of the Hindoos, proving that the protracted numbers of all the Oriental Nations, when reduced, agree with the dates given in the Bible." — 2 vols. 8vo., Cambridge, 1820. lOG t 'S < o I— I H o ^ 5^ d -It «« o o "^ — ■ so A "Si o TJ g a. •<; 2 cS S >> C3 1 a o CD « o 1=1 rt ^f 03 (rt ^ A •IS -^ +3 i5 s O TS 1— 1 1 1 c3 CO ^ •rt +3 .+D a i .s ^3 .=3 -=3 r-i n cc "^ •n a 71 ^ !=1 (S «t-i O tq « '•+3 -g ^4 &, t>H ^ in 4J .a 'bb a OS o •73 PI 93 O) rfl ^ TJ sa 60 fcf) o S a <v w M m m 1 1 ^ ^ <U ^ ^^ 1 1 Cm ;::; o o bC cf C ^ ^3 1 s=l § fl o ■g « o ^ t% i o o n3 03 IS hH i ;g a fco 'S g-s -M -— ( .— ( -73 bO c3 bO -^ rS ;^ ^^ cS ce o ■^ I— 1 3 u 53 1 o a g fl ^ cS i=l o o3 O o c3 107 l/-^ M M -1° ^ ^ -p m of 'a s OJ a) O oo 00 +3 'S X X ■g 1 H» o o >> f-i 1 — i CO C/3 :i ^3 o II II oT M M 1 O o .£3 o 3 o ^ CO CO CM '^ fM ^ l?1 II II II H II c3 4^ f >l t^ p ^H cS c3 >-. ;3 t>> ^ ■^ n^ rH -^ n3 "^ c3 03 1 — 1 s cS a 44H O -^|<>< bc 0) o ^ Ho) be .9 G o -p so bX) Oi JZi i ^\(i\ H° fl « ,rj s ^ 1 C :i 1 3 2 S i^l .1 O '= Q .51 ?H .3 bO ^ nz; I I a ^ ^ n3 m >-, QJ o3 ri 3 -« ki CJ !zi 02 1 HN CO •^ .s be Ph * * o o o o o o o o o o ^ 00 o o o ^ CO 00 <r^ ^ (-H (M o CO CO !— ( '^l 00 '^ it ,1^ -^ (-1 T3 ^ OT ? .-^ 'C s:^ ^ 1 a 1 2 -r, S S ■^ <) 5 -a fq eS .2 CI. Se •bc-c r^ C3 pp ■^ ~* t^ m -a ^. ,ja !1) ,£3 >. ^ ;a ^ o 0) ho P S CO L, CO CO g d ^^ 9 gW g a ^ -3 «o S "^ >. >-> fl 2 a? tD oq 5 5 <i <j ^ a P»H -^ bo •-> O 0) ,2 g o 108 fl 2 § ~ t; », 3> ~ " ^ ^ 109 On the Chronological relation of our oiun Times to the Ninth Week of Enoch's Proj^hecy. In respect to the a.m. 58G3 as a medium for comparing our a.d. 18G1 with the corresponding year in the cali-era of the Hindus, by deducting 900 therefrom we find that it represents the cah-year 4963. But since each cali-age measures only the last 100 years of every nrillenniura, whilst the cali-era is a vast chronological period beginning with the first cali-age, and extending by anticipation over 432,000 years, it remains for us to ascertain what is the relation of the kali-year 4963 to the great calpa or day of Brahma. That calpa numbered 14 menuantara?, each of which contained 71 divine ages, when the divine age was reckoned as a year of 355 days, which was the original year of the Veda. In this form Brahma's calpa was a millennium. This represented also the sum of the four lesser ages, and constitutes the divine age of the Hindu historical chronology. In regard to these divine ages, the duration of the present world (both according to these traditions of the Hindus and according to the prophecy of Enoch) being limited to seven, represents the whole cycle of its historical chronology as contained within one day, or great calpa of Brahma. Hence the menuantara by which this great day is measured is not the ordinary menuantara of 71 divine ages, but a period of 857 years, con- sidered as the average life of a manu. Because the sum of the years of the lives of the ten antedikivian patriarchs, or 8575 years divided by 10 (their number), gives 857 years. — See Key, vol. i, p. 100, and note to p. 135. To ascertain, therefore, the relation of the cali-year 4963 (or a.m. 5863 and our a.d. 1861) to the above grand calpa, we must divide the year of the world 5863 by the maha-menuantara 857. The quotient being 6, proves that the cali-year 4963 is in the seventh menuantara of Brahma's calpa. But in what divine age of that menuantara l The re- mainder from the first process, which was 723 years, must be divided by 24, because the Hindus reckoned 24 parouvans or half months to a year, and the great menuantara of 857 years stands mythically and symboli- cally for the ordinary menuantara, or year of 355 days, numbering 71 maha-yugs of 5 days each. I 110 But 723 divided by 24 gives 3 for the passed number of diviue ages. Hence the kali-year 4963 is in the fourth divina age (and represents the third year of its satya-yug or first age, there being yet a remainder of 3), and in the seventh menuaiitara of Brahma's grand calpa. Why, however, is this calpa called (as it is by Duff in his India and Indian Missions, p. 127), the^tr^^ calpa or day in the fifty-first year of Brahma's life 1 Brahma's life is limited to a period mythically called 100 years, as symbolised in a cycle of 100 times 3G0 days (or 1200 lunations for the mythic years of the cali-age), the great zodiacal cycle of the ancients, or 36,000 years of 360 days, and 36,525 of 365;^ days, as a term of solar time calculated for completing one revolution in the signs of the zodiac. The myth, therefore, that 50 years, or /wZ/'of Brahma's life, had already passed when he brought the present Lotos-creation into existence, may be explained thus : — The night of Brahma's day is as long as his day, and the work of creation did not commence until the end of his long night. Or it may be explained figuratively thus : — The Egyptian year once began at the autumnal equinox. At the Exodus its beginning was changed to that of the vernal equinox, and the effects of this change are commemorated in the difibring mythologies of Egypt and Greece. For whilst the Egyptians reckon their three oldest gods in the order of — 1. Pan, 2. Hercules, 3. Bacchus, the Grecians invert that order, thus — 1. Bacchus, 2. Hercules, 3. Pan. — See Explanatory Diagram in the Tract on the Chronology of Egypt. This change in the beginning of the year from the autnmnal to the vernal equinox may therefore have been mythically and symbolically made to represent i\iQ first half o^ the great zodiacal revolution as having been then completed, even as the night half of Brahma's life preceded the work of creation. One calpa, or the night half oi Brahma's grand calpa doubled for day and night, expired a.m. 4970, according to the mythic data of the Hindu chronology. For 71 maha-yugs of 5 days make one mennantara, or year of 355 days, and 14 such years number 4970 days as the mythic years of one calpa, for the first or night half of the grand calpa. Again, twice 14 such menuautaras (for the two calpas of Brahma's day and night) make 28 years, thus symbolically associating Brahma's grand calpa with the solar cycle of 28 years for its basis. Ill The Scrijitural Doctrine of the Millennium, as rejjresented in Rev. XX, proved to be a Figurative Description of the end or object of the Mosaic Law in its relation to God's First Covenant with Israel, for that was designed to prepare his People (on the intro- duction of his New and Eternal Covenant with Israel in Christ) to read therein the Promised Restoration of Man to the Law of his Original Communion loith God by the Gift of the Holy Ghost. In substitution for the design marked No. 6 of the Chronological Tables in the Table of Contents. This represents the eternal glory of Messiah's kingdom as beginning to have its predicted manifestation over all flesh (or to the Jew and Gen- tile without respect of persons), under judgment on the rebellious of Israel numbered with the heathen, unto a like condemnation of exclusion therefrom. That judgment began w^hen God revoked his^?'s^ covenant of the Mosaic dispensation to estabUsh his second (as an eternal cove- nant of mercy in Christ), after a period of millennial glory given to the kingdom of exclusively Jewish privileges. This millennium is to be rec- koned from the days of Solomon to those events of the apostolic age whereby the kingdom, in exclusive character, under the Mosaic theo- cracy was destroyed for ever, and given to a new people, to become theirs for ever and ever. This accords with the ratio of the times fore- ordained in Dan. ii, 44, and vii, 26, 27, as a clue to the true historic fulfilment of the other Jewish prophecies which relate to the setting up of Messiah's kingdom " in the latter days," meaning thereby the latter days of heathen dominion as then existing only under a like limitation of time with the Mosaic theocracy of exclusively Jewish privileges. — 1 Peter iv, 5, 17, fulfilling Isaiah xxv, 7, 8; xxvi, 19. The seven-headed dragon is a heathen symbol in the mythology of the Hindus.* It symbolised Eternity bearing Vishnu aloft on the surface of the waters of chaos throughout the long night of Brahma which pre- ceded the creation of the earth on which we dwell. Its seven heads probably symbolised its relation to the seven upper worlds of Hindu mythology. * See note on the Aphophis of the Egyptians as a symbolism for tlie constel- lation Hydra rising in Leo, soon after the rising of the Dog-star in Cancer. 112 Tiiis mystic symbolism of heathen traditions seems (under a variation of the imagery) to have Ijcen made in the apocalyptic vision a type of the heathen dominion of the Egypto-Canaauite in the land promised to Abraham and his seed, in redemption of the land from the dominion thereof, as existing on the exodus of Israel out of Egypt. For its dominion was then seven-headed, as representing seven mountains or kingdoms (Deut. vii, 1, with Rev. xvii, 9, 10), and ten horned, for the families of the Canaauite are enumerated as ten in Gen. xv, 19, 21. The crowned aspect of this red dragon, in Rev. xii, 3, represents the cruel and dominant character of Egypto-Canaanitish power in the day of Israel's exodus out of Egypt. For the woman which gave birth to the man-child personified the faith of Abraham as then producing the promised seed which should, in course of time, destroy the whole power of the dragon. — Hosea xi, 1 ; Matt, ii, 1 5. Hence " the bottomless pit " of Rev. xx, 3, as in other passages, is to be interpreted from Ezek. xxxi, 18; xxxii, 30, 31, and symbolises the natural termination of endless desolation brought upon all the families of man through a conflict of worldly interests — brought about from the vain-glory of erring worldly wisdom, and from the false notions of man's relation towards God, as taught by the heathen. The opening of this bottomless pit, and the binding of Satan for a millennial imprisonment therein, have an historic illustration of double reference, viz., Ist. The restraint of Canaauitish and heathen hostility to Israel through the wars of extermination thereon, which continued until the time of David; 2 Sam. v, 6, 10. '2d. The restraint placed upon the transgressions of Israel by the fiery law of ]\Ioses ; by extra- ordinary judgments, as in the case of Korah, Dathan, and Abiram; and occasionally by leaving them a prey to their heathen neighbours. The binding of Satan, therefore, before the kingdom was established in the zenith of its millennial glory under Solomon, as completed by the building of the first temple about 1000 years before the Christian era, represents a prophetic period of 490 years, or 70 typical weeks, numbered over the waning power of the Egypto-Canaanite at the beginning of the Mosaic dispensation, as over the mystic-Canaauite, by the prophecy of Dan. ix, 24, 27, in the latter days thereof. Another sign of the times, which verified scripturally the setting up of the millennial kingdom, is this: — It was the kingdom of the Jirst resurrection. This is identified by St Paul, Rom. v, 14, with the estab- lij^hment of the Mosaic theocracy : " Nevertheless, death reigned from Adam to Moses, even over them that had not sinned after the similitude of Adam's transgression," or wilfully. For the laM" of works was given 113 to lay all flesh under the eoudereiuatioii of sin, until redeemed therefronr under the covenant of a better hope in Christ, or by gifts of grace, to be realised over the Jew first, and then over Jew and Gentile eqnallv and everlastingly in the power of the Holy Ghost. Scripture thus contemplates all the world as lying under darkness and the shadow of death, on the exodus of Israel out of Egypt, to be- come thenceforth an elect and holy people — the promised seed of the world's regeneration. The kingdom of the Mosaic theocracy was therefore tiie kingdom of man's Jirst resurrection, as from the power of death and hell to one of renewed spiritual communion of life with God on earth. But, as before observed, this kingdom was not estabhshed in the fulness of its earthly glory until the days of Solomon, and about 1000 years before the Christian era; hence, seemingly, its prophetic designation of the millennial kingdom, as spoken of a millennial " day limited in David ;" Heb. iv, 7. The duration thereof was between Solomon, the son of David according to the flesh, and Christ, as the son of David prophetically, in the spirit of the promise of eternal life to the Gentile as to the Jew ; fi-om the time when the resurrection should be made general, under an exter- minating judgment on the first kingdom of exclusive privileges to the Jew ; Ezek. xxxvii, 24, 25 ; Matt, xxii, 42, 4G. Jewish prophecy speaks of but two covenants of God with Israel, and all its declarations shew that the establishment of the second was to be the characteristic feature of Messiah's advent* to judge the world in righteousness. That was to proceed by an eternal judgment bcgin- nina; in the flesh, and over that rebellious faction in Israel, through the * In the Old Testament prophecies nothing is said about tivo advents of Messiah. It is said that he shoidd be cut off, but not for himself : and that, in the power of his resurrection, he should obtain an everlasting triumph over death and hell. The doctrine of two advents is essentially a doctrine of Christianity ; but, when scripturaUy examined, it is clear that Christ's second advent was spoken of by himself and his apostles as an event of immediate expectation to that generation of the Jews, as the judges of those by whom he had been rejected, when appear- ing before them as a prophet of God in mere human form, and as the comforter of his elect in the day of their woi-ldly trials from the oppression of their enemies. Such is the specific and Jewish reference of the doctrine of the second advent as taught in the New Testament. But, beyond this, it has, from Hel). ix, 26, 28, the continuous reference of a general appHcation. For at all times, as in the apostolic age, the preacliing of Clirist's everlasting gospel proceeds through the medilun of hiunan teachers, more or less gifted of God for so arduous an under- taking, yet imder the most favourable circumstances tliis does not necessarily and in itself represent the power of the gospel unto salvatiou. That is the work 114 blindue.ss of whose recurring worldly delusions the kingdom of exclusively Jemsh privileges Avas brought to its appointed end, though ever ac- counted, in its relation to an election of grace in Israel, the kingdom of the first resurrection. Tliat Christ was the Emmanuel of the Jewish nation nnder the typical dispensation of Moses, as now spiritually, in the kingdom of hia second covenant with Israel (by which Jew and Gentile are made spiritually one in him, under a new hope towards God) is clear from the rock which supplied the fainting Israelites with water in the wilder- ness, 1 Cor. X, 4, being made a type of Christ healing the sick and binding up the broken hearted by the gifts of redeeming grace, mani- fested in the power of the Holy Ghost. The latter days, therefore, of this millennial kingdom are otherwise in the book of Revelation symbolised as the times of the three last ivoes, terminated by the outpouring of the seven vials of God's last judgment on the blinded of Israel in the kingdom of the typical dispensation, Rom. xi, 7 ; 1 Cor. xv, 24 ; for that fulfilled the predicted judgment of Dan. xii, 7-13, after the sounding of the seventh trumpet with spiritual and ever- lasting effect at the resurrection of Christ, as followed by his ascension to the throne of his eternal glory in heaven. The symbolism referring to the revived image of the dragon, as revived by the power of the two-horned false prophet,* in the latter days of the typical dispensation, has been fully explained in the notes upon the book of Revelation appended to my remarks npon the Oblation and Temple of Ezekiel's Prophetic Vision. Upon this interaal evidence of scripture, compared with scripture, largely, I feel persuaded that the millennium of Jewish pi'ophecy is a figurative description and instruction of Jewish prophecy, shewing the object of the Mosaic dispensation and its typical institutions. These seem to have been ordained of God for a typical instruction preparatory to the bringing in of a new and better covenant, under which all the families of man may have access imto God in Christ, thereby blending the happiness of individuals with the redemption of the world from the desolating power of evil. of Christ's spirit (as the saA'ing power of liis second advent in oneness with the Gotlliead of the Holy Ghost) eonfirmiug in comfort the power of the word when preached in sincerity and truth, imder the alternative of judgment, iu the same power, on those by whom the word thus preached is rejected. * Both the houses of Isreal following the Baal-worship of the Egyptians, under the Uvo-horntd xoli-hinar nymhol o/ Aphophis. llo EnocKs 10 Weeks of 100 Tears each, or the 7000 Years of Prophetic Limitation over this World according to Enoch, and in the Mythic Prophecies of the Hindus, which regard this j)resent World as tJte "Lotos-Creation" of Brahma. The Prophetic Weehs compared with returning Cycles of the Four Lesser Ages, which make up the Maha-yug of Brahma's Divine Age, when regarded as a Millennium. In this form the 700 prophetic years of 360 days numbered to each week (if the author of the Key to the Chronology of the Hindus be right ia dating the beginning of the cali-era from that of the first caU-age, a.m. 900 as B.C. 3102), are, at lea.st symbolically, equivalent to 700 years of 365i days, on comparing the cali-era of the Hindus with our own historical chronology. The prophetic years of the 10 weeks are supposed symbolically to represent true solar years of 365^ days. 1st Week. — Tlie beginning of this, from the above data, represents B.C. 4002 as dating the creation of man. It extended over the satya and treta yugs, or the golden and silver ages of Hindu mythic chronology, terminating . After the expiration of 200 years num- bered over the dv:apar-yug, or age of brass, then began the iron age, called also the caU-jTig, or age of time and age of sin. This dates the beginning of the Hindu historic computation by the cali-era, which is so artificially constructed as to number in anticipation 432,000 years of historic chronology, from To the 100 years numbered over the caH-age, and terminating with the first millennium, add 400 years for the satya- yug or ^'■golden age" of the world's seco ?ifZ millenniiun. 2d Weeh. — Tliis terminates in a form to illus- trate the otherwise very obscure words of Enoch, xcii, 6 — " In that week, the end of the first {i.e., ihe first or golden age of the second millennium) shall take place, in which maiddnd shall be safe." . 700: 900 = 1400 = Beginning of the cali-era. 3302 3102 500 2602 116 3d Weel: — From the end of the satya-yug to the end of the second millennium is 000 years. Add 100 years from the begin- ning of the third millenium. These 700 years terminate ifh Weeh. — From the beginning of the second centnry in the third millennium to the beginning of the cali-age with Avhich it closes are 700 years, terminating . . . 5th Weet:. — To the cali-yug of 100 years which closed the third millennium add 600 years. These terminate in the second or silver age of the fourth millermixmi, and .... 6tli Weeh. — To the 400 years remaining to complete the fourth millennium add 300 years from the golden age of the fifth mil- lennium for these 700 years, which termi- nate Ith Weeh. — This begins with the 300th year of the satya-yug, and terminates with the last, or cali-age of the fifth millennium . Sth Weeh. — This begins with the sixth millen- nium, and terminates with the second, or silver age thereof Qth Weelc. * — To the 300 years which remain to complete the sixth millennium add the 400 years which measiu-e the first or golden age of the seventh millennium. These 700 years terminate IQth Weeh. — To the remaining 600 years of the sereM?/i millennium add (from the eighth millennium) 100 years, to make up the 7000 years of solar time, answering to the symbolic times of Enoch's prophecy . . 2100 = 2800 = 3500: 4200 = 4900: 5600 = 6300: rooo: Call-era. B.O. 1200 "I 1902 1900 1202 2600 502 3300 198 4000 898 4700 1598 5400 2298 6100 Add 900« 2798 Add 200 6 7000 A.D.299S Add 4004 A.M. 7002 a The 900 years of this addition iTpresent the age of the worid at the beginning of the cali- era, according to the author of the Key to the Chronology of the Hindus. b The 200 years of this addition represent the difference of ->0 yeare in each week of 700 years numbered sjnnbolically in the original year of the Veda (or the lunar year of 35J days), compared with the ancient solar year of 3<jj days, as used by the Egyptians approximately for the true solar vear of 3654 days. For 7000 years of 355 days number only 6800 years of 365 days, and 6900 years of 360 days each. * Note to the Ninth Week. As our own times fall chronologically within tliis week, I shall note some comparisons of our dates with those of the Hindu chronologj-. These will show that different writers have different 117 2'he Prophetic Wcehs of Enoch compared with the corresponding Dates of our own Historical Chronology, on the supposition, usually taken for granted, that 700 Old Prophetic Years of 360 Days must be reduced to their Chronological Equi- valent of only 690 Year's, numbering 365| Days each. However popular this notion may be, the preceding comparison of Enoch's pro- phecy with the mythic chronology of the Hindus may seem to raise a presumption in favour of that being the more correct form of comparing the weeks of Enoch with the corresponding times of our own historical chronology. Yet, on such a supposi- tion, the historic time exceeds Vae ptrop>hetic by 100 years. — (See Chronology of the 10th Week). I have therefore here calculated the 10 weeks from the popular view of the question, leaving it for others to make their election between the two systems, though for my own part regarding this as the preferable one. 1000 years of Zbh days = 986 years of 3G0 days, with 40 remaining. 700 do. = 690 do. witli 100 do. 400 do. = 394 do. with 160 do. 300 do. = 295 do. with 300 do. 200 do. = 197 do. with 80 do. 100 do. = 98 do. with 220 do. 984 y ears, with 2 y. 40 d. Add 2y 40 d. 5 x71 Again, 6 x 60 And 5 X 72 do. = 986 y. 40 d. of do., as above. = 355 days, and 14 x 355 make a calpa of 4970 days. = 360 days, and 14 x 360 make a calpa of 5040 days. There is therefore a difference of 70 sjmaboHc and prophetic days between these two forms of the calpa. Also the difference between 1000 and 986, in their com- modes of comparing the years of cm- historical chronology with those of the Hindu cali-era, Tlius, comparing the Key to the Chronology of the Hindus with the statements of Coleman and Duff we read : — A.D. A.M. Cali-era. 1815= 1832= 1839= 1861= 5817= .5839= 5863= 4917 4933 4944 4!)63 Key, vol. i, p. 98, Appendix A. Coleman, preface, p. xv. Dvfs India, p. 138. Now the difference between our a.d. 1598 and a.d. 1815 is 217 years. These added to the a.m. 5600, which terminates the 8th week, give a.m. 5817 as the equivalent for our a.d. 1815, according to that reckoning of the Hindus which represents it as their cali-year 4917. Again, for Coleman's date a.d. 1S32. This numbers 17 years from a.d. 181.5. To the cali-year 4917 add these 17 years and we have the cali-year 4934. Duff omits to give the age of the world for our a.d. 1839 when representing it as the cali-year 4944. But, if our a.d. 1815 was a m. 5817, and the cali-year 4917, then 24 years from 1815 to 1839, when added to the cali-year 4917, give the cali-year 4941 as the equivalent for our a.d. 1839. Slight variation in dating the age of the world in which the cali-era of the Hindus commenced will account for such differences without invalidating the principle upon which this hannony of our clininology with that of the Hindus is based. 118 mou relatiou to thu luiUcimial calpa of Brahma, i.s 14 years, or lialf the Holar cycle of 28 years ; for the caljxi of Brahma's iiiyht, an iheforiaer half of his day and night, estimated as twice fourteen prophetic menuantaras, or prophetic years, made symbo- lic of as many true solar years numbering 365| days each. This diflference, therefore, may be made to symbolise the beginning of the Hindu historical chronology with the day-time of Brahma's life, or with the latter half thereof Hence the figurative date of the commencement of their historical chronology with the first calpa or day in the 51st year of Brahma's life. EnocKs Prophecy of the Ten WeeTcs comjjared xotth the Chronology of the Hindus in the Lunar Year of the Veda, or that of 355 compared with the Symbolic and Prophetic Year of 360 Days, or in Years of 360 Days reduced to their Clirono- logical Equivalent in Years of Ancient Solar Time, numbering Z65 apptroximately for 365| Days. N.B. — The former half of Brahma's first calpa or day, being the night thereof, was p>re-historic according to the Chronology of the Hindus. This terminated For the basis of their reckoning by calpas seems to have been the solar cycle of 28 years, or twice 14 years for the night and day of Brahma. Now 14 years (reckoned as menu- antaras of 355 days, which was the old year of the Veda), number 14 times 71 divine ages of 5 days each. The creation of man, according to oiu- Bible chronology, was N.B. — In representing B.C. 3102 as the beginning of the cali-era in the 900th year of the world, the author of the Key to the Chrono- logy of the Hindns dates the crea- tion B.C. 4002. But Coleman dates the beginning of the cali-era a.m. 906, and our A.D. 1832 as 4933 of the caU-era, or a.m. 5839. Deducting 1832 years from 5839 years, gives B. c. 4007 as the date of the creation, according to Coleman's comparison of our chronology with that of the Hindus. The 1st Week of our 700 prophetic years representing only 690 true solar years, answering to those of our his- toric chronology, ended .... Symbolic and Prophetic Years. Ancient Solar Years of 365 Days. A.M. 14 Years of the Cali-era. The B.C., &e, of our Era. 700 4004 704 3300 119 Symbolic and Prophetic Years. Ancient Solar Years of 365 Days. Years of the Caliera. TheB.c.,*c., of our Era. 3102 3004 2610 1920 1230 540 A.D. 150 840 1530 2220 2910 Add 200 symbolic and prophetic years, or circ 198 years of true solar reckoning, as completing the equi- valent ia oiu- chronology for the times of the first three ages, , . . Add 100 years for the symboHc times of the cali-age, as numbering only 98 years of true solar reckon- ing when compared with oiir histo- rical chronology, The 2cZ Week of 700 prophetic years, numbering only 690 true solar years, ended The Zd Weelc. similarly computed, ends, The ith Week, „ „ The 5th Week, „ „ The 6th Week, „ „ The 7 th Week, „ ,, The 8/^ Week, „ Tlie 9lh Week, The lOth Week, „ „ 1 900 1000 1400* 2100 2800 3500 4200 4900 5600 6300 7000 902 1000 1.394* 2084 2774 3464 4154 4844 5534 6224 6914 a Beginning of the cali-era. 100 500 1200 1900 2600 3300 4000 4700 5400 6190 Add 900 7000 Add 4004 A.M. 6914 a 7000, less 6914, leave 86 years. These, with the 14 years of Hindu pre-historic account, make up the 10 x 10 or 100 years of difference between 700 years (reckoned symbolically to each week, either in manuantaras of 355 or of 360 days, but regarded prophetically as years of 360 days), compared with their approximate equivalent of 690 years, reckoned as numbering 365J days to a year. * 1400 years of 355 days number only 13S0 years of 3G0 days. Also 1400 years of 360 days number only 1380 years of 365 days. These, with the 14 years of pre-historic account in the first calpa, make up the 1394 years of ancient solar time. For the ancient Egyptians omitted the fourth of a day in their annual chronology, adding for it one year to everj' 1460 Julian years, as we add one day to 4 times 365 days every fourth year. Similarly, in cap. Ixxviii, 4, Enoch (comparing the true lunar year of 354 days with the solar year of his reckoning as 364 days), says : "Its period is less than that of tlie sun, according to the ordinance of the stars, by 5 days in one half-year precisely." 120 APPENDIX B, 2. The Ten Principal Avatars of Vishnu in their relation to the Ten Weeks of Enoclis Symbolic Prophecy, i.e., as extending equally over the whole range of Hindu Prophetic Tinie. Though the avatars of Vishnu are represented as innumerable, those of prophetic importance have been limited to ten. These extend over a large cycle of years, symbolised as one revolution of the sidereal year, be- ginning from the constellation Pisces, and returning to Pisces, when return- ing to Pegasus, as the symbol of the white horse in the last or kalki-avatar. For the key to this position I am indebted to the kindness of Su- perintendent M'Gregor of the Whitby police. On the capture of a Chinese pirate off Hong Kong, many years since, he obtained posses- sion of a 705 similar to, though not identical with, that recently brought by Captain Luard from the summer palace of the Emperor at Pekin. The emperor's JOS (or father-god of the empire*) seems to have sym- bolised the moon's nodes as the head and tail of the dragon in the Hindu parouvan, or month of fifteen days, from horning to horning of the moon in Leo, or from about the time that Sirius (as Mann) began to re- appear after his long obscuration by the brightness of the sun's rays between Taurus and Leo.f The pirate's jos seems to have represented the quartering of the moon at the ascending node of its lunation in Leo. The figure on the thigh of the lion I take to be symbolic of the Dog- star, and that by the fore-paw on the right side of the lion I take to be the head of the dragon, or Hydra, made to represent the symbol of the moon's ascending node in Leo ; for the head of Hydra rises as the sun enters Leo. — See the Planisphere for North Lat. 30"^. But with the pirate's jos Superintendent M'Gregor obtained possession also of a very curious amulet made of the ^'■jade stone." On one side there * Probably from "jof," the Coptic for father, as relating to a mj^thic idolatry of Egyptian origin. + It also corresponds to the " Dicspafer" of classical mythology. — Horat. Carm. vi, lib. iii, v. 45-49, &c. For it s3'mbolises the* constellation Hydra as subtending the diurnal arc of the sun in Leo, for north lat. 30°, i.e., the'diiu-nal ai'c of their summer day under the reign of Aphopliis, as tlie seven-headed dragon of the great deep. 121 is a dragon with his tail iu his mouth, and his legs so twisted as to re- present the cycle of the year divided into four quarters, whilst the tail in the mouth symbolises a continuous renewal of the cycle. On the reverse side is another cycle having the constellation Pisces, with four stars on the side of the fish as the prominent feature thereof This to my mind is the key of the viyth, as an annual commemoration of the flood of Noah's day associated with an annually returning symbol of human life replenished with the spring time of a new cycle at the vernal equinox which immediately lollows Pisces. Thus, in the order of Vishnu's ten avatars — The \d, or Matsya avatar, Avas in the form of afish, giving four months' notice, or 120 days (for as many years), respecting the approach of the flood. But the Dog-star (whose longitude is about 15° in Can- cer) gave yearly notice of the flood of Egypt, as then immediate after four months from the time that the sun was in Pisces. The 2d or Kurmavatara, meaning " the churning of the ocean" for the replenishment of the earth, may aptly make the vernal equinox per- petually symbolise the spring time of a new cycle of years allotted to man of God's goodness after the flood. The od, or Boar avatar. This symbolises that time of the year Avhcn the Syrian women (as described by Milton, and in Ezek. viii), mourned the loss of Adonis or Thainmuz, as the Egyptians did that of their Osiris, as slain by Typhon or by a wild boar, ax; as others say, by a hippopotamus. These are merely difilering symbols (the origin of which may readily be traced on the celestial globe) for the obscuration of Sirius for about four months, when Osiris reigned only as Serajns or the burning god. He was probably one with the Bual'Zebub or the fly god of the Chaldees, between Taurus and Leo. Thus, comparing the solar year, when divided into three seasons of four months each, with the lunation of thirty days divided into three times ten days, Manu's reign of light, as Umited to twenty days iu each satya-yug, left a corresponding time of lunar obscuration ivheii the moon was in conjunction ivith the s-iin. The ten days of Manu's obscuration were therefore as the four months of sidereal obscuration by the strength of the sun at and about the summer solstice. They extended over the kali-age, or '^ age of sin," when measured by five days, and over half of the dwapa-yug, or " age of doubt." The other half, with the treta-yug, or " age of the three sacrificial fires," repre- sented the twenty days of Manu's reign. The murder of Osiris by Typhon, or the drngon, therefore, ropre- 122 sents the obscuration of Sirlus between the ascending and descending nodes of the moon (represented as the head and tail of the dragon in Blundevil's Astronomy"') in Taurus and Leo respcctivclj. The constellation of Rhinoceros, standing just above Canis Major on the celestial globe, will shew that the death of Adonis by a wild boar, and of Osiris, as otherwise reported, by a hippopotamus, are merely variations of the above myth occasioned by reference to diffe- rent symbolic emblems for the same season of the year. The 4th avatar was that of Nara-Singh, or the man-lion. This evi- dently symbolises the beginning of Manu's lunar reign, renewed with that of Sirius in the solar year when the sun entered into Leo. For then the reign of Osiris as Serapis ceased, when that of Osiris as Sirius commenced.t The 6th avatar was the Vamuna, or the dwarf avatar. This probably symbolises the mythic relation between Musca, as rising in Taurus, and Hydra (or the giant-serpent Aphophis) as extending from Leo to Scorpio. This symbolism, therefore, introduces the beginning of the reign of Osiris as god-king of the dead. For in this character he added to his dominion over the seven upper worlds that of the seven lower worlds, and completed the mythic triad of the three oldest gods of Egypt, who divided the solar year between them, when (as at first) numbering only three seasons to the year. The Qth avatar was that of Parassu Rama, a youthful hero claiming admiration for his filial piety, and undaunted prowess in exterminat- ing the Ketries, or warrior tribe of India. This apparently symbolises Indus and his j)eacock as one with Kartikeya, the god of the celestial armies of the Indus, yet not their god of war, whose name was 3Iungula, having a ram for his vehan, or cherubic symbol, even as March was by the Romans dedicated to Mars. His position on the celestial globe just below Capricora, or the sun's first eastern gate, and the beginning of his ascending oonrse in the ecliptic, symbolises the opening of a new order of things, with progress of the science of agriculture, superseding that wilder condi- tion of uncivilised life when war and the chase were almost the only pursuits of men for a livelihood. * See note on Aphopliis, with its diagrams. t See further under note on Aphophis. 123 The 1th avatar, or that of Rama Chandra or the exalted moon. This may perhaps symbolise the transition of the moon, in its relation to the yearly oi'bit of the sun, when passing from the western gates of its descending course to the eastern gates of its ascending path in the ecliptic. Here, as in the Etruscan or older form of the western mythology, the moon is deified in male form, and not as a goddess, after the fashion of Diana and Isis. These, however, were not simply mythic impersonations of the moon, but of the goddess of nature, or the " Cybele" of the mysteries. The epithet whereby this goddess was designated was " triformis" or the moon in heaven ; Liicina, or the goddess of the human race on earth ; and the daughter of Ceres, called Pi'oserpine or Hecate, as preserving the germs of renewed vegetable life below the earth until return of the fit time for rendering them to man in due season. Hence the mystic triad of heathen mythology shews vestiges of a relation to the true doctrine of the trinity when worshipping God for the creation and preservation of the human race, though for a preservation the laws of which are a mystery. For they have refer- ence to a continuous decomposition and recoraposition of everything that is mortal, until ultimately mortality shall be swallowed up in life in regard to all flesh. — 1 Cor. xv. The y</i avatar was as Krishna, whom Sir W. Jones designates as the Apollo nomios, or pastoral god of the Greeks, and as impersonating the traditions of the heathen respecting Moses. The reference to pastoral life may be figurative, and represent Moses as giving the sanction of Divine authority, when legislating for the Jewish nation, to the use of the hull or the ox as the cheru- bic emblem of God's providence for good amongst them in the days of their own nationality, as it had been previously to the Egyptians. The 2th avatar was as Buddha. But the Hindu mythology speaks at other times of four principal Buddhas or inspired prophets, viz. — ist. The son of the self-existing, or Adam. 2d. The son of Maya, or divine delusion, meaning (I apprehend) a more perfect incarnation of deity than those subjected to the common laws of humanity. Thus Enoch may have been called the son of divine delusion as a being superior to the common laws of humanity, in not having been subjected to death like other mortals. 124 3 J. Buddha, tlio sou of Jiiia, wlio was boru for the confusion of Da'inous (idohiters). This was Xoah, the son of Lamech. Ath. Buddha, the son of Devica, or Moses. N.B. — " The one recorded in the lunar dynaaties is Buddha, the son of Atri," or Enoch, the aon of Cain. — Key to the Chronology of the Hindus, vol. ii. The Buddha, therefore, of Brahma's ninth avatar I think symbo- lises no individual prophet, but that spirit of prophecy which con- tinued to bless the Jewish people, and make them a terror to their heathen neighbours, from the beginning to the ending of the Mosaic or typical dispensation of God's purposed mercy for the regeneration of man from a state of spiritual death to one of spiritual life on eaith, as the beginning of his promised restoration unto eternal life in heaven. The \Otli and last, called the Kalki avatai-. This was to be an incarna- tion of Vishnu as the judge of mankind in the end of the world, and therefore as the Messiah, or last prophet of God, according to the expectation of the Jews. But the expectation of some such divine advent in the end of the world prevailed amongst the heathen equally as amongst the Jews at the beginning of our Christian era in the Augustan age. It is impossible to say whether this proceeded from any prior corruption amongst the heathen of truths divinely revealed to the posterity of Seth, or whether only from their connecting the ivords of Moses to Israel (Deut. xviii, 18) with the mythology of their own superstition respecting judgments of recurring floods for the ultimate regeneration of man on earth fi-om subjection to the power of evil. One thing is evident, viz., that there continues now, even as in the Augustan age, and prior to the advent of Christ, to be a general expectation amongst the heathen, as amongst Christian nations, that man's human will must be sanctified of God, and thus brought more fully into subjection to the will of his heavenly Father than it was amongst the nations of heathen antiquity, and more than as at pre- sent amongst Christian nations, for the happiness of the human race on earth, as contemplated of God when creating man in His image, and subjecting the other forms of animal life to the power of man, that He Himself might be glorihed over all. These features of this last avatar invite our attention to those symbols of the apocalyptic vision M-hich evidently have respect to the mythic teaching of heathen superstitions as about to be superseded 125 by the teaching of a purer faith, wheresoever Christianity prevails in spirit and in truth. — John iv, 21-27. The Symbolic Teaching of Heathen Super- stition as the Teaching of a Faith which looked for health and salvation to the Ordinances of a Ceremonial Law of Righteousness or Justification icith Ood. Ist. Tlie palm tree was made in the Egyptian writings to symbolise the year, " because," says Horapollo, " the palm tree puts forth twelve shoots yearly, one every month." — Osborne's Monumental Egypt, vol. i, p. 217. Such was probably the origin of the symbolic tree at Khorsahad, described, amongst other sculptvires found in the palace of the kings of Assyria, thus. — See Bonomi, p. 160. Symbolic Tree at Khorsabad. " In the comer of the room is sctdp- tured an ornament somewhat resem- bling that interlacing of the tivo aquatic plants of Egypf^ depicted on the thrones of the Pharaohs, and holding among Egyptian emblems the same rank and importance that this emblem does among the Assyrians. The centre stem occu- pies the corner of the room, its branches extending equally on both sides of the angle. The stem is interrupted at inter- The parallel Doctrine of Christianity making the Symbol of Pagan Super- stition the basis of a true Religious Instruction unto Spiritual Life, 1st. " In the midst of the street of it" (viz., the new Jerusalem), " and on either side of the river, was there the tree of life, which bare tzvelve manner of fruits, and yielded her fruit every month : and the leaves of the tree were for the healing of the nations." — Rev. xxii, 2. The spiritual instruction of this apo- calyptic symbol is to be explained by reference to Eev. vii, compared with Matt, xix, 28. Tlie interpretation re- minds us that there was sealed unto God, in the then apostolic age, an elec- tion of grace from all the ttvelve tribes of Israel (viz., from both the Jews at Jerusalem and the dispersion of Israel in aU lands), under judgment on the blinded remnant (Rom. xi, 7) by the mission of Christ's twelve apostles, con- firmed of God in the power of the Holy Ghost. For then the monthly tyjyical ordi- nances of the Levitical law (Num. x, 10) began to be spiritually and truthfully apprehended by that election of grace. Hence the redemption of their souls from the desolating effects of reHance on the atoning sacrifices of the ritual law, in unhallowed form, as tvhen un- associated with regeneration of heart and life, tlurough sanctification of man's human will by gifts of the Holy Ghost. — John iii, 3. * The lotos was the national symbol of Upper Egypt, the papyrus of Lower Kgypt— Dunsen, vol i, p. 522. Hence the myth of Brahma's lotos-creation may have originated in Upper Egypt. ■[2r> Viiln by transverse scroll-lilce ornaments* and has large spikes or points all the way up to the top, which fans out something like a palm tree, and every interweave- ment of the branches terminates in the Greek honeysuckle." 2d. The heathen triad was a sym- bolic instruction from the earliest divi- sion of hmations and years into three seasons. It symbolised the perpetual renewal of life, in its eartlily combina- tions mth a material body, as an in- Btmctlon ordained of God for man's benefit (if only he could read it aright) in the continuous alternation of destruc- tion and reproduction, ever renewing the beauties and bounties of creation, that God's original design therein may be unceasingly manifested as made by eternal laws to triumph over all the obscurincf tendencies of hiuuan corrup- tion. In the 15th chapter of his First Epistle to the Coiinthians, St Paul evi- dently makes this symbohsm of heathen superstition the basis of his appeal to their intelligence in favour of the Chris- tian revelation, shewing that there is a parallelism between the ordinances of God for renemng yearly the bounties of His providence for the material com- fort of man on earth, and for renew- ing, through the ordinance of natural death, the redemption of his soul from that corruption and the worm which claim in death the fleslily tabernacle of om- spu-it's earthly lot. Zd. Tlie mystic and incommuni- 2cZ. The doctrine of the trinity as taught in the Christain ordinance of baptism, Matt, xxviii, 19, 20 ; and in that beautiful form of Christian benedic- tion which begins, " Tlie grace of our Lord Jesus Christ,"' &c. This converts the heathen sym- bolism of the triad into an instruction of spiritual life, bj' proclaiming to all flesh the necessity of a regenerated human will before man can in any measure know the comfort of communion with God on eai'th, restored to man (for Christ's sake) tlu'ough " the obedience of faith." — Eom. xvi, 25, 26. It teaches us that our redemption from the power of sin (in its struggles to bring us uito bondage thereto, through the deceitfulness of our own hearts) lies in the imparted grace and gift of Christ's spirit, as that of His second advent in oneness with the Holy Ghost, as the Lord and giver of life ; being also the judge of quick and dead, on earth as in heaven. Thus, the sinner's expression of faith in Christ amounts only to a vain and profitless sufierstition (Matt, vii, 22, 23,) imtil confu-med of God imto salvation by gifts of redeeming grace. For, though Christ has opened the way of life for the salvation of sinners, it is only under these quahfication.s which make the completion of man's spiritual restoration to the likeness of his Creator the work of a mystic trinity. Zd. Tlie incommunicable name of ♦ Compare the scroll-like ornament (as for the cycle of the year's vegetation from the en- trance ot the sun into Pisces until its anniversary) on the Chinese amulet, which was worn superstUiously, as the Jews wore their phylacteries. 127 cable name. This was composed of the revealed truth is the confirmation of the three letters A O M, or A TJ M, ac- Christian's faith imto the saving of his cording to the mythology of the Hindus soid by gifts of tli-\ine grace, or in the and Egyptians. power of the Holy Ghost, as called there- Hence, i^robably, the cabahstic from the Comforter, and superstitious teaching of the Jew- Hence the doctrine of Eev. ii, 17 — Lsh rabbis connected ^-ith the " I AM," " To him that overcometh will I give or ^'!P.^ of Exod. ill, 14. to eat of the hidden manna, and will give him a white stone, and in the stone a new name written, which no man knoweth saving he that receiveth it " — proclaims the salvation of God as in- communicable from man to his fellow- man. Man's province is only as a preacher of the gospel. Its confirmation unto the salvation of souls is made de- pendent upon gifts of the Holy Ghost, as gifts of God in Christ. Tliis is the doctrine of Psahn xlix, 6, 7 ; xxii, 30 ; Galat. vi, 5. And this Ls the meaning of St Paul's quotation from Isaiah in Heb. vm, 11 — " They shall not teach every man his neighboiu", and every man his brother, saying, Know the Lord ; for aU shall know Me, from the least to the greatest." These words do not mean that man's ignorance as to spiritual truths needs no human means of in- struction ; but that no such means will ever be effective untU a Uving faith be quickened of God in the heart of man by the gift of His spirit. This was the experience of Job, xlii, 5 — " I have heard of thee by the hearing of the ear, but now mine eve seeth thee." The Sectarial Ma/rhs of Brahminism in their Relation to the Nuin- her and Sectarian Signs used hy the Idolatrous Nations i^o- pheticaUy called Folloioers or Worshijjpers of the Seven-headed Ten-horned Dragon. — Rev. xiv, 9, 10. Thus the true sign of God's presence on earth, or as the Emmanuel of His people, is the gift of the Holy Ghost for the sanctification of man's human will to briug it into harmony with the will of God, that the " obedience of faith" on earth may realise to his soul the bliss of Christ's 128 redeemed in spirit at the dissolution of their mortal body in natural deatl). In this Christ has appointed a sign everlastingly at variance with that superstition of heathenism which adopted, as it were, the vain gods of the salvation it looked for, when devising the system of sectarian marks to make prominent to their fclIow-mcn the characteristics of the God to which they looked for salvation. Sedarial Marks, copied from Colemariis Hindu Mytltolofjy. These symbols are made of ashes, cow-dung, earth of the Ganges, turmeric, sandal-powder, chunani (a sort of lime), &c., and arc commonly of yellow, red, black, and ashen colours. I do not recollect any of either blue or green. The Hindus mark their foreheads, arms, and breasts with various devices of three colours, which denote the sect to which they belong. These marks are numerous, but upon the many images in my possession a few of them only have been drawn ; and indeed I am dis- posed to think that a large part of those occasionally seen are merely varieties of a smaller number of originals, according to the fancy of in- dividuals or families. Thus No. 1, in the lower part of the Plate on the Trimerti, is a single perpendicular line, which denotes the sect of Vishnu, as will two or more perpendicular lines either without or with (as in Nos. 2 and 3) a small dot or circle between them, or (as in 4) under them, or a wheel (chuckra) or discus (5, 6), a cone, or triangle, or shield (7, 8, 9), or any similar form, having the apex, or oval, or smallest parts downward, or with or without dots (10, 11, 12) or anything ehe between or under them, are indicative of Vishnu, and are typical, by pointing downwards, of water (the symbol of that deity), whose property it is to descend, as it is that of fire, the symbol of Siva, to ascend; therefore a cone, or triangle, or other form (13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18), having the apex, or oval, or smallest parts pointing upwards, either with or without dots or other marks be- tween or under them, denote the sect of Siva, as do two or more hori- zontal lines (19, 20), either without or with (21, 22, 23) a single dot or small circle (called putta) between or under them, or the circle alone (24), or an oval, with or without a smaller oval or semi-oval or p?/^fa within it, also denote Siva. The latter are typical of the third eye in the centre of the forehead (25, 26, 27, 28) of that deity. The crescent 129 (29), either with or without circles or ovals, distinctly indicates Siva, as does (30), which Bartolomeo calls his trisula or trident. Two triangles crossed (31) denote the two sects, which will be seen in Fig. 1, Plate XXI (a form of Durga), with the addition of jnittas on the legs of the triangles (32). A circle within a triangle, or a triangle within a circle (33, 34, 35), are said to be typical of the three sects, or of the Hindu triad or trinity. The images of Brahma have usually the sectarial marks of Siva, but they have sometimes those of both that deity and Vishnu. Ganesha, Kartikcya, and the avatars and forms of Siva and Parvati, have also the marks of Siva, whereas Indra, Chandra, Agui, Kamadeo, Hauuraan, and the avatars of Vishnu, have the sectarial signs of Vishnu. The Buddhas (except the Brahminical Buddhas, or ninth avatar of Vishnu, who have the marks of that deity,) and the Jainas have not sectarial distinctions, but the images of the Buddhas and Tir'thankaras of these heterodox sects are frequently marked with the chuckra (or wheel) on the palms of the hands and soles of the feet, and sometimes with a lozenge on the breast. According to Bartolomeo the two marks under No. 10 denote the Medhra of Bhavani, and are used by the two sects of Siva and Vishnu. The same author describes (No. 36) the villa or bow as the mark of Rama, but I do not recollect to have elsewhere seen it. 130 CHRONOLOGY No. I. — The Antediluvian and Postdiluvian Part I. — Patriarchal Genealogies, N.B. — Tlie numbers for tlio Samaritan Pentateuch and Josejihus are those of Lived before the birth of the Seed, which was to be counted for the ffcneration in whose line the promised Re- deemer vxts to be manifested; or as the first-bom of the same historic times. Thus, Abram, Nahor, and Haran, are all nimabered to Terah in his seventieth year ; though Abraham could not then have been bom, or Terah could not have lived 205 years. Similarly then. Ham and Japhet are numbered to Noah, imder the date of Shem, though Japhet seems to have been the elder. Heb. Sam. Sept. Joseph. Adam to Seth 130* 105* 90* 70* 65* 162* 65* 187* 182* 600* 130 105 90 70 65 62 65 67 63 600 230 205 190 170 165 162 165 167 188 600 230 205 190 170 165 162 165 187 182 600 Seth to Enos Enos to Cainan Cainan to Malaleel MaJaleel to Jared Jared to Enoch Enoch to Methuselah Methuselah to Lamech Lamech to Noah Noah's asfe at the flood Do. after the flood Total 1656 1307 2242 2256 a Thus the Septiiagint would make it appear that Methuselah ontliyed the flood by 14 The figures marked with asterisks in column first, are those of our authorised version, verified Cambridge collation of the very ancient MS. of the Pentateuch, written on 131 OF THE BIBLE. Genealogies of Mosaic Record. FROM Adam to the Flood. Jacksou, Russell, &c. The Hebrew and Septuagint have been collated by myself. Lived after the birth of the on, fii-st prophe- tically counted to hun for the new generation. The addition of this date is quite sufficient for determining the length of life in this case, as it is one of simple addition obvious to the eye, with- out other calculation than that which can be men- tally followed out. I have therefore, in the 3d division of tliis table, substituted a new ai-- rangement. Heb. 800 807 815 840 830 800 300 782 595 350 Sam. 800 807 815 8-10 830 785 300 653 COO Sept. Joseph 700 707 715 740 730 800 700 707 715 740 730 800 200 I 200 802 \ 782 565 350 595 The date a.m. at which each died. This associates the sum of the years of each generation (as gathered from the two pre- vious divisions of this table), with the age of the world at which each died, and from wliich the cori-esponding date B. c. may easUy be calculated. To the deaths of the patri- archs are here added the date of the flood, also that of Terah's first-born, and those for the bkth and calling of Abraham. Heb. A.M. 930 1042 1140 1235 1290 1422 Translated 987 1656 1651 1656 2006 A.M. 930 1042 1140 1235 1200 1307 887 1307 1307 1307 Sept. A.M. 930 1142 1340 1535 1690 1902 1487 2256a 2217 2242a Joseph. A.M. 930 1142 1340 1535 1690 1922 1487 2256 2251 2256 Adam died. Seth died. Enos died. Cainan died. Malaleel died. Jared died. Enoch translated into heaven. Methuselah died. Lamech died. Date of the flood. Death of Noah. years, a blunder first detected, I believe, by Origen, in the second century of Christianity. by collation with the text of Van der Hooght's Hebrew Bible, and by comparison with Yente's skins, and brought by Pr Buchanan from the coast of !\In!ahar a.d. 1806. 132 Part II. — Patriarchal Genealogies, from Shem 100 years old on the birth of Arpliaxad ") two years after the Flood, and died at age > of 600 ) Arnhaxad { ^° Cainan, Sept. ) Arphaxaa... | to Salah, Heb. \ Cainan to Salah (Sept.) Salahto Eber Eber to Peleg Peleg, or Phaleg, to Reu Reu, or Ragan, to Serug Serug to Nahor Nahor to Terah Terah to the first-born of the three, Abraham, Nahor, and Haran Add for the birth of Abraham in the 130th ) year of Terah's age ) From the birth of Abraham to tliis migration ^ from Charrse in the 75th year of hifi age, ( and on the death of Terah in the 205th ( year of his age ) 35* 30* 34* 30* 32« 30» 29* 70* 292 60 352 429 135 130 134 130 132 130 79 942 Sept. 135 130 130 134 130 132 130 179 70 1172 Joseph. 135 130 134 130 130 132 120 70 983 a It may be said I haTC no authority for these dates, since Josephus dates the birth of reckons it the 75th Ihc figures marked with a.sterisks in cohimn first, are those of onr authorised versions, verified Cambridge collation of the first ancient MS. of the Pentateuch, written on 133 THE Flood to the Call of Abraham. Heb. 500 403 403 430 209 207 200 119 135 Sam. 500 303 303 270 109 107 100 69 75 Sept. Joseph. Heb. A.M. 500 Deficit. 2158 400 2096 330 Deficit. 330 2126 270 2189 209 1966 207 1996 200 2019 125 1867 135 1918 1978 2053 Sam. Sept. Joseph. A.M. A.M. 1809 2768 Deficit. 1747 2799 1877 2859 1979 2933 1817 2872 1947 3002 2071 3125 2118 3229 2119 3174 2179 3234« 2254 3309a Death of Shem. Do. of Arphaxad. Do. ofSalah. Do. of Eber. Do. of Peleg. Do. of Eeu. Do. Serug. Do. Nalior. Birth of Haran or Nahor (certainly not of Abraham), as Terah's first- born. Birth of Abraham to Terah in the 130th year of liis age. The calling of Abra- ham, fi'om which the 430 years of Exod. xii, 40, 41, , are to be counted. Abraham from the 70th year of Terah's life. But he says that Terah died 205, and year of Abraham's life. by collation with the text of Van der Hooght's Hebrew Bible, and by romparison with Yeate's skins, and brought by Dr Buchanan from the coast of Malabar a.d. 1806. 134 Note on Josephus' Chronology. In regard to the second Table of Genealogies, their sum amounts to 983 years, though professing to number only 292 years from the flood to the birth of Abraham. — Antiq. i, vi, 5. Again, whilst in A ntiq. viii, iii, 1 numbering 582 years as the in- terval between the Exodus and the building of the temple by Solomon, he gives 612 years in Antiq. xx, 10 as the measure of the same inter- val when estimating it by the succession of high priests. Yet the Hebrew text of 1 Kings vi, 1 gives 480 years, and the Septuagint (as if excluding from its count the 40 years of Israel's wan- dering in the wilderness) gives only 440. Finally, in Wars, vi, x, 1, Josephus dates the destruction of Jerusa- lem by Titus as in the 2177th year from the building of the first temple by Solomon, which in Antiq. viii, iii, 1 he dates as 3102 years from the creation of Adam. Now 3102 years + 2177 years number 5279 jears from the creation of Adam to the destruction of Jerusalem by Titus, whereas the 2177 years between that event and the building of the first temple increased by 4336 years (as the sum of the years enumerated in detail between the creation of man and the building of the first temple) number 6513 years. From these deducting the 73 years historically numbered, from the incarnation of Christ to the end of the typical dispensation, on the destruction of Jerusalem by Titus, a.m. 6440 will represent the be- ginning of the Christian era according to Josephus, though (as shewn above) his chronology is not trustworthy. Note on the Chronology of the Modern Jeius. The difference between 4004 and 3760 years is 244 years, by which the historical chronology of the Jews is defective on comparison with our own, though each professes to follow the Hebrew text of the Jewish scriptures. 135 In pages 21 and 41 of Tract Third I attempted to shew that the Jews may incidentally have lost count to the extent of 174 by following the old Egyptian chronicle, which is defective to the amount of 178 years about the time of the Exodus. On now recurring to that, I perceive an error in my reckon- ing. For the Jewish a.m. 2448 is, as shewn in this Table, our B.C. 1312, and the difference between our b.c. 1490 and their b.c. 1312 is 178 years. Again, in accounting Abraham as born to Terah in the seventieth year of his life, and reckoning that Abraham departed from Charraj or Haran on the death of Terah, and in the seventy-fifth yeai* of his own age, the Jews only allow 145 years to the life of Terah, though in the Hebrew text of their scriptures he is said to have lived 205 years. Abraham therefore could not have been born to Terah in his seven- tieth year, but in his 130th. In other words, Abraham was not Terah's first-born. Again, between then." date for the calling of Abraham and that of the Exodus there is only an interval of 425 years, which we reckon as 430 according to Exod. xii, 40, 41. The Jews begin to count the 430 from their a.m. 2018, or by 5 years earlier than his migration from Haran. But 178 + CO + 5 make up 243 years of the 244 deficient. 136 TABLE 11. The Oeneral Chronology of our Bible History from the Hebreiu, which is folloived by the Roman Catholics equally as by ourselves ; also from the Septuagint^ compared tvith Josephus, and luith the authorised Chronology of the Modern Jeivish Calendar. — E. H. Lixdo. Lon- don, 1838. Creation of man The date of the flood.— From ^ the first Taljle of Genealo- > gies ) From second Table add 2921 years to the birth of Te- rah's first-born. This is called the birth of Abraham ! by Josephus and the mo- ' dern Jews, as well as in the Septuagint, though seem- ingly in error ^ Add 60 years to the birth of Abraham Add 75 to his calling of God, and migration from Charrae, on the death of Terah, in the 205th year of his age, as the 75th of Abraham's life j The exodus out of Egypt rec-^ koned as 430 years from the calling of Abraham. — |- Gen. xii, 10 ; Exod. xii, 40, 41 The foundation of Solomon's^ temple in the tth year of his reign, and in the 480th \- from the exodus. — 1 Kings | ^-i, 1 J Hebrew Version. B.C. 4004 1656 = 2348 1948 = 20561 2008 = 1996] 2083 = 1921 2513 = 1491 2993 = 1011 Septuagint B.C. 5370 2242 = 3128 Take 1172 yrs. 3414 = 1956 1881 3489 Take 430 yrs. 3919 = 1451 Take 440yrs. fra 2 Kings vi, 1 . Josephus. Modem Jews. B.C. 6440 2256=4184 Take 983 yrs. See Note, p. 134. 3239=3201 Add 75 yrs. Antiq.i, vii, 1 3314=3126 Take 430 yrs. Antiq.h,xv,2. 3744=2696 Take 592 yrs. .4»2//g.viii,iii,l B.C. 3760 1656=2104 Take 292 yrs. 1948=1812 Add 75 vrs. 2023=1737 Takes only 425 yrs. 2448=1312 Take 480 yrs. 4359 = 101] 4336=2104 2928= 832 Take 'Take JTake 423 3TS. 470 yrs. | ■ 391 yrs. \Antiq.x,\v.i,5: 137 Add 405 years to the time'j when Daniel and his com- { panions were carried cap- tive to Babylon, in the 11th year of Jehoiakin. — 2 Chron. xxxvi, 6 Add 7 years to the beginning") of the reign of Jehoiakin, when Nebuchadnezzar re- | tui'ned against Jerusalem. - This probably dates the be- ginning of EzekieFs capti- vity Add 11 years to the burning"^ of the city and temple in the 11th of Zedekiah"s reign. — 2 Chron. xxxvi, 13-22. In Jerem. lii, 28-31 these }- three expeditions of Nebuc- hadnezzar against Jerusa- lem date from the 7th, 18th, and 23d yeai-s of his reign.. J Add 2 years to the beginning ") of the seige of Tyre, as I mixed up with the fate of | Jerusalem in the prophecie; relating to the mystic Ba bylon. — Ezek. xx%dii, 2-3 with Dan. xi, 36 Add 50 years* for the T) weeks (as weeks of year- days) in Daniel's prophecy of the 70 weeks. These terminate at the be- - gianing of the predicted restoration under Cyrus, at the expiration of 70 years from the beginning of the captivity, B.C. 606 _, Hebrew Version. Septuagint A.M. B.C. A.M. B.C. 3398= 606 3405= 599 3416= 588 3418= 586 4782= 5 Take 70 yrs. 3468= 536 Josephus A. M. B. C. Modem Jews. 4806=1634 Ending 10G2 yrs after tlie exo dus. Add 70 yrs. to first of Cyras. — Antiq. xi, i, 1. 3319= 441 Take 8 yrs. 3327= 433 Take 11 JTS. 8338= 422 Take 52 yrs. Not named in Jewish calendar. 1st of Cyrus 3390= 370 Add 18 yrs. 4876=1564 Thus Josephus leaves an inter- val of 1037 yrs. between tlie return from the Babylonian captivity, in 1st yr. of Cyrus, and the destruction of Jerusalem by Titus, a-sl «513. * A fatal mistake seems to underlie all the interpretations of Daniel's 70 weeks, which profess to look for some one chronological fulfilment, and no more. For theii all forget that the prophecy teas eminently typical, and therefore of continuous effect, even as the ingathering of God's spiritual harvest, which commenced with the ingathering of Israel out of all lands, to be replanted as it were in their own, Ezek. xxxvii, 12. Then commenced the time of the end, limited over the power of the world, as given to the heathen in and from the days of Nebuchadnezzar to the establishment of Christ's kingdom ; by gifU of the Holy Ghost rebuilding Jerusalem " unto the Lord," Jerem. xxxi, 33. For " except the Lord build the house, their labour is but lost that build it" Compare Ps. cxsvii, 1 with John xiv, 22. 138 Add 18 years to the date of^ Zechariah's prediction (viii, 19) respecting the then arrival of the time for Israel's sorrows of B.C. 588 (Jerem. Hi, 4, 6, 12) to be turned into joy, at the ex- pu-ation of 70 j'ears to be numbered over the Baby- lonian captivity, after the J- burning of the city and temple of Jerusalem The fast of the seventh month (or that of the g-reat atonement) refers to the atonement as accomphshed when the 70 years were ended. — Compare Ezra iii, 4-8 ; Nehem. viii, 1-18 ....) Add 61 years, terminating^ at the mission of Ezra, in the 7 th year of Artaxerxes Longimanus. — Ezra vii, 8. N.B. — 70 weeks of years, or 490 years from this, ter- minate A.D. 33.- — Dan. ix, 24-27 Add 12 years to the 20th-) year of Artaxerxes Longi- | manus as the date of Ne- hemiah's first ncussion, — Nehem. i, 1 ; ii, 1 Add 11 years to the 32d of") Artaxerxes Longimanus as the date of Nehemiah's >■ second and last mission. — Nehem. xiii, 6 Add 269 years to the close of'] the Maccabean struggle against the idolatrous fac- tion of the nation in the times of Antiochus Epi- phanes. For the cleansing of the sanctuary (at the end of 62 - weeks of years from the be- ginning of Ezekiel's capti- \ity, B.C. 599) fidlilled the prediction of Haggai ii, 18, 19, when fulfilling Dan. ix, 25, over the then rebellious faction of the nation J Add 165 years to the date of ) Clii-ist's incarnation ( Hebrew Version. 3486= 518 3547= 457 3559= 445 3570= 434 3839= 165 Septuagint. 4852= Take 61 JTS. 518 457 4913 Take 12 yrs 4925= 445 Take 11 yrs. 4936= 434 Take 269 yrs. Josephus. Wanting. Wanting. Wanting. Wanting Modem Jews. Date of Haggid'B prophecy. 3408= 352 Take 5 yrs. 347 3413 Take 13 yrs Rebuilding of the walls by Nehemiah. 3426= 334 Take 196 yrs. 4004=A.D. 5205= 165 Take 165 yrs. 5370 =A.D. Joseph ns, in ^n- iig. xii, vii, G, dates this from the 148th of the era of the Se- leucidse, or the lo4th 0)ym- piad,and there- fore circ. B.C. 164. (By inference! \ A.M. G440. ]■ 3622= 133 Take 138 yrs. 3760=A.D. 139 Add 30 years for a mystic re-') ference to the month of the cutting off, otherwise nmn- bered typically over Israel's history as a month of 30 days. — Hosea v, 7 ; Zech. xi, 8. The close of these 30 years fulfils the fii'st half of a sabbath of years, and iden- tifies the time of Christ's crucifixion ^vith the martyr- dom of God's two witnesses { (His word and His works) as personified in Christ. — [ r.ev. xi, 1-8. But the resurrection and ascension of the witnesses (as rising again at Christ's resurrection) represent the I opening of the ark of the | testimony in heaven at the I sounding of the seventh \ trumpet of Levitical ordi- I nances. For the typical in- | struction thereof was then I finally realised vrith spi- | ritvial and everlasting effect I in Christ. — 1 Cor. xv, 23, | withHeb. ix, 26-28 J Add 40 years for the days of" grace appointed over Jeru- salem, according to the pre- diction of Ezek. iv, 6, with Nmeveh for a type ; and compare the 40 days Hmited over the interval between Christ's resiurection and as- cension into heaven .—Acts i. iV^.^.— The close of the above 40 years identifies the times foreordained for the outpouring of the seven vials (after the openmg of the temple of God in hea- ven, Rev. XV, 8), with the 3i year.s, or 1260, 1290, and 1335 days, limited, im- der a slight vai'iation in the instruction of this typical prophecy, over the judg- ment predicted against the Jerusalem of the apostoHc age, and thus limited for the elect's sake. --Matt, xxiv, 22. Hence " the end'' in 1 Cor. XV, 24, is that of Matt, xxiv, 3, 14, vi-ith Dan. xii, 7, 12.. Hebrew Version. A.D. 30 A.D. 70-73 Septaagint. Josephns. Wanting. Wantino Wanting. Josephus dates the destruction of Jerusalem byTitusas-'177 years from the timlding of the first temple by Solomon. — Wars, Ti, x, 1. To A.M. 4336 AM ... 2177 yrs. A.M. ... 6513 Take... 73 yrs. Modem Jew& Wanting. A.D. 68 Destruction of Jerusalem. thus date the beginning of the Christian era according to Jo- sephus. 140 ■^ •w 1 ^ Q •<>i Q g •2 •«>> r< tq CO s w ■^ c •^ ^ ?i !-< ■w o s ^ 5; <» c* § s '^ Si ^ IJ ^ ^ ^ 1 ^ g •§ -^ -K> S ?^ 1 ►~o !S •tS» Si. ^ '^ r^ ^ <o "§ "U fin ^ ?s CO *^ -40 si 1 ^ ?3 § &:> i s ^ 00 '^ ■^ 1 g § . J s -to 1 ^ ^ <» <a i^g ■tS •i i "i <» <i> s rO «> ^ C^ >» <» <» "-^ S -i ^ § l*^ § 00 ss ^ ^ ^ '-g <i e IS "^ ■^ s tq ^00 * ^ ,0 ss <» ^ i^ '^ i '^ ^ r ^ 09 'W 1 1-?; ^ ^ ^ ^ ^^ 21" -^ "8 iJ ^ g ^ ^ <!?» '-Q ^ ^ « '■?^ «> ^. 52 !^ ^ ^ « § ftn S S s a s; ^ ^ s X o >> o ^ H -a :S H e ^ 3 .3 ^ .3 f^ i '2 "3 Ht u M 'tc S> on •1 o S "S Ph o .3 •-3 .f-i _>a c3 o .a 141 ^3 S - i ^ r-l (M W .2 S 53 Sj to s C i 5 § ^ s ^ s o o c - ft< !> ir = sc >^ E :s o || m o 13 S w a: rt i o o 1 o iz; < o O o ■^ c3 to oT 1 w^ • S 1 o r3 T ed o 3 c Q >^ c3 K. 3 £ c a be >. ~ r„ 3 >> ^ Si ° s _g © ^ o ' 5 « > o ~ -s ^ o = ^ ^ -=; « CO C *- •a 'S !- O P. -»-' g g P< U <1) t^ a o M ^ 1 g •■^ g a- ce 3 •g X a c3 '-^ a) m 3 "*^ S :3 6 ^ « cS o 2 s o .15 hn c h a 2 o § q ci o to o o U S .s a a S^ ^ I Ah «3 Gj to oo i rt t: « S a te o «-„ ^ , —, 5; ^ -a _gH 5 (-1. c3 r 5^ eJ g to r; OJ a a o .s < O S ^ -6 a ^ o _2 ? ^ 'S al d '-3 .;-; ^ C .XI ■a c ^ o i S S^ C3 > >. ■1;^ H '^ •a a « bC a Ml s tc § o "H » g.;3' U2 The Prophetic Times of the Hindu Mythology. These comprehend tho successive reigns of 14 Manns, each Mann reigning only in the satya-yug, or golden age, of Brahma's divine age. But the divine age of Brahma is a phrase applicable to any cycle of time reckoned by decades, upwards from the cali-age of 432,000 matircs or tenths of an English second in half a day, or in the symbolic and prophetic day of 12 hours, which excluded any reckoning of night. Compare the imagery of Rev. xxii, 5. The divine age which represented a decade of the above cali-ag6s was the oldest Hindu cycle of 5 days, for year?. Seventy such divine ages made up the 350 mythic years (= 5 x 70) of Typhou's reign — and 7 1 made up the lunar year of 355 days, or the original raenuautara of the Veda ; the year of 360 days representing its prophetic menuantara or year. Hence, when the menuantara, or the antara {i.e., the age of one manu) represented either one solar or lunar year, that of the 14 manus represented 1 4 years, or half the solar cycle of 28 years, as constituting the calpa, or great day of Brahma. This symbolic division of the great solar cycle into two parts seems to divide it into 14 years of day time and 14 years of night time, even as the symbolic and prophetic day ex- cluded any idea of night when numbering only 12 hours, or representing in fact but half a day. Again, the 28 years of the solar cycle were symbolised in the 28 days of a lunation numbering 4 weeks or 4 x 7 days. Hence, seemingly, the symbolic structure of Enoch's prophecy re- specting the 10 weeks, every day of which represented 100 years of mortal life. This was as the cali-age to the divine age of Brahma's millennium, which represented the sura of the four human ages, thus : — "ist. The satya-jug, or golden age, numbering historically 400 years. 2rf. The treta-3'ug, or silver age, do. 300 *• 2il. The dwapa-j^g, or age of brass, do. 200 *• ith. The cali-yug, or age of iron, do. 100 *■ Their sum, or Brahma's divine age, 1000 ' The symbolic relation of the four human ages to tho divine age of Brahma, reckoned upwards from a cali-age of one week or seven days, to the seventh divine age of Brahma, as the Sabbath of Brahma's mil- lennial week, each day of which represents 1 OOO years. o o o o o o o o OQ I— t ■^ t~ X 00 fcC &JD = n s >> f-n >-. f^ d cj r=l &, >-» >-, C3 •fit u cc H w O "^ 'Q 1^ •-^ c^ CO '^ o o o o 00 ■— ' -^ t>- X 00 fcC fcC 03 DC H Q O r-1 (M CO -* o o 1^ cq 143 ?S a -9 s >> — <=> o S J S ^0' W ^ >! Ph g 3 i :>5 3 f= 1 s >■■ ^ ^ 1 '< ^§ I b >> >^ ^ — ^ ^ ^ ?1 CO OQ CO ^ >> >i t>^ a cS CS c3 "^ IS 'a -3 O o c o Coco S -H "^ "^ -s -^ 2 ^ rt a; o o o P H H H 5 o 00 1— < Tj< t- (N C^ — ' OQ E- P U ti ^s 13 "S .— I (M ec -r tc i° -^ ^ S '^ m .— ^ >^ -= 03 «r c "£ fc^ o rt »C -w n en '^ ^ es OS •~ OJ 5 .5 ■? -a S -=5 = O h-i O C! t^ fe ^ .3 W <; ^ 144 250 Hence -pj- mich lunationa number 19 years 3 months. Also the Chald.-ean sarus of 223 lunations, each numbering 30 days, reckoned 18 years 4 months and 18 days, in years of S'M days to the year. Also 223 X 28 = 6244 days, and 7000 less 6244 days leave 756 days, or the days of the years mythically numbered to the reif,Ti of Vulcan as 750 + 6 days, as those of annual difference between the lunar year of 354 days and the old solar year of the Chaldaaans, which numbered only 360 days. But the four incarnations of Buddha, viz., as Adam, Enoch, Moses, and ex- pected as Messiah, with the ten principal avatars of Vishnu (as those of chief prophetic import),* span the same cycle of time as Enoch's prophecy of the ten weeks numbering 7000 years. If, therefore, these 7000 years be regarded as a maha divine age of Brahma, representing (like all the other forms of the divine age) the sum of four human ages, following each other in the decreasingf ratio of 4, 3, 2, 1, they must be considered as representing the same number of true solar years, to ascertain the historic times which pertain symbolically to each. This prophetic cycle of 7000 years wiU then resolve itself into the following subdivisions of time : — 1. Tlie satya-yxig of 2800 years from B.C. 4004 to B.C. 1204. 2. The treta-yug of 2100 years fi-om B.C. 1204 to a.d. 896. 3. Tlie dwapa-yug of 1400 years from A.D. 896 to A.D. 2296. 4. The kah-yug of 700 years from A.D. 2296 to A.D. 2996. The maha divine age of ) y— ^^^^^ ^^^^^^ ^^ — ^^ ^^ — Brahma > But Brahma's mUlenniimi, consisting of 12,000 month years, nmnbers 360,000 days, and contains 4,320,000 hoiu-s, numbering only 12 hours to the prophetic and symbolic day, which excludes the idea of night. The caH-age of Hindu historical chronology is one-tenth of Brahma's millennium, or 100 years, i.e., 36,000 days of 12 hours, or 432,000 hours. These 36,000 days may, however, represent as many old solar years, containing 432,000 month years ; in which case the 100 mythic years of Brahma's life will represent the zodiacal cycle of 36,000 years. Again — If the satya-yug =144 days. The treta-yug =108 days. The dwapa-yug = 72 days. The caU-age =J 36 days (or 5 x 7 -1- 1 = 6 x 6.) Hence — The di\'ine age = 360 days, or the old solar j-ear of the Chaldfeans, and the prophetic menuantara of the Hindus. Also, 1000 di^ine ages make up the calpa or great day of Brahma. Hence the following comparison of solar and lunar time vmtU their thfference amoimts to 6000 days, made prophetically sjTubohc of as many years preceding the mil- * See Appendix B, 2, p 120. t Compare Horace, Cann. yi, lib. iii, 4.5, 49, with the colossal image of Dan. ii, 32, 33. X Compare Spineto, p. 3oG, on the 3S Epj-ptiau nomes, nccorfiing to the number of which Mccris limited the Courts of the Labyrinth to 3C: viz. IS to the nortli, and IS to the soutli. 145 lennial Sabbath of Brahma. This is to represent the last day in his week of 7000 years, as the same with Enoch's prophecy of the ten weeks, each of which numbered 700 years for its 7 days. Days. Days. 12 X 30 =the divine age of 360 ; and 1000 x 360 = the calpa of.. .360,000. 12x29g = the lunar year of 354; and 1000 x 354 = of lunar time 354,000. Difference, 6,000 Thus it appears that the calpa or great day of Brahma is not merely the divine age of his millennium, but more especially that of his seventh millenniiun, as terminating his Sabbath or week of millennial days. Hence the Hindu personification of the sun under the name Brahma is, in their mythic chronology, idolatrouslj' invested with that attribute of self-existing hfe which in the Jewish scriptures designates the High and Holy One that ui- habiteth eternity ; as a being with whom " one day is as a thousand years, and a thousand years as one day." Yet this millennium of Brahma has been, by traditions of man nullifying the word of God, substituted (in the popular teaching of that school of the prophets which Dr Cummuig represents) for the true scriptm-al millennium of the apocaly]jtic vision as explained in Appendix B, 1, p. 111-115 of this Tract. The time at which the end of the world — in a Hteral and material sense — is to take place no man knoweth ; nor is it anywhere in Scripture made the subject of a prophetic instruction, like that claimed for it by Dr Cxmmaing. The end of the world, which characterises the prophetic uistruction of the Jewish Scriptures respecting MessiaKs Day, had figiirative reference to the events of the apostoHc age, as fraught with spiritual effects of ever expancUug influence for good, mitU aU things shall be subjected unto God in Christ on earth as in heaven. The end of the world, in regard to man individually, is that uncertaia end of hiuuan life, the day and hour of which no man knoweth. To teach men (without the clearest evidence of scriptural authority) to do and dare anything so that they may realise within six years from this time a mil- lennium of their own political de%'ice throughout aU the nations of Christendom, is to agitate for a crusade of conflicting worldly interests, adding the horrors of civil war to that of international strife thi-oughout the world. This doctrme is the inspiration of antichrist, wliereas the 2')ropliesying of Christ's everlasting gospel, for the salvation of souls thereby, requires of its authorised ministers (amongst whatsoever denomination of Chi'istians they may class themselves) that they teach men to have faith in the existence and power of holiness, as a livmg principle and quickening spirit of good to man, by which, if its aid be sought aright, he may have regeneration of heart from the corruption of sin, and thereby redemption from the power of evil. Also that disbeHef in this eternal truth brings its own Nemesis sooner or later ; for they who will not thus spiritually come unto Christ must finally reap as they sow. 146 »o >o I-H F-l -f -f o o to CO CO CO ^— .-»/ u_ «■: II O a -•» -w> !»»> C ^ eo oo & .§ s 00 >o -* Q f- II 1 II y . ^ 0) o m o , — - s . UH ^ a; „. O _3 _: c3 v - a a -a >o 'd ■-0 cycle or reign < d days, for nin ,he old chronic] hs are 2.| cycles olar year of 36 rs during wide ;c cii'cle reigned '■ 1 : S j5 S — sj o . -*:5 CO maming. of Bralim; iplied by 3 d Herodoti moon of t te, and wh .a a .5 "3 ■ .§ !>.% s "g_ S ^=?^i; - 1 a : 2 ■^ B N or the 36 «ow by the Egy hours -f- 10 da fom-th of the 3 Ph c ided the sola 9 times 83 1 numbered in But nine-foil led to the old imber 443 y iths) of the cj ; -9 : "^ : "o '. a s 2 "o -I Inch the Egyptian pries .^ueeii Nitocris (as the lie moon in the sun's six he eim) as one of them. 9000 us div ts, or years ods. ar adi the m 3 moil 2 • .2 o -3 O J o S o 3 " *5 1 a ~ to (M CO ^ X a3 S' B o i o II-** O P ■^2 o o <M + o o d d o o CO -f c o X X CO * o o [)th (or l-3d of 1-3^ ence the reign of e six gods into nim nes one -fourth the er the reign of the lis .jth of the steU: ys marks the origii generations (viz.. o oo o o' c cc m 05 00 p S 2 1 O a > iopian kings w enumerating ( ir solstice, or t' unction with t .2 lO v« o >r5 o o o U-5 ^ rC ^ 2 a s oT'S. ^1 CO ^ l:t 1^ !>. r-( CO T-H xxxxxxxx o o •i ^ C 1 .a CM ;ia J »ri o oo IM (M r-4 <M 'M OV. CO CO r^K^-a gH-g^S c 0-. H a 2 ^ 2'^ s.g II II II II II 'ii ll II 11 II v_ 11 -V — _^ ll "^ ' -V , ^ o o li -3 o o o Jh CO o t^ u fcl g S o CO X X u o <I) .3 - l^ 3 O CO eo o .** O E.J ,, t< o "o O a o li o o o o o o o rH CO Oi o o o X s, who reign western gates, iSagittariufl. X X o o ■a & 1 X o IT o © ii C 5i X o to '" codile-god sun's six Cancer to u o r d i^ > a 1 o bo 1° ■Jj ■a "S •^ '"' (M CO -* 147 i3 S s a' ^P rj-j r-> '^ q^ O O o 3 I ^M a a " o 3 ° in >i I; Q in ^^ a 3 s -^ 1:2 ^ S xl ^ 9^^ g I ^ ^ =* « >>-a -e ,a •'^ t, c3 ■S i^ :2 cs^ S'^ 8 hours or mo or the day of 9 hours of niy o o .2 2^ *5^ S "S S H--? ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ■S |o o ;w:3 CO (P o Q » ^ . O -O J CO S F cs -a t^ a; ■— ' (D <) -fl =s-o g O d a (D i*^ a >v a ■^ §" S oj 2 x.S 'S " 3 1^ ^ o ^3 »^- °* ^■'' •5 '^^ a t! ;s -g I 1 ? « ;h -7^ O O JO C O CO o o "tJ 3 _ ^ ^ ^^ 3 ^^ a S S t^ ^ "=3 tT ^ ■" 3 a 3 ^ " CO a 2 a S3 ° ^. s <=«.- S 2^ o <D 2 ° 2 ■^ >i +3 -^ a -^ fl ^ ^ g D o ^ ^„ E-l-rf H ^ T-H o .-I ;.g :^ o o o o o o o o o o o o cTo" CO CO " g ti CO CO "oiS o X X J « -a « T-i II II t3 o o a ^ri '*^ ^^ ^ < Q o :a ■a -a .S o bo c2 ?, >. 5>. 3 J3 >.2 «3 •^^ "= ^ H ■O P-^ ^ aT B 3 Su n=J — ^ £ O »j .a s i S " P s -^ -^ o a) — *- »0 o r- P =5-1 c „ ^-» c G o "O c £ i< S P -3 a "pilli"' ^ ~ g S 5 o o fe 1^ S ^ 53 I isgoij (2, C -* S 3 OJ ti *- m" M S Ee P M - o ■■5 .5 « ^ 'g o s %^sz % g ►? 2 ^.- « P « HH C3 .J3 P ^ cj C3 £ - = 5 -Si ° ij p o tx •= -? 3 x ■« -a 5" '^ s; -^ ^'S-a-Scx a •3 53 "S _. ;: — >, ^ be a ^ ~ ,^ " „ u3 2.— "^ <u S.a tj 5?- I-.P =„ §5 o p s S *j uT P c -P ^ ■S 2 C.2 ^ .» g *^ S: 1^ P-— .5 - w -c ,, ?:2 o a = ~ ^ p r; <" >.s e-- =':::?-' ^ to p .^ .^ ^ .s 3 S X « a o a o-3i>o S p-a ^ -" "H „ . M 2^ p p- § ■S w *-■ P o£ 3 § i a u - "S 2 53.E g-S" = a:= > fcS c CxJ U-oJ-S a,.P S'-S P •? § »§^..-T3r;„ca2o^;p02 ♦''-•p«iStr2'--p-""2 gii ^iiC^g p-5 2rr*. r£ •p-9 ■pS r 5 .£< S g s 1) :o.a :W2 ■ ^ aJ P." a I- -S O) 3 as Manethos Six Dynasties of Demigods^ according to Ptolemy of Mcndes. Ist. Beginning with Horns, and ending with Bitns, who stands tliir- teenth in the variation of this dynasty, as quoted from Lepsius in Osborne's Monumental Egypt, vol. i, p. 199. This dynasty reckons 7 + 6, or 13 lunar demigods, assart, or princes whose reign was in the division of time into decades of hours, days, weeks, months, or years. The first of these was Horus, who reigned 10 x 30 2. - 3. - 4. - 5. - 6. - But :=26 cvcles of 70, with remainder of 50 days. 70 -^ 1 870 Or „-r-7 — ;— — =r53 cycles of 35, with remainder of 15 days. 35 (=0 X 7) -^ Can these be the 53 god-kings who formed the second part of the canon of Eratos- thenes, which Syncellus would have nothing to do with ? 1870 Or ; =13 cycles of 130, with a remainder of 180 for 130 ( = 13 X 10) •' the 18 sari or decadal nomes given to the crocodiles, or god-kings of the dead, in the subsequent age, as that of the hero-worship connected with the building of the pyramid of Cheops. Hence probably the desecration 10x30 =300 days, 10x28 =280 » 10x20 =200 „ 10x18 = 180 " lOx 12 twice =240 .- 10x10 six times=600 » lOx 7 Total, = 70 ., 1870 ,' 149 of bis name as impious by those who worshipped the hosts of heaven only as gods of the upper world. For the temple of Vulcan, in its relation to the inverted cone of Su- Meru, was symbolically shut up by the form of the pyramid, as well as making the hosts of heaven to symbolise the reanimation of the dead in association with varied forms of animal life below the earth, and having for the symbol of its greatest power " Leviathan of the great deep," " The Aphophis of the waters." But Ptolemy of Mendes numbers 1900 mythic years to this djTiasty, and does not specify any particular number of kings. Regarding, there- fore, all as decadal princes, or sa7'i of days and years, we have — f-r— = 1 90. This represents the mythic chronology in the canon of Eratosthenes from Menes to Pemphos inclusive, as that which limited the times preceding the heroes of the cynic circle. For 190 + 2x443 make up the 1076 years of that chronicle, whether of mythic or historic account. 2d Dynasty, or fo'st of heroes. — This, therefore, represents the 15 generations of the cynic circle in the old Egyptian chronicle. Its sym- bolic relation to the reign of Aphophis is verified by the mythic years of 1255 its duration. For — — = 83|, or the days of the reign of Helius. 3d Dynasty. — Other kings, who ruled 1817 mythic years. Palmer, in brackets, suggests other heroes and 30 kings — Diospolites. The hero- worship of the crocodile-gods, as nest merging into that of the gods of the solar year, may be the thing here symbolised. Our names of July and August thus commemorate the idolatrous flattery of the liomans to the Emperors Julius and Augustus Cjesar, whilst our month of February commemorates the beginning of the worship idolatrously paid to the spirits of the departed by the ancient Romans. 1817 But days = 60 months +17 days, or the 5 years cycle + 17 days for the days which followed the reign of Nitocris, as the new moon in the sun's sixth gate to the end of the reign of the 1 8 Ethiopians re- ferred to by Herodotus. Ath Dynasty. — " Then other 30 kings, Memphites" — 1790 mythic years. 150 But -'.^ = 59 days, for 59-30tb8 of a month + 20 such SOths. 59 But -^ = 29^ for the days of the mouth in this form, doubly it counted as for day and night. fith Dynasty. — "Then other 10 kings, Thinites," reigned 350 mythic years. These, therefore, were sari or decadal princes, and the aggregate years of their reign shews that they were also connected with the oldest cycle of 5 days or years, and with the sabbatical lunar cycle of 7 days. 6</i Dynasty of demigods, or 1th of gods and demigods reckoned together. This is called the dynasty of manes and heroes, whose number amounted to 1106 kings, and the years of their reign to 5813. Here -j-r — = 54 (or 6 X 9), with a remainder of 89. It may also be observed that the worship of the hosts of heaven was only superseded by that of the hero-worship connected with the building of the pyramids during the reigns of Cheops and Chephrcu. But the first of these reigns 50 years, and the latter 56, together making the number of 106 for as many days or impersonations of " Dies- pater," in association of the reign of Aphophis or Hydra with the croco- dile symbolism for the hero-worship of the dead. The summary of the times of the demigods therefore stands thus : — 1st Dynasty reigned 1900 mythic or symbolic years. 2d » 160O 3d " 1255 4th » 1217 5th " 1290 » 6th ' 350 Total, 7612 7612 But days = 21 years, according to the davsof a lunation from 360 J J ^ ^ the new moon to the beginning of its third and last quarter, viz., to the end of the half-month or lunation of 15 days from horning to horning of the moon. 151 Oi o >« -a 2 13 =* N ^ 2 s f^ p d P. a 53 <1 ^ ^ > ^ o '^ .2 fcc O ^ - rt ® ?> ^ O o fcjj o 0:1 o (N E hi) 00" R ^ H =4-1 a> 00 CO «S 3 K ^ <5 .^ af *r rfl > !^ a t^ a ^ tJD (< w Q_, e3 >^ til ^ W eS a <-) tl-1 CD G. ■J2 n ss I— I •^ > cc ^ Vi <D ^ T-! "» 1:2 9 ^'^ S o ;^ j_ rt O O o g cs S ■£ '^ c? _ -Si ?1 c ^ CO 1=^ *^ -^ B fc- e 0^ 1 >^ C s 03 .22 a ^ g > • «\ >^ S 1 2 « c3 1 « ^ -a ~ OT '^ .=; 5 > £ o tu •^- ^ <o ^ ^„ c <u n .s TO .-- >^ ^ •" -« . 2 ^ cS a a ,__ a fci) CO 53 CS -0 53 r-( tD c« .■~> CO H a> >i 03 ■w a ro S-l fc^ 113 ^3 ,a CO ^ = -S S ^ bD 4= r-3 bfi Xl^fl 5tt .=f 03 CO a 03 -a P- w c3 .a CO ^ X ~ IS a^ t? 33 S "^ T! f^ •■550 'O H >-> a 03 2 -ts CO 1 — 1 CO W u .a CO to ^ C3 CO rO 00 < 03 _o bf) ^ ^ C^ a «a a >-. 0) J3 03 to 03 ■—1 CO 2 ^ 'TS n, •TJ *^ $1 a a I/) •S eS ;h e3 CS + coecooci>oco<io (M t>. C^ rH I— I I— P"^ .£--JoO O t>. 05 t^cTiO'^i^CO^O X « -00000000^000 § ?L^-go o II II II ^ 00 00 CO O c:> 10 CO ^ O rp a c:^ tH ^ a a a a a a a a a a -^ CO t^t^ to ^ 'C 03 8 "3 a -3 (^ .5 -a 3 o -s OCOOt^OSOiCOi— I I- (M ^ ^ --I C .0 03 '••' a __ "ij >o .2 ^ + CO to >> — -^ II II II r" '^ ^ sis <5 H .0 .Q >-, O 03 ee -t^ ^ ^: 6 J3 J3 ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ o CO t> 00 cr> O '— ' a CO 03 a a 03 CO ^3 a ">^ CS 03 « 03 bn ^ < <^ ■73 Cu u a eo CO W -^s 152 ^ + -s S^ 05 O) a <M S «^ -a rt ^ CO ^ <x> o J C3 ^ CO — _« -a "-S u -5 C r-l t*> ^ is tij M O) U. ■ — 5 2^ a ^ (u fc- TO " .« fcD S •° B S I I o) S5 '^ .-r M o O OT S CJ tJD ^ a rt o o ft I-H TO iTi .2 a o TO -t n CJ CO TT i^ s t^ "^ o + TO o fci} s -Q _c "^^ !- -+I n O CO •< O <D -a X TS o I- ^ ^ -a ?i £3 .S eS I 'a .2 § S S ^ -Q '^ ^ 5 o >-, CS J2 TO CO CO •5 o a O -T3 O t> TO >-. n^ cf O .3 -s ■^3 TO fcf) O o >-. ^^ n "rl ^ g H ;^ (B H 5 o "S 51 ^ .. Gh « I; C T3 C S .= H iJ a ^ O ^ ^ !- W «- -U TO jj O , 2 S c -a ^ 13 is O S o b . 2 "^ ^ 2 O •r; CO OS® -^ ^^ ^ ?^(d'^1^5~SS*^j; ;_^ s 4= i.-5 -S^cs cvj**- t^i^^ s ^ 10 CO «i5 CO CO -0 ^ -a -^ , '^ »i H H ^ iO -o S K S- <M a g t^ 7; E-i .2 2 r- r/r rt bn .n a n ■4^ J= 00 s .?=; CO «4-i oT Cw cu CO ,a S-M f^ d <-> s- e 'f — rt £ fe I c « <c (fl TO i a (M ^^ ■s> M a S TO < ci 1 a TO ^ ta eS bn t*- 1 ^ «*- >< H-*! ^ TO 5^ be Oh -^ ;a 00 ^ be s" -S .s a TO .~ ^ ^« S TO «j o a o O ,1 O *" J "^ ro 5t: CO ^ O CO -* '^ CO ^ lO cS 'S ^ >^ o O ^ '-C (M C 03 03 ^^ .a t- ^, >— I '^ 33 03 a s -§ c eS >o ■3d s & a> bD *s 153 •1^ >^ c ^ -a _B ^ t-l 03 to ^: u II II II II ■•^ Ch a 03 "0 ^ ^ c 1 CO ^ '^ ,4j a a ■:§ f X ?3 ^ •0 00 00 a .2 ^ ^ rt s ^ '^ I— 1 C^4 TO 03 _rt a J a >> 1-^ 03 TO X TO 0-* 1 c 1 ^ .a .S "?3 .£ c5 a TO bX5 a TO C3 1^ c" it c 2 ■5* i^ c5 C^ '*' IS CO a 03 10" CO I. f bJO 'a a E^ -S (4-1 s >^ la eS 03 TO 43 TO c 03 "S 03 TO 03 <? *. TO as n ;^ CO -? 5? (N .a a 03 cS ^ ^ OCOCOOiO»OOOCO — 000 T-l C^4 »0 — r^ .« J , .0 CC t- 00 o + CO (r> TO J3 (M ^ na tn oi CO T3 «<-■ OJ a TO bD r3 S3 'O II J3 ^ ,0 1 & a Tl CJ 03 W C3 ^ (M TO O to .2 »o 153 + S ^ o ^ ■ ' C3 H "1 °2 ^ .tj ^ ^ -s .2 s S >. ^ ?^ 2 53 i ^ r o « .N rH '73 .9 o o o =^ .3 ^ ^ -CD CO ^ S3 <i^ >o -§ r= a o o •- o c ^ OS t« c3 s c «^ O o fee .S <1 H + . <!> CO (D „ !-i O ^ CO 01 r-« £-1 "3 g H .si g O p CO C GO fcD 2; a ^3 (M fcp "o <M a ^ t; C CO 8 H e: o -2 '- O a ^ -a <u o -J f-c Qi '—' "a _ O O CO <; ^ o J3 to *:J CO o a o C3 H rt .2 I 2 CO .2 . a • — to ■^ O 2 CO O o 2 o ^ .2 fco S .2 rt -a 73 -a o .2 ^ 5 S = " a -S -5 02 S I i •^ ^ a « c '5 3 "TS o O o S ^^ -I -a - "=> -*j <^ ^ '^ -5^ a I rl s 53 « tc '^ O "* S O .. « CO a ». ^ o > .2 Oj ■t3 CM S-" O 03 GO O rS — ' aj ~ ^ "o ^ § o '• ^ =* ^ .2 •:: +j ^ I— ( R a S -73 >-> w ^H S^ -^ '^ o ■»■) »:) S ~e s S^ '^ ?^ O I ^ CO 5 -a p- 1 1 10 ^1 a o a m a o CO O a CS 2 o c3 oT a o V) 03 CO s CO s 1 1 5S' S 03 a C3 rn CO ft g 1^ NO o CO s u a -a ►< « •tS ?> 5^ o CO _g .2 "S a -a o a W Ph CO a o .2 2 C4-1 a a .2 ■73 X3 5^ 1 HO "i e ^iO-:t<CDCi CO OO'+'OOO g e 5 Tfi CO CO (M jH O O O O W & CO _H ci it m ! m o •- •I- a • Q .=« <M^ 1— I t-- Ci O o •2 o c ko Tt< o cn - CX) »o CT) rH II II II II II 00 I— ( 00 .2 .2 .2 .2 ,n es CS ^ r> P- J-f OJ oT r1 5 "cS pq ■ts CC OQ H CO w H -3 Tti r-i CO 154 I o o + 1 I CO ^ •- CO «« « .§ I " = . — ' " a, o « o £ js to t*. 3J _2I o '^s .EC -rr a ?. + _§ ^ > CO o o 2 & S o fcrj -ii !/}•-■ = ;=: .Si C ^ ■V p o r N r2 1= '^ o o o •*-* lO in a' C) rs o 'O i- 2 •- -s -^ s - o S 5 a, C5 to c I E2 i a" W , rt S TJ s rt o j- 3 '^ ;s P- a rt t^ CZ '/J '^ ^ ^ 2 s •= ^ y= -5^, -S r r. i; ^ J3 — _s '- H .5 -2 OJ c3 S tn .— J ^ ^ -O c3 O rt' CO :2 ^ '^ o 2 5 CO . -5 c o 22 ""^ ^ P a;) = ^ -5 ^ c o q 2 aa O cS s ^ tc -f, tc n 3 a a. 'A «2 O a o « "^ 3 CO & ^"* CO ^ U. o Cw *^ O «4-l ;=^ a o rn 3 fc€ ,a ^o o a "rt 'ZZ CS ^ >% fc rt ^ O " CO ^ g o ■5 -§ .§ M (B -C |Jh i= ? t^ ^^-3 -5 :: i:'^ I ^ ^ a ^ •= - •-*- o a ^ S =^ to s £ J2 a O t^ a 'TT +3 '^ S ci a _2 ci „^ a to r-c t- a. >^^ ^ ^ s ii; ^3 o 2 .a o .a g •S CO - ® o = ?i '-' , a -s P + o CO ii p o cc a ^ *j ,2 — -t^ S "^ 2 ttj a 1 g 1 3 a a fcJD o o 3 a a Cm o a =0 .2 a a o J2 2 ^ P. ri *^ t^ o ^g o 3 p ^ m cS J .2 13 a 3 r3 a «4-C O a o m a 13 -2 a. S o w 03 a" o o a 1^, fcO o CO o S a '/J 3 2 a •-^ .2 C3 O CO •a <^ ■r: a 00 — ' a •^ a *» 7^ m (U c -5 o l-M B* -3 « fcJD rJ< ,-< J; ^ a 2 -=! 2 T5 ;^ a <s © « t£ a o t^ t; a B w O • & r-t -^ ^ a X "^ > O ,£3 -C O fcJC 13 aj o a .3 "^ -^ -r 9 fc£ fcc o "^ p" r- " >^ a cS i o « >.^ P- a c SS 2 I o ;;i^ '■J 'B B .3 3 a' a p o a t- r- o 2 a OS ja o o a -a ® cs a t-i > <sj ~ ^ ^ J* .3 -p = .2 ro Qj a a r- ■^ .a ffj o - ij a ■T^ -a "^ o P 2 "» "o 53 g ^ 2 :j O) — • — 2 O p rt -^ tc a a ^ C3 *-' ■*-' _o a ^ M^« g "Ch^OT j; a <s c3 — .5 > -5 -^ >■> ;^ S» C3 >— ' o "^ -a £ 5 -^ -+< 2 ~ 5 !3 - -^ ^ ^ 2 id o tc w o CO Jii -n :a "3 O ^r^ ** ^ - ^ ^ o ^ Gj rt - 2 laJ -9. ^.- ^ -a o = — i 5 r &, S 2 Pi 'X3 cn . 3 3 i ^ g P< p- — >-.>> 3 fcX) tc «> K M 155 •^ ^ js >-i u ° ^ 5 ^ .S |o J ° - c S H P 8 s - ^ o ^ S g - ^ c (D t» O S =S O ■5 , 'O rS S- ^ Jd cs d K^ CO ^ C o X ■rt ^ P5 T3 ^^ ''-' C- P^ {= >^ 2 = -= , op r2 ^ 1 s H o .S -" *- rs t- ~ "^ o 5 <= -^ O * .tj fcc -S c =3 .ii ^ « ^. -^ » 5 rt "^ -S ^ :— . _ u o -S o ?i; o fe ■= ■■2 ■= £ s 5- W K « O t^ S O „ «3 a c „ .2 '5 CO •5 -5 J3 /H S •■-• o rs •= ^ cs o -r; — I o 10 =-:; o ^ SI' '- ^ f^ a r-s >> o -a J; I^ (M 10 ^ • — 5 c o -S^ X s X3 •-• -= c ^ "^ J ^ i I i — 10 n !^ i: '= 2 2 Iz -rt -=: +i ~ .— ' r; " ^ S o ■— 5C I ? 2- o '— on O ^ i; O <5 ^ lO -^ r^ « Kl 02 CO ^ p o W >. -? ^ - o '^ ?S Ci = r- i ^ J S >^ L^ <:i _- -r-. CO o ^ ^ .2 X ■" r'J r^ ^ O C ? ^ ^ ~ ^ .2 -^ -5 = £:-«' 5 o - ^ .ii ft) .5 '^ ^ rS tB-r, tt •= s O c s to ^ — ^ •-- P- o ■A 2 1? ^5 c S:; S = rt — -S o o O o en ;~ :ii "^ _ u:^ cc H -p p ^ '/I ";; -^ O^-" r^ ^J — t.-; _a lS ~ w .2 ^ ci ^ O i> -^ s-i ^ -^ •— ^^ ^ O 53 es o s .=: .2 r, 173 o 7t n -*-* <U >-> Ci Ci S c: -r; be o = ^ :- s o >-, 9 'bb o ^ fl ~ p — CC a Ch id t*-'Cc-a = s = ^ 0-1- y->— 1 c;-0 :s^ .2 ^ c CO OJ T— 1 ^1^ Cl, ^r^ < ^0 rl ^ Xi (7> n •0 a fi. .S 2 :=^ 10 1 CO fcJD ^3 TO ^ 2 in 'tc ^ ^ « a a. rt bC "s '■3 s ^ u n B 00 (4-1 2 '^ 2P Si, rt s^ .2 .S^ — .rP 'p -5 *^ ?^ ^ - t^ a a = <u rs — ^ a - o m o "^ -3 g 2 o •S 2 2 -c H S ffl -7= .2 1-5 a 2 2 ^ ? .2 b =: i2 ^ be n -= ^ -r- ^ .=; rt (D O s ^ 0. ^ - - ■*- -^ fi- -5 '^ J^ .2 --— c^ o -< i - o ^ z= ■" f-r ■^ a br CJ h15 ^ ,jC2 O) tXJ ti n z o 2 .2 >^ a ja ^ 2 c^ .a u CO s ^ -a ^a .2 -a -f -a fcC 3 rt o ya 5 -iT _2 •T3 vi — 2 " ^ "> 03 bD 15 ^-1 (>-, CO Cm bC a c3 , -. "^ D- ^ a C >, ^H r >> to tl) W vZ^ W 156 (Manetho — continued. ) continued only for a limited period of the four months called the season of the overflow ; which is here reckoned as the first instead of the third and last season of the solar year of the Egyptians. That tlie traditional history of Sesostris should have been appropriated to different kings in widely differing chronological epochs, is only a natural sequence, from the mythic deification of Sesostris as the second Lord of 30 days, or second monthly god-king in a renewable cycle of 12 such, by a continual apotheosis of the mortal kings of Egypt into one or other of the soli-lunar gates of Enoch's astronomy. The remark also of Herodotus, that, " except Sesostris, no monarch of Egypt was ever master of Ethiopia," may also refer to the Egyptian myth of the 18 Ethiopian kings, of whom one was a female, and a native of the country named Nitocris, or the solstitial new and full moon. But the new and full of the moon date the times of the highest floods. Hence the brand of infiimy which Sesostris is said to have attached to the names of those people who yielded without a straggle to his con- quests may be a myth, implying his contempt for those people who were WMuting in energy and industry to guard the stock on their lands from periodic desolation by floods, as the ilgyptians did. In this sense the priests may have regarded the conquests of Darius, as by no means entitling him to the same divine honours as Sesostris ; and consequently that his apotheosis should be reserved for some other place in the heavens than that of Sesostris (seemingly) in symbolic identity with the new and full moon of the summer solstice. This supposition is confirmed by the hieroglyphic on the tablet from the rock of Hamamat, copied in vol. ii, p. 75, of Osborne's Monumental Egypt. The monument is valuable, though I cannot, with Osborne, regard its character as historical. On the contrary, I consider it a kind of Janus-Bifrons ; by wliich the Egyptian priests symbolised to the people the beginning of their solar year with the lunation in which the Dog-star gave notice of the coming flood at the new and full of the moon. For Ave must remember that the oriental impersonation of the moon was sometimes as a powerful and destructive god, at others as a benignant goddess. 3c?. Pheron, as a lunar god, or lord of 30 days in Pisces. This, per- haps, will explain the myth of his blindness for 10 days, or one-third of a lunation made to symbolise one-third of the solar year. For the lunation of 30 days was mythically reckoned by the Orientals 157 as a prophetic or soli-luuar year. But ^ of 360 = ] 20 days, as between the Matsya or fish avatar of Vishnu and the season of the flood. Ath. Proteus, a Greek name given to a citizen of Memphis, as king of Egypt, at the outbreak of the Trojan war. Thus the abduction of Helen in his times may have mythic reference to the full moon of Virgo, as that of the moon's opposition to the sun in Aries. 6th. Rampsinitus, the miser, who hid his riches below the earth, even as the harvest gifts of a bounteous Providence seem to be hidden for the winter months after the ingathering, as completed about the time of the autumnal equinox. " He built the west entrance of the temple of Vulcan ; in the same situation he also erected two statues 25 cubits in height* That which faces the north the Egyptians call the summer, the one to the south the winter. This latter is treated with no manner of respect ; but they worship the former, and make ofierings before it." He is said to have descended alive beneath the earth to what the Greeks call the infernal regions, where he played at dice with the goddess Ceres, and alternately won and lost. On his return she pre- sented him whh a napkin embroidered with gold, viz., the earing of the barley harvest at the vernal equinox. The period ot his return v/as solemnised as a religious festival. This Eampsinitus is therefore another name for Osiris and Bacchus, in the myths relating to Osiris and Isis — Bacchus and Ceres. But, according to the symbolic temple of Vulcan, Rampsinitus reigned in Taurus, viz., when the obscuration of the Dog-star had commenced. His descent may therefore be that referred to in the myth of the Syrian Avomen weeping for the loss of Thammuz or Adonis, which dated from the fourth month, or sun's fourth gate. Qth. Cheops. — The accoimt of his impiety, that " he barred the avenues to every temple, and forbade the Egyptians to offer sacrifices ; proceed- ing next to make them labour servilely for himself," may mean that he forbade the human sacrifices connected with the Baal-worship of his predecessors, who had worshipped the hosts of heaven from unroofed temples, labouring only to secure immortality for himself by the great pyramid of his building for a mausoleum ; thereby substituting the worship of the dead for the worship of the hosts of heaven, as sym- bols of living power. Thus, by reversing the shape of the pyramid, we have the inverted cone of Mount Meru, or the heaven of the Hindus. * These 25 cubits are a symbolic measurement, equivalent to the quadraut or arc of 90° in a circle. For the square was a symbolic measurement of lOD cubits, as the circle was of 36U°. M 158 The worship of the embalmed Apis and the embalmed heifer, nnder roofed temples like the pyramids, may have been scornfully described by the votaries of the older superstition as prostituting the worship of Isis by making death instead of any living power the symbol thereof. The middle pyramid thus raised had, we are told, an elevation on each side of 150 feet. If the base were of the same measurement, this symbolic pyramid would represent a triangle whose sides measured 450 feet, according to the years mythically assigned to the reign of Osiris. But the triangle formed by two lines drawn from the centre of a circle to the extremities of an arc of 60° (measuring two lunations) is an equilateral triangle. The 50 years reign of Cheops is a symbol from the form of the pyramid, dividing in half the square which symbolised 100. 1th. Chephren, brother of Cheops. Sth. Mycerinus, a priest of Osiris and Isis. — The reading of his name in the temple lists is Moscheres or Menchares.* The Coptic name Manchora means the north-west wind, and the base of bis pyi'amid terminates between Gemini and Cancer, being, in fact, the solstitial colure. Passing over the myths relating to him, which have been explained, I have only here to notice the prediction that he should live but six years and die in the seventh, with the means he devised to falsify the prophecy, " apparently multiplying his six years into tivdve" For this purpose we are told " he caused an immense number of lamps to be made, by the light of which, when evening approached, he passed his hours in the festivity of the banquet ; he frequented by day and by night the groves and streams, and whatever place he thought productive of delight." By thus changing night into day he thought to multiply his six years into twelve. The object of this myth is clearly to inform us that he caused the Egyptians to return to then- worship of natm-e in the open air, and as a living power. But, as the structui-e of the pyramids had introduced an essential change in the ancient worship of the sun and moon and starry hosts from unroofed temples, by lighting up the chambers of these roofed temples he thought to enliven the sepulchres of the dead with symbolic substitutes for the quickening light of heaven. This turning night into day, that he might prolong 6 into 12 months, commemorates mythically the change which then took place in number- ing the gods of the solar year as 12 instead of 6, as formerly * But in the symbolic temple of Viilcan the place of Mycerinus is that of the Bim's lunation in Leo, \\-ith Sen-Saophis or Soris and To-mce-phtha. 159 reckoned. For the Sun's eastern gates of his ascension from Capricorn to Cancer were six, and the kings from Menes to Psemempses (the first sun-Pharoah) in the first dynasty of Manetho were seven. 9th. Asychis. — " He erected the east entrance to the temple of Vul- can, which is far the greatest and most magnificent." His name may probably be derived from Suchos, the Greek form of Suchi, the Coptic name for the crocodile. lOi/i to 12th. Anysis. — " In his reign Sabacus, king of Ethiopia, over- ran Egypt with a numerous army; Anysis fled to the morasses, and saved his life, but Sabacus continued master of Egypt for the space of 50 years," viz., for half the cycle of Brahma or Vulcan, when limited to 100 years, the symbolic number of the square, as 360 was of the circle. This Sabacus stands first in Manetho's dynasty xxv, which numbered 3 Ethiopian kings, whose reigns are severally recorded in symbolic numbers, the sum of which being 40, leaves Anysis the sur- vivor of this dynasty by 10 years. The name of Sabacus (the first of these), is evidently the same with Sevek, the crocodile-god of the Egyptians ; and his reign of seven years, symbolised as days, extends over one-fom-th of a lunation. That of Sevehus, his son (the Sethos of Herodotus), numbering 1 4 days for years, represented the Hindu parou- van, or half month from horning to horning of the lunation in which he tyrannized. Lastly, The reign of Tarkos, numbeiing 1 8 mythic years, terminated the times symbolically numbered over the subjection of the Lower Egyptians to the crocodile-gods of Upper Egypt. But the seven days reign of Sabacus, in one-fourth of a lunation, may be symbolically measured by an arc of 90°. This, beginning at Aries, would terminate between Gemini and Cancer, or at the place in which his dynasty would symbolically terminate with the reign of Tarkos, in the 18th of the nomes dedicated to the superior gods of Upper Egypt in the temple of Vulcan, according to the description of its form, as followed by Moeris (or the 12 kings who followed Sethos),* when building the labyrinth. * The story told by Herodotus of Sethos, that " he treated the miHtary of Egypt with great contempt, and among other indignities, he deprived them of their aroime, or fields of 50 feet square," is most probably a myth, ia wliich the military mean the hosts of heaven. The defrauding them of then- aroune will refer to a change in the foi-m of the geometric symbohsm for the solar year, when divided amongst 12 gods reigning in three seasons of 4 months each, con- trasted with its original division of only two pai-ts, each of which represented half the symbolic square which measured the 100 years of Brahma's life, and 100 ai'ouTfe geometrically. For when Mreris reigned in the sun's sxxih gate, the square described about 100 The 1500 underground chambers of the labyrinth, with their 18 nomes, were those especially dcdiciitcd to the crocodile-gods of Upper Egypt by Maoris when he built the north entrance of the temple of Vulcan, viz., when he made the western gates of heaven as those of sunset (beginning from Cancer in the north, and terminating with Sagittarius in south), symbolically associate the garden of the Hesperides, with the spirits of the departed transmigrated into those forms of animal life which abound below the earth and in the seas. Of these. Hydra, rising in Leo, and continuing above the horizon until Scorpio, symbolised the amphibious crocodile as a sea serpent, the leviathan of the waters, and all-poweiful god-king of the dead. Hence, their apotheosis of a defunct mortal king as the " Diespater of their nation in Hydra." CONCLUDING REMARKS Chronology of the Jewish Scriptures, as reclaiming (on the authority of the Divine Legation given to Moses) the earliest traditions of the human race from the fabulous genealogies of the heathen, to become the eternal basis of veritable history in all lands. The introductory portion of Manetho's dynasties, as already explained, may perhaps afford us a satisfactory clue for investigating the true value of their historic pretensions onwards to the end from the eighth, which begins with Menes. The result of the investigation will (I am satisfied) prove that the chronology of Egypt is only of historic value to the extent of certain the circle (see the symbolism for the Egyptian temple of Vulcan) was divided in the haK by the solstitial colm-e, thus measuring off 50 arourag to the god-kings of the upper woi-ld (eastwards), and other 50 to those of the lower world (west- wards). But when the year of 12 months began to be cli\ided into 3 seasons, the symbolic representation of this division was that of a triangle inscribed in a circle, forming, as it were, three p3Tamid.s, and therebj' defrauding the hosts of heaven of their square fields of 50 arom^. Thus, in the mjiihology of the Hindus, Kartikeya, ^vith his peacock (probably the Indus and his peacock on the celestial globe southward of the tropic of Capricorn), is called the " leader of the celestial armies," and yet he was not the Hindu god of war, for " Miui- gula" was " the Mai-s of the Hindus." 161 cyclical notices, acting as keys to the general relation between the mythic chronology and the historic traditions of Egypt. Thus, whilst the de- tails of the reigns given in the canon of Eratosthenes give clear indica- tions of their mythic character^ the sum of 1076 years numbered over the whole period (as identical with that of Manetho's first eleven dynasties), was probably designed to chronicle historically the relation of the Exodus to the tradition of their nation from before the time when Abraham and his seed went to sojourn amongst them : or this period of 1076 years may have a mythic beginning from the date of the sojourn of Abraham and his seed in Egypt, to circ b.c. 710, as the date of Sennacherib, in the relation thereof to the times of Sethos, the last priest of Vulcan, who, as such, was also sole monarch of Egypt, according to Herodotus. Thus the Amunthantceus, No. 38 in Eratosthenes, may be the last king of any one or more lunar dynasties, being the full moon or termination of the lunation of 15 days reckoned from full moon to full moon at the solstices, and divided in the half at the horning of the moon, as the time when ISitocris was to become an impersonation of Isis, reigning in the parouvan, or month of 15 days. The true key to historical traditions thus vaguely chronicled, would be designedly reserved to themselves by the Egyptian priesthood, to retain the people in bondage to the superstitions of a mere ceremonial worship of God, profitable only to themselves. The first of the world's redemption from this deadness to any truthful and spiritual communion with God, was through Israel, with Moses, (Rom. v, 14) the lawgiver of a temporal and typical covenant of works. That law was designed only as the medium of a spiritual instruction unto righteousness, preparatory to the coming of a time when Jew and Gentile should equally recognise Messiah, as God manifested in the flesh, with gifts of the Holy Ghost for the regeneration of all flesh, thereby making the first or partial resurrection universal, to as many at least as will obey their calling in Christ.* — Compare John iv, 21-25, and v, 40, with Jerem. xvi, 14, 15, and Heb. x, 18, in illustration of Matt, xxiv, 3-14. * This calling of the world in Christ is, " by a way of holiness," made the law of eternal life to " the spirits of all flesh." Hence, the true meaning of Jerem. xxxi, 31-35, as quoted in Heb. \'iii, 7-13, can only be obtained by comparing it with Heb. xii, 25-29, and with our Lord's words. Matt, xii, 31-32, — " Wherefore I say unto you, all manner of sin and blasphemy shall be forgiven imto men; but the blasphemy against the Holy Ghost shall not be forgiven unto men. And whosoever speaketh a word against the Son of Man, it shall be forgiven him : but whosoever speaketh against the Holy 1G2 Thus it appears that the Divine legation of Moses to Israel, when in Egypt, marked the beginning of the redemption of the traditions of Ghost, it shall not be forgiven him, neither in this world, neither in the world to come," i.e., neither under the tyjiical and temporal covenant of the Mosaic dis- pensation, nor under the new and eternal covenant of the ChrLstian dispensa- tion, as that of the world then to come, on earth as in heaven. The promises and threats of the new covenant being thus eternally associated with salvation by a way of holiness to Jew and Gentile equally, provided in mercy, to the Jew especially, a way of life whereby he might cease to be for ever ahenated from spiritual communion with God on earth, by reason of his traditional prejudices in favour of the name of Jew. Since no misconception of the privileged distinction once attached to the name of Jew should continue to separate between the people called by that name and the salvation of Christ proffered in mercy to all flesh, when spiritually ser^ong God by that way of hoU- nes3 which is the gift of Christ's spirit, for the salvation of the spirits of all flesh who yield themselves to be guided thereby. Thus God provided in his second covenant of mercy that the misconceptions of the Jewish nation respecting the privileges given to the Jews under the first covenant should have no power to prevaU for harm against them, when retained only imder subjection of their hearts and minds to seek and to do the will of God, for their salvation by that way of hoHness which is the only sure foundation of the Christian's hope. The nominal Christian, when claiming by his faith to exclude from the salva- tion of God all Jews (as if any of mankind could lead godly lives except by that spirit of grace and suppHcation which is the gift of the Holy Ghost outpoured upon their hearts for the common salvation of Jew and GentUe), is in danger of setting his own human wiU against the wnl of God, as evidenced for mercy over others in the power of the Holy Ghost. It was in this spirit that the bigoted amongst the Jews once sought to extin- guish the Christian name. Let us take heed, therefore, how we fall into the antichristian delusion that no Jew can be saved until he consents to be called a Christian, even when evidently living in communion of life with God through gifts of the Holy Ghost. To the foUo'wing prayer for the Jews (as copied from a useful Uttle book of practical devotion, called Exceeding Great and Precious Promises), I have here added three stanzas, in correction of what appears to me to be a grave popular error on this subject, and an error which seems grieviously to have marred the usefulness of the Society for Promoting Christianity amongst the Jews. For its attempts at proselytism are thus regarded by the Jews as those of men who claim superiority over themselves by reason of the Christian name, in a spirit of self approbation, despising the evidences of God's grace for mercy, when bring- ing the heart of a Jew in subjection to the law of holiness, though the only law of eternal life appointed of God to any of the sons of men. Is not this a revival, under the Christian name, of that error by which the blinded of Israel in the apostoHc age coiild not, in their Scriptures, read any 163 man's earlier history, from the fabulous genealogies of an idolatrous superstition (as referred to in 1 Tim. i, 4, &c., &c.), and the giving to salvation for the rest of the world, except as proselytes to the religion of the Jews, even when it had (as professed by themselves at least) ceased to represent the spirituality and truthf idness of Abraham's faith ? PEAYER FOE THE JEWS. Great God of Abram, hear our prayer, Let Abram's seed thy mercy share : Oh, may they now at length retiu-n. And look on him they pierc'd, and mourn. Eemember Jacob's flock of old; Bring home the wanderers to the fold ; Eemember too Thy promis'd word, " Isi'ael at last shall seek the Lord." Lord, put Thy law within their hearts, And write it in their inward parts : The veil of darkness rend in two. Which hides Messiah from their view. Oh, haste the day, foretold so long. When Jew and Greek (a glorious throng). One house shall seek, one prayer shall pour. And one Eedeemer shall adore. ADDITIONAL STANZAS. Contrastiag in supplementary form the limited teachiag of the above prayer with the fuller teaching of Scripture on this subject. Yet hath not Israel learned* to know How, Lord, in mercy long ago Gentile and Jew,t in Clirist made one, Found like salvation in thy Son ? What, then, if unbelieving stiU Some read imperfectly thy wiU In prophecies fulfilled, nor plead Salvation of the Jews their creed ? Let me not, Lord, with impious speech. Thy grace and truthfulness impeach; But teach me of thy grace to see Messiah's reign J in hearts subdued to Thee. * Matt, xxiv, 14, with Rom. x, 18-21. t Acts X, 34-35, with xi, 16-17. t Isaiah Ivii, 15; Luke xvii, 20-22. 1C4 those traditions so much of a truly historic character, as was essential for perpetuating the memorial of man's spiritual departure from the law of his creation, for communion with God on earth, in association with the chequered destiny of the seed through whom the promised deliverance should ultimately be realised. The Bible makes no pretensions to chronicle the early history of man in any more detailed form, and its reference to the kingdoms of the heathen world is only to an extent in- cidental to a faithful narrative of the history of the people, first called out from the boudage of the world to idolatry, to be (by the mercies and judgments which happened to them) " examples" unto all the ends of the earth, throughout perpetual generations. To claim any higher authority for the historical accuracy of our Bible chronology, as if (because the moral teaching of the Mosaic legislation was of Divine authority, manifested under confirmation of the miraculous powers with which Moses Avas invested) no truthful appreciation of his- toric traditions could be arrived at, except by a direct act of inspiration like that by which God revealed himself to Israel, through Moses, as Governor of all the earth, and by eternal laws of spiritual life and death, would be to contend for an exceedingly doubtful claim, not necessarily involved in the character of the revelation. The credentials of the Divine authority given to Moses, for the re- demption of Israel from bondage to Egypt, not merely in a political sense, but as then lying under spiritual bondage to the idolatrous super- stitions of Egypt, are such as must necessarily command that amount of reverence for the truthfulness with which he then rescued the traditions of man's earlier history (in so far as the tradition of his fall stands ever- lastingly associated with the promise of his redemption under certain eternal laws) from the fabulous genealogies of demigods whereby they had been corrupted and interwoven with the idolatrous superstitions of the heathen in all lands. If this be a true statement ot the case respecting the history of the Jews, in its relation to that of the Gentile world (as I presume it is), it cannot be of light consideration whether we admit the historic preten- sions of the kingdom of Egypt to an antiquity totally at variance with that of the Mosaic record, as claimed by those, who, with Bunsen and Lepsius, assign to the dynasties of Manetho a veritably historical character, through a misconception of their real design, as demonstrably mythic or semi-mythic. But, though it is easy to see that the chronology of Eratosthenes has a symbolic basis, and that the 62 years numbered to the reign of Menes 165 are to be reckoned as 31 days and as many nights of 12 hours, in the month of 3 1 nycthemera, (of which there were four in Enoch's solar year of 364 days), it is not easy to explain the details of the symbolism. It seems, however, to contain the key by which the arrangement of the deified Simulachra at Karuak may some day be satisfactorily ex- plained by those who can read the hieroglyphics. For their failure hitherto may have been chiefly owing to their eiToneous views respecting the chronology of the temple lists, when regarding the chronologies of Manetho and Eratosthenes, as designed for a a genealogical and historical chronicle of the kings of Egypt. According to my present views on the subject, the most probable design in the arrangement of the Simulachra at Karnak was to present to the populace a kind of perpetual almanac, connecting the yearly cycle of their religious festivals with the division of their two great symbolic lunations (the Thoth and the Sothis) into quarters, mythically made also to symbolise the solar year similarly divided. These two lunations numbered 15 days each, counted as one lunation of 30 days divided into quarters. These mythically represented four seasons, each of which stood for a solar year in the lustrum of 4 years or 1461 days ; also for ^ of the great Sothiac year or C3'nic cycle of 1461 years. The hieroglyphic throne names attached to the Simulachra of Kar- nak, when compared with the interpretation of the names given by Eratosthenes to the kings of his chronicle, seem to favour such a theory ; but I am not competent to give an opinion on this subject, further than to say that they who can read the hieroglyphics may have failed to dis- cover the true design of the Simulachra at Karnak, only from associating the consideration thereof with erroneous views of the chronology of the temple lists. Since writing the above I have put the following thoughts together hypothetically, by way of explaining myself more clearly to those qualified for deciding whether this theory respecting the Simulachra at Karnak be tenable or not. With these remarks I shall have completed the whole scope of my plan, and (however defectively realised) hope the acknowledged diffi- culty of the subject, with its urgent claim to the candid consideration of the clergy for a truthful interpretation of Jewish prophecy, in its bear- ings upon that of the apocalypse, will rescue my labours from the nnqualified condemnation of those who, being equally earnest for the truth, may diflfer in judgment from the conclusion here arrived at. 100 Notes on the Simulachra at Karnak, compared with the Temple Lists of MamMho and Eratosthenes. j The Temple Lists of Manetho and Eratostlienes compared hy Bunsen, so far at least as Jie thought he could safely identify the sa/me Kings under different names. Kings of Manetho' s Dynasties. Dyn. II, 8. — Sesochris. Theban Kings from the Canon of Eratosthenes, with the meaning of their names as given in that Canon. N.B. — The names of the first five kings in this canon open the lunation of the vernal equi- nox, or that symbolised in the two lower rows of kings at Kamak. The 32 kings from No. 6 in- clusive to Phruoro, or Nilus, No. 37, which form the two upper rows at Kamak, repre- sent as many impersonations of " Diespater" in the lunation of the autumnal equinox. This opens with — 6. Taegar, a Memphite. He was Amachus Momcheiri, /.<>., in'v'incible, one handed. His name by interpreta- tion was huge — gigantic- Umbed. Momcheiri is evidently the Greek novoxeip, with I added as the oriental characteristic of its con- version into a proper name. It may signify one hand, or great power of Vulcan, being an impersonation of Ra, as the conductor of one of the four seasons. The Throne Names of tlie Kings at Ka/rnak ac- cording to iJie readings of the Shields given hy Bunsen, excepting in a few instances wherein I could not verify his reading on comparison unth Young's copies of the Hieroglyphics on the Shields. The first altered reading is that of the symbol which he reads hem, and seemingly with the approval of Mr Birch, who, however (in p. 239 of his Hie- roglyx^hics), veaAs it i^kh. This is the reading I have adopted, on a pres\unption that it sym- bolises the Coptic preposition pkhet = infra, meaning the Helius of the lower world. For the RA of the Monu- ments and the HeHus of the Temple Lists symbolise only one-foiu1.h of the solar year, or but one quadrant of a circle, representing the cycle of a lunation as that of a solar year. 1. At Kamak. This shield gives the following sym- bols : — s = conjunction of R A = Helius, or the sun, pkh ^ pkht for infra mem = establishing ta = world ) ta =world ) two worlds. 167 Dyn. Ill, 3.— Tyreis. 2. — Sesorthixs. 4. — Mesochris. 5. — Soyphis. 6. — Sesortasis. Dyn. IV, 5. — Ratoises. 6. — Bicheris. Dyn. V, 1. — Sons. 3. — Suphis. — Mencheres. The Myceri- nus of He- rodotus. 7. Stoichus, son of T«gar. His name means Foolish Mars. 8. Gosormies. — The desire of all, or by the desire of aU. 9. Mares, his son. His name means Hdiodorus, i.e., the gift of HeUus, or the snn. 10. Anoyphes, the son of the people. 11. Sinus (or Siroes as Sca- liger read it), means the son of the cheek, or, as others interpret it, un- envied. Si means son in the Egyptian language, as appears from the name of the 35th king. 12. Cnubus Gnurus, son of gold. 13. Rayosis, prince of stout inen. 14. Biuris. 15. Saophis, bushy-haired, or a merchant. 16. Sen-Saophis, or Saophis II. 17. Moscheris Eeliodotus, or the gift of the sim. The first god-king of thelimar year. 18. Mosthis, or Moscheris II, from Coptic momht = circiunire, as the cychcal return of the preceding Imiation ? 2. Shield destroyed. 3. Destroyed. 4. Ases. 5. An. 6. Sahura, as CIOX or Siou, Coptic for a star, and EA = Helius ? 7. S.-uefru. —The union, or the lucky day. From Coptic prefix COTf or sou to any day of the month. 8. Nefru-ka-ra. — Good oflFer- ing to KA. 9. Destroyed. 10. Nentef, with Horus as prince. FromTlOTItor noim = abyss in Coptic, and tphe or tpho T(pe or Tci)o = dimittere ? Bunsen thinks tef a metathesis of twr = fa- ther. * "Why not a pho- netic abbre^'iation for Typho? 11. Nen (tef), with Horus, a prince. 12. Mem , with Horus as prince. 13. Nentef (erpa= prince or viceroy). * Hence probably the word Jos, used by the Chinese, may have had a Coptic origin ; or the idea may be tliat of the S&nscnt jyotswt = moon. 168 Dyn. V, 8.— Thamptia. VI, 2.— Phios. Compare VI, 4, Phiops. — Menthesu- pliis reigned one year. 19. Pammus Archondes. 20. Appapus, i.e., the Great. 6. Nitocris, Maxivius, 21. Achescus Ocaras. — His reign of one year seems to represent it as the anniversary of the solar year, which terminated with Apappus, as the last of 12 kings from Mares inclusive, whose reigns together num- bered 364 days called years. 22. Queen Nitocris. — Her name means victorious Minerva. When Herodotus speaks of her as one of 18 Ethio- pians between Menes and Mceris, can the Menes of his reference be another name for the Aphophis of the waters (or Mnu = Noah) and the Moeris, as the Amunthantjeus, or Amenemes-i/aWs, with which this lunation closes, as 1 8th king from Aphophis ? 23. Myrtseus, given by Am- man. 24. Thyosimares, the poiccrful Helius, or Sol, i.e., the 25. Thinillus. — He who in- creased his father's em- pire. 26. Semphrucrates, or ITer- cides Harpocrates, which Bunsen resolves into Hor- pa (=the) Xrut = child, viz. Horus 27. Chuther, the royal hull, from the deified bull Apis. 14. Destroyed, but read (aa restored by Prisse) Teta. 15. Pepi, mm-ra. — The mid- day sun from the return of jjlougfmaen at mid- day ?* 16. Mer-en-ra. — Why not Ra- hebi-ran, reckoning hebi = a plough, as symbolic of the retwming sun, a delight. 17. Ra-sAa-anch. — Helius, the beginning of life, or the life of HeUus comes. 18. Ea-s^a-hept. — The offer- insr of Helius comes. 19. Ea. -s. -nefru. — The star of HeHus. good 20. Ea. =one fourth of a solar year, or of a lunation. 21. Ea-s.-sfSKr-teti. — The s'ar of HeUus ruling pVy) both worlds ; whence the title OSIKTASEX ; or from "IJ^'y =ten, viz. as a decadal prince in the lu- nation ; hence the title of SESOBTASEBT.* 22. Ha-meri-ke-tL. — Offerings to the mid-day svm. * Or, by comparison of the snn's westward declination after culminating at midday, with Its half-yearly de- clination from the summer to the winter solstice. 28. 29. 30. 31. 32. ? Dyn. XI. — Amenemes I, as the second equinoctial fuU moon ; and the Am- enemes of this lunation at Kamak. Dyn. XII. — Sesostris, as a j 33. decadal prince in this lu- ' nation. i Dyn. XII. — Amenemes — Mares, as the day of the moon's change, called by the Greeks the old avd new day of the lunation. Hence probably the com- bination of the plough symbol with the reading of mei-i (or mid -day) on the hieroglyphics, whilst habi is the Coptic word for plough. 169 Meures, a lover of his children. Chomoepththa, a lover of Vulcan, or of the world. Soikunios, the tjrrant called Ancunius Ochu. Penteathyris. (St) Amenemes the second. 23. Ea-meri-pkli. 24. Destroyed. 25. Ra-sha-ke. 26. Ra-sha-nefru. 27. Ra-sha-shash. Sistosichermes, the st)-ength j 2S. Destroyed, but restored as of Hercules. Ra-hem s. sha-teti. 34. Mares. 35. Siphoas, called also Her- mes, ov the son of Vulcan. 36. Anonymous, through a de- fect in the MS. 37. Phruoron, or NUus. 29. Ra (hem?) C^w-teti.— Heliiis, the admiration of two worlds — Coptic 'yrpPj or Choh=em.u- latio. 30. Ea-s.-arch-het. — The star of Hehus, the heart of life. 31. S.-het-en-ra. — HeUus, the star of the heart. 32. Ke=offeriug. Here terminates the symbohc lunation of the autumnal equinox. That of the vernal equinox, which follows, niunbers (seemingly) for its first five kings, the first Jive in the Canon of Eratosthenes, viz. , to Pemphos inclusive. It then turns to the sixteen anonymous kings of IVIanetho's Dyn. XI, who preceded Amene- mes, the founder of Dyn. XII. Next follow the seven kings of the 12th Dyn., uith a Nentef prince (symbolising apparently the return of a flood) for the Amimthanteus, or last king in the Canon of Eratosthenes, as the last king also of tliis lunation. * The reading of the hieroglyphic thus spelt in Roman letters seems to be the combination of the oar, the yoke, or chair back, and the mouth for seser=ten, the polisher, for t, as the initial of taio, an honour or gift, followed by the water for the preposition €n=o£, and the bolt=s, for the initial of s a. 170 Attempt to explain some of the Throne Names in the supposed Lunation of the Vernal Equinox at Karnak. 1. JXA-phh-sr-aha,-^. — ? Sha-Cl = risings of, lva-pldi=sun of lower world ; sr, from shari, to striJcc=th.e sound and signifi- cation of i\\Q fly-Jlap. — Bunsen, vol. i, p. 529. Hence, possibly the meaning may be symbolic, viz., as the fly -god of the hot season, beginning with Sol in Taurus, at the rising of Musca. 2. Destroyed. 3. Destroyed. 4. Ka-Chu-teti. — If Chu here comes from the Coptic Choh=emulatio, the mean- ing may be " HeUus, the admu-ation of both worlds." .5. Ra-mcri-hept. — An offering to the mid- day Helius. N.B.— The Coptic word for a plough is hebi, but the reading of the hieroglyphic plough (as given by Bunsen) is vicri, which in Coptic means mid-day. I therefore pre- siraie that the hieroglyphic is figuratively and symbohcally used for the sun's return, i.e., through the descending portion of the diurnal arc after midday, and sunUarly through the western gates of heaven after the summer solstice. 6. S.-MaA-en-ra. — In vol. i, p. 570, Bunsen gives for uah a kind of flower, with complunent a twisted cord, and ex- plains it as a determinative, which means to make a Ubation, or purify. He also says sualch (sook, c.) means to molest. Can this mean the sun's troublesome time or hot season, sym- bolised in the expanded flmcer? or can the s. be an abbreviation for sow, the Coptic prefix to any day of the month, e.g. sou-ouai=W\e first day, or neiv moon ? N.B. — This lunation, beginning with Menes, and ending \vith Nentef, may symbolise limar influence on the waters from flood to flood. 7. Ra-Ma^-sha-Ci. — In this, as in the pre- vious case, the symbol for uah is only a twisted cord — not the combination thereof, with an expanded flower. As, therefore, in Coptic ouhor means dog, can sha-Cl be the risings, viz., of the Dog-star with Helius ? For this quar- ter of the lunation symbolises the moon as then in Cancer. 8. Ra=Hehus. 9. Ra-s.-nefni. — ? The good day of Helius, taking s. as an abbreviation for sou, the Coptic prefix to any day of the month ; or as s for si, to unite, and meaning the good union, with refer- ence to the conjunction of the sun and moon in Cancer. 10. RA-s. sr (represented by the fly-flap) an, but Bunsen reads .s.-het-en-ra. 11. Ra-ta-f. 12. Destroyed. 13. Destroyed. 14. Destroyed. 15. Ra=Helius. 16. Ra-s.-nefru-ke. 17. Ra-neb-^M, as Coptic ^ooMi=moming, viz., Helius, lord of the morning. 18. Ra-nub-<cr. — This syZfoSZe represents the liieroglyphic of the scarabceus. Its Cop- tic name is (^iSKotKC OT saloucf, but its symboUc power is that of the Coptic Xc7'e6=forma.* It is used as a symbol of creative power, and is always that of a god-king. 19. Siesw-en-ra. — The symbols for Seser are the yolce or chair-back =s, and the head of an oar. Bunsen adds it is " usually read ousr, an oar, victory (ouosr, bosr, c)," possibly n s r. 20. Nacht-eu-i-a. — So reads Bunsen, and the meaning Ls strength of the sun. But I cannot read the sjanbols thus in Young's facsimile: — * Compare Bunsen, vol. i, p. 489, where he reads also ^pF for the Coptic ^C|OTp or hfour=formica ; and adds, it is read fer by Lepsius and others. He also explains it CyOJITI = to exist, as well as by ^CpG^S. forma. Tab let CHAMBER N.B . On the "Wall as discovered there was the Figure of a K AR N A K. K I X G S . i^ seated under each of the Cartouches -where not defaced. AT 01^ - CAIRO 1825. 171 The Int. js Ra. 2d. Tlie boU=s. 3d. The arrow^sti, or sr. — Bunsen, vol. i, p. 548, 581. 4th. The sieve='Y' syllabic. — Bun- sen, vol. i, p. 571. 5th. The semicircle called the polisher =t. 6th. Tlie arm=a nasal a like the y of the Hebrew. — Bmisen, vol. 1, p. 556. 7ih. The water symbol=n. 21. S.-ken-en-ra.. — The Len of this reading seems to count n twice, though seem- ingly used only as the preposition en = of. For the staircase is explained by Bunsen, vol. i, p. 547 with pages 457, 466, 488, as determinative of kaa, floor; arr, steps, haJl, to moimt up, Xnt, an approach. 22. Ra-<er-ke. — For explanation of ter (read with the scarabcEus symbol) see No. 18. 23. Ra-s.-hept.— "Where Bunsen adds het in brackets. Tlie hierogly[jhic is partially obliterated, but resembles a portion of the mouth and semicircle rather than the heart. 24. Ra-nub-ke-a. — Golden offerings to the Sim. The ft is the plural affix to ke = offering. 25. Destroyed. 26. Destroyed. 27. Ra-?fta-tu. — The sickle and the hand here represent the syllable ma = beloved, and the tu has in part the symbol of No. 17, viz., the paddle, or blade of an oar. — See Bunsen, vol. i, p. 587. 28. Ra-sebek-nefru.- codile. 29. Nentef. -Helius, the good cro- Hypothetical Arraiigement of the deified Simulachra of Egyptian Kings at Karnak. The thought attempted to be followed ovit (and which must become the thought of some one better qualified for the investigation before the amount of its true value can be ascertained) was suggested by comparing Bunsen's read- ings of the throne names on the shields, vol. 1, p. 45, with the copies of their existing state, a.d. 1825, by Dr Young from Burton, after having as- certained (to the satisfaction of my own mind) that the temple lists of Manetho and Eratosthenes bear ample evidence of having mixed up the traditions of man's eai'ly history with astronomical myths. Prima facie evidence that this hypothesis is based upon at least an approxi- mation to the truth suggests itself when, on reading the two upper rows, we findNos. 5, 6, and 15 of this explanation fi'om Eratosthenes answering exactly to the conclusions arrived at by Bunsen and Osborne from other data. For we must here bear in mind that the kings recorded in the temple lists of Manetho and Eratosthenes are not purely historical personages, but imper- sonations of myth and history, so combined in association with their names as to perpetuate the religious and political traditions of the Egyptians under a symbolism of the two equinoctial lunations divided into quarters as described 172 in the astronomy of Enoch ; so that the extent of the lunar circuit from new to full moon, and inversely at the equinoxes, was always limited to a range of 90°. The extension of Hydra within these limits, and during the season of the overflow, made it a natural symbolism, for the lunar circuit at the equinoxes as limited to seven or eight days. Hence, its seven-headed form and mythic designation as the Aphophis of the watei's, or Father god-king of the overflow, from the lunar influence over the tides being strongest at the equinoxes. In the enumeration of the days of these two lunations at Kar- uak 4 times 8 = 32, and 4 times 7 = 28, altered to 29, seem to have been substituted for Enoch's division of 2 x 1 G and 2x14, for 4 times 7^ = 30. The days of these symbolic lunations are mythically siipposed to represent so many impersonations of " Diespater" superintending the various fortunes of the kingdom from its beginning to the end, as the kingdom of a Baal-worshipping people, numbering their kings by solar and lunar dynasties, or by soli-lunar dynasties. The uppermost (which is in fact the second, and perhaps in a form to explain (St) Amenemes IT, numbered 32 in the Canon of Eratosthenes) represents the lunation of the autumnal equinox, in a form analcgovis to that which characterised the Jos or Father- god of the late Emperor of China, though that probably represented the lunation of the sun in Leo. The lowest (which is the first, and symbolises the beginning of the kingdom from Menes) represents the lunation of the vernal equinox. Taken together, the two symbolisms were probably designed as a kind of perpetual almanac to memorialise before the jieople the annually renewable cycle of their religious festivals in associa- tion with their historical traditions of moral value, and with astro- nomical observations of political utility. These perhaps relate to an intensity of lunar influence on the tides at the equinoxes, as their reason for adding two equinoctial beginnings of the solar year to the two solstitial beginnings in the astronomy of Enoch, in the construction of theii" lustrum of four years after the symbolism of a lunation of 30 days divided into four quarters. A\B. — The object of this diagi'am is to con-ect a rash conclu- sion previously built up on the too naiTow basis of having ^ consulted only Osborne's Momimental Egypt on this part of the subject. J 1 TOP OP SOUTH 6IBE. Upper end of the Room, divided in tlie centre by Equinoctial Colure, and crosamse by anotbc Solstitial Colure, a line representing the r line, representing tbe TOP OP NOHTH SIDE. 1 7 1 6 S 4 3 S 1 1 ,s 31 30 SO ss 87 88 88 p C.r.«.0«,n.i Smoa. *»ov™.^ »Lu.i llo«omm rim-o.ootNira Aaoarvg.a Siraca Iteata. Smoaicaaa-K,. isn^*««2»« Paaraarai.,. 8o,.o»,m Ktfni-ka-ra. RUJ.-1.N*,. R«J.-M.ra. 7 from Copllc ODdlDg wilh A- wu and «*iJT ] Poppoa. as Awfc DMlroycU. Dcatroycd „..p„,.a.......t _. ...a.. """""■"'"■ Ra.(b.m!).Cb- Ra-.-.,.,,, "\m.) '" Rtaha-ne/ro. """"'" or HcUapoUa. ^ 10 „ 13 13 U IS , 1 16 ^ 17 18 19 so 81 ss S3 81 Temm IIL amna. S«FB» M«T».. Sasi«mt, lIoscnBiuaHKLio- lloatinasarar. Pa««ua. Ai-ura Ptpi AoiiMcmOoiiua. Nratmi lKa...p» Tmoimaau. TpmiLla S.mrocniTO C«,»«l Cooiipunu. Tii«T„au 111. "-"' ■"•"•"• 'TrI.V"""" " ?*»!'"" " l^-Slt (ETpa= prince or """"'"^ *""■"• MeTH!n.«. ■^Cp... HaJba-bapL Ra-a-refni. Ra a aa •nV rallpg] JU.«tn.l,e.«. "Trti j^.i-'-^rim SUaaiaj. i."S?s? 19 5 « se S6 . j SS so „ . . .:. 3 ' ^» 6 7 =• ? R3-«-hfpt.<bM.) ' lU-Diib-ke-tL Deatrored. "•""'■^ "■-■'"■ ! ■"-"'■•■■"- "■"'■'■ na-rkh.T.,i,..|L """'"' DMlroycd. ««'"'■""■ Ra.mifl-b.p.-l. S..^.... 1 R..„,..„. 1 1 1 ■. « ' SI SO .0 [ 1. 1 17 16 15 f 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 ■ Tnimins III. K-*^.. S,k.n-o..ni N.cU-.o-» Ra.n.b..,,. Han.!,.!,;. na-a.a.tra. n. — Dc.1,0,,11. Destroyed. maltoyti Ro-W S..HteD-ra. Ra-i-p.,,.. Ra Tnoraau in. \ ataaiiag. Bottom of West or fm-tber end of Room, and opposi e to the doorway which BOTTOM OP SOOTH BIDE. was at the East end. Tbua, in tbe Temple of Solomon, tbe most holy pla 6 was at the west end BOnOM OP HOEIH BIDE. T»U,.«.» cm/jw 1" and opposite to the grand entrance. •S..K., appall TO 3 m 173 Note referred to in preceding Table. In my previous remarks on the Canon of Eratosthenes I adopted the sugges- tion of Bunsen, that this reference to (St) Amenemes the second, without pre- vious mention of a. first, involved the idea of an omission; and, as No. 36 m the canon was anonymous, adopted Bunsen's removal thereof to make room for an Amenemes I immediately after Penteath3rris. I regret this now, as possibly altering the value of the evidence derivable from the chronicle. For Eratosthenes speaks as if the entry No. 36 was illegible through a defect in the MS. ; not as if Siphoas and Phruoro were consecutive kmgs, without any chasm in the MS. But the difficulty which led to the alteration of Bunsen may vanish if the reference be made to the second of these two symbolic lunations, which was that of the sun in Libra ; especially if this can be regarded as a second lunation of Amenemes, the first being in Aries. The probability of this receives confirmation from the fact, that the compound proper name Amenemes reads amn-mhe, and represents his title in Upper Egypt. This, as interpreted by Osborne, signifies the bringer in (introducer) of Amun. For he removed the statue of Sa from Coptos, and enshrined it in the original temple of Neith at Sais. But Sa was the male half of the goddess Neith. Hence the title of Amenemes, in his Lower Egyptian ring, is read and translated by Osborne thus — " ra-sa-hopt-het," i.e., " Pharaoh (sun), whose heart is one with Sa. "' The reunion of Ham and Neith, about which Osborne fables marvellously, may possibly mean no more than that he introduced some idolatrous symbol for the conjunction of the sun and moon in a particiilar lunation of the year. Thus, in vol. ii, p. 172, Osborne teUs us the hieroglyphic successor of Amosis (Dyn. XVIII) gives us amn-hotp, i.e., " united with- -one of Amun; and in p. 178 he tells us, Thoth-mes means Thoth-begotten, and by parity of reasoning, Amosis, or Ah-mes, means moon-begotten, from Jok or Ah and mes. Whence, probably, the fable of Queen Amenses (as the Queen of the lower regions) and her husbands may relate to certain conjunctions of the sun and moon — when the appearance of the new moon was regarded with more than ordinary poUtical importance. Crude as these observations must be from one so Ul-qualified for such an investigation as myseK, they nevertheless seem to suggest a reason why Thothmes III presents these offeiings to the soli -lunar god- kings of 'Egypt, viz. , as the Thoth-begotten, or first moon of the lustrmu, honour- ing it in the four quarters thereof. The symbolism devised for this purpose is that of the two equinoctial lunations so subdivided into quarters that the place of the moon's hornings at the eqiunoxes was that of the new or fuU moon at the solstices, as represented on the moveable plate in the symbolism for the Egy^atian temple of Vulcan. Hence the solstitial lunation of 30 was subdivided into two (caUed the Thoth and Sothis) of 15 days each, to symbolise the cycles of the solar year, as reckoned fi-om the fuU moon of the Thoth to the full moon of the Sothis, and divided at its quarterings by the new and fuU moons of the equinoxes. What if the two great royal families of Manetho's twelfth dynasty (viz., the four Amenemes and the three Sesortasens) should prove to be only mythic imper- 174 HouatiouH of lunar seasons ; or of a lunation divided sometiiues into tliree, and at others into four parts, sjTnbolic of the solar year similarly divided into three or four seasons ? The history of their co-rcgeiicieH will then resolve itself into a myth. For the days of the month tUvided into four parts are 4 X 7 = 28 or 4 X 8 = 32. Similarly vi^hen divided into three parts they were 3 X 9 or 3 X 10. Thus the times of their respective reij^s would be more or less identical. In vol. i, p. 393, Bunsen tells us that Thoth was called " the Lord of Schmun" (HermopoUs), literally "the lord of the eighth region." This reminds us of the well-known Cabir, Esmvm, of Phoenicia and Samothrace, the eighth brother of the seven sons of Syndyk, the god with the eight rays. He is the god of Ses or Sesen, " the eighth region," and of Oshmimain, HermopoEs Magna, in the southern frontier of the Heptanomis. Ram Raz's essay on the architectiu-e of the East will afford evidence suffi- cient that these ancient names were given as symbolic characteristics of some peculiarity, either in the site chosen, or in the foi-m of building those cities — as cities of a Baal-worshipping people. Again, in p. 395, Bunsen speaks of " a deity who appears as the scribe of the gods, and designated as mistress of the writings," which he calls the consort of Thoth, though vdthout authority for supposmg a particular moon-god separate from Thoth. This deity was called after the moon (Aah, Co2'>t. Ooh, Joh) either as a mere personification, or as Thoth, in whom the agency of the moon and nature became a living principle. We find him so represented in the tombs of the Ramesseum, opposite to Phre ; a similar representation in Dendyra is pro- bably symbolical. According to Champolion he is often seen in the train of Ammon, and then he is Thoth. He makes him green, with the foiu* sceptres and cap of Ptah, by the side of which, however, is a sort of Horus curl, the in- fantine lock, as child or son. The female form of this deity he caUs the consort of Thoth ; and adds — " We agree with Birch in reading her name Sfx, i-€., seven, seven horns, by which sign the word is always followed. She carries on her head a pole with five rays and two horns over them, or with seven rays and two horns. " Thus, in the astronomy of Enoch, the moon is said to receive her light from the sun by three quintuples of days, fi'om the new to the f uU moon ; whilst the four quarters of the lunation of 30 days are divided by Enoch into 2x8 = 16, and 2x7 = 14 days. Phre, or Phra, is the same as Ra, or Helius. Tliis sjaubolic opposition to I'hre seems to denote the full moon of the lunation referred to. But what lunation is meant ? The words of Bunsen lead us to infer that it was the moon called Aahmes, whence the derived proper names, Amosis, Teth- mosis, and Manetho. In speaking of Manetho, vol. i, p. 59, Bimsen evidently regards the name as merely titular, if not mythic, when saying — " His name w^as clearly Manethoth," i. e., Ma'-n'-thotli, " he who was given by Thoth. This would, in old Egjqitian, be pronoimced Thothma, and when translated into Greek, corresponds to the name Herm6dotus or Hei-modorus. The form Manethoth is still found in some passages of the extracts fi-om the Usts, especially in the superscriptions. He is elsewhere called in these extracts Ma- netho, which may be considered the most correct mode of waiting it in Greek. 175 Manethos again approaches to the Egyptian fonn. Manethon is a complete Grecism. " Hence, if Thothnia, Thothmes, Thothmosis are only variations of the same ety- mology, viz., Thoth 3Md Ma, for Thoth -beloved, or Thoth-bom and given of Thoth. Amosis will doubtless proceed from Aahma or Aahmes, and mean be- loved of the Moon, &c., even as Manetho means beloved of Thoth. For in vol. i, pp. 395 and 454, Bmisen reads Aah for the Coptic JOP, = the Moon. Whence the Iw of the Greeks. AVhether the meaning of A ah, for the Moon, can have originated in the Coptic GPjG = bos, with especial reference to the lunation of the sun in Tam-us, and to the worship of Isis at that season, viz., in the second quarter of every lustrum, as the last quarter of the sun's lunation nearest to the summer solstice, cannot perhaps be determined. But it is not improbable that the words e^G= bos and lO^ = Lima, became interchangeable expressions for the Moon on some such grounds, and that such is the origin of the myth respecting the transformation of lo into a heifer, by Jupiter, whilst Argus, with his 100 eyes, was set to keep a watch over her by Juno. Thus Argus, with his 100 eyes, would be an impersonation of thesim, or some priest of the sun keeping watch over the change of the moon, from the symbolic number 100, as in the years of Brahma's life compared with the life of Aphophis. If this much can be admitted, the name of Eratosthenes may also have been a fictitious name assiuned by an Egyptian priest in the chronicle published under that name, the better to express his object therein, \'iz., to symboUse imder 38 kings (or 31 + 7, resolvable into 5 from Menes to Pemphos, and 31 to Phruoro NUus, as with Amunthanteeus closing theu' number) the soli-lunar emblems of divine power impersonated in the kings of Egypt to that extent, as the object of their love, and the glory of their strength — their Eratosthenes ! If, therefore, the moon called Aahmes is to be identified with the Amosis and Tethmosis of the 18th dynasty, it may be a name for the combined symbolisms of the solstitial and equinoctial lunations. For these together formed the Hindu parouvan, or month of 15 days, in which Nitocris reigned from homing to hom- ing of the moon, viz., of the equinoctial moon, as the same with a reign of 15 days from new to full moon between the solstices, and therefore in identity with the Thoth and Sothis of the Egyptian sjTiibolism. This supposition is confirmed by the form of the symbolism. For the figiu-es of Thothmosis III stand northward and southward in the arrangement at Karnak, as if to represent an impersonation of the solstitial limations yielding the post of honour to the equinoctial lunations, whilst combming to divide be- tween them the cycle of the lustrum as that of a solar year, or of a lunation of 30 days divided into 4 parts. Thus the two great families of the Amenemes and the Sesortasens, who reigned in the 12th dynasty, may have impersonated the two differing subdivisions of the lunation of 30 days. The mystery of the co-regencies wiU then partially resolve itself into the natiu-al relationship between 3 times 10 and 4 times '1\ for twice 8 and twice 7 days. The 3 Sesortasens will thus appear to have been decadal, wliUst the 4 Amenemes were Sabbatic princes. Similarly Tothmes III, of the 18th dynasty, will s^^llbnlis(.■ the computation 176 of lunations by the great Chaldean SaruH (in its relation to tlie 18 nomea assigned to the crocodile-gods, or Ethiopian kings, in the temple of Vulcan as 18 decadal divisions, amounting to 180") of 223 lunations to the great lunar cycle of 18^ years. For the symbolic measurement of this cycle extended over only 6 zodiacal signs, commencing from the full moon of the Thoth, or the winter solstice, an<l terminating at the full moon of the Sothis, or the summer solstice. Similarly the so-called shepherd -kings of Manetho's 15 th dynasty symbolise a lunar cycle of 15 months, as the combination of twice 6 for the relation of the oldest solar year of twice 6 god-kings to the 2 lunations of 15 days (or the Thoth and Sothis from solstice to solstice), increased by the moon's sabbatical circuit, as limited to 7 or 8 days only between the solstitial or tropical boimdaries thereof. See the symbolism for the Egyptian temple of Vulcan. These 15 months measured the varying relation of the 15 genei-ations of the cjniic circle to the lunations of the Thoth and Sothis of 15 days each in their reign of 443 days for years, as 360 days, increased by 83, or ^th the year of 332 days, which measured the reign of the 12 gods in the old Egyptian chronicle. Note on the Shield, No. 29, of the Lunation in Aries. Ra-sebek-me/rM, might perhaps have been rendered the crocodile Helius of the lower world. For nefru, good, and ma, truth, are sometimes used as hiero- glyphics for the justified after death. But though sebek is Bunsen's reading of tliis shield, the hieroglyphic thereon is a Hon or Uoness, not a crocodile. These symbols seem to have had common reference to the gods of the south, or of Upper Egypt, as the Ethiopian god -kings, or gods of the lower world. Pcht, or Pecht, the goddess of Bubastis, was lion-headed, bearing the same mythic relation to Isis that Hecate, or the avenging goddess of the lower world, did to Diana, of the upper world, amongst the Greeks. But the symbol of the crocodile was of benevolent import according to Bun- sen, 76., p. 405, who says, — " The god with the crocodile head receives his name from the tractable character of the animal, whose Egyptian designation the Greeks render by Suchos. 'Wlience, however, this meaning of the Coptic word COX*X"I or suchi ~ crocodile ? Possibly as a pim upon the word, or at least on its latter half, if we regard it as compounded of the Coptic COT or sou, the prefix to any day of the month, and P-OTIT" or huit, as chit = the first, for day the first, as that of the new moon. Or by substitution of "yCiii or cho = propitiation, for OX ^I or chi = one, thus making the day of the new moon both a day of propitiation, and a day especially dedicated to their crocodile-god. Thus, in Scholtz's Coptic Dictionary COIf^I is given as a contraction for COT and OT^I=>'fo/i7/w'a, dies primus meusis. The mythic amenities of the crocodile may amount to no more than a punning composition of COT and ^)COi to mean day or time of propitiation, altered into COT "Y"! = the crocodile, and substituted for COT^I = the day of the new moon. At least the structure of the crocodile's mouth does not encourage the idea of its harmlessly shewing its teeth in the presence of anything to prey upon. 177 The object of its deification by the Egyptians seems simply to have been as a meet emblem to sjonbolise the power of life below the waters, in the strongest form of that existing to their knowledge, or in their own river, the Nile, even as they had made the hosts of heaven symbolise the existence of a living power of celestial beings infinitely beyond any power of man on earth. Hence probably the symbolic identity of Aplwphis with Hydra, the crocodile - god, near the symbolic place of the new moon, which was that of the smnmer solstice. The reason why the symbol of the Uon was made to represent the Hecate of Upper Egypt in the south (as a principal deity in the lower world) may perhaps be traceable in the word Blares, considered as the name of Upper Egypt, and possibly compoimded of the Coptic (A30TI mMi = alion, and PHG res — the south, or to watch. Hence the lion-headed goddess Eech of Bubastis may symbolise her as the lion of the south, or as the watchful lion. SUPPLEMENTARY NOTES, WITH DIAGRAMS AND CHRONOLOGICAL TABLES. ON APHOPHIS. If Bunsen is right in his authorities for APHOPHIS, heing another name of Typhon, who was also worshipped by the Egyptians under the name of Seth ; and is referred to, on a monument of the Roman time, as " Seth, who is the Aphophis of the waters," from APEP, the reading of the monuments for the great serpent who is slain by a deity, and is described in the " Book of the Dead" — it becomes an object of interest to trace the origiu of the mythic symbolism under which the name appears in the Canon of Eratosthenes ; as that of the Pharaoh who ruled Egypt in the days of Joseph. That Canon, compared with the Temple lists of Manetho, and with the arrangement of the simulachra of Deified Kings in the Chamber of Karnak, and with the statements of Herodotus on this subject, sub-divides the Histoiy of the Kingdom of Egypt, between Menes and Sethos (the contemporary of Senacherib), into three Epochs. The first was that of three Kings, or Dynasties, preceding the era of the Pyramids ; as commencing with the fourth. This period is symbolized as three seasons of four months each, or a sidereal year of 12 lunations, numbering 27^ days each, or 330 days in all. The second as commencing with the era of the Pyramids, and symbolized as that of a Soli-Lunar Dynasty, numbering 30 Kings, or Dynasties, according to the days of a limation. The culminating period of this second epoch was the reign of Aphophis, numbered 20th in the Canon of Eratosthenes, but 15th from Psemempses, the first Sun-Pharaoh, according to the arrangement of the simulachra in the Chamber of Karnak. His reign, therefore, symbolized the full-mooned period of this lunation, as the culminating point of Egypt's glory, amongst the ancient nations of the East. The two Epochs make up the old Solar year of 330 + 30 = 360 days. The third period dates the waning glory of the Kingdom from the times of the Pharaoh which knew not Joseph ; and follows it, either to about the date of the Exodus ; or to Sethos, the contemporaiy of Sennacherib, according to Herodotus. This period is mythically symbolized to the five remaining Kings of the Canon ; which numbers 38, or 3 -)- 30 -|- 5, as if the addition of their reigns to those previously recounted M'as designed to correspond to the addition of five days to the old year of 360 days, to complete the form of the Egyptian year, ichen divided into four Seasons, and beginning at the J'ernal Equinox, though thought to have been elmnged, and made to begin at the A.utumnal JUguinox before the time of the Exodus of Israel. Hence, the third period of the Kingdom's history, in its relation to the previous two, symbolizes the completion thereof, as that of the Solar year divided into four Seasons of three months, numbering 30 days, or 31 days, as required to make up the number of 365 days, by the addition of five days to the old Chaldaean year of 360 days. Thus the eight primary gods of this mythic symbolism seem to represent the intei-val of eight Zodaical signs for eight months between the sun's entering Capricorn and leaving Leo. The closing period of their reign associates the rising of the Dog- Star in Cancer or in the beginning of Leo with the rising of Lucida Hydras a little afterwards. The then reappearance of the Dog-Stai-, after an occultation of three months, (having disappeared when the sun was in Taurus,) explains the mythic symbolism of the worship of Apis. — For the Dog-Star was lost in Taurus, and reappeared again at the rising of Hydra in Leo, as the emblem of Osiris found again, but now as Aphophis, or Typhon, the destroyer of Osiris, as Serapis ; — mythically identified with the setting of Hercules, as the sun entered 2 Leo. In this setting of Ilerculca at the rising of Hydra, probably originated the myth respecting the death of Hercules ; as from the jmsoticd robe which was steeped in the blood of Hydra. If the above hypothesis be well founded, (and it is based upon the traditions of Enoch, wliicli represent the sun's first gate of heaven as opening with the rising of the Zodaical sign Capricorn,) then the ancient Egyptian year begun, symbolically at least, with the full moon at or nearest to the winter Solstice. For it was lunar — and this tradition of Enoch is verified by the variable symbolism for the moon's quarterly change of aspect, in its relation to the moveable TIIOTU, or variable beginning of the Egyptian year, as later by \ of a day (the day numbering then 9 hours of 80 minutes each,) every year, until varied by the difference of a day at the end of every lustrum of 4 years, or of 1460 days, thus made 1461 days, by varying the beginning of their year one whole day. This characteristic of the moveable TIIOTH will perhaps be made clear by consulting the Diagram designed for that object. The second year of the Egyptian lustrum would be symbolised as beginning at the vernal Equinox ; because that would be the position of the half moon at the end of her third quarter, when the summer Solstice was taken to represent the place of the new moon, and the winter Solstice that of the full moon. Probably, therefore, the beginning of the reign of the twelve gods of the solar year is to be dated from the vernal Equinox, whilst the Dog-Star continued to be visible ; and 15 months from this time (for the 15 generations of the Cynic Circle,) would ter- minate at the summer Solstice, viz., about the time of the Dog-Star's reappearance in Cancer or Leo. Thus the finding of Osiris as Apliophis in Hydra near LEO, after having been lost as Apis in Taurus, symbolises the return of Bacchus, iciih Sirius, as the harbinger of the returning flood in preparation of the ground for a new sowing at the expiration of the pre- vious harvest. Hence Osiris, as Serapis, seems to have been the Egyptian Hercules ; and Osiris, as Bacchus, the youngest of the three oldest gods, seems to have been " the god-king of tJie Dead" — who was the youngest of the Egyptian gods. Being the last of the yearly triad — he was the ruler over that season of the year in which all seemed to be given over to desolation from the beginning of the flood until about the time of the winter Solstice. But here arises a question as to the meaning of the words Apis and Mnevis, commonly interpreted as difi'erent names for the Bull, as an object of worship amongst the Egyptians. I cannot trace any other connection between them and the word bull, than as probably being other names for Serapis and Hercules, or the sun in its might between Taurus and Leo. The Latin Apis probably comes from the Coptic '■^ af" = '-^ musca" — a fly, or any stinging insect ; and the con-stellation musca rises in Taurus. Mnevis may have been the Coptic " ncbi" = Lord, and "(?/" a fly : — the m being a formative letter of the Noun. It would then correspond to the Baalzebub, ovfy-god, of the hot season. Aphophis, as Hydra, would thus be the poisonous stinging one (or, Serapis, the burning one) returned in giant form. For in Coptic Aphoph means giant. — Also '■'■ apho" means serpent — and '■'■ aphe" means head, and "^;7ie" means heaven. It may therefore be a compound word ; symbolizing the return of Hydra. Or it may, through the Greek ' Atti^C^, for the Syrian Abba, father, have been used to designate the Father-god of the Egyptian idolatry, as Ah-aphe, or the Father-head. It may also designate both thcjly and the serpent as his vehans, or the Chenibic emblems of his presence at that season of the year ; as if a compound of af-apho, the fly serpent, or the mythically "fiery flying serpent" known by the name of the Dragon. The tendency of the Jews towards adopting this idolatrous worship of the Baalzebub of the Clialdees as the Serapis of the Egyptians may throw some light upon the meaning of Isaiah's reference to " a fiery flying serpent," cap. xiv. 29, compared with the Baalzebub of 2 Kings i. 2, 3. It may be the language of scornful irony contrasting the profitless superstition of their idolatrous conception respecting the Seraphim compared with his own prophetic vision of them standing above the throne of God in his temple. Is. ^"i. 2, 3. For God's ordinances of the SUN and MOON typically and prophetically appointed them for SIGNS ; as well as for seasons of the year divided into months and days. Ps. xix : Jerem. xxxi. 35, 36 : xxxiii. 25, 26. He also associated them with a monthly commemora- tion of his providential care, ever shadoicing the nation as with ivings: to be especially solemnized " in the beginning of their months." The sixth month (as reckoned by Enoch from the winter solstice, and near upon tJte end of the typical year, Exod. xxiii. 16, with the seventh month, or at the sounding of the seventh trumpet of the Apocalyptic vision) had relation to the close of the Mosaic and typical Dispensation compared with the sun's decline from highest ascension. This seems to form the figurative basis of Isaiah's symbolism to designate the then probably passed months of the year during which God's providence had already brooded over the nation with, as it were, six covering ivings. Two of these veiled, as it were, the limits of height, and two those of depth, in their relation to the ordinances of God respecting the paths of the Sun and Moon through the heavens ; whilst two symbolized the moving power of their apparent annual circuit from Equinox to Equinox through endless cycles of revolving time. There is an essential difference between such a legitimate (Ps. xix.) reference to the hosts of heaven as eternally proclaiming the glory of God (especially of his eminently bounteous providence over man in the summer season,) and that gross idolatry of the Egyptians — which substituted the animal worship of the bull for the symbolic use of that Cherubic emblem, as instituted by Moses ; probably to denote God's presence for good in the fifth month, when the sun was in Taurus ; and in the sixth month, when the heat was most intense. Thus the Cherubim and their wheels, in the prophetic visions of Ezekiel, bear close resemblance to the Cherubim and Seraphim and Ophanim of Enoch's descriptive reference to the orbits of the planetary world in their relation to the fixed stars, and to that of the sun's apparently annual path through the heaven. We must bear in mind that the Cherubic emblem of Mosaic institution was (like the principal one of the Egyptians) the bull, or ox : probably to associate the remembrance of God's providence over Joseph (in its relation to Pharaoh's dream. Gen. xli. 25 — 37,) with the value of oxen and cows to the agriculturalist. But the form of the Cherubic emblem (or the symbols of the Divine presence, for Oierub means to draw near,) was changed at Christ's advent to suit the character of God's then new Covenant with Israel. For the comparative innocence of childhood was then appointed by Chiist to become a perpetual type of the disposition made meet of God for the kingdom of heaven ; and therefore most suitable for symbolizing the power of his presence amongst his people for good of a higher order than typified in the utility of oxen ; viz., the gift of spiritual and immortal life. The oldest gods of the Egyptians were sometimes reckoned as three, at others, as six, (according to the number of the signs in the northern hemisphere between the vernal and autumnal Equinoxes,) or eight, as already explained. From this the Cycle of twelve was first made, to mark the Cycle of the solar year ; and then extended to fifteen, for the fifteen generations of the Cynic Circle, as the solar year reckoned from the vernal Equinox to its return, with the addition of the three months' interval between the end of the solar year in that form and the reappearance of the Dog-Star. Hence, perhaps, it was called the Sothis or tail; not (as I formerly thought, and as is, I believe, commonly supposed,) meaning merely the end of the year, but the end of the year in its relation to the beginning of the reign of the Cynic Circle at about the summer Solstice. Then, (for the latter half of the Egj-ptian lustrum,) the beginning of the solar year was changed {i. e. symbolically to correspond with a like variation of the moon's place in heaven throughout the latter half of each lunation,) from the vernal to the autumnal Equinox. Thus the commencement of the Egyptian solar year at the autumnal Equinox would be the last form of its beginning ; and not the oldest, as commonly supposed. Possibly, however, the tradition that the oldest form of the Egyptian solar year began at the autumnal Equinox, is based only on the symbolically variable beginning of the Thoth, or first lunation of each year in the Egyptian lustrum. This commenced thus in the third year. For the halves of two lunations, from full moon to full moon, symbolized the four years' cycle of the Egyptian lustrum, as one ichcrein (at the beginning of every third year) the sun and moon reversed their places of rising and setting in heaven. — Enoch Ixxi. 22 : Lsxiii. 5 : Herod. II. c. 142. If so the nature of the change made by Moses in the beginning of year, — would be, in efi'ect, to renounce the computation of solar years by lustrums ; and the consequent dedica- tion of each year to a heathen deity. Thus perhaps God designed that the then period of Israel's deliverance at the vernal Equinox (which symbolically commenced tlie second year of the lustrum) should for ever be commemorated as to himself by making it thenceforth become to the Jews \hc fixed beginning of their solar year. Thus the years which were previously said to have begun at the autumnal Equino.T, might only have been the last year of every lustrum. For the symbolic place of the moveable Thoth, in the last year, was \ke first quarter of a new lunation. This, (comparing lunations with solar years) was the place of the autumnal Equinox. 4 Most probably that form of the Egyptian year which prevailed at the Exodus, and which the Israelites were commanded by Moses to commemorate, (Exod. xii. 2.) was that which commenced the second year of a lustrum. 'J'hc first month of the year (as thus ordered by Moses) was called Abib, as that in which " the barley was grown," or wherein " the earing of the barley took place." — Lee's Ilebrew Lexicon. Comparing this fact of history with the Egyptian Calendar given by Osborne in vol. 1, p. 144, of Ills work on Monumental Egypt, the beginning of the second season, or four harvest months of the Egyptian year, would correspond probably with the time of the Jewish Pentecost, or dedication of the harvest in its first-fruits, four months (John iv. 35, with Exod. xxiii. 16) before the consummation of the vintage in the seventh month, or " in the end of the year," i. e., the year of typically prophetic ordinances, as limited to seven typical months under the Mosaic dispensation. The beginning of the Jewish first month Abib would correspond proximately with the beginning of the month Choeiak, as preceding 20th Tobi (or the first harvest month) by 50 days. On the Diagram of the Coptic months compared with our own, and with their distinctive relations to the twelve signs of the Zodiac, the month Choeiak began about the 20th of our March. Thus the sixth month ( Mcchir) terminated, at the summor Solstice, between Cancer and Leo, which is its present position wlieu allowance is made for the procession of the Equi- noxes by a whole sign, since the equinoctial points tverc first fixed in Aries and Libra ; and the solstitial points in Cancer and Capricorn. This verifies the structure of the ancient Egyptian Calendar, as given by Osborne. on Monumental evidence. I conclude, therefore, that the 15 generations of the Cynic Circle, who reigned 443 years (for days, representing a Cycle of 15 months, as before explained), refer to 15 monthly god-kings; and that the beginning of their reign was twofold when compared with the twofold beginning of the Egyptian solar year ; but fourfold when compared with the variable phases of the moon throughout the four phases of a lunation, reckoned symbolically from the full moon of Thoth to the full moon of SOTHIS. 1st. The oldest form, on the evidence of Enoch's Astronomy, began, as before shewn, at the tropic of Capricorn. But as the moon's first circuit of seven days from that point brought it to the vernal Equinox, the first solar year of each lustrum would be symbolized as beginning at the winter solstice ; and the second at the vcmal Equinox. Fifteen months from Capricorn terminate at the vernal Equinox, and fifteen months from the latter beginning terminate at the summer Solstice. 2nd. The changed beginning of the solar year, from the vernal to the autumnal Equinox, would symbolize the solar and lunar beginnings of the years in their mutual relation to one another, (at the beginning of the two last years of the Egyptian lustrum,) as that of the varying position of the moon towards the sun's gates in heaven, at the new moon and at the first quarter of the moon, according to the Astronomy of Enoch. Hence the now beginnings of the Cynic Circle. For fifteen months from the summer Solstice terminate at the autumnal Equinox, for the new beginning of the Egyptian solar year ; or for its beginning in relation to the last year of the Egyptian lustrum. Again, fifteen months from the autumnal Equinox terminate at the winter Solstice. Thus, the mythic fifteen generations of the Cynic Circle increased the Cycle of the solar year, by one-fourth annually ; that once in four years the beginning of the solar year might return to the tcintcr Solstice, and forward by a day; until one day in four years amounted to 1461 days, or a solar year of 365^ days in 1461 years. This is in harmony with the 1076 years, or 443 + 190 -f- 443 years, numbered over the Canon of Eratosthenes. These extend to twice 15 generations of the Cynic Circle -f- 110 years, (as | of 330, and the approximate complement of the 217 years numbered to the eight primary god-kings,) with 80 years, for the 100 years of the life o/Aphofhis, less one symbolic hour of 20°, as previously explained to mean 20 days or years compared with 100 days or years. That the symbolic relation of the reign of Aphophis to the extension of the constellation Hydra over 80° is the object of this reference may be shewn in two ways. 1st. From the monumental evidence of mythic association between the name of Aphophis and the Dragon of the great deep, or Tj'phon, (see Bunsen, vol. 1, p. 427.) as symbolized xmder the constellation Hydra. 2nd. From the group of three, in an idolatrous symbolism recently brought from the Summer Palace of the Emperor of the Chinese at Pekin, with whom the Dragon seems also to have symbolized the culminating period of the kingdom's heathen glory. That group is now in the possession of H. Chi-istie, Esq., of 93 Victoria Street, "West- minster, who kindly permitted me to have a photograph of the same, to shew (as here attempted) the identity of its symbolic character with that of an astronomical diagram in Blundevil's First Book of the Sphere, cap xv., and dated a. d. 1636. For we are there told (in the relation of that symbolism to the Ptolemaic mode of computing by Epicycles the return of Eclipses and variations of the moon's nodes) — *' ISut sttf) tijat neither tlje iSclipse of tlje Sun or of tfte Hfloon tioti) chance, fiut toijcu tijej) meet citijcr in tfje Ijeati ov tagle of tiie Bragon, J tijinfe it gooti to s^eto first tDf)at is meant 6j) tf)e ijeati anTi tagic of t^e IDraQon. 2ri)e Sragon tijen signtficti) none otijer ti)ing tf)an tf)e intersection of ttoo circles, t^at is to saj), of tije 3£cliptic anti of t^e (ffircle tfjat carrieti) tlje moon, callelj jer lief- ferent, cutting one another in ttoo points, toijereof ti)at intersection h3i)icf) is Mesttoartis, toijen as tf)e irBoou goetf) totoarlis tf)e i^ortf), is called tf)e iieati, anti t^at toljirij is SHastluartis, toijen tf)e iifloon goeti) totoar^s tije Soutf) is calletJ tije tagle, macfeetj biitl) suci) aitaracters as j)ou see in tfje figure following,* anli ti)at part totoartis tlje Soutf) is calleti ti)e tellj) of tije Dragon; anil note, tf)at ti)e SJefferent of tije i^oon is at no time tiistant from tt)e iScliptic atobe fibe Degrees ai tlje most." * The Figure of the Dragon. The head. A Li V ? 9 ^^'^ ^«i/^^- Here, the Dcfferent of the moon means the moon's orbit, and by the head and tail of the Dragon we are to understand the moon's ascending and descending nodes, intersecting the Ecliptic in two opposite points annually ; as the Equator does at the Equinoxes. On turning to the Coelcstial globe we find in 30° North Lat. (which is about that of Cairo, or Alexandria,) that the constellation Hydra comes to the Equator with Leo. Also, on comparing Blundevil's diagram with the Chinese mythic symbolism, the place of the moon's nodes is marked in the diagram by the sign used for Leo amongst the signs of the Zodiac; (and for a star called Lucida Hydra, Long. 20° 30', and S. Lat. 20° 30', in the old planisphere of Joannes do Roias. S. D., the title page of which is wanting in my copy,) but that symbolism is, in the Chinese idolatrous group, supplanted by the two lions seen in the lithographed copy of the photograph taken from the original group. 6 It is clear, thcroforo, that the relation of the constellation Ilydra to the place of the moon's descending node, about the time of the Autumnal Equinox, makes the new moon of Sothis date the beginning of the third year of the P^gyjitian lustrum. This represents the origin of the mythic association of Aphophis, as the Dragon of the great deep, with the recurrence of Eclipses, under certain limitations ; and the influence of the moon upon the tides at the new and full moon of every lunation. After a careful consideration of the subject I am inclined to think that the idolatrous Chinese symbol represents the Hindu Parouvan, or month of 15 days from homing to horning of the moon, — at the horning of the moon in or near Leo, in the relation thereof to the symbolic lunation of the Egyptians, between the full moon of Thoth, and the full moon of SOTHIS. The law of the moveable Thoth and Sothis as changing their position yearly throughout the four years of the Egyptian lustrum, was symbolized as a lunar cycle of 30 days so divided into two lunations of 15 days each that when the cycle of the lunation of 30 days was compared with that of the solar year, and with the hour circle of day and night, as divided evenly at the equator, — all these circles had in common a like symbolical division into semicircles and quarters. For as the year of 12 months was divided into two solar circuits of six months each from the winter to the summer solstice and inversely ; so was the lunation of 30 days into two lunar circuits of 15 days from the full to the new moon — and inversely from the new to the full moon ; even as the circuit of day and night was divided into 9 hours day and 9 hours night. Again these half seasons were subdivided into other halves, that the four seasons of the year might symbolically correspond to two lunations divided into two half lunations for the four quarters of one ; even as the four quarters of the daily hour circle would repre- sent day time divided into two and night time into two watches. Hence each year of the Egyptian lustrum symbolically varied its beginning and the heathen deity to which it was more especially dedicated, thus : 1st Year. This was dedicated to Thoth ; and the moveable Thoth, or frst month of the Egyptian year, began in this case at the winter Solstice, or at Capricorn, the sun's first eastern gate according to the astronomy of Enoch. Comparing the cycle of a solar year with the hour circle of day and night, and with that of the 30 days' lunation, — the sun's first gate would symbolize midnight on the hour circle, and the place of full moon on the lunar circle, as one with that of winter time on the solar circle. Hence the first year of each returning lustrum is said to have begun with the full moon of Thoth nearest to the winter Solstice. 2nd Year. This was dedicated to Isis — who has on the monuments a two-homed sym- bolism exactly corresponding to that of the moveable Thoth — and to the two-homed idola- trous symbol of the Chinese. But the place of the moveable Thoth, at the opening of this year was that of the half moon in its relation to one horning of the Hindu Farouvan, or month of 15 days from horning to homing. Its symbolic beginning in regard to the hour circle of the daily circuit of the sun and moon, was early morning, or what the Greeks termed -npun. 3rd Year. This was dedicated to Osiris, or to the Sun, as Serapis ; and its commence- ment was symbolically that of the now moon. Hence this period of the moon's obscura- tion, when in conjunction with the sun (as always the case at the new moon) was thus symbolically assimilated to the obscuration of Sirius by the greater brilliancy of the sun's beams — for about three or four summer months, or nearly throughout the whole arc of 120'' which limited the reign of Osiris as Serapis between Taurus and Leo. Comparing the yearly circuit of the sun and the monthly circuit of the moon with the hour circle of day and night, this, the place of the new moon, was also that of the summer Solstice, or of the sun's entering his sixth western gate, viz.. Cancer : and the place of the 6un at mid-day on the hour circle. 4th Year. This was dedicated to Horus the last of the immortals ; and the chief of the Cynic circle, which nimibercd 15 generations. Bj- these I understand a cycle of 15 months, or the solar year of 12 months from Capricorn to Capricorn, increased by 3 months so that the '■^ Sot" or end of the cycle (which was later than the end of the year by 3 months) should not reach the winter Solstice, where the moveable Thoth of the first lustrum began before the Thoth would have moved on to the vernal Equinox, as its new starting place for the second year of the lustrum. Or the 15 months might be reckoned as 12 months from the vernal Equinox to its anni- versary, increased by 3 months, so that the " Sot" or end of the cycle -svould not reach the vernal Equinox before the Thoth had moved on to the summer Solstice, as its new startmg 2)lacc at the opening of the third year of each lustrum. Again, the 15 months might be reckoned as 12 months from the summer Solstice to its anniversaiy, increased by 3 months, so that the " Sot " or end of the cycle would not reach the summer Solstice before the Thoth had moved on to the autiunnal Equinox, as its new starting plaee at the opening of the fourth year of each lustrum. Lastly, the 15 months might be reckoned as 12 months from the autumnal Equinox to its anniversary, increased by 3 months, so that the " Sot " or end of the cycle could not reach the autumnal Equinox before the Thoth had moved forward to the winter Solstice, as its new starting place at the opening of a new lustrum ; thus continuously starting from the full moon nearest to the winter Solstice, at the opening of every lustrum. Such was the law by which the moveable Thoth and Sethis changed their position yearly throughout the 4 years of each Egyptian lustrum. It is time, however, that I return to the connection of these observations with the supposed relation of the Chinese idolati-ous symbolism, to the full moons of Thoth and Sothis ; or to the Farouvan of the Hinclus in Leo. For that was the lunation in which Sirius reappeared in North Lat. 30", after his long obscuration. The position of the Ark by the head of Hydra, amongst the heavenly constellations in that part of the Zodiac gives evidence of a design thus to commemorate the ti'adition of the flood of Noah's days in annual association with the flood of Egypt. This was natural in a heathen mythology introduced amongst the Chinese from the Indus who possibly derived it from Egypt. It is moreover worthy of observation that when the circle of 360° is divided in 19 equal parts (to represent our great lunar cycle in its relation to the great Sai'us of the Chaldeans by which they calculated the return of eclipses; and which numbered 223 lunations of 30 days, or 18 years 7 months, of their solar time) ten years, or the ordinary Sarus of years, beginning at the tropic of Capricorn terminated as the sun entered Scorpio ; or in the tail of Hydra. Sec the circle of the moon's orbit on the diagram of Su-Meru. This, therefore, seems to have been that characteristic feature of Baalism which caused the power of the Egypto-Canaanite to be symbolized in the Book of Revelation, as the seven-headed, ten-homed Dragon, whose power was first effectually shaken on the Exodus of Israel out of Egypt, under Moses ; and whose utter extinction from the promised land was to be realized by the establishment of God's netv or second Covenant with Israel therein; as God's eternal Covenant of the Christian Dispensation. The preaching of this Gospel by man is, as it were, the never ceasing sound of the seventh Apocalyptic trumpet, proclaiming to the world, continuously ever since the Apostolic age, that the kingdom of Christ's resurrection glory has always had a manifestation of power on earth, whether men will hear to their comfort, or forbear to their hurt. The confirmation of the word thus spoken of man is reserved of God to Himself ; as the comforter of those prepared in heart by gifts of the Holy Ghost thus to own Chi-ist in the day of his power ; and in judgment on the spirit of the world's rebellion, until the spirits of all flesh shall thus be brought nigh unto God in Christ. The opposing spirit of the world ever remains to be destroyed, bj^ either the perpetual desolations of a house divided against itself; or, "by the brightness of Christ's ever thus coming again" spiritually, and in the power of the Holy Ghost, with gifts of redeeming grace, unto the salvation of all who will hear his voice in the obedience of faith. Compare the etymology of the word Aphophis, from Fcpi, (the monumental form) with Papa, from the old Homeric verb TcatnTa^eiv ; to express, in terms borrowed from childliood lisping endearingly the word TraTnj-a?, or father, the homage of respect from juniors to their seniors in age or rank, throughout the East, fi'om very early times. Similarly the Chinese seem to commemorate the Egyptian origin of their symbolic idolotiy in the word "Jos" used to designate their great national idol. For in the Coptic, "Jot," or "Eiot," means "Father." Superintendent Me. Gregor, of the Whitby Police, has a Jos — lion-shaped (and one of a pair) obtained by him on the capture of a pirate. But it had no centi'c figure, like that brought from the summer 2yalace of the Chinese Emperor. But, between the two lions, were placed oranges, rice, gold-paper, and candlesticks, when he captured the vessel. One of these lions he gave away ; but on the outer thigh of that which remains, there is a star, or perhaps, a star- fish ; fancifully varying the form of the symbolism. This makes me suspect that the curved line which passes through the mouth of the lion (like 8 that associated with the star in the Egyptian hieroglyphic for the half moon, or the moon at the close of its first and third quarters) symbolizes the same thing as the Egyptian hieroglyphic for the moon of Thoth in its third quarter. Superintendent Mc. Gregor has also a very curious amulet of the Jade-stone, on which is carved a Dragon. This also he brought from, I believe, Hong Kong. The figure has its tail in its mouth ; and its feet so twisted that, if the head be held upwards or towards the North, the feet will point to the other three quarters of the circle ; as if intended to symbolize an endlessly renewable cycle of years. The reverse side of the amulet confirms this view of its object. For on that there is a fish with four stars ; to mark its symbolical relation to the Zodaical sign Pisces. This is important in two points of view. First, because the first Avartar, or incarnation of Vishnu, is said to have been in the form of a fish. Second, because the predicted last Avartar of Vishnu, in the end of the world, is to be upon a white war horse ; and the constellation Tegasus is exactly opposite the Zodaical sign Pisces. Thus the symbolic prediction marks a transition from the end of one solar cycle to the beginning of a new one with the vernal Equinox at the opening of the new year. What the scroll-work, which fills up that side of the amulet on which the fish appears, may mean I cannot tell. Possibly it may symbolize the germ of returning vegetation ; or it may have reference to the Hindu myth respecting the churning of the ocean, called Vishnu's Kurmavatara. See plate copied from Coleman. The head of the Brngon, as opposed to Fisccs thereon, seems to mark the relation of Hydra to the autumnal Equinox. The importance of these two relics has caused me to have copies of them also litho- graphed, in illustration of these Tracts. The idolatrous worship of Aphophis by the Egyptians, is, without doubt, the origin also of the word Pope, or Father, as given to the Bishop of Rome, in the spirit of that vain superstition with which many of the Jews (Luke iii. 8) looked to Abraham as their father, without living before God in the spirit of Abraham's faith towards God. Hence, we learn to appreciate the full force of our Saviour's words, when he said, (Matt, xxiii. 9) " Call no man your father upon the earth : for one is your Father, which is in heaven." Our Saviour clearly condemns the superstitious use of the word, as a titular assumption of dignity, borrowed by the Jews from the heathen. For it seems to have been a title idolatroushj used by the heathen on the Apotheosis of mortal Kings, being also Priests of Vulcan, or of their Sun-God; and likewise, when eminently victorioxis as warriors, though not Priests of Vulcan. Such must have been the spirit in which Alexander the Great is spoken of (even by Talmudic writers on the admission of Mr. Zedner) * as being " Carnaim," or the ttco- horncd: viz., as the introducer of a new order of things; the primary god-king of a new soli-lunar Dynasty. The above etymology for the word APOPHIS is confirmed, 1st, by the fact that the Greek word TcdicKcti;, or father, -was first contracted into wa?, and then the neuter form, or Trav meaning ^^ all" was used to deify the abstract idea of one first cause, the origin of all t hi figs. Cajn-icorn (or the first eastern gate of the Sun's annual path through the signs of the Zodiac, according to the Astronomy of Enoch,) was made the idolatrous symbol of the great first cause worshipped by the Egyptians under the name of PAN, as the oldest of their gods, and two-horned ; as impersonating idolatroitsly the first lunation of Enoch's solar year. 2ndly. It is confirmed by the following remark of Duport, f in his Gnomologia Homerica, on H. v., 2 : " Quod autem Honuro est TtdnTtai;, id Aristophani est Tlamai;, Callimacho "ATTira, TJieocrito 'Aitcpv^, Syris 'Af^^a = Abba J Latinis PAPA." • See below. + Duport was Regius Professor of Greek at Cambridge; and my edition was printed at Cambridge A. D. 1660. t Compare Mark xiv. 36 : Rom. viii. 15. On the Uoo-horned glory, associated by the Heathen with an idolatrous Apotheosis of certain Kings and Prophets. These followed the characteristics of the idolatry under which the Kings of the Oriental nations were anciently regarded as descendants of Solar or Lunar Dynasties of Bongs. Hence the darkening of the Sun and Moon, in the prophetic imagery of the Apocalyptic visions, means the waning glory of Baalism until its final extinction. This is to charac- terize the days when the spiritual and truthful worship of God in Christ shall supersede, in all lands, that idea of a ceremonial righteousness or justification, — in redemption from the power of sin, which arose out of the false notions identified with the primary law of sacrifice, by the Jews no less than by their heathen neighbours. Mr. Zedner (a learned Jew, who has charge of the Hebrew collection of books in the British Museum,) seems disposed to think that Alexander the Great was the first who received from Jewish writers the idolatrous distinction of "Carnaim," or the "two-homed." Whatsoever be the case, as to the amount of present evidence derivable from the Talmudic writings of the Jews, it is clear, from Exodus, cap. sxxii. 4, that even at the date of the Exodus, the Israelites largely retained a superstitious veneration for that feature of the idolalrous worship of the Egyptians on which they based the tico-horned glory of Ammi's Apotheosis. This was the same as the PAN tiv.ipwq of the Greeks, see Homer's Hymn to Pan, v. 2 ; and the LUNA bicornis of the Romans, see v. 35 of the Carmen Soeculare of Horace. Possibly, this tico-horncd symbolism, when mythically attributed to the great rivers of antiquity, on their Apotheosis, may have been used to characterise the effects of Lunar influence on their tides, rather than the meandering form of their current. At any rate, we have, in the twofold application of this symbolism to Moses, a somewhat curious illustration of its reception under two distinct forms; seemingly, as so distinguished by the Jeics and Egyptians respectively, from the date of the Exodus. Of the two lithographic illustrations which accompany this note — the one copied from a statue now in the Hospitium of the Museum at York represents Moses as the Amun of the Egyptians, in assimilation of character to the Rama Chandra, * or great lunar god of the Hindus. That from the title page of a Hebrew Pentateuch in the British Museum, but published at Fiirth a. d. 1802, was kindly copied for me by Mr. Rye of the British Museum. It represents the tico-horned glory as one of solar irradiation, as if to characterise the great prophet of a Solar Dynasty. Thus, it may have been used by the Jews of later times for a distinguishing mark between the kingdom of Jewish typical nationality in the land of the Canaanite, and the contemporaneous kingdoms of the heathen world, as glory- ing in a distinctive origin. For whilst the latter boasted of their descent from Adam in the line of Cain, the Jews declared that the promised Messiah was to be looked for only in the line of Seth. On the image of Diana (or Cybele) which came down from Jupiter. (Acts xix. 35.) This was originally an aerolite ; for which other blocks of stone were symbolically substituted. Diana was worshipped under the form of a Triad ; viz., as the moon in heaven ; as the goddess of nature on earth ; and as Hecate, or Proserpine, the daughter of Ceres, in the lower regions. The symbols of her worship were the three following mathematical figures, viz. : — ♦ Cliamha meaus moon, and Rama lo/tii. The Etnu-iaiis also deified the moon as Lunws. 10 1st. The circle with in- Bcribcd triangle ; or the cir- cle divided into three parts. This was the primary mode of comparing the leadingsub- divisions of a solar year with those of a lunation. Hence the heathen worship of the Deity as a Triad was symbolical. 2nd. The square divided into four parts. Tliese syiiiljolized the measurement of an acre of 100 cubits scjuare, divided into fourths of 25 square cubits each. Hence the .sym- bolic numbers — 4 X i = 1. 4 X 1 = 4, &4 X 4=16. 4x2|=10,&10xl0=100. 4x3=12, & 12 X 12=144. 4x7 = 28, &28 X 28 = 784, or 720 + GO + 4. 1 i 4 4 1. !_ 4 4 3rd. The circle of 360° divided into four parts, or quadrants of 90° each. Hence the multiplication of 1401 (or 4 times 3G.51) by 25, to obtain the great zodai- cal cycle of 30525 years. The sjTnbolism for the Tri-peaked MERU, or heaven of the Hindus, seems to have origin- ated in the first of the above mystic forms. Its shape (as an inverted cone) was that of the inscribed triangle, with its apex pointing to the place of the winter Solstice, on a great circle of the globe. Hence this was typically made to commence the lunation of 30 days when reckoned from /w/^ moon to full moon. The lunation thus symbolically reckoned was in fact composed of two half lunations, viz., the waning half of the Thoth, or first moon ; and the xcaxiny half of the SOTHIS, or thirteenth * month of the year, as the last month also in the lustrum of four years. The lunation of 30 days, thus divided, was made also to symbolize any other cycle of solar and lunar time: especially the lustrum of four years, or 1461 days; and the great Sothiae year of 1461 years. Each quadrant of the circle, thus divided, was like each year of the lustrum, supposed to commence under the guardian care of a new deity, even as in the quarters of every lunation the moon varies her phases, and the place of the full moon is always exactly opposite to that of the ncic moon. This (if the circle of 360° is symbolically divided to represent any two large cycles of solar time, answering to the 945 years = 11340 lunations, or mythic years of Herod., II. cap. 142,) will explain the phenomenon of which Herodotus spake when he said, that in that time the sun had four times changed the place of its rising and setting. For as the moon changes its place of rising and setting at the new and full of every lunation ; so (according to the Astronomy of Enoch, which divides the sun's yearly circuit into six eastern and six western gates of heaven,) does the sun twice annually change the place of its rising and setting; and therefore twice symbolically in every cycle of solar time, reckoned like the Sothiae or great year of 1461 solar years, as one solar year divided into four parts, after the manner of a lunation. But 945 years divided by two give twice 472 years, or two Cynic circks of 443 years, answering to the symbolic and pi-ophetic days thereof; with twice 29^ years, for the sym- bolic and prophetic days in two lunations of 29^ days each. Note also 11340 lunations number five Sari of 223 limations -h 190 lunations, or 15 years of 360 days + 300 days. 13 X 27J = 355^ days : or 13 X 28 = 384 days. 11 This seems to establish the mythic character of the Chronology of the Temple lists, when assigning 300 years to the reign of HORUS, as chief of the Cynic circle, which numbered 15 generations. Thus when Mr. Birch (in his Egyptian Hieroglyphics, p. 186,) tells us "According to Manetho there were 36,525 Hermetic books, but this is now recognized as an astronomical n-mibcr," we readily perceive that every day in 36525 days, and every year in 36525 years, was figuratively regarded (like the days and nights of Psalm xix.,) as a distinct book of revealed truth, daily and yearly manifesting to perpetual generations of man on earth the glory of God in heaven. Various readings and doctrinal corrections of certain pas- sages in the Hymns of the book entitled " Exceeding Great and Precious Promises." The vast sale of this book is a proof of its being considered, with- out testimony of mine on that score, a useful manual of Devotion. But its lines on " The Cross our Gain, " and in the " Prayer for the Jews, " seemed to me very defective, if not absolutely erroneous, in point of doctrine. Yet right notions on these two great doctrines of Christianity are essential for understanding the teaching of Holy Scripture respecting the eternal relation of Christianity to Judaism and Heathenism. The other corrections were chiefly made to sub- stitute a humble hope for expressions of a seemingly confident assur- ance. With these few words of apology, I shall risk the chance of tedi- ously lenghtening out a tract, wearisome in some respects to myself, (and doubtless in many to others,) by this attempt, in conclusion, to shew its practical bearings for a sound Scriptural interpretation of the all important doctrines respecting the Atonement of Christ for all flesh, and the Salvation of the Jews, under God's Second Covenant with Israel. In the Morning Hymn, p. 35, v. 8, read Tho' dust and ashes in Thy sight, Still will I look to Thee ; If haply thus, of Thine own light Some ray may beam on me. In the Prayer for Ministers, p. 38, read the last two lines thus : Teach them immortal souls to win For heaven, — redeemed of Christ from sin. In the Prayer against Impatience and Irritability, pp. 39 — 41, read the last two verses thus, Be Thou, O Lord, my "Eighteousness," The wedding robe of grace supply, Then shall the burden of my soul's distress Cease with its sins, that I in peace may die. 14 Thy Peace alone can safety give, When dcatli's appalling hour draws nigh ; If it bo joy in Christ " to live," How great our " gain" in Chi'ist* " to die." THE CROSS OUR GAIN. A substitution for the Hymn given in p. 41, as needing some such correction of its doctrine respecting Christ's atoning Sacrifice. Sad emblem of that fatal hour "When darkness reigned o'er earth, with power Triumphant, — to the passing sacrifice Of Christ, — God's Holy One, — Redemption's price. Type also of man's sufferings, for good. Ordained in righteousness of God ; That sinners taught the curse of sin may know \Vliy Chi'ist, — God's Holj^ One, — endured such woe. Yet, for himself he died not; — but that we Might live, from tyranny of Death set free By grace of spiritual Ufe on earth ; Christ's Second Advent, — for man's Second Birth. Thou Holy Spirit sent of God to teach The Law of man's Salvation, guide my speech When musing on the mysterj' of that love Which gave our earth a Saviour from above, Through goodness suffering for the sins of man. As of God's pleasure ; — though obscure the plan. For surely God ne'er willed the just should die That " Death " might " reign " f o'er Immortality ; But that when mercy failed to check sin's power. Dominion givenl should prove how short its hour. * Eev. xiv. 13 : 2 Cor. v. 1 — 7 : with Eom. ^-ii. 18 — 25 : Philip, i. 20, 21. t Eom. v. 14. X John xii. 31, 32: xLx. 11: Eev. xi. 7 — li : with Dan. xii. 11, 12, as the limitation (for the elect's sake, Matt. xxiv. 22,) of the final judgment predicted over the temporal kingdom of Jewish nationality at Jerusalem, (1 Peter iv. 17 — 19,) in the Apostolic age. This, in the prophetic visions of the Apocalypse, is symbolized as the outpouring of the seven vials (consummating the 7>iore measured judgment of the seven trumpets, by an overwhelming ^ood, as predicted Dan. ix. 26,) after the sounding of the seventh Trumpet. But the seventh Trumpet, warning of God's typical instruction to Israel under the Levitical law, teas, and ever is, that ichich eternally identifies the predicted judgment of God's spiritual harvest, over the temporal kingdom of the Jewish nation at Jerusalem, 15 Hence tlie self-sacrifice of Christ became Well pleasing unto God, — to sinners sliame; tvith the time foreordained of God for disannulling his first covenant ofworhs, (as that of Israel's condemnation,) to establish a new and everlasting covenant with all flesh, (as one of mercy and truth met together under conditions whereby all might have life,) through Messiah and his people, or Messiah and an election of Israel. John xii. 31, 32, with Matt. xiii. 36 — 44. God fulfilled his promise respecting the establishment of a new and everlasting covenant with Israel, by the preaching of the Gospel in the power of Christ's resurrection-glory, under confirmation of the Holy Gliost to as many as tvould be guided thereby in the Apostolic age. He has, moreover, ordained that the same means of grace should be continuously open to all generations, for an eternal consolation of mercy to both Jew and Gentile. This preaching of the Gospel commenced with the sounding of the seventh Trumpet, and was heralded thereby, (Rev. xiv. 6,) throughout the whole Eoman Empire ; or, " to every nation, and kindred, and tongue, and people," between the date of the Crucifixion, and that of the final judgment predicted over the Jerusalem of the Apostolic age. Matt. xxiv. 14, with Eom. x. 18. By the "spiiits of* all flesh," as called in Christ unto a like hope in the salva- tion of God, as secured by the merits of his atoning sacrifice, Jewish prophecy seems clearly to mean that, by gifts of the Holy Ghost outpoured upon Jew and Gentile, all might equally, and by the same law of mercy for Christ's sake, be participators in the blessings of this new and spiritual hope towai'ds God. The language of St. Paul in Heb. viii. 7 — 13, compared with that of Jeremiah xxxi. 31 — 40, and elsewhere ; also in Heb. xii. 24 — 29, compared with Haggai ii. 5 — 10, gives lis, in the most unequivocil form, inspired authority for saying the events of the Apostolic age were the fulfilment of Jewish prophecy, respecting the times and circumstances under which God had promised to establish a new and everlasting covenant with all flesh, through an election of Israel. This covenant is emphatically called a covenant of mercy, and the law thereof provides that Christ's sufferings shall not have been in vain for any, (through the retained bias of their religious superstitions, or prejudiced traditions of history, Matt, xii. 32,) if only they shall have learned therefrom, in the righteousness of Abraham's faith, spiritually and truthfully to see that the salvation of God (though appointed over all in Christ, 1 Cor. xv. 22,) is never realized to any but by a way of holiness, through gifts of the Holy Ghost. John iv. 23 : viii. 39. To the words " Messiah's reigyi," in the last of the three verses added to the Prayer for the Jews, I would here further add the following words of explanation. The gifts of the Holy Ghost represent the spirit of the power of Christ's second advent; as that of his ever spiritually coming again with power and great glory unto the salvation of all flesh, viz., Jews and Gentiles equally, or at least all of them who will yield themselves to be influenced thereby for good, in the eternal day of this his spiiritual return with gfts of ths Holy Ghost in confirmation of his ever- lasting Gospel. Mark ix. 1 : Acts i. 8 : Heb. ix. 28. Thus Christ's earthly reign of power is ordained of God, to exhibit before man an everlasting contrast with the short-lived day of his humiliation for the purpose of his earthly mission, as that in which he was rejected of the Jews, for the Messiah of their temporal kingdom, emphatically. For they then erred under a delusion of this world respecting the predicted signs of Messiah's kingdom. But the sin of that error is said to be blotted out, under God's new Covenant with * Numbers xiv. 21 : xvi. 22 : Isaiali xl. 5 : Ixvi. 23 : Lake iii. 6 : Heb. xii. 9 : also Joel ii. 28 — 32, as applied to the evaits of the Apostolic a^e in Acts ii. 16—22. 16 That, taught thc^reby to turn from sin to God, The saved of Christ should bless the chastening rod Israel ; at least to all who draw nigh unto God as spiritual and truthful worshippers, by a way of holiness. Jerem. xxxi. 34, with Isaiah xxxv. 8 : Ivii. 15 : and John xiv. 6, They who thus worship God, as by gifts of the Holy Ghost received from Him, do, in effect, worship him in the spirit of Christ, as that of thoir adoption to become sons of God — according to our Saviour's promise, (John vi. 44,) "No man can come to me, except the Father which hath sent me draw him ; and I will raise him up at the last day " — viz., in that hour of the eternal day of the world's judgment which shall terminate his earthly relation thereto. For the day of his death constitutes man's individual relation to the consummation of the judgment ever impending over the world, until the final catastrophe ordained of God thereon. Blinded in part by the influence of thoir historical traditions, it is possible for the God-fearing portion of the modern Jews to be unconsciously worshippers of God, in the spirit of Christ, when living righteously in the fear of God, and in the same peacefulness of charitable affections (the ^^ charity which never failcth," 1 Cor. xiii, 8,) towards their neighbours, whether Christians, Mahometans, or Heathen, as towards their own brethren in the flesh, by descent from Abraham. Nevertheless, it is certain that Jews of this class do represent the Israel of the Gospel dispensation ; and with better hope in the salvation of God than they who calling themselves Christians are not careful to walk in the spirit of Christ, to make their calling and election sure. This is clearly the doctrine taught by our Lord in the parable vihiiih. foreshadows ^^ the judgment of the great day" — under the type of God's final judgment then impending over the temporal kingdom of Jewish nationality in the Apostolic age. Matt. XXV. 34 to 40 : vii. 21 — 23 : xii. 31, 32. This amnesty of the gospel dispensation, or pardon of Jewish imbelief, as the cha- racteristic feature of God's new covenant with Israel, — when receiving his law in their inward parts — as written in their hearts by God, through gifts of the Holy Ghost, (and therefore with an effect more powerful than any teaching of man on the subject — Jerem. xxxi. 33, 34, with John iv. 41, 42,) dates its beginning over the God-fearing remnant of those who survived God's final judgment on the Jerusalem of the Apostolic age ; in its common relation to the prediction of Zech. xiii. 7, to end of xiv., and to the 1260, 1290, and 1335 days of Dan. xii. 7, 11, 12, which marked the limitation of the judgment for the elects' sake. Matt. xxiv. 22. These days are to be numbered from the Passover of a. d. 70. For then Titus commenced the siege of Jerusalem, at the Passover; by which event the daily sacrifice was made to cease, in a form leaving thenceforth to the Jew, as to the Gentile, no access to God by any law of sacrifice, otherwise than that of sclf-sacrifce — as the law of Christ — thus making the sacrifice of the death of Christ available with God for the salvation of God-fearing Jews, and others of the human family, no less than of those who call themselves by the name of Christians. Nor are we left without inspired instruction respecting the variable number of days in this prophetic and typical Chronology. For Haggai ii. 18. 19, with Dan. ix. 2, and Zech. ii. 7, clearly gives a mystical significance to the 70 days of years, (or 70 years typically symbolized as 70 days, in extension of the harvest time of Jewish prophecy, which had been primarily reckoned at 4 months 10 days, from the Pentecost, or 5th of the 3rd month, to the 15th of the 7th, and hence proverbially as 4 months (John iv. 35), or with the prophetic year of 360 days for its anniversary, 70 tj-pical weeks being 490 typical days,) before 17 Of their own earthly sufferings, and plead The love of Him they pierced by sinful deed. Jerusalem should be rebuilt " to the Lord," in the day of Israel's return from Babylon by the edict of Cyrus, as predicted Is. xliv. 28, and verified xvith celebration of the Feasts of Tabernacles on the I5th of the 7th month. (Ezra iii. 4, with Zeeh. xiv. 16 — 21.) But 70 days from 10th of 4th month (Jcrem. Hi. 4 : Zech. viii. 19,) end 20th of 7th month; and 70 days from 15th of 7th month extend to 25th of 9th month. Hence, the prediction of Haggai ii. 18, 19, necessitates our regarding the issue of the Maccabean struggle, or "the cleansing of the sanctuary," on the 25th of 9th month, B. c. 165, after its desecration by the hcllenizing apostacy of tlie Jewish nation (Zech. ix. 13), as a rebuilding of Jerusalem " to the Lord," for the purpose of establishing a spiritual ivorship of God, in association with the typical law of the Levitical sacrifices therein, until that law of a ceremonial atonement should be disannulled of God, by the atonement of Messiah's self-sacrifice, which should thenceforth become the only medium of man's reconciliation to God. Hence, the spiritual and truthful worship of his ordinance, under a new and eternal covenant of mercy, by Messiah and his people. John iv. 20 — 26 : xii. 27 — 35. Now 3| years, or 1260 days, from the Passover of a. d. 70, would terminate at the time appointed for the Feast of Tabernacles, in a. d. 73. But its observance, like that of the daily sacrifice, had then ceased, when God's first covenant of works which had been associated by Moses with the typical law of saci-ifice, was disan- nulled, and the City and Temple of the typical dispensation visited with the utter destruction predicted in Zech. xiv. 11. After that there was to be "«o more curse," (Rev. xxii. 3) to as many as should submit themselves to be drawn of God, by gifts of the Holy Ghost, so far aside from their worldly delusions respecting Messiah's kingdom, as to see that there then remained for them no worldly hope in the salvation of God, but in his mercy ; through a spiritual and truthful appreciation of his power and goodness, as Governor in all the earth. Psalm viii. The above 1260 days of typical prophecy, increased by 70 days, would number 1330, from the 15th of 1st month, or 1335, reckoning from the 10th of 1st month (or from the preparation for the Passover,) to the 25th of 9th month. This circum- stance, in the day of the then Jerusalem's final visitation in the Apostolic age — might induce the God-fearing Jews of that generation (though still too blinded by their worldly traditions to accept Christianity) to see that the rebuilding of Jerusa- lem " to the Lord" as predicted in Jercm. xxxi. 38, was not that of Israel's return under Ezra in the seventh month ; nor fully effected by the rebuilding of the walls in the days of Nehemiah, though commemorated by the observance of the Feast of Tabernacles, and the renewal of a solemn covenant with God in the seventh month. (Nehem. viii. : ix.) They would thereby learn to reflect on the typical relation of the Jewish harvest to the promised ingathering of God's spiritual Israel into a new Jerusalem, and by redemption from the power of Babylon in all lands until brought to the conclusion that the prediction must refer to some other event than that which associated the Feast of Tabernacles, with the rebuilding of Jerusalem by Nehemiah. The object of the Maccabean struggle, as contending for a spiritual worship of Jehovah in connection with the ritual sacrifices of Mosaic ordinance, and in opposi- tion to the idolatrous tendencies of the hcllenizing apostacy, would teach them so to connect the memorial of this event with their reading of Haggai ii. 18, 19, and Zech. ix. 13, as to understand aright the true force of the 1335 days, limited in Dan. xii. 12, over God' s final judgment on the temporal kingdom of Jewish nationality. 18 Teach me, liord, thus through shuino for sin to see IIow Christ's self-sacrifice could pleasing be to Thee! after the preparation for the Passover, at which tlic daily sacrifice ceased, according to the testimony of Josophus, a. d. 70. A due consideration of the above facts should cause both Jews and Christians of the present day to see what is meant by the calling of Messiah's people (Jews, Christians, and all whose fear of God workcth by love unto holiness,) " out of Babylon,^' (Rev. xvii. 4, compared with Zech. ii. 7 : v. 5 — 11,) and how, though Cyrus did perform all God's pleasure, when causing Jerusalem to be rebuilt at the end of 70 years from the beginning of the Babylonian captivity, — still the Jewish nation was prophetically considered as sinritualhj continuing under bondage to Babylon in the Apostolic age. It is also thus with ourselves, even at this very time, if we are living only as Christians in name, but not so in the spirit of a regenerated human wUl, through the gift and grace of God, as a manifestation of the Holy Ghost with power. Thus the Christian dispensation represents a perpetual calling of all flesh in Christ — (not merely, if at all of necessity unto salvation, by natne, but in spirit — for " if a man have not the spirit of Christ, he is none of his," Rom. viii. 9,) to be realized of God in like mercy to all who will forsake those traditions of an opposing worldly policy, and their reliance on that power of an unregenerate self-will, which obstruct the reign of Christ in their hearts for good, by gifts of the Holy Ghost. For many Jews of our own day give evidence in their lives of being thus, by the grace of God, permitted to feel the power of Christ's love in comfort to their souls, though continuing partially blinded by their conflicting historical traditions, too much to see how all these blessings have accrued to themselves, and to all the civilized families of man, more or less, even as to the Christians, through the self- sacrifice of Christ's death, as predicted. (John xii. 31, 32.) It may even be a cause of some anxious consideration for ourselves, whether the zeal of our missionary labours, especially those for the conversion of the Jews, has not been misdirected, under a like delusion of the world with that which obstructed the usefulness of the Jewish mission for the world's regeneration, imder the Mosaic or typical dispensation. For, if so, we ourselves may be largely answerable for the continued blindness of the spiritually minded Jews, and of the morally disciplined amongst the heathen, by relying too much on the historical and miracitlous testimony for Christianity, and omitting to give that predominance to the testimony of prophecy, which it claims on inspired authority, as being "« more sure ivord" of God. (2 Peter i. 19 : Luke xvi. 31 : and Deut. xviii. 15 — 22, with 1 John iv. 1.) By prophecy is here meant that teaching of Scripture which (more surely than miracles, or any historic testimony of man,) appeals to the heart and understanding of all God-fearing people, by the righteousness of its spirit ; and by its confrjnation of God with potver in the events ivhich realized the prediction. For there is no Creed which has not some historic testimony of man — under confirmation of miracles, or at least, alleged miaacles ; and we must admit that the God of Abraham is God over all the earth, and therefore the God of IMahometans and of the heathen, though ignorantly worshipped by them. Thus the spirit of the instruction said to be confirmed of God by any miracle, is made our Scriptural test for determining whether the miracle was wrought in the power of God, or was a cunningly devised fabrication of man for some worldly object, in perversion of scientific intelligence, the gift of God for a nobler pm'pose. Hence, when the heathen see, or fancy they see, those who profess to be influ- 19 Thus shall Thy wondrous love my praise employ, Till vanquished sin shall change my grief to joy. enced by a purer faith acting towards ttem under influence of a like corrupt nature with themselves, the distinctive character of the Christian religion (on the estimate of its historical and miraculous testimony,) is, in eifect, continuously, and sometimes, with the offensive rebuff of an infidel antagonism, ignored. From similar causes it not unfi'equently meets with a like reception even in the nominally Christian land we live in. The disadvantages accruing to our Church, and even to Christianity itself, from these causes, seems to have stimulated the Authors of " Essays and Reviews " to a combined effort for concentrating the attention of the Rulers of our Church to a difficulty which threatens to become one of serious magnitude, if haughtily ignored, instead of being reasonably obviated. The writers of " Essays and Reviews" have not created the evil we deplore ; but they candidly admit its existence, and probe its power, in the hopes of obtaining for it some timely coiTcction for the good of our Church and nation. Men of learning and character, by which, under the providence of God, they have attained to high and honorable distinctions of worldly eminence, would not risk the security of their highest worldly aspirations, in confirmation of a desire to know whether Christianity does necessarily exclude from the hope of salvation all but a very limited few, amongst the families of man, who call themselves by the name of Christians ; unless convinced that their duties as Ministers of the Word of God could not otherwise be fulfilled. But the investigation of this question necessarily involves others, bearing upon the possibility that the prophetic Scriptures of our Bible may require to be read in a spirit sometimes differing from, or largely qualifying the character of the ordinary interpretation traditionally given thereto. That some of those writers have set themselves to this task in a more humble- minded spirit than others is clear, and the advantages thereof are great. For the semblance of flippancy, on momentous questions of this kind, even when amounting only to an ill-considered style of writing, does cause the motives of the writer to be impeached ; and wiU sometimes excite so strong a prejudice in devout minds as to cause them to turn wholly from the book. But the object of that book is no concern of mine — with reference to the subject now before me, otherwise than to express my belief that there exists a necessity for fairly grappling with the questions discussed therein : if we would shew that, though the teaching of our Church in its fonnularies of Prayer and in the 39 Articles is proveable from Scripture — still much valuable addition of devout intelligence might be gained to the support of the Church, instead of being driven into scepticism, on the subject of the Revelation itself, by an attempt on the part of some Churchmen to make the authority of Scripture secondary to that of our tra- ditional interpretations. We are not to suppose that the interpretation of devout minds in one age, never could require any further qualification, or correction, from a similar spirit being brought to bear upon the subject in another age — possessing some 2»'ovidential advantages for the task, both from the progressive character of all scientific information, and from the light thrown upon the true historic reference of Jewish prophecy, imder confirmation of God in the events of history ; gradually unfolding the character of his covenanted mercy purposed over all flesh through an election of the seed of Abraham, typically by Moses, and spiritually in Christ. If souls are to be reclaimed from the power of worldly influoncos, and a deceitful heart perpetuating traditional errors, to the ennobling principle of a regenerate 20 Then with the choirs of heaven my soul shall raise Pure hallelujahs to Thy endless praise. human will, by the agency of Christianity, it is not improbable that Providence has so foreordained the constitution of things, (as seemingly anticipated in the prediction of Moses, Dcut. xviii. 15 — 22,) that the rulers in all national branches of the Church of Christ should from time to time find themselves placed under a solemn constraint to encourage, rather than check, a devout reconsideration of the wording of their doctrinal tests ; lest that form which was admirably fitted for harmonizing their teaching with that of Scripture, as interpreted in one age, should have unex- pectedly lost much of its original power for that object, owing to the circumstance that the interpretation of Scripture is ever open to certain modifications, from the progress of human knowledge ; that the essential harmony between God's Word and his Works may be clearly read of man. For though all the inspired teaching of Scripture represents one, and that an unalterable purpose of God, relating to man's eternal life in Christ, through gifts of the Holy Ghost, outpoured upon all flesh, nevertheless, they who receive the same Bible as of Divine authority, have difi'ered so widely in its interpretation, that we are constrained to admit an apparent design of Providence in this. For He who is the mysterious Ruler of human events (ofttimes in a form adverse to apparently wise human counsels, — frustrated thereby,) has thus guarded the inspired authority of his word from any lasting corruption through the falHbility of human interpre- tations. For any possibly unnoticed errors, and merely partial apprehension of the truth, in one age, are made manifest by tlie events of another, in their bearings on the progress of knowledge, under the Providence of God. It is as dangerous a sign for the peace and security of a Church, to insist stub- bornly on the infallibility of its doctrinal tests ; as it is for individuals to resist the pleadings of God with their conscience for good, when in any error of life. The hay, wood, and stubble of man's superstructure on the revelation of God's will have an appointed end, and the events whereby that end is to be realized are known only to himself. Suppose (but only for argument's sake) the scientific knowledge and historical researches of modern times should have convinced devout and intelligent Christians, that the Mosaic CosTuogony does not represent the origin of things with scientific accuracy ; they will not dare dispute the inspired authority of Moses as a Di\'ine Lawgiver, but they may reasonably enough doubt whether his inspired teaching had more than an incidental connection with his detailed account of the works of creation. For when setting before the nation a revelation of God's purposed mercy to all flesh, through the seed of Abraham, he may have described the God of Abraham as the Maker of heaven and earth, and of all things that are therein, according to the historical traditions and scientific knowledge of his day, relating to the introduction of evil into a creation previously good in God's sight. Again, let us suppose it could be proved (though, as stated in the earHer part of this Tract, I am not one to think it can,) that the Antediluvian and Postdiluvian genealogies of the Patriarchs, being to some extent a Jewish modificarion of the historical traditions which prevailed throughout the East, in relation to the same times, — its extraordinary chronology might therefore be presumed to have the same semi-mythic character as that associated with the historic traditions of the heathen world. Even this supposition might be tolerated without any idea of impugning thereby the inspired teaching of Moses, as a Divine Lawgiver. For those genealogies evidently have no more intimate association with the professed object of his Divine 21 In the Prayer for Submission, p. 54, read Father, I know that all my life Is portioned out for me, mission, (which was to inaugurate the beginning of the world's promised redemption from the power of death and hell, then reigning therein, Eom. v. 14,) than that of tracing in succession from Adam the families of the faithful, as that of the generation through which the promised mercy should be eventually realized. Any supposed admixture of myth with the traditions respecting the length of their lives (though we have no reason to discredit the long lives of the Patriarchs,) would not affect the inspired authority of Moses. For the scope of his teaching, as a revelation of the Divine wiU, would be clearly limited to a prophetic association of the promise made to Adam, with the events under which Moses had been called of God, to consolidate that Theocratic kingdom to the twelve tribes of Israel, which was for ever to com- memorate the beginning of the world's redemption from the desolating superstitions of idolatry, to seek and serve the God of Abraham in the spirit of the faith of Abraham. On either of these suppositions we are not entitled to raise the dangerous issue, whether the whole Mosaic narrative is to be accounted equally inspired , without other resource than the impious alternative of regarding the whole as a mere human composition. Yet this is the present tendency of the controversy, and its sceptical aspect would continue unrelieved, if our Church were to charge its Ministers with heresy, for attempting to discriminate (upon safe grounds of Scriptural data) between the parts of the Bible which represent the essence of its inspired teaching as the Revelation of God to man for a specific object, and those which have merely a secondary or incidental bearing on the object of that inspii-ed instruction to Israel. How, otherwise, can Ministers of the Gospel fulfil their duty as expounders of God's Word, relating to the eternal laws of life and death appointed unto all flesh ; Jirst^ under the form of a typical instruction by Moses, and lastly, with spiritual and eternal effect in Christ's everlasting gospel ? The chief and fundamental ground of union between all devout minds, howsoever differing in the external form of their Creed, and the Scriptural remedy for the antagonism of that sceptic philosophy which has been unveiled in " Essays and Reviews," consists in right notions respecting the Scripture doctrines of Christ's atonement, and the power of his second advent. For the doctrine of the second advent has, unquestionably, a wider and more practical influence over the affairs of man's human life, than would appear from the exposition thereof in the fourth of our 39 Articles, though that is Scripturally truthful to the extent of its teaching. But any enlarged scope given to the doctrine of the second advent, so as to identify the quickening spirit of 1 Cor. xv. 22, with the mission of the Holy Ghost, as " the Lord and Giver of life," or the Spirit of the world's regeneration, (John iii. 3) would necessarily involve a corresponding qualification of the meaning to be attach- ed to " the name of Jesus Christ," in Acts xviii. For the name of Christ must be interpreted as an equivalent for the spiirit of Christ, to have saving effect. (Bom. viii. 9.) Hence, when aiming at the conversion of the Jews to the name of Christians, it would be well for us not to begin with the historical testimony and miraculous evidence, by virtue of which we seem to claim for the name of Christian a privilege beyond that attaching to the name of Jew, irrespective of all other considerations relating to the spirit of the lives of the individuals. We sliould begin rather with And the changes that will surely come Flesh might nell fear to see : But I j)ray Thoc for a holy mind Intent on pleasing Thee : I pray Thee, &c. Again, in the Hymn, " Jesus our All," p. 57, read Satan accuses me in vain, If owned of Ood a child. Also, in " Jesus, the weary wanderer's rest," p. 61, for third verse, read Be Thou, the Rock of Ages nigh ; And with new life my heart inspire ; When fainting for some fresh supply Of grace, — to serve Thee with desire. The three additional stanzas by which I have sought to correct the defective, if not absolutely erroneous, doctrine in the Prayer for the Jews, p. 64, have been previously given in a note at the beginning of the concluding remarks of this Tract, p. 163. preaching unto them the gracious mercy of God purposed over all flesh through gifta of the Holy Ghost, first outpoured over an election of grace in Israel as the instru- ments of proclaiming God's mercy to the world. This done, we should call their attention to Jeremiah xxxi. 31 — 10, as a centre around which to cluster the evidence of the other Messianic prophecies, relating to the times and circumstances imder which God had foreordained the repeal of his frst or temporal covenant, to establish his second and eternal covenant with Israel. We must next candidly admit that we have the awful power of resisting the gift of the Holy Ghost, in self-will, to our own harm, through want of earnestness in seeking the grace of God to be influenced thereby for good. The gift of the Holy Ghost (John i. 33 : Acts i. 5 : xix. 2 : Matt, xxviii. 19,) as the quickening spirit of Christ's second advent for the salvation of the world, in the redemption of sinners from the evil influence of sin and Satan on their hearts, is that prophetic testimony of Scripture for Jesus, (Rev. xix. 10) which must be placed above the historic testimony and the evidence of miracles. See 2 Peter i. 19 — 21, with Luke xvi. 31 : xvii. 20, 21 : John iii. 3. We learn, moreover, from 1 Cor. xiv., compared with John xvi. 13, ih^i prediction is only one of the meanings involved in the word prophcoj, which means, in its more enlarged acceptation, inspired teaching. But the preaching [which has inspired authority proclaims the issues foreordained over obedience and disobedience with unerring certainty. Hence, the predictive character of Jewish prophecy, and the importance of the warning in Deut. xviii. 15 — 22, with 1 John iv. 1. There is a limit ordained of God over the power of evQ in the world, by the omnipotence of holiness, as the law of man's eternal life ; first revealed to the Jew, and then to the Gentile, foi; their common redemption in Christ from the power of evil, through the gift of the Holy Ghost. 23 Supplementary Remarks on the Scriptural Doctrine of Christ's Atonement. Christ (as the Wisdom of Proverbs i. v. 20 — 33, and the holiness of God under that incarnate manifestation which was to characterize Messiah's advent; as God's Holy One, Isaiah Ivii. 15, with Coloss. ii. 9 ; the Lord and giver of life to Jew and Gentile under a new and everlasting covenant of mercy, Jerem. xxxi. 31 — 40,) was spiritually one ivith God, when creating this world for the habitation of man, framed in his own image for communion of life with him by a way of holiness, called " the obedience of faith." This law of man's eternal life foreordained in mercy a provision for his regeneration, unto a renewable communion with God through the law of self-sacrifice, should he (as all have done, more or less,) become alienated, in heart, from God by sin. Hence the saved in Christ do not owe their salvation to any favouritism of God towards the name of Christian, overruling his eternal decree of salvation only by a way of holiness. Heb. xii. 14 : Isaiah xxxv. 8 : John xiv. 6 : Rom. viii. 9, with 1 Peter i. 11. For the holiness without which no man shall see God is not an inherent endowment of the natural man, hut a gift of grace, attainable by all through prayer and self-discipline, looking to Christ as the author and finisher of their faith, whether Jews or Gentiles. But this looking unto Christ for salvation is not to be confounded with a mere historical belief in the traditions of the Christian Church ; but by looking unto Christ for the ever present evidences of his spiritual reign on earth with gifts of the Holy Ghost. These are the signs appointed of God for his recognition by man, in the spirit of the power of his second advent, to be the comforter unto salvation of those prepared in heart to welcome him at his thus coming again in power and great glory, (Heb. ix. 27, 28,) and as judge of all who resist this guidance of the Holy Ghost, (Acts vii. 51,) under a rebel- lious determination of their own human will. Prov. iii. 5, with Psalm xix. 13. u The worshippers of the God of Abraham were, even in Messiah's day, to subscribe themselves by different names, Isaiah xliv. 5, with Psalm Ixxxvii. Hence, though Christ's disciples in the Apostolic age took the name of Christians at Antioch, (Acts. xi. 26 ;) yet this hallowed name of Apostolic authority with Christians, (as the desig- nation of their own choice to characterize their own religious faith, Rom. viii. 9 : 1 Peter i. 11,) confers with it no title to Christians for excluding all who call themselves Jews, from participation of a like hope in God's new and everlasting covenant with all flesh, through an election of Israel. For the name of Jew when retained in holiness of life, (Matt. xii. 32,) stands associated in Scripture with the promised redemption, and ceases to mark that condemnation of the curse which prevailed against the Anti-christian faction of the Jewish nation, whose delusion of this world respecting the signs of Messiah's kingdom, brought the city and sanctuary of the typical dispensation to its appointed end in the Apostolic age. Of them we read, on inspired authority, that they " called themselves Jews, but were not," in the prophetic sense of the scriptural title, — John viii. 37 — 45, with Rev. ii. 9 : iii. 9. That faction of the nation was represented prophetically as the locusts of Rev. ix. 1 — 12, whose revived power after the Babylonian captivity was the symbolized wickedness of Zech. v. 5 — 11, and more fatal to the second kingdom of Jewish temporal nationality in Palestine, than the desolation of the first city and temple ; the destruction of which (as consummated in the fifth month by Nebuchadnezzar, Jerem. Iii. 6, 12,) forms the sxibject of a typical prophecy, (Zech. viii. 19,) relating to the fasts of the fourth, fifth, seventh, and tenth months, being turned into joy when Jerusalem should be built unto the Lord, as no local city, but as the new Jerusalem of the Apostolic age, by a spiritual rebuilding in the power of the Holy Ghost, contrasted with the tem- poral rebuilding of man from the days of Cyrus. Ezra x. : Nehem. ix., with Jerem. xxxi. 38 — 40: Zech. ii. 7: xiv. 6 — 12. " The new name " {given only of God to them that are his by the mystic sealing of his Spirit, Isaiah xliv. 3 : Jerem. xxxi. 33,) is one which " no man knoweth saving he that receiveth it." Rev. ii. 17. It is the hidden name (Coloss. iii. 3 : I Peter iii. 4,) of man's accept- ance with God under the great mystery of godliness revealed in Christ, for the common salvation of Jew and Gentile, by one law — the way 25 of holiness — through the imparted grace of Christ's Spirit, called gifts of the Holy Ghost. This is the spirit of Christ's second advent, in the power of the Holy Ghost the Comforter. Hence, in 1 Cor. xv. 45, St. Paul tells us " the first man Adam was made a living soul ; the last Adam was made a quickening spirit : " thereby ascribing to Christ the character- istic of the Holy Ghost in the Apostolic Creed, as " the Lord and giver of life." This gift of the Holy Ghost is the Spirit by which all God's pro- phets of old were moved to become teachers of his people, with truth- ful and everlasting effect. 2 Peter i. 19 — 21. Hence " the testimony of Jesus" is called "the spirit of prophecy." Rev. xix. 10. The scriptural doctrine of Christ's atonement is, that in him this quickening spirit of man's eternal life, and regenerated hope towards God, (as by a liberation from the reign of death, Rom. v. 14: Heb. ii. 14,) became incarnate " for the suffering of death," that " through death he might destroy him that had the power of death," i. e., the devil, man's tempter and accuser. If we ask, how so 1 The answer, though once a mystery, is not so now. The design thereof was revealed intelligibly by the events of the Apostolic age ; viz., in the power of Christ's resurrection, as the everlasting foundation of our Christian hope in the promise of eternal life. 1 Cor. xv. 14 : Rom. xvi. 25. Christ's resurrection in the power of God realized the perfection of his self-sacrifice, as the eternal glory of that general resurrection of which his was thus the first-fruits, though he had previously raised up Lazarus from the dead. Hence the law of self-sacrifice (as that by which Christians are taught to live towards all men in a righteous forbearance of human infirmity, that glory to God in the highest may be coupled with good will towards man,) is called " the law of Christ." Galat. vi. 2 : 1 Cor. v. 9, 10. Of this Christ had forewarned his disciples, saying, " If any man will come after me, let him deny him- self, and take up his cross, and follow me." Matt. xvi. 24. There is a suffering for sin which is no self-sacrifice. In this respect " every man shall bear his own burden," Galat. vi. 5 : Psalm xlix. 7, 8 ; but if a man when suffering wrongfully bear it patiently, " this is acceptable with God." 1 Peter ii. 20. If all the foundations of the world have been thrown out of course through sin, then all flesh must he instrumental in perpetuating its sorrows, until regenerated in Christ ; though all may not have equally sinned "after the similitude of Adam's transgression," i. e., presump- tuously. Rom. V. 14. Hence, before the creation of man, it seems to have been ordained of God in wisdom, and established eternally by an inherent necessity in the law of man's creation, that when ceasing to be influenced for good by the mercies and measured judgments of God, (for holding him in communion of life by a way of holiness,) the last resource provided of God for man's renewal in grace was by making dominion given to the power of sin, for a time, accelerate its utter destruction. It was in the darkness of such an hour that power was given to the Jewish Church against Christ, Luke xxii. 53, by withholding from his enemies the previous pleadings of God's Spirit with them for good, and leaving them to pursue the Antichristian determination of their rebellious self-will to the utmost limit of its power, that they might thus be taught with unmistakeable effect, that no unrighteous policy of this world can lastingly exalt itself against the truth and righteous- ness of God, manifested in the hearts of those who have communion of life in him. But that hour of the world's triumph was one of a fiery trial to the people of God, thus called upon to take up their cross, and follow the example of Christ's self-sacrifice. 1 Peter iv. 12 — 19. Thus, for the forty years' day of grace appointed over Jerusalem, between the crucifixion of Christ and the destruction of the city and sanctuary, the apostacy of the Jewish Church, which caused that desola- tion, was withheld from coming to its climax earlier by the Spirit of God for that time being permitted to plead against it for its good, through the Apostles. But that ministration for good was withdrawn of God, when the hour of final judgment on the apostacy was fully come. Compare 2 Thess. ii. 6, with Dan. ix. 24 — 27 : xii. 11, 12. Thus, though all the saved of Christ's mercy may, and must, in a measure, follow Christ, by submitting to the same law of self-sacrifice for the common good, still, none hut a spiritual incarnation of perfect holiness (as Christ was, Coloss. ii. 9,) could make a perfect self-sacrifice ; even by voluntarily yielding himself to the power of his enemies for a time, in order the more effectually to destroy their power. 27 It was the perfection of Christ's self-sacrifice which realized (as wrought only in the power of God,) its eternal value as an atonement for the sins of men, whilst providing them with an example and motive for seeking the salvation of God, through prayer for faith in righteousness unto death. When Christ thus yielded himself voluntarily * to the suffering of death, he, by divine knowledge, foresaw that Jews and Gentiles would be largely taught thereby, that the power of God and holiness was stronger than all the power of this world, on finding, in the day of his resurrection-glory, that they had been fighting against God, under a delusion of the world, in the impotence of the measures devised by the apostate faction of the Jewish nation for the greater security of their temporal kingdom by his death. Suffering for sins (when bearing the natural consequences of per- sonal and presumptuous sin,) is no self-sacrifice. -|- Nor can self- sacrifice ever be otherwise than imperfectly realized by man on earth. For even whilst suffering wrongfully at the hands of his fellow man, he cannot be exempt from need of humiliation for sin before God. Hence, doubtless, the law of Christ is scripturally designated, as bearing one another's burdens. The perfection of self-sacrifice has never been historically exempli- fied but in Christ. Though the sacrifice was well pleasing to God, the necessity thereof was not of God's appointment, but of Jewish wilfulness and ignorance, in setting the letter of its doctrinal traditions;J| against the spirit of holiness ; which is the life-giving power of God's word unto salvation ; and gives an ever enlarging effect, for good, to the comprehensiveness of its teaching. For the narrowness of Jewish prejudice, which sets the letter against * John xix. 11 : Matt. xxvi. 53, 54. t 1 Peter iv. 12—17, with Isaiah liii. 4, 5. X The traditions of our Christian forefathers, ■which would teach us to account all modem Jews accursed of God, (rejecting the evidence of God's grace when reigning in their hearts for mercy, through the only hope of eternal life to any of Adam'a posterity,) violate "the law of Christ," Gdat. vi. 2. These traditions have always, when carried out in a persecuting spirit, placed Christians in a false position towards the Jews, analagous to that assumed by the Jews of the Apostolic age against the Christians, when claiming for the Jewish name an exclusive title to be the people of God, they contemptuously rejected the signs of Messiah's advent in Christ, and said of him, " We are Moses's disciples. "We know that God spake unto Moses : as for this fellow, we know not from whence he is." John ix. 28, 29. ^8 the spirit of the law and the prophets,* was based upon a misinterpret- ation of prophecies requiring spiritual discernment for the consolation of hope pertaining thereto. With these remarks I hope I shall have clearly shewn, that the subject of investigation in this book, (viz., the relation of Christianity to Judaism and Heathenism,) is not one of a mere speculative curi- osity ; but one of great moment for a truthful appreciation of the religion we have received, through an election of the Jewish nation, as revealed of God in Christ. I have started with no preconceived theory, but with an earnest conviction that the Revelation is of God, and, if so, the evidence of its truthfulness must admit of reasonable proof. Otherwise, how could we credit its professed design? viz., to instruct man as to the will of God, for his happiness on earth, and to assure him that mor- tality shall be swallowed up in life eternal to the comforted of divine grace in natural death. Hence, I have sought by inductive evidence to read in the Bible, (apart from the conflicting theories of popular tradition on the subject,) what is the eternal relation of the Jewish to the Christian dispensation, as taught by that spirit of Jewish prophecy which is the testimony of Jesus. But modern philosophy ruthlessly assails the divine authority, and professes to have on its side an unimpeachable chain of historic testimony, extending over a far greater length of time than that of Mosaic record. This also required to be examined on its own evidence, for estimating it at its true worth. The result is that the Bunsen school of philosophy is completely at fault in the historic value it has set on the Mythic Chronology of Egypt ; whilst the whole historic chronology of oriental antiquity has a common basis with that of the Egyptians. This, on its own shewing, is not of a character to give evidence against the truthfulness of Moses, when reclaiming the earlier tradi- tions of man's history from the fabulous genealogies of the heathen ; in so far as was necessary for revealing, under the inspiration of God, to the seed of Abraham, their relation in the flesh to the first Adam, and their spiritual mission for the regeneration of the world in Messiah's day, when Messiah (as the second Adam in the creation of God,) should become the quickening spirit of life eternal to all flesh. * Luke xvi. 31. God ever pleads his own cause against man's unbelief, in the power of two witnesses — his word and his works.* These must, in the very nature of his eternal truthfulness, testify of him in a form admitting somehow of essential harmony in their evidence. What then, if, as alleged, the language of the Mosaic record in the beginning of the Book of Genesis, " is inconsistent with the estab- lished results of science ? "-j- — and what, if all who have hitherto at- tempted the task have, more or less, failed in their hopes of discovering " any process of interpretation," by which the wording of the Mosaic record may be brought into harmony with the teaching of science from established facts ? May there not, nevertheless, exist an essential harmony between God's word and his works, which philosophers have hitherto failed to recognize ; partly from not having yet obtained sufficient scientific data to establish an infallible philosophy, and partially from traditional prejudices, giving an interpretation of the Mosaic record incompatible with the original design thereof, when reading the opening of the Book of Genesis, as if designed by Moses, under the inspiration of God, for a teaching of science ? Why may not the inspired teaching of everlasting importance, given to Israel by Moses as a guide for faith and duty, have been prefaced hy a summary of the works of creation, (as taught in the science of his day,) merely weeding the traditions of heathen philosophy, as he did those of profane history, from their previous association with a mythic teaching respecting their Gods and Demigods ? Is it essential to our belief in the inspiration of Moses, as a Divine Lawgiver, to deny the possibility of attributing to his scientific and historic references concerning the past, an origin derived from tradition ? We admit the inspired authority of Daniel, and yet he tells us he learned from books the true meaning of Jeremiah's prophecy respect- ing the seventy years appointed over the Babylonian captivity. Christ adopted for the basis of a prophetic teaching, respecting the spiritual harvest of God's predicted judgment over Jerusalem, a common proverb of the country, in John iv. 35, — " Say not ye. There are yet * The crucifixion of Christ (as a human personification of these two witnesses,) is ^Q first reference of Rev. xi. 3 — 12 ; the second was that election from Loth the Houses of Israel which was entrusted by Christ with his mission — as his Apostles driven out from Jerusalem between a. d. 66 and a. d. 70. t See the Eeview of Challis and others, on "the plan of creation," in the Guardian oi 3 a.n. 15th, 1862. c four months,* and then cometh harvest? Behold, I say unto you, Lift up your eyes, and look on the fields ; for they are white already to harvest." Possibly, an inspired instruction may be based upon traditions of current belief, whether in science, history, or even superstitious obser- vances, (as in Matt. xv. 2 — 10,) which would by no means intend to make itself answerable for the tradition as of like authority. With reference to the Astronomy of the ancients, we have a clear case of this in the opening of Ezekiel's prophecy, (cap. i. v. 10) symbol- izing the glory of God's throne in heaven ; as that of the stellar world divided into four parts, answering to the four seasons of the solar year. For the lion on the right side, and the ox on the left, plainly refer to the Zodaical signs Taurus and Leo, on opposite sides of the Meridian, extending from the summer to the winter Solstice ; and it is equally probable, that the face of the man and the face of the eagle had reference to the constellations Hercules and Aquila, in the Southern Hemisphere. Yet Ezekiel's prophecy makes no pretensions to instruct Israel even in the Astronomy of the day ; much less to giving an instruction in Astronomy on Divinely inspired authority. His object is to appease the feverish restlessness of Israel's rebelli- ous spirit, ever more ready to regard God's prophets as deceivers of the nation, and partizans of their enemies, than to believe it possible that the God of Abraham could so be the God also of an idolatrous people like the Babylonians, as to have willed the subjection of his chosen people to their power. By a metaphor, therefore, (derived probably from some Astronomical symbolism, familiar to their sight as decorating the four corners of an idol car bearing the image of the Babylonian sun-god,) he would seemingly remind the Jews, as St. Paul did the Athenians, (Acts xvii. 23) that the God thus ignorantly worshipped by the Babylonians, was the same God whom they were taught spiritually to worship as the God of Abraham, whose throne was heaven, and earth his footstool. (Isaiah Ixvi. 1.) That he had really given to idolatrous Babylon its then great power, and willed a peaceable subjection of Israel to the same "for their good," (Jerem. xxiv. 5) with the promise of a return in safety and * Compare the 4 x 30, or 120 dai/s numbered over the Egyptian harvest preceding the recurrence of " <Atf overjlow," with the 120 years of notice respecting the coming flood in the days of Noah. (Gen. vi. 3.) 31 prosperity to their own land after the appointed term of 70 years; but that if they persisted in a rebellious spirit towards the Babylonians, it would be sinning against the peace of their own souls, by rebelling against an ordinance of God for their spiritual instruction unto righteousness. The evidence of prophetic inspiration (2 Peter i. 21) lies wholly in the life-giving object of the spiritual instruction (Deut. xviii. 21, 22, with 1 John iv. 1,); not in the scientific, historical, and sometimes even mythical adjuncts thereof (as in the teaching by Parables). Why might not the inspired features of the Mosaic record be even limited to the idea, that Moses accredited as sufficient for the purpose of his mission, the scientific and historical traditions of his age, without any regard to their scientific and chronological accuracy, as being "learned in all the wisdom of the Egyptians," (Acts vii. 22) and having received no inspired intimation of error therein, but having been expressly inspired to teach the Jews that the God of Abraham was the Creator of the material world and of man ? Also that he would provide for man's redemption from the dominion of sin unto death under certain conditions ? The first of these was, that they must renounce that superstitious belief in many gods which was involved in all their notions of the cosmogony ; and that as to the chronology of patri- archal times, whether purely historical or not, its only object on the bearings of his mission was to prove (on the strength of their own traditions), that God had never left himself without a witness to testify of Him before every generation in succession from Adam to Moses. Rom. v. 14. It may yet be a question, whether the law of the harmony thus sought of man between the word and works of God, may not have been limited in the nature of things to the idea of God's not having left himself without a witness before men in either respect ; and that a diversity in the form of their testimony might reasonably be expected. For there is an obvious difference of design, when God would appeal to man's moral Instincts through the revelation of his word, /or lessons of faith and duty having a promise of eternal life ; and when he would teach him to read the proofs of infinite power and wisdom in the works of creation, that man (convinced of his own nothingness there- by,) may learn therefrom to walk before him in the land of the living, with the humility of David in the viiith and xixth Psalms, teaching the fear and love of God, unto a righteous and peaceful hope in his mercy. MESSIAH. I dreamed of converse witli a Jew, who seemed In life a Christian ; — good as e'en the best Of Chi'istians, judged by holiness of life. Wrought through the fear and love of God by faith. What faith, thought I, but that in Christ could work The bliss of man on earth as that of heaven ? I honoured — doubted — and at length I asked, — Why, living as a Christian, giv'st thou not Thanks, for thy soul's redeeming grace, to Christ ? Pardon me, friend, said he, if I a Jew Should doubt to call the Saviour of our race By Grecian name of Christ.^- Were not the Greeks Throvxgh their philosophy our nation's woe, When lived the Maccabees ? f Messiah we Our Saviour call, — but seek by other signs His gracious influence o'er our hearts for good, Than those by which deluded formerly Our fathers wrought the ruin of their kingdom, Urged by false Christs | against the power of Rome ; Whose bloody vengeance marked their erring faith. Hence, of God's ordinance, — that change of times And laws which bade me learn what Scripture meant When promising Messiah's reign of peace And holiness on earth — as that of heaven. Thus taught of God, — as prophesied of old, § To know the gifts of grace Messiah grants. Him I adoring call my Saviour God ; Unseen by fleshly eye, || but loved by faith. Thus, when what we call unconverted Jews do practically live in the belief that there ever is an incarnate manifestation of God's Spirit on earth, as that of the Holy Ghost under diverse modifications of power (1 Cor. xii. 4,) in the heart of man, (for the redemption of sinners from their bondage to sin,) such Jews are not far from the kingdom of God ; as opened under the new covenant of Christ's mercy to the spirits of ALL flesh. For none are excluded from the salvation thereof, excepting those who will not thus be brought nigh unto God. (John v. 40.) * Matt. xii. 31, 32. t Zech. ix. 13. X Matt. xxiv. 4, 5 : Luke xiii. 1 : Acta xxi. 37, 38 : with 1 John iv. 1 — 6, ^^"Jercm. xxxi. 33, 34. II John iii. 6 — 9: ix. 24 — 2.5. 33 THE DATE FOR THE EXODUS OP ISRAEL OUT OF EGYPT, OX A COMPARISON OF OUR BIBLE CHRONOLOGY WITH THE 11340 JIYUTIC YEARS OF HERODOTUS, CONSIDERED AS LUNATIONS, AND NUMBERING ONLY 945 SOLAR YEARS BETWEEN MENES AND SETHOS, THE CONTEMPORARY OF SENACHERIB, THE ARABIAN KING. The above Cycle of 11340 mythic years seems to have had a double chronological value; — viz. one of historical account ; the other an astronomical Cycle of 11340 days=3l| old Chaldean, or prophetic, years of 360 days each. On ray noticing this to Mr. E. Sang, of Edinburgh, (to whom I had obtained an introduction through the kindness of Messrs. Johnston, the Map -publishers, as a gentleman qualified to give mc the information I desired on this point and on certain questions connected with the probable object of the Chinese Emperor's Jos) he remarked at once — " the Lunar year of 12 Moons difters from the Solar year by about 11 days, so that in 30 Solar or 31 Lunar yeais the new moons return to the same place among the signs. The 31 J years may therefoi-e be the astronomical Cycle of their new moons." He also remarked that '■' the Lunar year of 12 moons as used by the Mahomedans is gradually displaced in regard to the solar year, so that Ramazan* happens sometimes in summer, sometimes in winter, and that in 30 Solar or 31 Lunar years it comes back to the same season; the new moons then happening in the same signs." Again on making a comiiutatiou he added " I find that the period of 1 1 340 days contains almost exactly 32 years of 12 lunations each. The mean time from new moon to new moon is 29d. 12h. 42m., so that a Lunar year consists of 354d. 8b. 48m., and 32 of these make up 11339d. 17h. 54m., thus wanting only 5 hours of being exactly your 11340 days," Let us now pass on to consider the historical value of this Mythic Chronology regarded as 11340 lunations=945 old solar years. If our date for Senacherib can be relied on, he began to reign circ B.C. 713, and was killed circ B.C. 710. Hence 945 years thus terminating, date their beginning from B.C. 1658 — or 31 years after the death of Jacob. This might seem to date the beginning of the mortal kings of Egypt from the beginning of the Pharaohs who knew not Joseph. * See p. 41. 34 Comparing these 945 years reckoned by Herodotus from Menes to Sennacherib Avitli the 1076 years reckoned by Eratosthenes from Mencs to Aiminlhantoeus \vc have two Cynic Circles of 443 and two lunations of years, or 2x29i=o9 years, compared with two Cynic Circles of 443 years, and 190 years. Thus if the Chronicle of Herodotus terminated at the beginning of the reign of Sennacherib circ B.C. 713, then that of Eratosthenes must be brought down 131 years later, or to B.C. 582 viz., to about 4 years after our date for the subjection of Egypt by Nebuchadnezzar and about 6 years later than the breaking up of the kingdom of Judah hy the Babylonian captivity. Jeremiah xxvii. 8, here confirms the suspicion that this may be the true historic reference for the times of the Amunthantceus of Eratosthenes ; not those of the Amuntimccus, or Amenemes III, of the 12th Ethiopian Dynasty; as commonly supposed. But, for reasons given elsewhere, I suspect Manetho's 12th dynasty is one of a Soli-Lunar Symbolism, not one of veritable history. It receives also additional confirmation from the testimony of Mr. Birch of the British Museum, whose authority, is far higher than the much landed testimony of Bunsen in this matter. For Mr. Birch (if I remember rightly) thinks the Amunthantaeus of Eratosthenes may have been the Amyrtceus (=Mares, or Ammeris) of Dynasty 26. Herodotus also, in other passages of his history, brings his mythic times down to those of this Dynasty and dates the beginning of Egypt's certain history, under confirmation of contemporary Grecian history from the times of Psammetichus II, whilst making Amosis (the last king of the Dynasty) the last also of his chronicle of kings. Again, from the evidence of the Temple lists, we learn * that Egypt had been governed by the gods for more than 17000 before Menes, the human founder of the kingdom ascended the throne. The 17520 years mythically numbered to the gods demigods and heroes by Lepsius, if considered as lunations make up the Sothiac period o? UGO years. For 12X1 460= 17520. Seethe Chronological tables to notes on Aphophis &c. This, therefore ought in itself * to be suflUcient refutation of of Bunsen's theory (founded on the astronomical computation of * But I have proved elsewhere that Bunsen is completely in error when sup- posing that the Sothiac period must date its commencement from a time when the Heliacal rising of the Dog-star astronomically coincided with the New Moon of Thoth as the new moon of the summer Solstice. The computation of the great Sothiac period was one of symbolic astronomy, not one of the refined and accurate calculation substituted for it by Bainhridge, the Savilian Professor of Astronomy at Oxford a.c. 1636. It arose out of the computation by Lustrums of 4 years of 365^ days, and together numbering 1461 days 35 Bainbridge) that theT^r^^ Sothiac Cycle began 20th July, B.C. 1320. For the 1460 years of the Temple lists numbered over the kingdom before Menes, as before B.C. 1659, must date their own beginning approximately from eirc B.C. 3119, or shortly after the birth of Lamech . The relation of the three oldest gods therefore to the 8 gods of Egypt, will be as that of Shem Ham, and Japhet to the 8 souls saved in the ark ; and to the three patriarchs Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob, of the posterity of Seth, as of a people ivho tcorshipjyed God in a form differing %o holly from the idolatrous symbolism of the Egyptians loorshipping many gods. But the 17520 years of Lepsius may be symbolically numbered as days, no less than as lunations, for a variation of historic reference when comparing the events of our Bible record with those of early Egyptian tradition. Thus 17520 days number 4 Cycles of 12 years, (as 4 Cycles of Jupiter substituted for the 4 years of a Lustrum^ 1460 days) or exactly 48 years of 365 days each. These 48 years, to terminate B.C. 1659 (as the beginning of the reign of Menes) date their beginning from B.C. 1707, as identifying the beginning of the reign of the gods in Egypt, ^i'ith the exaltation of Joseph to be only second to Pharaoh on the throne, when Jacob first sent his ten sons down to Egypt to buy corn. Gen . xlii. Again (as tested by the Canon of Eratosthenes), 1076 years beginning B.C. 1659 terminate B.C. 583, or aire, the subjection of the kingdom of Egypt to that of Babylon tmder Nebuchadnezzar ; soon after the breaking up of the kingdom of Judah, B.C. 588. Also (on the internal evidence of the Bible), the duration of the kingdom of Judah had been limited to 424 years from the building of Solomon's temple, B.C. 1012, after 480 years from the date ot the Exodus, 1 Kings vi. 1. Hence, the date of the Exodus cannot (without affecting to impugn the authority of 1 Kings vi. 1 ; and the times numbered over the kingdom between the building of Solomon's Temple and the burning thereof by Nebuchadnezzar) be placed otherwise than it is in the chi'onology of our Bibles; viz., at circ B.C. 1491 or 480 + 424 years before B.C. 587. But B.C. 1491 numbered 430 years from the calling of Abraham, B.C. 1921. Also the references of Exod. xii. 41, 42, with Gen. XV. 13 ; Acts vii. 6; Gal. iii. 17. confirm the idea that B.C. 1491 represents the true date of the Exodus as nearly as it can be determined from the data of the Bible compared with the true historical Chronology of profane literature, when representing B.C. 36 536 as the first of Cyrus ; which is the date adopted by ourselves in the margin of our Bibles. Ezra i, 1. But B.C. 1491 would fall within the times of Dynasty xviii, according to the years numbered over the Dynasties from xvi to XXX in the Old Chronicle. The Old Chronicle, however, affects to account mijthicalhi and IdstoricaUy for 36,o2o years, hut owing to an omission of \7H t/ears somewhere, it accounts o/i/y/br 36,347 years. That omission is most probably to be supplied about the times of the Exodus; for the Modern Jews seem to have followed its erroneous Chronology in dating the Exodus B.C. 1317, with Lepsius and Bunsen who place it about B.C. 1314. N.B.1313-f 178 years = B.C. 1491. In conclusion of this note on the date of the Exodus I would add a few words to the remarks elsewhere made on the horned Moses, coi^ied from a sculpture now in in the Hospitium of the Museum at York. Mankind, in all ages, seem to have made a symbolic distinction between the images of their ordinary kings or rulers, and those which characterized the reputed prophets and saints of God. Moreover, all the symbolisms framed to represent the divine glory seem to have had for their origin the sun — worship of the most ancient idolatry. For the animal horns attached to the image of Moses now in the Hospitium of the Museum at York prove the Egyptian origin of that symbolism ; — and (whether reverently but ignoraiitly, or irreverently and satyrically designed, as other features in the architectural ornaments of the christian church in the middle ages, undoubtedly were) that its design followed the traditions of the Egyptians rather than those of the Jews respecting Moses. For Josephus tells us that the Egyptians, — as a calumny against the Jews — gave to Moses the name of Osarsiph; to represent him as a priest of Osiris, — or of the Egyptian Amun. The Bull's horns symbolize the worship of the sun in Taurus. Thus (on another ancient sculpture) I have seen the crab's claws rising from either side of the head like the animal horns of Amun: for which they were seemingly substituted, to represent the worship of the sun at the summer Solstice ; even as the late Emperor of China's Jos seems to have represented the worship of the sun in Leo. That with the crab's claivs may have indicated Diana of the Ephesiansj for there is an image of her, with such a symbolism on her breast, in a,]i CTigrrxxing, no. 1157, of the "Pictorial Sunday Book." .37 The symbolism itself reminds us of the compliment idolatroush/ paid to Augustus CtBsar hy Virgil; viz. that the crab was contrac- ting its claws to make place for his exaltation amongst the gods of the solar year — in whose honor the sixth month thereof continues even now to be called August. There is also (as a copy from the same bronzes) abifaced symbol having rams' horns on the one side and a female face opposite; as if to represent the bifaoed Janus of the Roman year, when beginning about tlie time of the Vernal Equinox, and therefore possibly a symbolism for the myth of Mars and Venus, in its relation to the months of March and April. The Tyrian Hercules, no. 955 of the "Pictorial Sunday Book," seems, with his tripeaked crown, to symboliz3 the relation of the summer solstice to the period of the sun's highest elevation between Taurus and Leo, as the tripeaked Mem, or heaven of the Hindus. For the Tyrian Hercules is there symbolized with a serpent on his left side as in the relation of Hydra to the summer solstice on the artificial globe. The circular form of the glory given to the saints of the Romish Church probably came in with the disc-worshippers of Manetho's 18th dynasty, whose innovation upon the older forms of Baal- worship made them the objects of intense hatred amongst the votaries of the older supersition of an animal symbolism. The form of the solar irradition in the engraving of Moses, no. 277, in the '' Pictorial Sunday Book," is that of only tioo beams ; like that on the title page to the Pentateuch in Hebrew printed at Furth in 1802; the delineation and engraving of which were, oddly enough (as remarked by Mr. Rye of the British Museum, who kindly copied it for me) the work of another Moses. I should imagine that this and that of the bull's horns were the oldest forms of the glory. For the oldest Baal-worship of the Egyptians divided the circle of the heavens into two parts only ; when (as at first) the gods of Egypt were limited to six. Yet this form of the glory, as an oriential symbolism for divine honors paid to certain heroes of antiquity, extended to the times of Alexander the great; who obtained the distinction of Carnaim, or the two-horned. The reign of the 12 gods did not commence until after the deification of Hercules : and the attempt to force the ancient idolatry of the Tyrian Hercules upon the Jewish nation by an important faction thereof in the times of Antiochus Epiphanes, led to tt at noble stand of the Maccabees, for the connection of the Levitical sacrifices with a spiritual a?id truthful worship of 38. Jehovah — which made the cleansing of the sanctuary on the 2oth of 9th m. in B.C. 165, the fulfilment of Haggai II. 18, 19, with Zach. ix. 13. Hence it has ever since been regarded as a type of the cleansing thereof by our Lord, when bringing in a new covenant, connected with a new law of sacrifice viz. — the sacrifices of a broken and contrite heart, in sorrow for sin working repentance unto newness of life. With the first introduction of the worship of Hercules came the division of the solar year into 3 parts; — or 3 seasons of four months each. Over these the three oldest gods of Egypt, — (viz. Pan, Hercules, and Bacchus) respectively presided; as the distinctive gods of the three seasons, beginning from the winter solstice, or tropic of Capricorn, as in the astronomy of Enoch. That the circular nimbus, or glory had a heathen origin, like the rest, is probable; from the reputed miracle which attended the birth of Servius Tullius, according to Livy. lib. 1. cap. 39, — "Eo tempore in regia prodigium visu eventuque mirabile fuit. Puero dormienti, cui Servio Tullio nomen fuit, caput arsisse ferunt mul- torum in conspectu. Plurimo igitur clamore inde ad tantae rei miraculum orto, excites reges : * et quum quidam familiarium aquam ad restinguendum ferret, ab regina retentum: sedatoque earn tumultu, moveri vetuisse puerum, donee sua sponte experrectus esset: mox cum somno et flammam abiisse." I have also seen a photograph from a painting of the assumption of the virgin by Murillo; which encircles her head with a luminious glory, and represents her as standing on, or ascending from the horned symbol of the Egyptian Isis. Among the lithographs here copied from the pictorial Gallery of Arts will be found one by Albert Diircr, in character resembling that above decribed. Whether the design of this painting, as my friend Brodrick, (the Rector of Sneaton) shrewdly thinks, was to represent the Virgin as, trampling on the idolatrous symbol of Diana's glory; — or, poetically, to connect it with the idea of an ascension from glory to glory after that the circular form of the symbolic glory had been adopted by the Christian church, in preference to the older from, is now perhaps, only a matter of conjecture. The artist (Mi*. Banks, of York,) when kindly making for me a drawing from the statue of the horned Moses now in existence at York, added also the following notice of the way in which it was found, as one of several, and entered in the catalogue of the Museum at York, no. 40. *' These seven sculptures are a portion of a series which, it is probable adorned some part of the interior of the Abbey Church built by Simon de Warwick. They were discovered in the South Aisle of the nave of the church, at the depth of about eight feet »Viz. The King and Queen ; Tarquinius Pris ens and TanaquiL 39 lying with the faces downward, under a mass of stones composed chiefly of the tracery work of the windows of the church cemented together with the mortar used in building the palace of the Lord President. The drapery of all had been painted and gilded ; but the colours and gilding soon faded upon being exposed to the light and the air. Of these seven statues, so carefully concealed by some one whose good taste and feeling had not been overpowered by religious zeal, three are manifestly designed to represent aged Jews, the remaining four, supposing those which are headless to have been similar to that which is perfect, have nothing of a Jewish character, and are youthful in their appearance. Of how many statues, the series, when complete, consisted, cannot now be known, some may have been wantonly destroyed; some were certainly carried away, one of these (no. 41) having long formed part of the arch of the bridge at Clifton, has recently been removed, and restored, in a sadly weather-worn state, to its fellows ; and two others undoubtedly belonging to the series, after having long served as coping stones to the wall of the church yard of St. Lawrence without Walmgate Bar, are now to be seen fixed against the wall of the church, one on each side of the north doorAvay. Such a series must have had some meaning, historical, legendary, or emblematical. Imperfect as the series is, enough perhaps is left to indicate what it may have been designed to represent. Of the three Jewish figures, one is evidently a representation of Moses. It bears his usual emblems, the two tables of stone, the rod with the serpent and horns on his forehead.* The two other Jewish figures, have nothing to mark their designation. Of the figures in the church yard of St. Lawrence, one is that of St. John the Baptist, with his distinguishing emblem, the Holy Lamb on his arm. Supposing that there were originally no more than three Jewish figures in the series, the introduction of St. John the Baptist appears to offer the clue to the interpretation of the whole. Moses may be supposed to be emblematical of the " Law"; the two other Jewish figures may represent 'Hhe Prophets"; the more youthful figures, " the Apostles or preachers of the gospel," the newer or younger dispensation. The statute of the Baptist being placed between these and the former, the whole series would artistically * The sculptor, either following preceding Artists, or misled by understanding literally the figurative epithet "flying" t given to the fiery serpent by the propliet Isaiah, has added to the serpent in the hand of Moses the body and wings of a bird. In making Moses appear homed, he has followed the Vulgate Latin version of Exod. 24, SO; where instead of " the face of Moses shone" as in our authorized version, the Vulgate has, " cornutam Moysi faciem" the face of Moses was horned. t The epithet may refer to the coiistellatiou Hydra having been symbolically made a seven days' measure of Lunar time. Wm. H. 40 represent Iho words of our Lord us recorded \>y the Evangelist Luke, "the Law and tlic Prophets were until John, since that time the Kingdom of God is preaclxed." It is much to be regretted that the statues now in the church yard of St. Lawrence should be separated from the other remains of the scries of which they were originally a part, and i>laced on the sides of a Norman portal with Avhich they have no proper connection, where they have no meaning, excite no particular interest, arc seen by few, and are exposed to still further injury from the weather. My Edinburgh friend admits "it is not impossible," that the lions im either side the central figure of the Chinese Jos, may (when compared with the passage quoted from Blundevil's astronomy respecting the symbolic Dragon of the moon's nodal line) represent the place of the moon's ascending and decending nodes in its relation to that of the neto moon in Leo; as the Jirst neiv moon of their year_ The above admission was qualified in the form here described, to correct an impression I had erroneously formed on observing that the symbol used for the place of the moon's nodes in Blundevil's astronomy was the same as (or a mere modification of) that used to mark the zodaical sign Leo, I had in fact too hastily inferred that the form of Blundevil's symbol for the moon's nodes might entitle me to suppose it had restricted reference to the lunation of the sun in Leo. The gentleman above referred to informs me that the symbol for the moon's nodes used by Blundevil, is that which marks the place of its nodes in all the signs; and not in Leo only. This being the case we may perhaps deduce its oi'igin from the cord -with a loop at each end, which in the Egyptian Hieroglyphics, stood as a phonetic for t, — Buusen vol. 2, p. 568. Thus it may possibly have been used as a sign of abbreviation for the Coptic tho-=-orbis; and astronomically applied to mark the intersection of two circles. Its assimilation in form to that for the zodaical sign Leo is a fact.* It is also a fact that the new moon in Leo (as that next following the Heliacal rising of the Dog-star in 14'^ Cancer) was the first new moon of the old Egyptian year. For the first year of each Lustrum dated its THOTH, or beginning fx-om the full moon i?i Capricorn; as the place of the moon's opposition to the sun in 14° Cancer, as the passing from Cancer (or the last lunation of the old year) to Leo; for the first lunation of the new year. * So much so that the forms used by Fevgusou in his explanation of Astro- nomical tenns, p. 19, are identical. The passage, moreover, reters to the symbolic dragon of the moon's nodal line. 41 Similarly 14^ Cancer would represent the place of the SOTHIS, or 13th and last full moon of the Egyptian ye&r. For it marks the place of the moon's opposition to the sun next after conjunc- tion therewith in Capricorn ; as the last new mooii of the year, when the Egyptian year dated its beginning from the full moon in Capricorn. At the next full moon, or that of Aquarius, the moon would be in opposition to the sun in Leo — Hence the Zodaical sign of Leo symbolized the place of the first neio moo7i in the old Egyptian year. This I conceived to be sufftcient evidence for sui^posing that the late Emperor of China's Jos, was designed in some way to symbolize the first lunation of the year, as that of the sun in Leo; especially when considering that it had been the idolatrous decoration of his summer palace. This is the reference of the words " it is not impossible," though no inference of this kind could be fairly based on the raei-e fact of an assimulation in form between Blundevil's symbolism for the moon's nodes and that for the Zodaical sign Leo, had I no other evidence to adduce. THE RAMAZAN. The Mahomedans observe this month religiously by fasting from morn to even, daily; as the month in which they believe " the Koran Avas sent down from heaven." It was their * 9th month. Their year begins on the j 16th July, when the same months are kept to the same seasons, by adding 11 days to their Lunar year of 3o-i days ; or 6 months of 29 and 6 months of 30 days. Their sacred months were four; viz., the first the seventh the eleventh and the twelfth. This last was the month of their annual pilgrimage to Mecca. To avoid the weariness of three quiet months together, Sale tells us, t •' the Pagan Arabs used to put off the observing the al- Moharran (or first month) to the following month Safar, thereby avoiding to keep the former, which they supposed it lawful for them to profane, provided they sanctified another month in lieu of it, and gave public notice thereof at the preceding pilgrimage. This transferring % the observation of a sacred month to a profane month is what is truly meant by the Arabic word al Nasi, and is absolutely condemned, and declared to be an impious innovation, in a passage * Can this selection of the 9th m. (to commomorate the alleged divine mission of Mahomet as a reformer of the religion of Abraham's seed throughout the world) have indirectly aimed at strengthening his authority by reference to the Jewish prediction of Haggai ii. 15-20? t Ferguson's Astronomy, p. 393. % rreliminai-y discourse, p, 114. 42 of the Koran which Dr. Prideaux, misled by Golius, imagines to relate to the prolonging of the year by adding an intercalary montli thereto. It is true the Arabs, who imitated the Jews in their manner of computing by lunar years, had also learned their method of reducing the solar years, by intercalating a month sometimes in the third, and sometimes in the second year; by which means they fixed the pilgrimage of Mecca (contrary to the original institution*) to a certain season of the year, viz. to Autumn as most convenient for the pilgrims, by reason of the temperatencss of the weather and the plenty of provisions : and it is also true, that Mohammed forbad such intercalation, by a passage in the same chapter of the Koran : but then it is not the passage above mentioned, which prohibits a different thing; but one a little f before it, wherein the number of months in the year, according to the ordinance of God is declared to be twelve|; whereas, if the intercalation of a month were allowed, every third or second year would consist of thirteen contrary to God's appointment." The passage of the Koran above referred to speaks in fact of a double infidelity. — 1st of all it denounces (as an infidelity, or im- pious innovation of the Mahomedan law), any intercalation of a thirteenth, month to convert its lunar reckoning into one of Solar Chronology. 2nd. It condemns as "an additional infidelity the use made of this intercalation by those who, when weary of a three months continuous rest from the predatory habits of their nomad life, availed themselves of it as a suitable opportunity for breaking the rest at the end of the 12th raonth. For the practice thus denounced as an additional infidelity arose from intercalating a thirteenth^ (as one of profane account) between two sacred months — viz. the twelfth and the first. This may explain the meaning of Enoch when measuring the 14 days course of the moon, from new to full at the Equinoxes, by a seven days' circuit to the next tropic, and there reversing its course; thus seemingly limited to an arc of 90° only from the new to the full moon in the sun's third undfotirth gates. For the place of the moon's change being always in the sun's sixth-gate; and ihntofjiill moon in the sun's Jirsf gate, its circuit from new to full can never *This (as observed in p. 33 of these notes) was by turns to consecrate every season of the year once in 32 years. For in that time the moveable beginning of the Lunar year returned to that point in the Ecliptic from which it primarily dated its beginning. Once in 82 years would moreover be once in every generation. The weekly rest of the Mahomedans is on the 6th, instead of the 7th day. The reason assigned is because ilie work ot Creation was finished on the 6th day. May not 6, as the common divisor of 30 and 354, have something to do with this ? For Enoch divides the Lunations of 30 days into C quintujihs of Lunar light, f Both ideas occur ia the same paragraph, X Cap. ix p., 143. Sale's Translation. 43 exceed aji arc of 90" at the Equinoxes, without interruption at the tropics. Hence the Myth of Hydra being seven-headed when thus made a seven days measure of Lunar time. Also the symbolic Pegasus in Pisces was represented as a seven headed horse by the Hindus ; seemingly for a seven days' measure of Lunar time at the Vernal Equinox. About the Autumnal equinox, the new moon being in Aries and the full moon in Libra, both move forward by three signs, and fall equally under the Meridian.* The moon's nodes lie, at that time, in Cancer and Capricorn, or North and South instead of East and West, as in Blundevil's diagram of the symbolic Dragon. Nevertheless, an eclipse of the moon at the Autumnal Equinox (which seems to be meant by the appearance of the mountain Hara interposing between the two sections of the split-moon, repi'esented in the Crescent of Mahomet's standard) does not occur annually. For an eclipse, one of her nodes, at the time of the true full moon, must be less than 15" 12 — distant from the point at which the line of the Syzygies (or of the moon's conjunction and opposition) is in the Ecliptic, where the moon's latitude is O. f If the preceding astronomical data are correctly assumed, the object of the late Emperor of China's Jos may be akin to the idolatry of the two calves which Jeroboam set up for the worship of Israel, the one in Dan and the other in Bethel, or in the Northern and Southern extremities of his kingdom. Thus Leo and Aquarius represent the direction of the moon's nodes in their relation to the progress of the moorCs change from Aries to Taurus when becoming full in Libra or at the flood tides of the Autumnal Equinox. Hence the Zodiacal sign Leo may have been doubled and substituted for the ordinary nodal symbolism ; to memorialize the annual recurrence of " the flood of Egypt''' with the rising of Hydra in Leo, soon after the Heliacal rising of Sirius in 14° Cancer. The affinity of this symbolism to the Star and the Cresent of the Mahometan Standard is obvious. Hence the horned characteristic of the central figure, in the late Emperor of China's Jos. Hence also the distinctive character *This seems to verify the figurative sense I have elsewhere claimed for the language of Herod, lib. ii. 101. — Mceris built the North entrance of the temple of Vulcan. For Maris was an uj^per Egyptian, or king of the South. Thus when the tropical signs Cancer and Capricorn lie East and West — (or in the position of Aries and Libra) then there are always three of the Southern signs in the Northern Hemisphere. Hence at the new moon cf the Autumnal Equinox Capricorn lies at the Eastern limit of the Northern Hemisphere, building up, as it were, the North entrance of the Temple of Vulran. t Lardner's Astroromv vol i p. igg^ '247c. 44 of Jerobofim's idolotry in placing tlie two calves at Dan and Bethel so as to symbolize the direction of the moon's nodes when Leo represented the place of the new moon probably because the Bull was the Cherubic emblem of the Egyptians — who afforded an asylum to Jeroboam in the days of bis flight from Solomon, I. Kings xi. 40. The Chinese on the contrary seem to have adopted a symbolism of Babylonian origin, when making the lion (which was the Cherubic emblem of the Babylonians) the symbolism for the place of the moon's nodes, — in their relation to a change of the moon from Aries to Taurus when full between Libra and Scorpio. This supposition is strongly confirmed by the appearance of the two lions (viz. one on the right and one on the left hand of Diana of the Ephesians) in a symbolism of which a copy will be found amongst the lithographs. Finally it is worthy of notice that Herodotus tells us the North entrance of the temple of Vulcan was built up by Mceris — who was king of the South. Now by the temple of Vulcan he plainly refers to a building of typical construction symbolizing the Cycle of the solar year. Thus when the new moon is in Aries and the full moon is in Libra — three of the southern signs leavo as it were, the southern hemisphere ; to become, for the time, signs of the northern hemisphere. The horned glory which encircles the Virgin and the infant Christ in the celebrated painting of the loth century, by Albert Durer, appropriates to Christianity the Egyptian symbolism for Isis; and seemingly in the form of its revival by the Mahomedans as the Star and the Crescent.* * When the moon changes in Pisces (which being the symbolic place for Vishnu's ^rs< Avalar, forms a prominent feature of the Circular amulet taken from the Chinese Pirate) the place of the full moon is in Virgo. Also one design oi the Chinese Jos, may (from its form) have been to symbolize the time of the full moon in Virgo; as the glory of Isis, \\hen reigning in the Parouvan or month of 15 days from horning to horning of the moon. Hence probably the Mahomedan symbols of the " star and split moon" — may have been originally designed to symbolize an eclijise of the full moon in that sign which characterized the glory of Isis, as extending from horning to horning of the moon. If so the idea may have suggested Albert Durer's extraordinary application of the symbolism in his painting of the Virgin and infant Christ. The meaning would then be obvious. If Mahomet's split moon symbolized (under an eclipse of the full moon in Virgo) the triumph ordained for his cause over the idolatrous Baalism of his age, much more complete had been the triumph of the Christian Church over heathenism. But the Christianity of the 15th Century which preceded the reformation com- bined the glory of the Virgin -with that of Christ in a form always subordinating the glory of Christ, represented only as an infant in the Virgin's arms. 45 Its origin is unquestionably that ot" an astronomical symbol marking the relation of the moon's nodes (when lying between Leo and Aquarius — or North and South) to the hornings of the moon in the progress of its change from Aries to Taurus. For the midway of its circuit marks the place of the full moon next following the Autumnal Equinox. This seems to represent the syiubolism of the Chinese Jos; and to mark the identity of its character with the idolatrous worship ordained by Jeroboam on the loth of the 8th mouth ; — for the two calves * he had set up at Dan and Bethel — or to the North and to the South of the kingdom of Israel. This appears also to have formed the basis of Mahomet's mythic symbolism of the " split moon '' in its relation to the crescent and the stai — for the moon's hornings and the Dog-star ; as made by him the standard of Islamism. The above evidence of an intermixture of revealed truth and fabulous corruptions by the heathen to whose views the rulers of the Jewish Church and nation were continually leaning — should make us careful in discriminating between the fancies of supersti- tion and the spirit of the revelation, when intrepreting the Bible. The heathen superstitions of the arxcient world all, more or less veiled the traditions of their early astronomical science by a mythic covering — in order to claim for their diversified corruptions of the primeval law of man's communion with God on earth, that sanction of a divine revelation which is eternally due to the law itself. This fact, which is obvious enough from the Mythic Chronology of the Egyptians, receives confirmation from twoo^aposite authori- ties. 1st. Our Lord speaks of the Samaritan superstitions John x. 22, and St. Paul of the Grecian superstitions Acts xvii. 23, as an ignorant worship of God, in contradistinction to the spiritual and Thus Albert Durer's symljolism would represent tlie cause of Christianity as triumphing both over Baalism and Mahomentanism — under an echpse of the Lunar glory which was the pride of the Mahomedans as well as of Baalism. This obscuration by an eclipse will accord with my friend Brodrick's ideas of a trampling on the Lunar glory of Baalism in Murillo's painting of the Assump- tion. * In this Jeroboam seems to have adopted the Egyptian symbol of the Cherubic Bull — whilst the Chinese have adopted the Babylonian symbol of the Cherubic Lion — when using an animal symbolism instead of an arbitary sign to mark the two directions of the moon's nodes. This seems to be the object of the two lions — one on either side the symbolic figure representing Diana of the Ephesiaus ; or mother earth, as the Centre of motion round which all tha heavenly bodies revolved, according to the notion of the ancients. Note also, the place of Gemini in the signs of the Zodiac — was in the more ancient astronomy filled by the symbolism of two kids. 46 truthful wursliip which constitutes the calling of the world in Ciirist through Abraham and his seed ; primarily through the 12 tribes of Israel under Moses, and finally by that election of the iioelve tribes which was honored with a new mission as the Apostles of Christ. 2nd. From the passage of the Koran above referred to, and here quoted in tail. — " JIareover the complete number of months " with GOD, is twelve months which were ordained " in the book of GOD,* on the day when he created the heavens and " the earth: of these four are sacred. This is the right reUgion : " therefore deal not unjustly with yourselves therein. But attack " the idolaters in all the months, as they attack you in all ; and " know that God is with those who fear him. Verily the " transferring of a sacred month to another month is an additional " infidelity. The unbelievers are led into an error thereby : they *' allow a month to be violated one year, and declare it sacred " another year, that they may agree in the number of months " which GOD hath commanded to be kept sacred ; and they allow "that which GOD hath forbidden." My object in making the above quotation is to draw especial attention to the Avords — " This is the right religio?)." — For the religious and political application which Mahomet thus gives to the astronomical science of his day, is akin to that of all the oriental nations when dividing the ki)igdoms of this ivorld (opposed to the kingdom of God and his Christ, as that of God reigning in the hearts of his redeemed by inspiration of the Holy Ghost, for good to the spirits of all flesh) between Solar and Lunar dynasties of kings. Thus Mahomet claimed to be the founder of a 7iew Lunar dynasty of kings, when ordaining that the Lunar year should be made, by his followers, the basis of their historical Chronology. Hence " the star and the Crescent were made the standard of Islamism under Mahomet and the Caliphate. With this fresh evidence before us respecting the astro -theology of the old oriental world, I would here re-consider the astronomical character and probable object of the late Emperor of China's Jos. For I suspect it will be traceable to the same origin as Jeroboam's idolatry of the two calves which he set up in Dan and Bethel (or to the North and South of the kingdom of the ten tribes) for the worship of Israel on the loth day of the 8th month. * The book of contracts which forms cap. v, of the Koran. This is a'so called "the preserved Table" — because it is fabled to have been let dovm from heaven to Jesus, whom (in cap. iii. of the Koran) Mahomet calls " God's apostle to the children of Israel." 47 Its object seems to have been of a kindred character v>itli the Jewish Feast of Tabernacles which God, bj Moses, had commanded Israel to observe on the loth of the seventh month; as iii the end of the year (Exod. xxiii. 16). But the end of the harvest season (of 4 months John iv. 35,) in the old Egyptian year — was followed by the season of the annual overflow — the beginning of Avhich was looked for about the Heliacal rising of the Bog-star in 14° Cancer. But shortly after- wards Hydra rose in Leo. Hence the constellation Hydra as the Egyptian Aphophis of the Avaters has been made prophetically to symbolize the mythic Dragon of the great deep: the SEA-SeriJcnt! Hence in the symbolism of the latter-day Jewish prophecies, (the concentrated evidence of which is given in the Apocalyptic visions of St John, called the book of Revelation,") the close of the Jewish harvest season was made to symbolize the closing of God's day of grace over the unbelieving portion of the world, immediately preceding the times of God's final judgment thereon. Thus the annual recurrence of the season of the Egyptian flood — traditionally memoralized the flood of Noah's day, in association with the end of the harvest season: — and loith the end of the year about the time of the summer Solstice, or the Heliacal rising of the Dog-star. Hence when our Lord ordained that the memorial of the flood of Noah's day should be a typical symbol of a recurriBg judgment on the unbelief of the world, — but of 2k fiery desolation in the end thereof: — he prophetically made the harvest season of the JcAvish nation in the seventh month, a sign or symbol of the harvest of God's final judgment on the world. This he moreover represented as then about to date its connnencement from the beginning of judg- ment against the temporal kingdom of Jewish nationality in Palestine 1 Peter iv. 7-17 ; John xii. 31-33. Thus in the day of God's, previous judgment on the world through Nebuchadnezzar the Babylonian captivity, ordained over all, began with the Jews at Jerusalem. — Jerem. xxv. 29. Thus the Egyptians, the Jews, and the Mahomedans, have, as with one voice, made the annual return of the flood of Egypt, at the end of the harvest season, a prophetic foreshadowing of God's judgment on the world in the end thereof. The Jews only (and possibly in obedience to God's ordinance by Moses in the second commandment) abstained from converting the prophetic memorial into an idolatrous symbolism ; excepting, at least, the Jews of the 10 tribes for whom Jeroboam framed the idolatrous symbol of the two calves, at Dan and Bethel. 48 The above reasons for identifying the symbol of Jeroboam's idohitry Avitli that of the late Emperor of China's Jos, and both with the Star and Crescent of Mahomefs standard, will receive confirmation, — perhaps, of astronomical authority — on a due con- sideration of the folloft'ing facts. The moon's Nodes (in their relation to the place of its monthly hornings) lie in the Solstices during both equinoctial lunations. See the diagram for the 29| days Cycle of the monthly lunations. Also that framed to illustrate the relation of the new moon at the autumnal equinox to the Parouvan or Hindu month of 15 days, from horning to horning. For the horning of the moon during the equinoctial lunatians lies in the direction of the Solstitial jioints, which then lie east and west. These points mark the direction of the moon's nodes, in their relation to the place of its change in the sun's sixth gate. This stands to each lunation in the astronomy of Enoch, symbolically, as the summer Solstice to the Solar Year. Thus whilst in point of fact the moon's nodal line traverses all the points of the compass iu succession ; the symbolic relation of the moon's nodes to the place of its change, is always to the right and left thereof, or East and West, as represented in the symbolic Dragon of BlundeviVs Astronomy ; ever ascending northicards and descending soiitJncards. For instance, when Aries is the jDlace of the new moon, — Libra, being in the part of the Ecliptic opposed to it, will be the place of the y?<^/ moon. Also Ai'ies and Libra then lie North and South not East and West, which will mark the direction of their nodes. Thus the symbol for the Pai-ouvan (as divided in the half on on the fifteenth day of the 8th month from Pisces,) when the full moon is in Libra answei-s nearly to that of the Chinese Jos, as is obvious on inspection. Compare 1 Kings xii. 32. But Virgo, as symbolizing the place of the full moon in Pisces, may be nearer the mark. For that point divides the symbolic Dragon of the moon's nodal line nearly in half, as does the centre of the Chinese Jos. Also Pisces identifies the place of Vishnu's, /?>5< or fish Avatar with the first lunation of the year when limited to ten, as memor- ialized in the the name of December given to our last month. Hence possibly the myth of Vishnu's principal Avatars being limited to ten; though frequently otherwise represented as infinite. New Moon. Full Moon. The Jlornings or JS^odal points. Pisces Virgo Gemini and Sagittarius Aries f Libra f Cancer and Capricorn. *Taurus Scorpio *Leo and Aquarius. 49 Gemini Sigittarius Cancer Capricorn *Leo Aquarius Virgo Pisces Libra Aries * Scorpio Taurus Sagittarius Gemini Capricorn Cancer *Aquarius Leo Virgo and Pisces. Libra and Aries. Scorpio and*Taurus. Sagittarius and Gemini. Capricorn and Cancer, Aquarius, and *Leo Pisces and Virgo, Aries and Libra, Taurus and Scorpio, I That Leo is nodal in Taurus and Scorpio. Thus it appears tai't' • ji-r ta '- ^ ) And 1 aurus is nodal in Leo and Aquarius. Hence possibly the symbols of the two Lions and the tioo Bulls may at one time have been used indiflei*ently to mark the varia- tion of the moon's nodes duriiig the season of the overfloiCy or from Leo to Scorpio inclusive. Thus Sagittarius, as the tenth lunation from Pisces made the end of the old solar year annually typify the preordained judgment of God in the end of the world, for the renovation of all things. Enoch's description of the equinoctial lunations represents the new moon as then becoming full alioays at a distance of only 90° from the suti^s sixth gate, (not at IHO^, or i?i opposition thereto, J as the place of the moon's change in his system. But the differ- ence is only one which relates to the Jorm of symbolism ; that of Enoch's being liemispherical, and consequently reversing its motion at the Tropics, so as to return to the equinox always through the same arc of 90°; instead of descending on the opposite side o ' the meridian. Thus they place a circuit of 15 days (though not an arc of 180°) between the new and full moon of the Equinoxes as at the Solstices. This is a true clue to the solution of the Enigma propounded by the Egyptian priests to Herodotus, as recorded in lib, ii. cap. 142. E E R A T A . I. From a doubt wlicther the especial object of the Chinese Jos harl reference to the Heliacal rising of the Dog-star in 14o Cancer, or to the fnll moon of the Autum- nal Equinox, — I have sometimes regarded the Egyptian Sothis as the full moon in Cancer and at others as the full moon of the Autumnal Ec^uinox. I now regard the new moon of the SOTHIS, as that next following the Heliacal rising of the Dog-star in 14o Cancer, having Sagittarius as the place of its opj>usition to the sun. It was therefore, when at the full, one with the full moon ol tlicTHOTH ; the old and new day of the month, dating tlie beginning and end of each Lustrum from the full moon in Capricorn, and from the midnight of their day. As the ISthmoon of the year numbering 13X28=364 days, the SOTHIS must always have been that next preceding the first moon of each year. Yet, in its relation to the Lustrum, it symbolized it only in the latter half; vhilst the Thoth symbolized it in the former half Each year of the Lustrum began in a different quarter of the Cycle until the THOTH at the beginning of every 5th year identified the opening of a new Lustrum with the full moon in Capricorn ; and with the midnight of their day divided into 4 parts like this Innation of the sun in Cancer. The beginning of the five years of their Lustrum would reckon thus, as successive- ly brought on by the moons. Enoch Ixxiii, 13. 1st Year. This began with the Winter Tropic — at the mid-night of the full moon of the THOTH in Capricorn. This was the place of the moon's opposition to the sun when coming to the end of his Eastward ascension in his month-year at the Summer Tropic, by the star of Sot in 14° Cancer. Hence the inverse changes of rising and setting attributable, § yearly, both to the sun and moon, at the Solstices ; comparing Enoch Ixxiii 5, with Herod ii. cap. 142. Hence my diagram for this, symbolism has a reversible motion. During this^j-s< quarter of the Lustrum (symbolized as a lunation of 30 days entering on its third quarter) the moon ascends from Capricorn to Aries whilst the sun descends (setting in the West) iirom Cancer to Libra. 2nd Year. This begins, symbolically, in the place of the Vernal Equinox, where the moon sets witli the sun, at the quartering of the Thoth. Thence the moon continues her course Northward to the Tropic of Cancer whilst the sun descends Southward to the Tropic of Capricorn. This was the " evening and mottling " which completed the THOTH ; — or the first day of the si.i monthly year-days counted to the formei half of their Lu.strum from the Tropic of Capricorn to the Tropic of Cancer. From this point the sun's daily, monthly, and yearly cotirses (as symbolized, in the half thereof, between mid-day and mid-night; or inversely,) were divided into ./our parts, each fourth part being reckoned one year of the Lustrum. Then the " evening and morning" of the monthly year of 15 days (counted as a monthly year day) bega;. u) be reckoned from Equinox to Equinox, like the PAilOUVAN, not from Solstice to Solstice, as previously. 3rd Year. This lojrins with the Summer Tropic —at the place of the moon's change in the sun's sixth gate, by the star of Sot. It also marks the end of the Solar year in Cancer ; as tliere identified with the new moon of the Sothis, and with the end of the Cycle of the Lustrum in its former half; as that which per- tains to the gates of the rising sun in his Eastern Hemisphere. 51 4th Year. This begins in the place of the Autumnal Equiuox, where the moon again sets with the sun, at the quartering of the Sothis. Thence the moon continues her course Southwards to the Tropic of Capricorn, whilst the sun returns to the Tropic of Cancer by the star oi Sot ^ as the limit of his ascension, East- ward. Hence the full moon of the Autumnal Equinox, being in the quartering of the Solistical lunation, might possibly have symbolized the full moon of the Sothis equally as the full moon in Sagittarius did. For the circuits of these two (measured respectively from the sun's sixth gate, as the place of the new moon) would be to one another as a Treta yug of 7| days compared with a Treta yug of 15 days. Here the sun and and moon again reverse their courses, comparing Enoch Ixxiii 5, with Herod ii, 142. This was the "evening and morning" which completed tlie SO THIS, or the last oj the six viouthly year days limited over the setting of the sun in his Western Hemisphere, for the latter half of the Lustrum ; even as six similar days were uumljered to the THOTH in the sun's Eastern Hemisphere, which represented the former half of the Lustrum. 5th Year. This begins a new Lustrum with the return of the Thoth to Capricorn as the full moon at mid-night ;— when the day of the Thoth conmienced, under circumstances of tlie moon's opposition to the sun, on his return to his summer Tropic near the star of Hot in 14o Cancer. As the result of much consideration on this subject, (without entering into the details of the proof worked out to my own satisfaction at least,) I would in conclu- sion briefly state that the Lustrum of 1461 days and the great Sothaic year of 1461 solar years were Cycles of an astronomical symbodsm rather than of historical chronology^ as commonly taken for granted. The lunations of the Thoth and Sothis divide the Sun's lunation for 30 days, in Cancer into two parts, in a form identifying the new and full moons at the Solstices or Tropics, with " the stated months " in which the Moon " changes its settings," according to Enoch Ixxiii. 5, compared with Herod, ii, c. 142, who there says the Sun did the same. But the relation of the Thoth and Sotliis to the Lustrum, was not always that of the Solsticial full moons. In the quarterings of the Litstrum and Sothaic year they represented the Luna- tions of the Sun's third and fourth gates, wherein the setting of the Moon was with the Sun, according to Enoch j — viz. at the Equinoxes. Away fi-om this symbolism Enoch says " on stated months the Moon makes its progress through each gate." — The only remainuig months to which these words can apply ( Taurus and Leo ^^*^ ( Aquarius and Scorpio. The inference I draw from this is that the reverse motion symbolically attributed to the Solar and Lunar Cycles at the Solstices, was to appropriate the Western He- misphere to the IMoon and setting Suns. But when (by Moeris) the Vernal Equinox was made the bcgimiing of tlte Solar year, then the symbolic separation between Day and Night, Summer and Winter, was made by Northern and Southern, in substitution for the older division of Eastern and Western Hemispheres. This division of Solar and Lunar Cycles into 4 parts (compared also with tlie like division of the day into 4 parts) was commemorated by a like symbolic division of the Sun's lunation for 30 days in Cancer. Thus that Lunation was made to symbolize the 4 seasons of Solar and Lunar 52 time, as following from the mutuiil relation of the Tropical to the Equinoctial Liinations of tho Sun and Mooa. Still there were '!• months of the year which did not form a characteristic part of the above symbolism ; — viz. Taurus and Leo, Aquarius and Scorpio. These are the only months left to which we can apply those words of Enoch Ixxiii. 5. "And on stated months it (the Moon) makes its progress through each gate." By tills I understand that in these months the Moon passed through all the signs of the Zodiac, in the order of their succession ; — without interruption at the Tropics and Equinoxes, like those symboHcalli/ numbered to the other 8 months; as given to the four conductors of the seasons in the Astronomy of Enoch. Thus, I conclude, that Leo and Scorpio, Aquarius and Taurus, are referred to as months having a symbolism for the division between Ught and darkn&ss — Summer and Winter — different from that which characterizes the division of the year, fu-st into two and then into /our seasons, by the Thoth and Sothis. In fact the cu'cular motion attributed to the passage of the moon through all the signs in these four months, seems to identify them with Enoch's four con- ductors of the seasons, when as yet the cycles of their years and lunations were divided only into three seasons ; the symbolism for which had a complete circular revolution. These four months were so situated in such a Cycle as to divide between the darkness and light of the solar years and lunations at the Equinoxes ; and to show likewise their distinctive reference to two beginnings of the year, followed by the Hindus and Egyptians respectively. For the Hindus began their year at the Pleiades in Taurus, when numbering to fourteen Manus as many golden ages of twenty days each, and leaving four times twenty for their inferior ages between Aquarius and Taurus. Thus, 18 X 20 = 300. Similarly, when dividing the year into only three seasons, and giving one to Aphophis as Typhon the destroyer of Osiris, the Egyptians began their year with the rismg of the Dog-star near Hydi-a in Leo. Thus the four signs from Leo to Scorpio symbolized their Lunar season of rela- tive darkness, compared with the reign of their eight older gods, from Sagittarius to Leo. Thus their 8 X 30 = 240, and 4 X 30 = 120, made up twelve Lords, of thirty days, ruling in the year of 360 days, when as yet divided into three seasons only. Hence the symbolic relation of the months Leo and Scorpio, Aquarius and Taxirus, (as four conductors of the seasons,) to the Equinoctial lunations, or to the beginnmgs of the year at the Equinoxes. Thus (according to Enoch, Ixxi. 9. 10, compared with the fiict that Mceris made the Vernal Equinox the fixed beginning of the Egyptian solar vear, when he built the north entrance of the temple of Vulcan,) we can only regard the varia- tions in the beginning of the diflerent years of the Lustrum as a distinction of symbolic account, to make up one day in four years out of four-fourths; and to carry forward the same system of computation into the great Sothiac year of 1461 solar years. Though this Lustnim, like the Olympiad of the Greeks, numbered only four complete years, it was always reckoned as 5 years, to include the beginning of the 5th ; and thus bring the 'J both of the new Cycle into the position it had when comuK ncing the previous Cycle. Thus the words of Martial (lib. x. Ep.38), " Vixisti tribiis, Calene, lustris," are at the beginning of the Epigram made to reicr to his married life of lo years. The nvimber is seemingly referred to in complimentary form; — as corresponding in years to the days of a lunation, from a change ot the moon to the maturity of its fulness. Enoch thus reckoned by 3 qtiintuples of days, from the new to the full moon. Cap. Ixxvii. 7, he speaks of the Solar yeai- as exceeding the Lunar 53 year only by 30 days in Jive years, whereas in v. 14 — he makes a differance of 30 days between the Solar and Lunar years once in three years. In the one case he takes 5X6^30, as the difference between five Solar years of 360 and five Lunar years of 354 days. In the othei' place he takes 3X10=30, as the difference between three Solar years of 364 and three lunar years of 354 days. The Sethis represented a half lunation of 15 days from full to new moon and the Thoth another half lunation of 15 days only from full to change of the moon. Hence the first day of the month was called by the Athenians the old and the new. Still the Sothis may admit of being regarded also as a moon of 7 J days from new to full. For the Parouvan or month of 15 days was as the Tretayug, or age of the 3 sacrificial Jires, which numbered 15 days when the Kali-yug, or age of time, and age of sin, was the 5 da^'s Cycle ; but only 7^ days when the Kali age numbered a Cycle of only 2J days. — It is still possible therefore, that the full moon of the Sothis may represent the full moon at the Autumnal Equinox besides being when full in Sagittarius symbolically one with the full moon of the THOTH in Capricorn; and hence its separate symbolism. The Mahomedan sj'mbolism of the star and split moon seems to have been suggested by this astronomical symbol of the Egyptian Baal-worship. The position of the Dog-star by the new moon of the SOTHIS, in 14° Cancer, or midway between the beginning of Cancer and Leo — seems to have originated the symbiil of Isis as a circle betn-een a pair of hotns, to represent the place of the moon (when new or fall) as always lying midway between its hornings. Thus the first new moon after the THOTH of the Lustrum or Sothaic year, being in Leo — its hornings would be in Scorpio and Taurus. Also the place of the full moon would be to that of its hornings, as the star of Sot between the new moons of Cancer and Leo. This seems to have been the symbolic object of the gilded star placed between the horns of the heifer which Myceriuns, the priest of Isis, constructed for the worship of the Egyptians. Herod ii. 132 11. In referring to the Crab as contracting its claws in the month of August, for the reception of Augustus Cffisar amougst the Solar gods, read the Scotpion. The reference is to the Autumnal Equinox not to the summer Solstice. Virgil Geor. 1, 30. Anne novum tardis sidus te mensibus addas. Qua locus Evigonem inter, Chelasque sequentes Panditur : ipse tibi, jam brachia contrahit ardens SCORPIOS, et cceli justa plus parte reliquit. In vol ii. p. 3, of his Chronological Antiquities Jackson says " the most ancient Chaldean sphere had no more than eleven signs in it, for Scorpio took up the space of 60 degrees and two signs, and afterwards the Chelte of Scorpio made Libra.'' — To the above quotation from Virgil he here adds from Ovid's Metam lib. ii. 195-7. Est locus, in geminos ubi brachia concavat arcus Scorpios, et cauda flexisquc utrinque lacertis, Porrigit in spatium signorum membra duoium. This might be a jtaitic licence to personif)' Jtistice in Agustus Caesar by ignoring the symbolism of Libra. For Herodotus when only numbering 330 kings for 11 X30) to his Cycle of the year admits the existence of 12 ; though practically reducing them to 11 by counting the last of the old year us first of the new. Also 12X27^:=11X30 may be the true interpretation. 54 What Ovid here says of Scorpio Enoch says of the sun at the summer solstice, or in the Tropic of Cancer, where the ■'un is said to be in his sixth gate — as that in which the decrease t,f the moon was affected in every lunation. "This is the law and progress of the sun, and its turning when it turns back, turning during 60 days, and going lorth." cap, Ixxi. 45 : with Ixxviii. 2. Also in p. 48, Jackson quotes from Ovid's Fasti, lib. iii. 120, 121, the following remark on the old year of the Latins. Mensibus egerunt lustra minora decern. Annus erat decimura cum luna repleverat orbem. By lesser lustra I understand years of lunations. The lustrum numbered 5 years : viz. four full years, and the beginning of a fifth. It is supposed that Numa first added the months of January and February to the old Roman year oi ten months from March to November. — For he first caused January to be reckoned as the beginning of the year instead of March, as instituted by Romulus. The year of 11 months previously referred to was evidently the form of the Egyptian year between the times of Menes and Alcerix, according to Herodotus. For his 3.30 diurnal god-kings must have completed the Cycle of their year, in 11 months of 30 days ; though the Cycle would comprehend 12 lunations of 27^ days each. Similarly 10 months of 36 days would equal the old solar year of 12x30=360 days — and Herodotus tells us that in the days of Mceris the Temple of Vulcan numbered 36 nomes or divisions ; — half dedicated to the gods above and half to the gods below. For the lit/hr half (dedicated to Manu's reign of light for 20 days in each Satya yug) 20X18=360. Enoch Ixxviii. 21 Jackson, vol. ii, p. 53, quotes from Censorinus the following account of the old Roman year, with the note affixed, to account for the unequal distribution of days to the month. I quote it here, as possibly about to throw some light upon the variation in the number oi years (?) assigned to the reigu of the Soli-Lunar god kings in the Canon ' " ' Days. 36 22 36 26 36 28 16 39 30 35 304 33 23 Total 360 Sextilis has 28 days in the old edition ax. 1524, which I follow rather than that from Lindenbrogius, Cantab 1695. This so irregular division of the days of the months was owing to the ancient unequal divisions of the signs of the Zodiac; to some of which they assigned as many more parts or degrees as to others ; and a degree being reckoned a day. and a sign a mouth, it happened that some months were made as long again as others ; but still the whole Zodiac was divided into 360 degi-ees, and the year into so many days. Strvius the ancient of Eratosthenes. 1. April 2. May 3. March 4. June 5. Quintilis 6. Sextilis 7. September 8. October 9. November 10. December 11. Month unnamed 12. Month unnamed 55 and learned commentator on Virgil, gives this account : and in particular says, that Cancer had scarce 17 degrees alloted to him : Gemini had about 20 degrees ; and Virgo had 46 Degrees in her Asterism. These four signs contained about 122 degrees, and the months assigned to them so many days which were about 30, one with another. This gives a distinct idea and reason of the unequal astrologi- cal months of the ancients : and by such a kind of unequal division of the parts of the Asterisms, the old Latin and Roman months were formed. Comment in Virgil Georg. lib. i. v. 24. AN AFTER THOUGHT, AS OCCURISG ON THE CONSTRDCTIOX OF THE LAST SYMBOLISM. The reign of the 14 Manus numbered 10 lunations of 28 days. For 20X14= 280 days. Hence the old lunar year of lO months, was reckoned as above by the Hindus ; but as 10X30, or the 300 years assigned to the reign of Thoth by the Egyptians. Also 10X36=360 days seems to have been the form ol the old solar year when limited to 10 months. For the old j-ear of 10 months numbered only 16o to the sun in Gemini and 20° in Cancer; thus completing the 36 names to the north of the temple of Vulcan, equally as to the youth. But 18 lunations ot 20 days were the same as 12 of 30 daj's each, — also 18 houi's of 80 minutes were equivalent to 24 hours of 60 minutes comparing Enoch's day with our own. "When therefore Enoch numbers 60 days to the sun in its sixth gate (cap. Ixxi- 45), he attributes 6X60 days to the sun yearly; and half that time, 6X30=180 to the moon. Hence the Hindus seem to have constructed their idolatrous symbolism for the year of the 14 Manus numbering 14 Satya yugs of 20 days each. For, to the 180 days of lunar time in the astronomy of Enoch, the Hindus seem to have added the 100 days — chronicled as years to the life of Aphophis, by the Egyptians. Thus " Aphophis " was the " Diespater " of the Egyptian SOTHIS of 15 days from Solstice to Solstice. Hence probably the Hindu Paronvan or month of 15, daj's ; as symbolized in the lunar arc of the suns Western gates from the Summer Solsti<e to the H inter Tropic, 'i he new moon of the Autumnal Equinox divides this symbolism in the half; and the Chinese make especial offerings to the new moon at this season. This must clearly have been also Jeroboam's idolatry, 1 Kings xii. 32 ; and no douit suggested the commemorative symbolism of the Mtdieval Christian Church (fur the Virgin and the inlant Christ, in imitation of that for Diana of the Ephesians)/roj)i a mistaken zeal burdeiing on idolatry itself. The symbolism here constructed to illustrate this will be convincing proof of the fact, and likewise respecting the symbolic meaning of Mahomet's split-moon and star meaning SIIIIUS, or the Dog-star. When the Ephesians said that " the image of their great goddess Diana fell down from Jupiter " (Acts xix. 35) we must bear in mind that the first symbol of that idolatry was a meteoric stone ; — and this is what is meant by the image falling from Jupiter, as from heaven. That mefeorie stone thus wonderfully coming down upon them was, to the ancient Philosophers of the heathen world, what the falling of an apple from a tree was to our great Sir Isaac Newton ,• the heaven-sent occasion of reflections on the works of creation. These subsequently led to the substitution of a Geometric symbolism for the meteoric stone in the worship of Diana ; and to the substitution of a Christian philosophy by Sir Isaac Newton for the old astronomy of an Astro -theological Idolatry. 56 Observations on the last S}-mbolism, as that of the 30 years Cycle of the Egyptians, which extends over the whole Chronology of Eratosthenes Whatever historical value that Chronology may have it can never rise higher than that of vaguely associating the oldest oriental traditions of man's history with the earliest comi)utations of Solar and Lunar time by Cycles — each day and month and year of which (with the principal divisions thereof) — was regarded as an impersonation of " Diespater," representing their idea of the World as ever lying under the superintending Providence of God. Thus, however, they worshipped God only in the form of that superstitious idolatry which Christ was manifested in the flesh to destroy by the brightness and glory of his Resurrection, Ascension, and coming again continually with gifts of the Holy Ghost to sanctify man's human will that his heart may know in peace the comfort of a Saviour's presence ever mystically abiding therein, when worshipping God aright. — John iv. 20—26, with Acts xvii. 22—32. The 38 Kings in the Canon of Eratosthenes represent the lunation of 30 days in its relation to the Cycle of 30 years ; and to the oldest Lun\r circuit of 8 days, or seven days, measured by a Quadrant of the Circle which numbered as manv degrees to the lunation of 30 days as to the oldest stellar year q/" 4 X 63 ur 332 days ; for which that 0/4x90 = 360 teas substituted in very early times. They divided this circle into 18 hours of 20 degrees — or 36 half hours of 10 degrees ; for the 18 nomes in their Temple of Vulcan towards the North and 18 towards the fc'ouch. The Quatlrant of 83° or of 90° they maJe the measure of their Lunar Circuit of 7 or 8 days — under the Myth of Hydra, measuring a Celestial arc of 90° between Leo and Scorpio. But they doubled this to represent an arc of 180" from TAURUS to Scorpio, when representing Hydra as the Symbolic Dragon of the Moon's nodal line in LEO. This symbolism, in its association with the ARK and the Dog-Star, mythically connects the times of their 8 older gods with the tradition of the flood of Noah's day ; and the preservation of only 8 souls in the Ark which Noah was propheti- cally instructed of God to build, as a refuge for himself and his family whilst the waters of the flood should prevail. The 1075 or 1076 years of the Chronicle number twice 360 for the days and nights of the old Solar year, with a remainder of 355 for the oldest Lunar year. Or it may be represented as numbering 2 X 355 = 710, and 710 + 365 = 1075. Thus it would number two Lunar years to one Solar year ot 365 days. This follows the Astronomy of Enoch in representing the light of the Moon as derived from the Sun to the exact extent of one half. Tht first Division of the Chronicle numbers 305 years to the 8 oldest kings from Menes to Gosormies inclusive. But 'g"= 38^. This may present a clue to the limitation of this Chronicle to the reign of 38 kings. The second Division of the Chronicle extends over 22 kings from Mares to Soikunius, or Ancunius Ochu inclusive : — and numbers 521 years to the sum of their reigns. But 521 less 330 leave 190 days according to the difference between two Cynic Circles of 443 years = 886 years compared with the 1076 years numbered over the whole Chronicle. 57 These 22 kings reigned in the Solar year of 365 days and in the Lunar year of 355 days. Also the leign of the 15 generations of the Cynic Circle, fiom Menes to Saophis inclusive, terminated in their times. But 15 X 22 give the 330 kings of Herodotus in a form to include therevrilh the reign of the intercalary Moon NITOCRIS, as a iloon of 30 days, completing the old SOLI -Lunar year of 3()0 days. But when 332 days were numbered to the oldest year of the 12 gods (as 4 seasons of 83 years numbered to MELIUS in the old Chronicle) then the lunation of Niiocris would represent only 7X4 == 28 days for the 28 + 332 = 3GU days. The above fwo divisions combined make up 8 + 22, or 30 kings ; for the lunation of 30 days, and the Cycle of 30 years. These tivice number the 15 generations of the Cynic Circle. 1st — As reigning for 443 years from INIenes to Saophis, according to the old Chronicle. 2ad — As 15 kings from Sen-Saophis to Ancunius Ochu (the last king of the Lunar year of 355 days) inclusive. These reigned 383 days of years — or 300 with HORUS'^//eiV Chief; and 83 with HELIUS in one fourth of the Stellar year of 332 days numbered to the 12 gods in the old Chronicle. But 443 + 383 = 826. Also 1076 years (as the sum of the reigns numbered to the 38 kings) less 826 years leave 250 days of years to the last 8 kings. The third Division therefore numbers 8 kings and 250 days of years, as the sum of their reigns. These '^° days convert the old 30 years (.ycle into one of 31 5 years, for the 'J^^' days, which the Egyptian Priests reckoned to Herodotus as 11340 years from Menes to SETIIOS the last Egyptian priest of Vulcan. But, besides thus establishing the true character of the Canon of Eratosthenes as the result of my third attempt to decy])her this enigma, the last symboli-ni will, when compared with the Frontispiece, (which explains the four headed symbol of Ezekiel's vision, c. i. v. 10. from the sculptures of Assyrian idolatry on the front of the Palace of Khorsabad,) mark the progress of thought from its first conception to this conclusion on the subject of these tracts. The lunation of 30 days considered also as a Cycle of 30 years, and as that of one Solar yeir divided into four seasons, or as a Lustrum of four complete Solar years — repeating the Oriental symbolism for the four seasons of each year in each quarter of the Cycle, will explain conclusively the origin and character of the Jour-headed symbolism, in the prophetic vision of Ezekiel's reference to heaven — as the throne of God ruling in heaven throughout all vicissitudes of the seasons — and mysteriously influencing the vicissitudes of human life ordained over men individually and by nations. Thus, when the Egyptian Priests told Herodotus that there were 11340 years from MENES to SETHOS, the last King of Egypt who was also a Priest of Vulcan ; and that the Sun had, in the above period, "four titnes deviated from his ordinary course, having twice risen where he uniformly goes down and twice gone down where he uniformly rises," we are to understand that Menes and Sethos impersonated the beginning and the end of the 30 years Ci'cle, in its relation to the reign of the 12 God-Kings of Egypt in the Solar year of 12 x 30 or 360 days. But 'j^° z= 3H years, in substitution for the primary Cycle of 30 years. Though discovering the truth thus far, I was wholly at a loss to understand the importance of the 30 years Cycle, otherwise than as the lunar half in the old Solar Cycle of 60 years. Happily, however, I obtained through Messrs. Johnston, of Edinburgh, the Map Publishers, that introduction to .Mr. E. Sang 58 which relieved me of my perplexity by the valuable information that it must have been the Cycle by which they calculated the return of the new Moons to the same parts of tlie heaven as when the beginnings of their Solar and Lunar years were at first determined with relation to some or otlier of the fixed stars. That of course was the Dogstar in this case. Tlie Hindus, however, date the beginning of their year from the rising of the Pleiades in Taurus. Henre the winged Lions and Ihdls of Oriental Idolatrous worship. A brief inspection of the last symbolism, compared witli Enoch's description of the two Equinoctial lunations, will explain how the Egyptians represented the Sun as changing the place of his rising and setting 4 times in the Cycle of 30 years, and in the four seasons of the year annually ; even as the Moon in the four quarters of each lunation. For, when at the Tropics, its circuit in the Northern Hemisphere was limited to an arc of 90° by the Equinoctial ; and similarly when la the Southern Hemi- sphere. Also when at either of the Equinoxes its circuit would be thus limited by the Tropics. For Enoch describes the Sun and Moon as going backwards and forwards within these limits ; measuring his day time by a semicircular arc of 180° — viz., 90° on the Eastern and 90° on the Western side of the Southern Hemisphere. He also measures his night in like form, — viz., by 90° on the Western and by 90° on the Eastern side of the Northern Hemisphere. Thus, though they gave to the Cycle of their year that circular form which we have retained, their primary circuits of Solar and Lunar time ivere limited within the arc of 83° or 0()° for one fourth of the Circle ; both to Helius and Aphophis. It has been an extremely perplexing task to construct a moveable diagram which shall represent the phenomenon of the Sun and ^loon consistently with our notions of the heavenly bodies, and yet describe this alternately advancing and retrogade motion of the Sun and iloon which characterises Enoch's descrip- tion of the Equinoctial lunations. But I trust my present attempt will at least be an important improvement on its predecessors, if not fairly successful on the whole. Premising that the Sun's circuit proceeds in the direction of the signs of the Zodiac, from Aries to Cancer (for the lunation of the Sun's fourth Eastern gate) and from Libra to Capricorn, (for the Sun's third Western gate,) the Moon will be in its ascending node at the Sun's fourth Eastern gate : as thence travelling northwards with the Sun to the Summer Tropic. But the Sun's course from Libra is Southward towards Sagittarius ; and so far he proceeds attended by the Moon. Thence (as from their tropical limit Southward) the Moon returns with the setting Sun to Libra again ; and there becomes full. Then the IMoon turns/rom the Sun when turning toivards the Sun's sijcth gate at the Summer Tropic. This turning away from the Sun is (if I mistake not) the origin of the fable relating to the robber Cacus, who, as Hercules was returning from his victory over Geryon with his oxen, stole some of them, and dragged them backwards into his cave, that the traces of their footsteps might not lead to a discovery. Now the Coptic word for a heifer is that used for the ^loon (" ahe ") in the Egyptian hieroglyphics. Also the Mohamedan month Athir is the month of the heifer; even as Pen-te- Athyris (No. 31 in the Canon of Eratosthenes) means, I believe, the heifer of PAN. Also the Coptic " Coc " (Grecized into Cacus) means sepultura ; and this idea is figuratively applied to the obscuration of Lunar light as it approaches to the Sun's sixth gate ; or Cancer, where it is 59 destroyed by the then increasing intensity of Solar influence. Hence this Cacus was a fire-vomiting monster. But Hercules (as a God-king of the Solar year) on first turning Southward from Ivibra, did not discover that Ms coivs (or attendant Moons) had been taken from him. On coming however to Aries he recovers them, and they once more travel together for awhile : after Hercules had overcome the Moon' s fire-vomiting enemy at the new Moon in the Lunation. There is no doubt on my mind but that the motions of the heavenly bodies were thus made a matter of fable by the ancients to make the earliest possible impression on the infant mind — just in the same way as our nursery rhymes sometimes blend laughable nonsense, like that of High diddle diddle The cat and the fiddle The cow jumped over the Moon, &c. with ideas capable of exercising a morally useful influence on the mind, when reason begins to dawn. The conclusion thus arrived at confirms the explanation first given of Ezekiel's vision, cap. i. 10, as referring probably to a symbolism of Assyrian idolatry for the throne of God. The Eagle, therefore, of Ezek. i. 10 may have been a symbol for the moun- tainous region of the S^outh. For the great Canal of Southern Egypt was railed that of the Faioum, which Osborne, vol. i. p. 391, explains as the great canal of the Eagle. The constellation of the Eagle and Antinous on our globes is in the extremity of the Northern Hemisphere just above Sagittarius. Thus they seem to have assigned to the beginning of their yearly Cycle the idea of lime being winged, and the symbols for the year in its three seasons (as divided only into three at first) unite the Lion and Bull, in winged form, to the Eagle \n the Sun's first gate of Enoch's Astronomy. For, describing the laws of Lunar light and motion compared with the apparent motion of the Sun — Enoch, cap Isxii. v. 2, says of the Moon, " Its chariot, which it secretly ascends (as giving no light at the first of its change) the ivind bloivs ; and light is given to it by measure. For the man we have the Tyrian Hercules, (which idolatry characterised the Apostacy of the Jewish nation in the days of the Maccabees,) c ipied from a bronze now in the British Museum. His symbolic attribute of Hydra placed him near the Dog-star and to the Sun in Leo, when the year was only divided into three seasons. But when lunations and years were divided into four parts or seasons ; the symbolism for Hercules was varied ; and his position in the heavens likewise. For on our globes his place is to the South West of the Solstitial Colure at the winter season. His symbol is there varied ; — and his companion is Cerberus instead of the Dogstar SIRIUS ; beinrj then numbered with the dead as de- stroyed by a poisoned robe steeped in the blood, of Hydra. Nevertheless he is symbolized, even there, as destined to have a return. For he is turning Eastward, to the opening Cycle of a new year, with three serpents and the apples of the Hesperides, or Western gardens, in his hands ; for a restoration of the Cycle of the year in its other three seasons, — the last of which (as that of the returning flood) was symbolized to Hydra rising in Leo soon after the Dogstar in 14° Cancer, This seems to illustrate what Herodotus says of Rhampsinitus, lib. 11, cap. 121, who, be it remembered, was the Egyptian King who, as Bacchus, descended below the earth, where he played chess with Ceres, niternalely winning and losing. "On his return (e. e , when winning) she presented him with a napkin 60 embroidered with gold ; " symbolizing the return of the harvest, in its first fruits, with the Vernal Equinox. "\^ hen McEris, King of the South, built up the North entrance of the Temple of Vulcan the bej^inning of the year was changed from Capricorn to Aries ; and the above-named Rhampsinitus, reigning in Leo, built up the West entrance of the same Temple. But Asychis, reigning then in Sagittarius, built up the East entrance ; possibly, as representing the place of the setting Sun in his first gate. The shrine of PROTEUS lying towards the South of the Temple may mean the full Moon of the Thoth in Capricorn. For Proteus reigned in Cancer — and the Thoth was the full Moon nearest to the Heliacal rising of the Dogstar in 14° Cancer, In the West entrance of the Temple of Vulcan, Rhampsinitus " erected two statues, 25 cubits in height. These symbolize two circular arcs of 90° each. That which faces the North the Egyptians call Summer, the other to the South Winter : this latter is treated with no manner of respect, but they worship the former ami make offeiings before it." Compare the Dogstar by the ARK for the Summer Symbol, and CERBERUS by Hercules for the Winter. The Winged Pegasus, or seven-headed war-horse, was the heathen symbolism for the world's regeneration, as looked for prophetically by themselves also, but only through the medium of war. As a typical symbol of their expectation annually renewed with the regenera- tion of physical nature at the Vernal Equinox, they placed it in that position to mark the beginning of a new career for the horses and chariot of the Sun on the opening of every new year. Under the typical ordinances of Mosaic institution, the Sun and Moon in their courses were appointed equally for signs as for seasons aid for notices of fleeting time. That the annual regeneration of physical nature is therelore the divinely ordained symbol of a typical instruction, respecting the predicted regeneration of man cannot be doubted, especially on reading 1 Cor. xv. But the expectation of the heathen and that of Jewish prophecy which foretold the coming of Mes- siah as the Prince of Peace were essentially difTerent. Thus, under the Jewish Theocracy, the sacrifice of the Paschal Lamb at that season of the year fore- shadowed the regeneration of the world as destined only to have spiritual and everlasting effect through suffering of self-sacrifice on the part of the innocent ; makino- the perverse counsels of unjust violence destroy those ruled thereby — when overpowered of the same in the reaction of its consequences. Thus the regeneration of the world in Christ is emphatically described in Jewish Prophecy as destined to be realized only by gifts of the Holy Ghost manifested unto the spirits of all flesh for good ; and representing the true meaning of his predicted coming again in the kingdom of his Resurrection glory, for the salvation of all who are influenced thereby, through faith, unto righ- teousness. Thus the symbolism of Ezek. i. 10, for "heaven as God's throne," (Isaiah Ixvi. 1 ; Psalm xxxix. 20) seems to have been one familiar to the Jewish mind, though intimately associated with the Baalism of their heathen neiglibours. — Hence Ezekiel seems to have made it the basis of a prophetic instruction respect- in'^ the object of the Babylonian captivity, as ordained of God " for good " to the Jews, and, through them, to the heathen. Similarly, St. Paul made an idolatrous superstition of the Athenians the occasion of a new instruction respecting the worship of God in Christ ; by a spiritual and truthful hope, as substituted (under his new and everlasting Cove- nant with all flesh through Israel) for the typic:il and ceremonial law of animal 61 sacrifices, which was repealed thereby; as predicted in Dan. xii. 11, 12, com- pared with John iv. 20—26 ; Acts xvii. 22—32. If all this amount of assumed evidence for the true meaning of Jewish Pro- phecy (in its relation to the symbolism of the Apocalyptic vision as moulded from that of the then Egyptian idolatry to predict the utter and irrevocable destruction thereof, when the Faith of Abraham and his seed, as revealed in Christ, Galat. iii. 16, should have spiritual and truthful effect in all lands,) be a delusion of false enthusiasm, then have I foolishly wasted much time and money. But I cannot think this, otherwise at least than that such may very possibly con- tinue to be the case, so far as I am personally concerned, to the end of my days. But I cannot really doubt that I shall have herein opened (by a mercy of Provi- dence) the germ of thoughts which, when more happily handled by otliers, will be of good service to our National Church ; as based on Christ in the eternal foundation of Righteousness made attainable by faith to the salvation of churches and nations no less than of individuals. When this eternal truth is driven into the background, to give more prominent effect for a time to other questions of secondary importance respecting the law of our faith, it is a bad sign. 1 Cor. iii. 12. On the contrary, however, our national Church seems to embody a larger measure of this tolerant and expansive in- fluence of Christianity for good in the world than I have witnessed elsewhere. This may be a partial judgment ; but may God's blessing establish it with amended and truthful effect. An after-thought, in fuller explanation of the Myth respecting Hercules and Cacus ; as an allegorical description of the varying relations of the Sun and Moon, half yearly; and in the half of every lunation of 30 days, as the month- year of the Orientals anciently. The Cave of Cacus was the Horizon of the Northern Hemisphere, extending from West to East by North. PAN was the oldest of the eight primary God-kings of the Solar year ; and HERCULES was one of the twelve who reigned after them. Herod ii. cap. 145. The Coivs of Hercules are the Moons ; and the Myth of their being dragged backwards by their tails into the cave of Cacus, (that their footsteps might not lead to the detection of the robber when missed,) relates to the rising and setting of the Sun and Moon being reversed half-yearly; accordiig to the Astronomy of Enoch, as followed in this respect by the Egyptians. See the description of the labyrinth, with its six extrances to the North and s;a' to the South, after Mreris had made the Vernal Equinox represent the North entrance of the Temple of Vulcan. Herod ii. cap. 101 and 148. Thus, whilst the order of the six Eastern signs from Capricorn to Gemini represented the Sun's apparent daily track through the heavens, as iirocceding from East to West by South, the Moon sank under the horizon, throughout the Sun's six Western gates, moving in revose form, viz., from West to East by North. This reverse motion forms the characteristic feature of the Sun's lunations in his third and fourth gates, as described by Enoch cap. Ixxiii. 5 — 10. It, there- fore, pertains to the times of the six Gods whose reign was as that of the eight who immediately preceded the twelve. But, comparing lunations with years, the reign of the eight (for the 217 days of the old Chronicle) was for frds the year of 328 days; as Manu's reign of light in each lunation for 20 days covered frds, 62 leaving one third to the obscuration of Lunar light by the reign of Aphophis. Hence during the reign of the eight older gods the Solar year consisted of seven months and the Lunar year oi five months ; no account being thus made of the Sun's lunation in his .••ixth gate, as that wherein the light of the Moun was con- tinuously consumed according to Enoch. Cap Ixxviii. 2. Thus the 12 gates of the Sun, though nominally reckoned as 6 Eastern and 6 Western, were often, in t'ffect, numbered as seven to the Sun and five to the Moon, or as seven months of Solar light given to the Moon compared with the 5 months, or 150 days of years for the predicted oppression of Egypt, by the obscuration of Lunar light to that extent, annually. Herod ii. c^ip. 133. Also as eight to (our ; for the eight signs measured by the golden age of jNlanu's reign in each lunation, compared with the remaining four which measured the reign of Aphophis. But, admitting that the Coios of Hercules were Moons, and the Cave of Cacva the Northern Horizon separating continuously between day and night, when did Hercules first miss liis Cows ? and what was the jdace of his deadly encounter with Cacus the Robber .' To understand these questions, we mu-t consider that the IMyth, throughout, not only compares the (Jycle of a lunation to that of the Solar year, divided into 3 or 4 parts, for Solar and Lunar seasons ; but it moreover compares the great 30 years Lunnr Cycle with the ordinary lunation of 30 days counting each day for a year. Thus, for instance, Menes was a diurnal God-king in Capricorn. He was also a Lord of 30 days, and Lord of the oldest Soli-Lunar year, or the Egyptian PAN beginning the year in Capricorn. In this latter reference of the allegorical Astronomy, the ^lyth compares the annual displacement of the new ^loons, until their return to the same part of the heavens at the expiration of the 30 years C}cle, with the vaiiations of the Moon's place in a Circuit of 30 days from chant;e to change. Thus monthly for half its course the Moon was turning from and for the remaining half towards the place of its chnnije in the Sun's sixth gate. It was therefore in that gate that Hercu- les (when substituting the Solar Cycle of 12 lunations each numbering 30 days for the older form of the Lunar year) had his tivo encounters in sucression with the fire-breathing won^ters, Gcryon and Caczis ; as impersonations of Lunar light obscured in two successive lunations by the scorching splendour of the Sun in his sixth gate. The Hercules of this Myth is as the Rama Chandra of the Hindus ; or as JIanu reigning in his golden age — the deliverer of the Moon (symbolized other- wise as a Queen or Princess) from a periodical deprivation of her light by the Sun in his sixth gate. This may account for the anomalous impersonations of the Moon, by the ancients as Lun!^v and Luna. Also for the Myth of St. George and the Dragon, in its relaticm to the new Moon in Virgo. Final attempt to ascertain the meaning of Enoch in his description of the Solar and Lunar laws of light. In cap. Ixsi. 9, he represents the Solar year as beginning in the sun's fourth gate, or at the Vernal Equinox. He represents also the u-ind as propelling the Sun and Moon in their Courses. These he divides into two Hemispheres; viz., the Eastern numbering 6 gates to stmrise between Capricorn and Gemini, and tlie Western numbering 6 gates to sunset, between Sagittarius and Cancer. 63 He then adds, " The Sun sets in heaven, and returning by the North, to pro- ceed towards the East, is conducted so as to enter by that gate, and illuminate the face of heaven " (seemingly from his first Eastern gate, as the first gate of the oldest Lunar or Month-year). Digression on the general laws of Lunar light, as described by Enoch in cap. Ixxii. Thus in verses 3, 4, we read of the Moon's monthly age, " Every month at its exit, and entrance" (viz., into the East of heaven by the Sun's first Eastern gate), it becomes changed ; and its periods are as the periofls of the Sun, and when in like manner its light is to exist, its light is a seventh portion from the light of the Sun. (For, if the periods of the !Moon are as the periods of the SUN ; viz., 30 days in each of the Sun's gates, and these divided into 4 Lunar circuits of 7 or 7i days each, then one day of such a circuit must be as "a seventh portion from the light of the Sun." Hence, also, a little lower down, the half Moon is said to extend over seven portions, because the half Moon represents only one fourth of a complete lunation ; meaning one half of the 14 days lunation from new to full, or inversely. The portion or half portion of v. 6, will refer to the twofold division of the lunation of 30 days ; viz., 4X7^ davs or as 2 X 7 and 2x8 days =14 + 16 or 30 days. Hence, when dark in all its portions except a seventh out of the fourteen from new to full Moon, reference is made to the Moon in the Sun's sixth gate. See cap. Is.xviii. 2, 3.) Thus it rises, and at its commencement towards the East (as said before, in the Sun's first Eastern gate, whence the Egyptians date the THOTH of their Lusirum from the full Moon in Capricorn) goes forth for 30 days. At that time it appears, and becomes to you the beginning of the month. Thirty days it is with the Sun in the gate from which the Sun goes forth. Half of it is in extent seven portions, one half ; and the whole of its orb is void of light except a seventh portion out of the ftnirteen portions of its light. And in a day it receives a seventh portion, or half that portion of its light. Its light is by sevens, by one portion, and by the half of a portion. " It sets with the Sun {monthly, 1 suppose, will be the meaning of the last words), and when the Sun rises the Moon rises with it ; receiving a half portion of light. For its monthly age being 30 days, and the arc of 180° between the Sun's Winter and Summer tropics to which the 6 gates of sunrise were limited, num- bering only a lunar circuit of 14 days not counfitig the first (as the day in which the Sun received a seventh portion of light from the Moon. Cap Ixxvii. 4.) Each day of its lunation in the Sun's Eastern hemisphere would only count as half a day of the Moon's age, seeing that it would have both to ascend therein from its 1st to 6th gate, and descend therefrom to the 1st gate again, before completing its age of 30 days. This seems to me to be the meaning of Enoch's words, as above quoted. For he continues thus — " On that night when it commences its period (viz., with the y?<// Moon a^ midnight, or in the ^uii's first Eastern gate) '■previously to the day of the month ' (as counting only from the second day of the Moon, when reckoning but 14 days from change to full) ' the Moon sets with the Sun,' or terminates her circuit with the sun through his six Eastern gates, from full to change of the Moon in the Suu's sixth gate, or at his Summer and Midday tropic." Hence Enoch adds — " And on that night it is dark in its 14 portions, i. e., in each half; (the Lunar circuit from full to new in each hemisphere being limited to 14 days;) but it rises on that day " (viz , at the Midday of the new Moon in his sixth gate) " with one seventh portion precisely, and in its progrena declines from the rising of the Sun." For it is then returning southward by its descending node, or by the Dragon's tai', and in the Sun's Western hemisphere. " During the remainder of its period its light increases to 14 portions ; " viz., from the second day of the lunation, or during the remainder of its descending circuit from the Midday of the Sun's Summer tropic to the Midnight of his Winter tropic, as then turning away from the gates of Sunrise. Return to the Lunation of the Sun in his fourth gate. It seemed essential to a correct understanding of the Sun's lunation in his fourth gate (as described by Enoch, cap. Ixxi.) to make the above digression in illustration of what he has said on the general laws of Lunar light in cap. Ixxii. In his connluding observation on the relative position of the Moon towards the Sun, when going forth from his fourth gate, Enoch says — " In the same man- ner," viz., as at the beginning of the Month-year, the Moon goes forth from the Sun's first Eastern gate into the Sun's sixth Wettem gate, whence the reversible motion of the semicircular symbolism,) as the place of its change. So it (the Sun) goes forth in the first month {i. e. of the Solar year) by a great gate. He goes forth through the fourth of those six gates which are at the rising of the Sun. He thus represents Solar and Lunar light as going forth ia the Month-year of the 30 days' lunation in Aries later by three Zodaical signs (when beginning in Cancer or the Sun's sixth gate), than the beginning of the Solar year at the Vernal Equinox. The Sun and Moon proceed together only "in the ^r*^ part of it," v. 11, viz., from the Sun's fourth to his sixth gate, as from the Vernal Equinox to the Summer tropic. But the gate itself has 12 windows to be opened " at their proper periods," between the rising of the Sun in his fourth Eastern gate and his setting in the fourth gate on a level with it in the West of heaven. During this lunation the day is lengthened by an hour, and the night shortened by an hour. The day then numbering 10 hours and the night 9. The lunation in the Sun's fifth gate. The Sun turns to his fifth Eastern from his fourth Western gate. During this lunation the day is increased to eleven hours and the night shortened to seven hours ; when the Sun sets in his 5th Western gate. The Sun next turns to his sixth Eastern gate, rising and setting therein 31 days, because the day of this Month-year was also a Conductor of one of the four Solar seasons. In this lunation the day attained to its Summer Maximum of 12 hours and the night was lessened to its Minimum of six hours; on the setting of the Su7i in his sixth Western gate. Compare cap. Ixxviii. 2, 3. Then the Sun returns (from setting in his 6th Western gate) to his sixth Eastern gate, for the beginning of his declining circuit from the Summer to the Winter tropic. In this gate he continues rising and setting until finally setting in his sixth Western gate again, after 30 days. But during this time the day was shortened to eleven and the night lengthened to seve7i hours. Then, after having been 61 days (called 60 v. 4o) in his sixth Eastern gate until setting finally in his sixth Western gate, the Sun returns Eastward to his 65 fifth gate, after 30 days rising and setting therein, until at his final setting in his 5th Western gate the day is shortened to 10 hours and the night increased to 8 hours. The Sun then turns to his fourth Eastern from his fifth Western gate. In this gate he rises for 31 days, because the day of this IMonth year was also the Conductor of a season in the f^'olar Cycle. The Sun now sets in the West, at the place of the Autnmnal Equinox between his 3rd and 4th Western gates. For then the day and night become equal again ; each numbering 9 hours. The Sun then goes forth from its setting between the fourth and third Western gates, (when setting at the Autumnal Equinox,) " and returning to the East pro- ceeds by the third gale for 30 days, and setting in the West at the tliird gate," until concluding the lunation therein. At this time the night is lengthened to 10 hours, and the day shortened to 8 hours. The Sun then turns to its second Eastern gate, rising in it and setting in its second Western gate for 30 days, until the night is lengthened to 11 hours, and the day shortened to 7 hours. Then the Sun turns to his first Eastern gate, rising therein and setting in bis first Western gate for 31 days ; because the first and last day of this Month-year was one of Enoch's four Conductors of the seasons. At this time the night is increased to its maximum length of 12 hours, and the day shortened to its mini- mum brevity of 6 hours. Enoch here adds, " The Sun has thus completed its beginnings, and a second time goes round from these beginnings." His reference here is to that older beginning of the Solar year which prevailed before iMoeris fixed it at the Vernal Equinox. Yet this latter is the beginning referred to from v. 9 — 12 ; and to which he returns, in fact, before closing his Cycle of the Solar year. His words, " and a second time goes round from these beginnings," indicate two lunations iu his first gate, as in his sixth gate. Hence we are told that it turns from its first Western gate to rise again in its first Eastern gate for 30 days \x\\*A\ finally setting in the first Western gate, after a contraction of the night into eleven hours and an extension of the day to seven hours. The Sun then turns to his second Eastern gate. Then (after rising therein and setting in his second Western gate for 30 days, until the night is contracted to 10 hours, and the day increased to 8 hours) the Sun turns from the gate of his setting in the West ; and returns tj the East, entering by his third gate. He then rises in his third gate 31 days ; because the last day of this Month- year (as terminating at the Vernal Equinox, was one of Enoch's Conductors of the four seasons). It closes its setting in this lunation between its third and fourth Western gates, or at the Autumnal Equinox; when the night became shortened to 9 hours and the day increased to 9 hours ; so that the Cycle closes as it began with equal day and night. Enoch concludes this part of the subject with these words — " The year is precisely 30 1 days. The lengthening of the day and night, and the contraction of the day and night, are made to differ from each other by the progress of the Sun. By means of this progress the day is daily lengthened, and the night nightly shortened." Comparing the above words with the facts of the case, we shall best understaad 66 their precise meaning. Whilst the Sun was ascending from the Equator to the Summer tropic, tlicir day was increasiufj and their night decreasing to the extent of one hour monthly, or one hour in eacli of the three Zodiacal signs. Also when returning from the Summer tropic to the Equator again, the day decreased and the night increased monthly, for the three months in the same ratio. But 3 hours on Enoch's hour circle measured G0°, whereas the whole arc measured 90° ; and 90° less G0° leave 30° for as many days. Thus if the first Quadrant from the Winter tropic to the Vernal Equinox numhered at the Equi- nox 90 days and 90 nights, the addition of 60 days and 30 nights to 90 nychthe- mera (or days and nights) makes up tiic 180 days in their semicircle of 180° for the half year of their Solar Cycle. Thus the day of their Northern horizon would be continually lengthened and their night shortened from what they were at the Equator, until the day became double the length of the night at the Sum- mer tropics. By the same law the night would become double the length of the day at the Winter tropic. For 90 + GO = loO would leave only 30 out of 180 rescued from the predominance of night over day in that half year. Hereby we arrive at a pretty clear meaning of what the Oracle of Buto meant when it told JMycerinus that Egypt was to be oppressed for 150 years ; viz., for the 5 months that the Sun was in his Western gates after ceasing to rise and set in his sixth gate. For 5 X 30 = 150 days, and each day was mythically reck- oned as a year. Also, whilst the symbolism of Enoch limited the gates of the rising Sun to six, we see how provision was made therein to show that, throughout the twelve months of the Solar year, the Sm/j rose invariahly in his Eastern Hemisphere. This was effected by changing the place of his rising and setting half yearly ; so that his descending course from the Summer to the Winter tro])ic was measured along the same arc of 180° from Capricorn to Gemini ; but inversely. His setting in his Western gates identifies the night time of the Solar year with the ascending and descending courses of the Moon in the Sun's Western or Lunar Hemisphere. Thus the Cycle of the Soli-Lunar year was symbolised as the lunation of 30 days and divided into 2 lunations (ihe Thoth and Sothis) by the Egyptians. The Thoth represented the Moon in tlie Sun's Eastern gates, ascending as the Sun descended into the West. Cap. Ixxvii. 15. The Sothis was the Moon of the Sun's Western gates. In Enoch, cap. Ixxvii. 15, we read, respecting the Month-year of the Sun's lunation in Aries, that " It becomes completed on the day tbat the Sun descends into the West, while the Moon ascends at night from the East." This simple fact explains the basis upon which the Egyptians constructed the symbolism for their Lustrum, or great SOTHAIC year, in its relation to their two lunations of the THOTH and SOTHIS. These were sometimes considered as only half lunations of 15 days each ; at others as lunations of 30 days, each having both an ascending and descending circuit of 15 days in his own Hemisphere. The Sun's Eastern Hemisphere was that of the THOTH, his Western Hemi- sphere was that of the SOTHIS. Hence the quartering of either lunation midway between the place of new and full Moon, represented both the '^Evening and Morning" for thej^rs/and sixth or for the /r*/ and /a67, and consequently for all the six days, or months, or years of this Cycle ; on comparing the hour circle of Euorh's day with the luna- tion of 30 days, and with the Cycle of the Soli-Lunar year, numbering 12 X 30 or 360 days. 67 The most ancient year was Lunar, beginning' in the S\xn'sfrs( gate, or at the Winter tropic ; when the Solar year began in the Sun's fourth gate at the Vernal Equinox. Comparing this fact with Enoch's words, cap. Lxsiii. 13, "The Moon brings on all the years exactly," the reason of the symbolism becomes clear The Moon, at the full, is always in opposition to the Sun's place in the Ecliptic. Hence, when the INIoon began its ascending circuit in the East, from South to Korth, or from Capricorn to Cancer, the Sun would begin his descending course in the West, from Caucer to Capricorn. Similarly, when the Moon began her descent in the West from the Sun's sixth gate, the Sun began his ascent in the East from his^rst to his sixth gate, or from the Winter to the Summer trojiic. Thus both the Sun and the Moon reversed their setting's at the tropics. Their risings (whether ascending from South to North, thr .u?h the East, or descending from North to South, through the West) were measured to them respectively in their own Hemispheres. Thus the risings of the Sun (whether ascending or descending between the tropics) are equally in Enoch, cap. Ixxi. measured by the arc of 18t)°, which subtends the Eastern Hemisphere, or by the lunation of the THOTH. The settings of the Sun, in like form, (whether ascending or descending between the tropics,) are equally in Enoch measured by the arc of 180° which subtends his Western Hemisphere, or by the lunation of the SOTHIS. This whilst amply explaining the marvellous statement of Herodotus lib. ii. cap, 142, and showing its relation to what Enoch says, cap. Ixxiii. 5, about the Moon's changing its settings, on stated months, (viz., at the tropics, or in the Sun's_^r*^ and sixth gates,) fully shows also the character of the Astronomical fact which underlies the symbolism of the Egyptian THOTH and SOTHIS. Should it be here objected that the Sun's tropical changes are but two, whereas Herodotus says that the Sun /bar times changed the place of his rising and set- ting in 11,340 years, meaning in the Cycle of 31w years of 360 days each ; or in 11,340 days. The objection would be untenable, except for the time that the Cycle of the Solar year was divided only into its Eastern and Western Hemisphere. For the Sun and Moon then beginning their respective courses at the opposite tropics would each have an uninterrupted arc of 180° ascent or descent to pass through belore changing the place of their rising and setting. But when the beginning of the Solar year was fixed at the Vernal Equinox, the Cycle thereof was in effect divided into four parts for four seasons, — when separation between day and i.ight was made by the Equinoctial Colure between the Northern and Southern Hemispheres. For thenceforth neither Sun nor Moon could travel further from either Equinox than an arc of 90° without reaching the tropic which determined the change of its rising or setting. Thus as the Sun was going westward by the South between Aries and Libra, it was reckoned as turning back again towards the East from the Southern or Winter tropic. Similarly when the Moon was going Eastward by the North between Libra and Aries it was reckoned as turning back again into the West — from the Northern or Summer tropic. It was thus also when the Sun was trav- elling bHween Libra and Cancer whilst the Moon was going from Aries to Capricorn. See Enoch, Ixxiii. 5 — 10. But, when Mceris built up the North entrance of the Temple of Vulcan, by fixing the beginning of the Egyptian Solar year at the Vernal Equinox (in tran- sition from tlie older and Lunar beginning of the year at the M inter tropic) the " Evening and Morning" of the first and last days consiiicuotisly identified the Hindu PAROUV AN of 15 days from horning to horning of the THOTH and SOTHIS, or Solsticial lunations, with a new symbolism for the six or G8 neven days, (for the sixth month was in Enoch, Ixxi. 45, reckoned twice) monthn and years between the beginning and end of the Cycle ; as symbolized to the Northern horizon, extending from the Vernal to the Autumnal Equinox. Thus " Evening and Morning " were the first day. Also " Evening and Morning " were the sixth and last day of these Cycles, in their common relation both to the oldest Lunar year which began at the Winter tropic, and to the Solar year when its beginning was fixed at the Vernal Equinox. But the days of these ancient symbolisms were also numbered as hours, months, and years. For each season, when lunations and years were divided only into 3 seasons, numbered sijc hours (oi the hour Circle of Enoch's day), when comparing the oldest Cycle of day and night with that of months and years. But when day and night were divided into 12 hours each, the symbolic identity between the hour and the day, the month and the year, (as referred to in Rev. ix. 15, to par- ticularize a com])lete Cycle of time for which the inhabitants of the then world should be devoted to judgment when rejecting Christ for Judaism and Heathen- ism) was fully realized. In my previous interpretation of that passage of Revelation, I thought this might be one of the meanir.gs ascribable thereto ; and these remarks will, I presume, establish that as a fact. But the 1290 days of Dan. xii. 12, compared with the 390 of Ezek. iv. 5, (as 3 years 7 months compared with 1 year 1 month, for the month of the " cutting off," Hosea v. 7 with Zech. xi. 8, added to one complete Cycle of prophetic time ; as that of the old Solar year of 360 days. Dan. vii. 25 ; xii. 7, with Hev. xii. 14) make me believe that this typical and prophetic Chronology has a double reference. Thus " a month and a year " would (by addition) represent the 390 days of Ezekiel. But "a month and a year" would (under an identity of symbolic comparison) represent only a year variously symbolized, as a circle divided into 12 parts for the 12 signs of the Zodiac. For these 12 divisions represented the Cycle of the year, at one time, as a Cycle of 30 days ; but at another as one of 360 days. The ancients always typically and prophetically divided the circle into 360', reckoned as so many days ; for the Cycle of the Solar year. With this they symbolically compared all their other Cycles of time, by considering the circle as geometrically numbering 360°, even when otherwise divided into a variable number of parts to represent the hour circle of a day, the Cycle of the lunation of 30 days, the Cycle of the Solar year, or of the 30 Solar years, or of the Egyptian Lustrum of 1461 days, and the great Sothaic circle of 1461 years. This in turn was multiplied by 25 to make the great Zodiacal Cycle of 36,525 years, which covers the whole Chronology of the Kings of Egypt hefore our B. C. 350 ; according to the old Egyptian Chronicle as quoted in these Tracts. SEQUEL TO THE FOREGOING TRACTS • ON THE KELA.TION OP CHRISTIANITY TO JUDAISM! AND HEATHENISM; SUPPLEMENTARY SYMBOLISM ZODIAC OF THE HINDUS, COMPARING THAT GIVEN IN PLATE EIGHTY-EIGHT OF MOORE'S HINDU PANTHEON, WITH OBSERVATIONS MADE ON OTHERS, IN WILSON'S VISHNU PURANA, COLEBROOKE'S ESSAYS, AND IN THE KEY TO THE CHRONOLOGY OF THE HINDUS. Explanation of the supplementary symbolism for the Zodiac of the Hindus, in its relation to Enoch's twelve gates of the winds, com- pared with the twelve gates of the Sun, in the Astronomy of Enoch ; and exhibiting a summary of the evidence — relatino- to the mythic character of the Historical Chronologies of the Hindus and Egyptians. The first thing to be noticed is perhaps a matter of incalculable importance ; viz. — The evidence derivable from Enoch's description of the twelve gates of the wind, in favour of the interpretation I have elsewhere given to the statement of Herodotus, on the authority of the Egyptian Priests, that the Sun four times changed its risings and settings in the space of 11,340 years, meaning days in the Cycle of Sl-i years of 360 days each. For Commentators have always been accustomed to cite that passage of Herodotus as corroborative heathen testimony in favour of their views of the miraculous interpretation necessarily required for Joshua x. 13, in regard to the Kun and Moon standing still ; and for 2 Kings XX. 10, with Isaiah xxxviii. 8, in regard to the Sun going back ten degrees on the dial of Ahaz. At the close of my lecture on " Popular Superstitions," (read before the Whitby Philosophical Society, 18G2,) I shewed how Joshua x 13, was to be regarded as a miracle of Jewish power ujjheld by the Providence of God against heathen opposition, without involving any miraculous suspension of the eternal ordinances of God as to the courses of the Stm and Moon, whilst the world shall endure. In the notes to these Tracts I have somewhere or other explained, in like form, the meaning of the Sun going hack ten degrees on the dial of Ahaz. For if, as commonly supposed, the miracle involved therein was an alteration in the course of physical nature, (open to the observation of heathen equally as to that of Jewish philosophy, in either case, restricted to the Priesthood,) and not purely a miracle of prophecy — under circumstances wherein the confirmation or confutation of the same was left determinable by God only, why should Hezekiah have said, 2 Kings sx. 10, " It is a light thing for the shadow to go down ten degrees ; nay but let the shadow return backward ten degrees /" If the miracle had reference to an alteration in the ordinary course of the Sun, for a specific object, it would have been equally great whether moved forward or backward from its ordinary course But, on the supposition above suggested, when the choice was submitted to Hezekiah in confirmation of his faith, (accord- ing to the ordinance of Deut. xviii. 31, 22,) he chose the latter ofi'er — as risking the prophet's truthfulness, with his life, on the chance of the Sun dial confirming the word spoken by performing the object for which it was constructed during one particular half hour of the day; viz., that wherein, if fine weather, the shadow would begin to return. Had Hezekiah m;ide the opposite choice, the prophet's truthfulness would have remained unimpeachable — whatever had been the general character of the morning, if only there had been one half hour iu which the dial would act. 72 But, if it can be clearly proved that the language of Herodotus implies no miraculous interference vilh the ordinary courses of the Sun and Moon, the miraculous interprctaUoiis commonly given to the above passafjes of the Jewish Scri))tures must (if tenable at all, as I believe they are) be dirfcnded only under qualification of tlii^ commonly received interpretations. The miracles were not in tact of a character to interfere with the physical course of nature, but were a miraculous exercise of Divine power making the ordinary courses of the Sun and Moon confirm (as si(/ns appointed of God, Gen. i. 14) the words spoken to Israel by his prophets, under check of liability to frustration or confirmation from causes controlable only by the will of God — Deut. xviii. 21, 22, with 1 John iv. 1. Tn accordance with these views of Scripture, the extent of miraculous power attributable to a correct interpretation of Joshua x. 13, and 2 Kings xx. 10, must (somewhat in the form 1 have elsewhere attempted) be limited. When describing the twelve gates of the winds, Enoch begins with the three gales of tlie East wind, as extcmiing from Pisces to Gemini, when compared with the Hindu Zodiacs. He then turns to the South winds which, similarly com- pared, extend from Pisces to Sagittarius inclusive. He turns then (not as he would if describing a circular course from the South to the West, but) froai the Soutli to the North ; thereby verifying the assertion of Herodotus respecting the Su i twice rising where he usually went down, and twice setting where he usually rose ; be/ore completing the Cycle of 30§ years of 3G0 days literally or mythically reckoned. Thus, reversing the Sun's risings and settings at the Solstices, Enoch made the Cycle of the winds through their twelve gates begin with the East winds and end with the West winds in the fourth quarter ; whereas, if their courses were cir- cular, and beginning in the East wlien the Sun was entering Pisces, the termina- tion of that circle would be in the first gate of the South wind as the Sun was turning from Aquarius to Pisces. The above observations necessitate my noticing what seems to me to be an oversight of Colebrooke in his Essays, p.p Go, G7, when describing the place of the Solstices on the Hindu Zodiac. For 1 think he has there confused the place of the Moon's nodes (and I speak on the authority of the Hindu Zodiac given in plate 88 of JMoore's Hindu Pantheon) with the place of the Solstices ; as that by which the ascending and descending courses of the Sun and Moon were determined only when the Cycle of the Solar year was divided into two hedf Cycles ; viz., an Eastern and Western Hemisphere. But when the circle began to be divided mto four parts — the Lunar circuit (as limited by Enoch in his description of the Equinoctial lunations) was measured by the arc of 90° between the Equinoxes and the Solstices, as a new limit of the Sun's ascension or declension from the Equinoctial points, or when going forth from his third and fourth gates. Colebrooke's words are — "When the Sun and Moon ascend the sky together, being in the constellation over which the YASUS preside ; (which he explains to be DHANISHTH.\) then does the Cycle begin, and the (season) Magha, and the (month) Tapas, and the bright (fortnight), and the Northern path. " The Sun and j\Ioon turn towards the North at the beginning of Sravisht'ha ; but the Sun turns towards the South in the middle of the constellation over which the serpents preside; (which he explains to be ASLESIIA) and this (his turn towards the South and towards the North) always (happens) in (the month of) Magha and Sravana. " In the Northern progress, an increase of day, and decrease of night, take pi ice, amounting to a ^>/«a7'/!« (or 32 pa las) of water; in the Southerj, both 73 are reversed (i. e.. the days decrease and the niglits increase,) and (the difference amounts) by the journey to six muhurtas." We read, in a note on the above passage, " I cannot as yet reconcile the time here stated. Its explanation appears to depend on the construction of the Clep- sydra, which I do not well understand ; as the rule for its construction is obscure, and involves some diiRoulties which remain unsolved." Possibly, however, no more need be known about the construction of the Clepsydra than is given above, for a right understanding of this passage. For. as 6 muhurtas were (on the evidence of the above passage) measured by 2)2 palas of water in the Clepsydra; and as there were 30 muhurtas to a day and night of the Hindus, answering to our day of 24 hours ; the ratio of day length- ened and of night diminished by C muhurtas at the Summer Solstice compared with the length of 15 hours day and 15 hours night at the Equator, would clearly be 21 hours of day and 9 hours of night, making 30 hours to the Nychemeron of day and night combined at the Summer Solstice. But 6 muhurtas were i of a day ; or * the daily and yearly Cycles of 3G0° compared with i the Cycle of 30 hours to a day, and 30 days to a month. Again itli of 3G0° =z 72° ; and 6 hours or 6 days measure Lth the Cycles of 30 hours to a day and of 30 days to a month. This ratio of increase and decrease by 6 muhurtas, or Hindu hours, between the Equinox and the Summer Solstice, being measured by an arc of 72° (or 'th of 3G0°) numbers only 12° to each muhurta or Hindu hour. The corresponding ratio of increase and decrease on the Hour Circle of Enoch was limited to 3 hours, whilst Enoch reckoned to day and night at the Equator 18 hours of 20° to an hour. His 3 hours ratio of increase and decrease was, therefore, measured by an arc of 60° or i of 3G0° ; which also limited the 5 days Lunar circuit of Enoch's Astronomy to two signs of the Zodiac. Thus the Soli-Lunar Cycle of the Hindus compared with that of Enoch represents 5 X 72° = 3G0° compared with G X G0° ^= 360° numbered to the 12 signs of the Zodiac, daily on their Hour Circle ; monthly in the Lunation of 30 days (divided into 5 times G days for 5 Lunar Circuits of 6 days, as 5 x 72° ; or into 6 Lunar Circuits of 5 days, as 6 + 60° according to Enoch ; ) and yearly in their Soli-Lunar Cycle of 12 Lunations numbering 30 diys each. Returning however to Co'.ebrooke's Essays, we read therein, " Sravisht' ha is given, in all the dictionaries of the Sanscrit language, as another name of I)' hanishl' ha ; and is u^ed for it in more than one passage of the Vedas. This is the constellation which is sacred to the Vasits ; as Aslesha is to the serpents. The deities presiding over the twenty-seven constellations, are enumerated in three other verses of the Jyotish belonging to the Yajush, and in several places of the Vedas. The Jyotish of the Rich differs in transposing two of them ; but the commentator corrects this as a faulty reading. " In several passages of the Jyotish, these names of deities are used for the constellations over which they preside ; especially one, which states the situation of the Moon, when the Sun reaches the tropic, in years other than the first of the cycle. Every where these terms are explained, as imacating the constella- tions which that enumerai:ion allots to them. Texts, contained in the Vedas themselves, confirm tlie correspondence ; and the connexion of Aswini anl the Asivins is indeed decisive." " Hence it is clear (adds Colebro ,ke) that DANISHTHA and ASLESHA are the constellations meant ; and that when this Hindu calendar was regulated, the Solstitial points were reckoned to be at the beginning of the one and in the middle of the other: and such was the situation of those cardinal points, in the fourteenth century before the Christian era." For Solstitial points in the above sentence, I would read Equinoctial ; as the 74 place of the Moon's nodes during the lunation of the Sun at the Summer Sol- stice, as repiTseiited iji the Zodiacs of the Hindus. I would also make bold to suijgest tliat his Chronological assumption (i. e. from the given data, if not better supported) tiiat the Solstitial ])oiiits were so placed, as he says, in the fourteenth cenlxiry before the Christian era, is founded wholly upon a common error respecting the beyinniny of the ttothiac year, as said to date its first terminal ion A. D. J39 ; and its commencement, therefore, B C. 1321 ; from about which time Bunsen and Lejisius would date the Exodus of Israel out of Egypt, on the same erroneous data, 'i'he fact is they forgot the mythic character of the yeais which composed the Sothiac year. Th'.-se were primarily the 14G1 days of the Egyptian Lustrum, the divi:non of which into four quarters was as the Sun's lunation at the Summer Solstice similarly divided; oHf/ therefore having the Equinoctial points to represent the place of the Moon's ascending and descending nodes. Hence (as observed elsewhere) the reign of the three oldest gods of Egypt, viz , PAN, UEliLULES, and BACCHUS, was in the earliest division of Lu- nations ; and the Cycle of the Solar year into three seasons. But with these three oldest god.^, the eight, viho produced the twelve, also reigned. For in that primary division of their lunations and the Solar year into three seasons, two out of the three as eighteen out of twenty-seven days, and eight out of twelve months, were dedicated to the gods above or those of light and of the day, whilst one third of their time was reckoned to the gods of the ni;;ht or powers of darkness. Thus the twelve reigned with the eight, but not in the form in which they reigned after the division of their lunations and the Solar year into two Hemispheres, Eastern and Western, by the Meridian, extending from Solstice to Solstice ; and subsequently into Quadrants, by the Ecpiinoctial line crossing the Meridian at right angles in the midst thereof- H'^ncetbrth the three AnA tht eiyht or eleven, (11 X 30 :zr 330) who produced the twelve, became as twice six, or seven und five, whci at fiiSt c.ividing the Cycle of twelve into oidy two half Cycles ; the limits of which were respectively bounded by — as the risings and settings of the Sun and Moon were changed at — tlie Tropics. The last division of Lunations and the Solar year into Quadrants of 90° for a Solar circuit of 90 days — and for a Lunar circuit of seven days, (measured by Hydra, as Aphophis, or the svnib.dic dragon of the Moon's nodes,) was that which produced the cora|)utation by Lustrums of 14G1 days, and the great SOTHL\C year of 1461 years^ Hence the division of Lunations into 4 X 7 =; 28 days ; and the Solar year into 13 X 28 days or 304 du\s ; adding 4 days to the oldest Solar year nf 300 days as the four conductors of the seasons described in the Astronomy of Enoch. But returning to the supplementary symbolism for the Zodiac of the Hindus, as here constructed on a comparison with that given in p. 88 of Moore's Hindu Pantheon, the outer circles are intend;d to express (as the case may require) either parts or multiples of the time numbered to the reign of the H older gods, who reigned with Surya, or their Sun-god, as ninth in the centre of their system. Thus though the nine primarily reigned in a Cycle of their own, tiiat Cycle soon began to represent only the half, or the third of a larger one. Thus Surya and the V. primary gods, would, first of all, be the Sun reignuig in 8 Indian seconds of time ; as 4 times 8, or 32 Indian Matires to one Casht'ha ; which numbered 18 Nimeshas, " or twinklings of an eye." But the Asterisms of the oldest Hindu Zodiacs were 27, or 3 times 9 thus numbered to 4 times 8 or 32 LuUan Matires. Herein we trace, to its most elementary form, the earliest oriental divijion of the Circle sometimes into three and at others mXofour parts. For the 18 Niineshas to one Casht'ha were tuo-thirds of the 27 Asterisms — 75 numbered to the golden age of Mamu's reign in each Lunation ; even as when measured by 8 out of the 12 signs of the later Zodiacs ; and by 20 out of 30 days to a Lunation. These two-thirds of the 27 Asterisras of the oldest Zodiac seem, by their very name " twinklings of an eye," to have been thus symbolically separated off from the other nine, for an approximate reckoning of the amount of Lunar light and Lunar obscuration in Cycles of months and years, compared with the primary Cycle of 8 Indian seconds to 4 times 8, or 32 Matires ; as equal to twice 9, or 18 twinklings of an eye in the Cycle of the Casht'ha. This brings us to the division of the circle into 30 parts. For 1 Cala = 30 Casht'has ; And 1 Mahurta (or hour) = 30 Calas ; And 1 Indian day answering to our day of 24 hours =z 30 hours. Thus the Cycle of their day was as that of a Lunation numbering 30 days, whence the oriental ideas of a monthly year and of a year-day. Hence, for a comparison between our mode of computing time and that of the Hindus, their day of 30 Mahurtas, or hours, was divided into four SAMANS ; each of which numbered 3 hours of our time to 7^ Naigues of GO Indian minutes each. Thus the primary division of the Hindu Zodiac into 3 times 9 or 27 Asterisms, was subsequently superseded by those of 4X7 = 28, and 4 X 7| =z 30 ; to represent four Lunar circuits of 7, or 71 days; and to symbolize the circuit of the Moon as limited to an arc of 90° between the Equinoxes and the Tropics, as in the Equinoctial Lunations of Enoch's Astronomy, after the division of the circle into four Quadrants. Hence, in the times of their 8 older gods, who reigned with Surya, their Sun- god, as a Cycle of 9 ; their Cycle measured only one-third part of the 27 Asterisms in the oldest Zodiac. They reigned therefore three times, or during three seasons therein. See the division of the Zodiac into three parts — Northern, Southern, and Central ; and again into 9 and into 27 parts as described in the notes to Wilson's Vishnu Purana, p. 22G. Thus 3 X 9 = 27 and 4 X 9 = 36 (for 36 Nimeshas, or twinklings of an eye in two Casht'has,) may indicate the origin of the 18 Ethiopian Kings of Herodotus, in their relation to the division of the Temple of Vulcan by the Egyptians into 36 nomes ; of which 18 were towards the North and 18 towards the South. When the Solar year of the ancients numbered but 10 months, those months numbered 36 days each. Thus 10 X 36 = 360 days to the Sun. Also 10 X 30 numhered 300 to HORUS ; and 11 X 30 made the 330 of Herodotus to include the intercalary ^loon NITOCRIS, as the 30 days of difference be- tween Solar and Lunar time in 5 years. Similarly 10 X 20 (for 10 Satya yugs or golden ages of JManu's reign in the Solar year) make up the celebrated Chaldean number of 12 Sari, or 120 hours in 5 days of 24 hours, for the basis of the oldest Cycle of 5 days or 5 years ; as the Maha-yug, or Divine age, from a Cali age of half a day, or from the pro- phetic day of 12 hours. Hence the Cycle of their Solar year was at first divided only into 3 seasons of 4 months or 120 days each. This opens out a new feature of the calculation, which seems to offer a better reason ion poetically numbering 5 years to the ancient L'lstrum, than that which counts 4 years as 5, by numbering to 4 complete Solar years the beginning of the 5th, as the beginning of a new Lustrum. For 5 X .360 like 4 X 450 (for four reigns of Osiris) =: 1800 days. Now the reign of Osiris was in the Cynic Circle, or Cycle of 15 months or 450 days of Solar time, as the 443 years of tiie 76 Cynic Circle in the old Egyptian Chronicle numbered 300 days to the Solar year and 83 to tlie reign of Melius in one-fourth the Sidereal year of 332 days. But 4 old Solar years numbered only 4 X 300, or 1440 days, dividing the oldest form of the Lustrum into 12 seasons of 120 days each; for the reign of the 12 gods in the Lustrum as in the Cycle of the Solar year. Hence, on numbering 4 X 305|, or 1461 days to the Egyptian Lustrum, it would in fact contain a 2>ortion of the bth year, when compared tvii/i (he oldest Cycle of 5 years, as 5 X 300 = 1800 days. Hence, as the older Cycle began to be superseded thereby, the Lustrum might be poetically regarded as a kind of 5 years Cycle ; though in fact numbering only 4 complete Solar years. This proves what is meant in the 'Mythic Chronology of the Egyptians by the 8 gods who produced the 12. For thus they impersonated, as it were, the earliest division of time into Cycles of 8 parts (modified into Cycles of 9) before, the reign of the 12 gods, in half Cycles of six, so combined as to represent the same under a subdivision of the whole Cycle into 4 Quadrants ; as 4 times 7 = 28, or 4 times 7i = 30 days to a lunation ; thus made to symbolize the Cycle of their Solar year, and that of their Lustrum, numbering one Solar year to each Quadrant of the Circle. The years of the Cali-yug, or age of time and age of sin, when the Indian Matire (or ^joth part of an English second) is made the unit of time, amounts only to a day of 12 hours ; the prophetic day of the Hindus and Egyptians, excluding the idea of night, as in Rev. xxii. 5. 600 Matires in 1 Eng. minute. 60 Minutes in 1 hour. 36,000 Matires in 1 hour. . p J Hours of the prophetic day. {" John xi. 9. The Hindu Cypher for the Cali age is Ditto for Dwapa-yug Ditto for Treta-yug Ditto for Satya-yug or Manu's' golden age 432^000 Matires in 12 hours. 864,000 1,296,000 Ditto in 24 ditto. Ditto in 36 ditto. 1,728,000 Ditto in 48 ditto. Ditto for Maha-yug or the Di.| 4,320,000 vine age Matires in 120 hrs. or in 10 dys. of 12 hrs. ^^5 days of 24 hrs. But, when our English second is made the unit of time, the Cali age is as the Maha-yug of the above computation ; viz., 10 days of 12 hours, or 5 days of 24 hours, thus — 60 ) 432,000 seconds of time for as many Mythic years of the Cali age. 60 ) 7,200 minutes. 12 ") 120 hours. 10 days of 12 hours. Thus the Cali age is always one-tenth of the INIaha-yug, or Divine age, as the sum of the four human ages ; of which the second doubles the first ; the third trebles the first ; and the fourth quadruples the first. But l-f2 + 34--l== 10. Hence, if the Cali Cypher be reckoned in half seconds, we have a Treta- yug of 75 days from a Cali age of 2\ days. 77 THE DIAL OF AHAZ. The structure of the above Dial will most probably have been similar to that of the Greek Egyptian Dial, bp,longi;ig to the ago of the PtolemiecS, and brought from the base of Cleopatra's Needle, at Alexandria; to be deposited in the British Museum, where it may now be seen. For the hour lines on the Egyptian Dial are distant from each other on the curved part by 15 degrees; and those on the side steps by 7i degrees, for half- hours. A dial similarly constructed, according to the more ancient astronomy of Enoch, which reckoned 20 degrees to an hour, — would have the side-steps thereof graduated in J-hours of 10 degrees ; — whilst in the Hebrcvv of Isaiah xxxviii. 8; and 2 Kings xx. 11, the reading is "ten degrees on the steps of Ahaz " not on the Dial, as in our translation. Reasoning on the actual measurements of the Greek Egyptian Dial carefully considered (and so much so as to have constructed therefrom a model of some- thing at least like it on a reduced scale of about i-inch for an inch) I have come to the following conclusion respecting; the law of its mechanical structure. The meridiai!, by representing the sixth instead of the tivelfth hour-line, shews that the Dial was constructed to represent some modification of an ancient Equinoctial, or Universal Dial. For the Orientals ofttimes divided the day into 12 hours for every season of the year; equally as at the Equinoxes, when the Diurnal arc from sunrise to sunset numbers 12 hours of 60 minutes, or lo degrees to an hour in all latitudes. The adaptation of this system of Dialling to N. Lat. 30 (as that of Alexandria where this dial was found) gave 12 hours of 80 minutes, or 20 degrees to an hour for the longest day, and 12 hours of 40 miiutes or 10 degrees to an hour for the shortest day. It also numbered, for their mean time, 12 hours of 60 minutes or 15 degrees to an hour at the Equinoxes ; as equivalent to Enoch's computation of 9 hours, each numbering 80 minutes or 20 degrees to an hour — when the Cycle of their years and months and days were divided only into 3 parts by a spherical triangle, each of whose sides represented a Chord of 120°. The Alexandrine Dial exhibits, in its structure, traces of having been an adaptation of the above system of dialling to N. Lat. 30, after the division of their years, lunations, and days, into four parts. For the alteration necessary tu adapt it to these circumstances, — the older form of dialling which seems to have prevailed when the Cycle of the year was divided only into 3 seasons, exactly answers to the measurements and marks of the Alexandrine Dial, as I read them. The side-steps would thus represent half an hour of their summer day as one hour of their winter day. This, when the Cycle of the year was divided only into three seasons, would represent the side-steps as graduated in divisions of 10 de- grees each. For the six hours of 20 degrees numbered to the winter day of Enoch's astronomy would be as our 8 times 15 degrees, or as 6 times /-i degrees for the half-hours on the side-steps of the Alexandrine Dial, increased by the two ■hours of 15 degrees each which intervene between the meridian and the side-steps on either side of the dial. 78 But G X 7^ = 45 degrees. These witli 2X15 = 75 degrees, which is the measure of the arc on either side of the meriili;iii in the Alexandrine Diul. Also twice 75° are 150" for tlie 10 hours; of 15 degrees which measure the winter day of N. Lit. 30., wl)ilst twice 105° (or the difference between 75° and 180°) give 210° for the 11 hours of 15 degrees, which measure the summer day in N. Lat. 30 ; — since the division of the Cycle of years, months, and days into 4 parts. Thus, when Herodotus says, " the Egyptians first discovered the pole," by which some understand the Gnomon only of the dial, and others the dial itself, most probably the latter is the true interpretation, if restricted at least to the structtire of the Equinoctial or Universal Dial, wherein the pole stands in the centre, or at right angles to the plane of the dial ; so as to vary the jiosition of the sun's shadow thereon, as it seems to travel round that central / ole. This fully accords with the etymology of the word pole, as the pivot or axis of a revolving body ; and the cause of the revolution thus described by the sun's shadow. Arrived thus far, by a seemingly secure process of inductive reasoning on this intricate subject, I am emboldened to offer an opinion that the Egyptian Pyramids (as slightly hinted at before) were designed as a colossal memorial of early astro- nomical science ; and that the era of their building dates the transition period between the earliest division of the year into 3 seasons, and that which we have followed when dividing it into four seasons. For, of the middle Pyramid built by the daughter of Cheops it is said in Herod, ii. cap. 126, " The elevation on either side was 150 " feet ; by which I am dis- posed to think degrees are meant. Thus 150 years in cap, 133, are to be inter- preted oi degrees, for the days of the winter season in Egypt after the division of the year into 4 seaso7is ; whereas it had been limited to an arc of 120 degrees, when the Cycle of the Egyptian year was divided only into 3 seasons. For when Mycerinus (whose Pyramid was not so high as that of his father Cheops by 20 feet, though a regular square of 300 feet in height, and as far as the middle of Ethiopian stone, Herod, ii. 134,) " w;is informed by an oracle from the city Butos that he should live si^r years and die in the seventh; we are told that " the intelligence astonished him, and he sent a message in return to re- proach the goddess with injustice ; for that his father (Cheops) and his uncle (Chephren), who had been injurious to mankind, and impious to the gods, had enjoyed each a length of life of which he was to be deprived, who was distinguished for his piety. The reply of the oracle told him, that his early death was the consequence of the conduct for which he commended himself ; he had not fulfilled the purpose of the fates, who had decreed that for the space of one hutidred and fifty years Egypt should be oppressed ; of which determination the two preced- ing monarchs had been aware, hit he had not." We must here remember that these monarchs of Egypt were also Priests of Vulcan, or of the Sun. It is not therefore improbable that the obloquy thrown on the memory of Cheops and Chephren by the Egyptians was associated with the division of the year into three seasons in the days of Cheops ; as in transition from the old Cycle of the 12 gods who reigned in twelve lunations of 27| days each — and whose annual reign of 332 days (according to the old Egyptian Chronicle) num- bered four seasons of 83 days each to HELIUS. Cheops' reign of 50 years was as that of Brahma's divine age. For it num- bered 10 Cycles of 5 days for years : or the four human ages consisting of 5, 10, 15, 20, all added together so as to make 50. The lunar year in those times was that of the most ancient Veda of the Hindus. This numbered 71 divine ages of 5 days, or 355 days ; and counted one in excess to the solar year of 360 days. 79 The next change was that introduced by Chephren. His reign of 56 years in- troduces us to a new feature in the old Egyptian Cycle of the eight gods. These according to the old Egyptian Chronicle reigned after Saturn and the twelve gods who reigned in the oldest year offonr seasons. Each of these seasons num- bered 83 days to Helius ; as the Re — or Sun — Pharaoh of the most ancient Egyptian monuments. But the old Egyptian Chronicle numbered 217 dags for gears to the 8 Demi- gods; so called as pertaining to a lunar Cycle. Also 217 days numbered (approximately) two-thirds of the lunar year of 332 days ; or seven months of 31 days to eight months of 278- days. Hence his reign of 56 years, or 7 times 8, days for years ; as reigning in weekly Cycles of 7 or 8 days, before the week of 10 days was formed by the division of the lunation of 30 days into 3 decades of days. This took place when the solar year of 360 days was divided into 3 sea- sons of 4 months or 120 days each. See the reference to the prophetic harvest tvnrning of four such months in the days of Noah, Gen. vi. 1 ; in its reference to the termination of the harvest season with a flood of waters, after 120 years, according to the number of days thus typically limited over the ungodly who should discredit the verity of Noah's prophetic mission. But the division of the solar year connected with this very ancient typical instruction from traditions of Noah's day, and associated by the Egyptians with the annual overflow of the Nile (at the end of the harvest season, when the Sun was in Leo, or near the set en-headed Hydra and Noah's ark, on the Celestial globe) was seemingly not introduced into Egypt until the times of Chephren. » For his Pyramid in being lower than that of his brother Cheops by 40 feet (by which degrees on the Circle seem to be meant) measured 120 less 40 ; or 80 degrees on each side. Again 3 X 80 = 4 X 60 ; and 210 days numbered 8 months of 30 days. Hence the older Baal- worship of the 12 gods was superseded by that of the eight in the days of Cheops and Chephren. They, consequently, were aware of a necessity for dividing their time into Cycles of seven and eight in a form which Mycerinus was overlooking when seeking to re-establish the primary division of the year into four seasons, and twelve months. His Pyramid of 300 feet square would measure 75 degrees, for feet, on each side. This corresponds exactly to the curved part of the Alexandrine dial, as formed by two Chords of 150° (or the two sides of the Pyramid built by Cheops' daugh- ter, according to Herodotus) made to intersect each other. The 75° on either side of the meridian would give the winter day for N. Lat. 30 (after the division of the year \nto four seasons of 90 days, or 3 months each) as ten hours of 15 degrees to an hour. The curved form of this dialling was seemingly symbolized in the Apotheosis of his daughter as a horned heifer. This Apotheosis, after death, seems mythically to indicate a new modification of the lunar symbolism designed in the Pyramid of Cheops' daughter. For this seems at one time to have had the form of an obelisk, like Cleopatra's Needle: viz., as a triangle whose two sides being 150" each, left but 60° for its base ; when geometrically considered to be inscribed in the same Circle as that of Cheops' Pyramid. For the triangle of Cheops' Pyra- mid in measuring 3 sides of 120 degrees each— represented also a square mea- suring four Chords of 90° to the circumference of a Circle drawn round the four corners of its base. One thing is very clear from history ; viz., that Mycerinus was very popular whilst Cheops' and Chephren were the reverse. 80 His ingctiions device for extending the tfirn six years of Ills life into twche (tliat he might avoid dying in the ncventJi year) contirnis my suspicions that the myth is one cf Egyptian astronomical science. For the idci of changing night into day, hy causing an immense number of lamps to be made, ^c, &c., repre- sents the api)lication of astronomy to the construction of the ecpiinoctial or uni- versal (iial. 1ft. In circulnr form by adding night to day, 2nd. i5y so modify- ing it for N. Lit. 30°, that tlic division of the dial into SiVnn /tours on either side of the incriiiian for their longrsl day of 1 1 hours, might be made to harmonize with the division of the day into 12 hours for all seasons of the year. This they did by varying the length of the hours (not their number as we do, and as Enoch did) according to the season. For the winter day of Enoch's astronomy numbered only six hours of 20 degrees or 80 minutes to tlie hour ; for which the construc- tion of a dial on the new system would substitute 12 hours of 40 minutes, or 10 degrees to an hour, as on the steps of Ahaz.^' Thus Mycerirnis (?s the Priest of Vulcan or the " Dicspatcr" of the Egyptians) according to the then si/stem of Egyptian dialling, was, when reigning in his sixth year, fated to die in the seventh year of his life and reign. By years we may therefore here understand hours. For the " hour, and day, and month, and year," were sometimes by the Orientals ("as possibly in Rev. ix. 15) used as synonymous expressions "for a complete Cycle of time." liecouse the dialling of the age was based on the geometry of the age in its varying divisions of the solar year, sometimes into three and at others vatofour seasons. In their olde.^t system of dialling the ancients did not use the Hemicycle* — but the Spherical Quadrant. This divided the Cycle of their years, months, and days, into three jiarts ; each represented by a Chord of 120° on the circumference of the circle. The radius of that circle was a Chord of 60^ or the sine 90". -•■ Yitiuvius, lib. ix. cap. ix , says "Berosus the Clialdean, wa.s the inventor of the fifmiVfVf/r. hollowed in a sanaro, r.nd inclined nr(oruing to tlio diniato." — I may here add, that by actu:ii Uicasuremcnt, I believe the lowest curve of the Alcxandiine Dial to have been fornad by a radius of 15 inches (to the extent at least of 3 hour lines, or CC^ on either side of the meridian); i.e., for the in,vp of a splierital triani:lo measuring a distance of 120° from the back of tlie Dial ; and a width of 12)"^. The relation of the top and bottom curves to eacli other is that of two circles described with the same radius of 12 inches, so as to inteisoct each other; and form, by that intersection, a combination of two spherical triangles, each of whose sides measures a Chord of 60'^. The Symbolism f^ir the Pyramid of Mycerinus, and for the relation of XO.\H'S ARK to the SCAPIIE, or boat dial of the Ancients, is a sl'ght variation of the above. It represents the 300 cubits" len-.'tli of Noah's ark as formed by the intersection of two circles described with ra lius 150"; and representing a combination of two spherical trianijles, each of whose sides measures a Chord of 75''. Thus, 4 X 75^ and 3 X 100° each rei)resent a Cycle of 300 degrcci for days, in the old lunar year of ten months. Tiiis began vith the SUN in PISCES, or one month before the A'erral Equinox as made the beginning of the Jewish year by Mcses. TIente the 15th of the 7unth Jewish month (in its illation to the prediction of Ilagjrni ii , couipnred with the cleansing of the Jc^\isll sanct':ary hy the Mac< abets on the "ioth of 7,7,'i//i month B.C. IGS) represents li.e 25th of ovir l-'ccinthcr. as the tihth month of the ancient ty]-ical and lunar year; — but the twelfth month liom the earliest bt-ginning of the Solar year at the Winter Solstice. The Jewish typical year was limited to seven nwnihs terminating with the harvest season, until extended'by 70 days after the Babylonish Caj tivity i as days typically commemorative of its object. 81 Hence probably the application of the word quadrant, as applied to this species of spherical triangle, in Blundevil's Book of the Sphere, pp. 7S6 to 789. For though primarily used to divide the Cycle of the year into three seasons, on the circumference of the circle ; it was found applicable also to a division of the year into four seasons, because the chord of G0° is the sine of 90° ; or of the angle between the gnomon, and the horizon in an equinoctial dial, when described on a spherical quadrant ; and not inclined, for adaptation to any particular latitude. Also, three chords of 120° = 4 chords of 90". The Day of Enoch's Equinoctial dial numbered 9 hours of 20 degrees, or 80 minutes to an hour. These amount to the same as our own computation of 12 times 15 = 180°. But his longest day of 12 times 20, or 240°, and his shortest day of times 20, or 120°, can only have held true for N. Lat. 30, when dividing the circum- ference of the circle into three parts by the spherical quadrant. Hence (when contemplating the question only from our mode of varying the number of the hours according to the seasons, and not from that referred to in the older Astron- omy of Enoch) his learned translator, Archbishop Laurence, supposed that the writer of the book that bears the name of Enoch must h ive lived in a parallel of latitude answering to our own ; since the 12 X 20° by which he measured the arc of his longest day, answers to our 16 X 15°; and similarly the 6 X 20° by which he measured his shortest day, answers to our 8x15°. Thence he concluded that Enoch could not have lived in either Palestine or Egypt, but was probably a Scythian Jew. The computation of Enoch would however hold good for an Equinoctial or Universal dial, when adapting to the year oi four seasons the older system of dialling which prevailed when the year was divided only into three seasons. In adapting this mode of dialling to N. Lat. SC^ (as done on tlie Alexandrine dial) the pole seems to have reclined back from the zenith by 15°. Then the complement of 75° measured oIT on either side of the meridian gives an arc of 150° for the shortest day in that latitude, or 10 hours of 15° to an hour. A"ain,' the dirterence between 75° and the semicircle of 180° gives 105° to l.e laid off on either side of the meridian for the longest day of 14 hours, or 14 times 15° in N. Lat. 30°. But Enoch's division of the day into hours of 20°, as the form of the Equinoc- tial or Universal dial when the year was divided into three seasons, would necessarily have to be altered into hours of 15° to an hour after the division of the year into four seasons. Either this or its modification for N. Lat. 30, will explain the structure of the Alexandrine dial. For Enoch's Universal dial, the correction would be 12 X 20° = 16 X 15° or 8 on either side of the meridian. 9 X 20° = 12 X 15° or 6 ditto, and 6 X 20° = 8 X 15° or 4 ditto. But, for adapting the same to N. Lat. 30, after the division of the year into four seasons, the correction would be 14 X 15° gives 7 hours, on either side of the meridian, for the longest day. 12 X 15'^ gives 6 ditto, for the equinoctial day. 10 -^ 15° gives 5 ditto, for the siiortest day. Let us next see which of these most nearly resembles the ajiparent structure of the Alexandrine dial ; or whether its structure is a harmony of the two, thus — • 12 hours of 20'" give G, on cither side the meridian, for the longest day. 12 hours of 15° give 6, ditto, for the equinoctial day, 12 hours of 10' give 6, ditto for the SHoaiEST day. 82 It is clear tliat the lioUow part of tlie Alexandrine dial is graduated with six hour lines on cither s^idc of the meridian ; on the central of the tliree Curves. The lowest curve seems only to have numbered 11 on each side of the meiidian, to the point of 11 inches from the liack of the Dial. It is jirobable, therefore, that the corners never extended further ; and that their broken edges are no serious damage. For 4 J of 20° = 6 of 15°. It is a'.so clear that the steps represent only two hours on either side of the meridian in front, and three hours divided into half hours so as to number in all 5 hours on either side the meridian, whether hours of 15° or 20°. The additional hour wanted on either side the meridian to extend the Equinoc- tial to the longest day may perhaps have been obtained on the Alexandrine dial by reclining the pole backward from the zenith 15°. 'i'his would be rcjiresentcd by the space between the centre of the hollow for the gnomon, and the outer curve of that hollow. But 15° added on either side of the meridian, to the fi hours on either side for the Equinoctial day give 90° "f- 15° or 105° on either side, for the longest day. The shortest day, as before observed, is twice 75° or 10 hours of 15° to an hour, instead of 12 times 10 degrees, as numbered by Enoch, and the equivalent also for our own 8 times 15°. In conclusion of my rem:irks on this subject it is worthy of notice that the investigation thereof has established beyond a reasonable doubt, to my own mind, that the symbols of the Freemasons are symbols of traditional science. For instance, the triangle inscribed in the Circle (and adopted by the Cliurch of Me- disval Christianity for the symbol of our Christian Trinity) represented to the heathen the division of the year into 3 seasons. When two such triangles crossed one another so as to divide the circumference of the circle into six parts, each measured by a Chord of 60", the symbolism re- presents (I am told) " the Royal arc of the Freemasons," The union of these two symbolisms will moreover explain a very perplexing anomaly iu the Mythology of the Egy) lians. Their oldest gods are sometimes numbered only as three. 1st. PAN, or the Sun in Capricorn, for the oldest beginning of the year. 2nd. HERCULES, or the Sun in TAURUS, beginning the harvest season of the ancient year. 3rd. B.ACCIIUS, closing the harvest season with the in-gathering of the vintage in LEO, and then reigning as god king of the dead throughout the annual season of the Egyptian overflow until the annually typical regeneration of vegetable lite with a new spring season. When the beginning of the year was removed from Capricorn to Taurus, the position of the triangle by which the Circle was divided into three parts was then inverted, and the symbolism assumed the form of an inverted cone, like that of the Hindu heaven, called IMount MERU. From this the Greeks seem to hive borrowed the idea of representing ilount Olympus as the abode of their twelve gods. Of these were celestial and G infernal, after the division of the year into 4 seasons of 3 months each. But 8 reigned in light and 4 in darkness when the Cycle of their years, and days, and months, was divided only into thrre parts. The year of 12 months which numbered 12 lords of 30 days, (see title of Ptolemy Fhilopator, as a lord of 30 years, on the Rosctsa stone ;) and 3G Babylonian S.\RI, or Decadal Princes was formed by subdividing the 6 Chords of 60° into 12 of 30"^. Tiiis complicated intersection of sjiherical triangles foims a figure very like the flower of the Lotus, or water-lily ; and henre seemingly the origin of the earth being called by the Hindus " the Lotus Creation' of Brahma." I have yet to notice a symbolism of Freemasonry wliicli attracted my attention (as a stranger to its mysteries) when invited to their Hall, in Whitby, to hear a lecture from the Rev. J. B, Rcade. With a lecturer of great reputation, to keep the fi3 subject of the lecture a mystery until the microscope was unveiled, only served to heighten the interest of a very interesting and popular, no less than a profoundly scientific, conversational lecture. But I cannot let my thoughts wander from the symbolism of Freemasonry, whi'jh I there saw for the first time, viz. : a lion crowned on one side, and an eaffle on the other side of the room. These symbols represent the oldest form of the year of seven months ! which began, in Enoch's day, when the sun entered Capricorn, and ended with the tropical month of the summer solstice in Leo. This typical year of seven months was observed by the Israelites on their Excdus out of Egypt ; but the Levitical ordinance of Divine command respecting it, made it commence with the vernal and end with the autumnal equinox. Com- pare Exodus xii 2, xxiii. IG. This corroborates what I have elsewliere said in explanation of Ezekiel's pro- phetic vision in ics relation to ^^ the throne of God," cap. iv. 10. For the Psalmist calls heaven GoJ's throne, and tells us tliat the firmament sheweth His handy work. Thus the Lion and the Bull, the Eagle and the Man (or Hercules) were symbols \xsiA by the heatlien, and familiar to the Israelites, for the Providence of God reigning as Governor over all the earth throughout the four seasons of the year. For one object of Ezekiel's prophei-y was to correct that national pride of the rebellious Jews, which caused tbem to look always for some miraculous deliverance from heaven in defence of their exclusive privileges, as if it were impossible for them to believe that the God of Abraliam could also be giver of that power to Babylon, by which the seed of Abraham was to be brought into bondage for 70 years. This interpretation has however received most unexpected confirmation from a picture, exhibited at the International Exhibition, and marked No. 1212 on its frame, in the Austrian collection ; though the numbers did not range so high in the printed catalogue. There was a written title on it, by which it claimed to re- present a symbolism of the xiiith century. As a border round the painting, in old English characters and in Latin, were these words, " Holy, holy, holy, Lord God of hosts, Heaven and earth are full of thy majesty and glory," In the centre of this picture was Christ surrounded by angels, and standing on a rainbow. On one side was painted a great Alpha and on the other Omega. Underlying the rainbow on which Christ stood were the 12 signs of the Zodiac, not ranged in a circle as we do ; but in the form of a semicircle ,- ( .' as the Babylonian Hemicycle ;) with a personification of the wind, blowing them forward from the left hand to the right in the order of the signs ; and beginning with Capricorn. Thus, in the astronomy of Enoch, the year dated its beginning from the Trojiic of Capricorn ; and the sun and moon and planetary orbs were sup- posed to perform their revolutions through the agency of the wind. Above these signs of the Zodiac, and iu the four corners of that part of the picture where Christ, with a host of attendant angels stood in its centre, were the four figures referred to in the symbolism of Ezekiel's prophetic vision of heaven as God's throne (cap. i. 10), viz. : Uppermost ; the Lion on the right side and the Bull on the left side with the Eagle and the Angel, or winged man, in the lower corners. Tliis symbolism confirms the meaning I had previously put upon the words CHERUBI.M and SERAPHIM in our TE DEUM. It means ihe spirits of the blessed on earth and in heaven with all the starry hosts of heaven. These words seem to compare the doctrine of the .\posties' Creed respecting a " Communion of saints," with what is said in Rev. ,xiv. For cherubim means brought nigh — and is symbolically applied to the idea of a mystic union betweep Go4 and his 84 people. The word seraphim means the hirning ones. For the heavens declare the glory of God, and the firmament sheweth His handy work. — Psalm xix. ^Vith these observations I now finally take leave of this subject, as fraught with too many perplexing difficulties for me to attempt to carry the investigation furllier without an unprofitable waste of time, needed for giving continuous practical efi'ect to the conclusions I have formed thereon. For these have respect to the everlasting testimony of Jewish Prophecy to Christ ; as the Messiah of the spiritual Israel, from the days of Cyrus to the bringing in of that new and ever- lasting dispensation by which the ritualism of the Mosaic law was repealed ; and a new Covenant made with all flesh, through an election of grace', in Israel; that the Messiah of that remnant of the true Israel might thenceforth become the Saviour of the World. My thoughts on this subject will be briefly, if not pojiularly, giveti in the blank verses on " Messiah," p. 32, and in those on the word "Salvation," with which this tract closes ; but not without an earnest prayer that some useful purpose to my fellow beings may ensue from this attempt to make the study of .It-wish Prophecy an interesting act of intelligent devotion, and not that of an unintelligible superstition, ever under the influence of fanatics, being made to urge on the destruction instead of the Salvation of the World in Christ. The symbolic object of the Egyptian Pyramids inferred from the measurements of their relative heights, as given in Herodotus. Ilorapollo (Hieroglyp v. as quoted in Jackson's Chronological Anti- quities, vol. ii. p. 99,) says of the Egyptians, " When writing the current year they write a fourth of an aroura. For the aroura is a measure of 100 cubits. If, then, they wish to say a year, they say a fourth," i. e., {^^, or a quarter of 100 cubits. It is clear, therefore, that the Lustrum and Cycle of the great Sothiac year, were then in use — when the square described about a circle sym- bolized 100 cubits, or feet, and the parallelogram about the semicircle 50, accord- ing to the unit of measurement under consideration. Thus the " arourte," or lands given to the Egyptian soldier.-^, are said to have been " fields of 50 feet square." — Lib. ii, cap. 141. Also the degrees on the circumference of a Circle seem sometimes to have measured /ee^, and sometimes days, or days for years. Again we are told the hill on which the Pyramids of Cheops and Chephren were built was near 100 feet high. Let us suppose this hill to have symbolized their standard of Geometric mea- surement, viz. : the Square described about a Circle. Subdivide this square like a chess board, into eight divisions on every side; for the 8 times 15 degrees which measured the Chord of 120°; as the arc of the Egyptian winter day, when the year was divided into only three seasons. Each of these divisions, being a perfect square would also symbolize 100 feet, Hence the symbolic height of 800 feet given to the great Pyramid ; as represent- ing a spherical triangle each of whose sides represented a Chord of 120°. Cheops' reign of 50 years identifies the astronomy of his days with the oldest Cycle of five years. That numbered 50 days or years to the Divine age of Brahm:\. 85 The Chess-hoard symbolism, or square divided into 8 parts ou either side, will represent both the height of 800 feet assigned to the Pyramid of Cheops, and the 100 feet of height for the hill on which the Pyramids were built. But the square only symbolized 100 cubits or feet, when considered as d^ perfect square, or as a square in its relation to a circle. When compared with a semicircle it symbolized only 50 cubits or feet ; and when compared with a quadrant only 25 cubits or feet. Thus the 8 divisions of the Chess-board symbolism admit of three symbolic values: viz., 8 X 100° for the 800 feet of Cheops' Pyramid in height. 8 X 25° for the 200 years of the Brahma's life ; viz., 100 on either side of the meridian, 8 X 15° = 6 X 20° for the 120° numbered to the base of the Pyramid of Cheops. Hence the 50 years for the reign of Cheops were as half the reign of Brahma. Thus the Pyramid of Cheops had to the semicircle of the Egyptian holloxo dial, (like that brought from Alexandria,) the relation of half of its height, when compared with the circle. In other words it was a triangle, each of whose sides was a Chord of 60°, compared with one each of whose sides was a Chord of 120°. Thus the Chess-board symbolism, illustrates the myth which the Egyptian • Priests told Herodotus about the descent of their King Rhampsinitus beiow the earth to play Chess with Ceres, who presented him with a napkin, embroidered with gold, to typify the ripening of the corn on earth at the season of his return to this upper world. His reign, therefore, seems to symbolise the beginning of the harvest season, whilst the predicted death of Mycerinus in the seventh year, (or rather month,) points to the end of the harvest season with his reign. Rhampsinitus was the fifth in a Soli Lunar Cycle of the 12 god-kings, beginning with Moeris and ending with Sethos. He built uj) the west entrance of the Temple of Vulcan ; and ASYCHIS (the immediate successor of Mycerinus) built the East entrance. But Moeris was King of the Sotdh, and yet he first built up the North entr id . of the Temple of Vulcan, when he built the labyriath, whose under •gri.i .' chambers were the temple of his Crocodile gods. lu the previous part of these tracts, I have supposed he built up the Korth entrance of the Temple of Vulcan, by dating the beginning of the Egyptian solar year from the vernal Equinox, as Moses did the Jewish year, when dividing ic into four seasons. But if the reign of Rhampsinitus began with the sun in Taurus, as the sixth gate of Enoch's Astronomy, then the beginning of the reii^n of Mcpris must be dated irom the sun's entrance into Capricorn, as was that of Menes. That was, moreover, the second mouth of the year in the astronomy of Enoch : vihost first gate of the Sun was in Sagittarius, as on the Zodinc of the Hindus, making a cycle of 8 to Leo. This was the cycle of Jeroboaiu's idolatry. — 1 Kings xii, 32. Thus the origin of the myth about the Lion and the Unicorn, contending for the crown, of primary dominion in the cycle of the year, may be readily traced. Chephren's Pyramid "stands on the same hill icith that of his brother" Cheops, according to Herodotus ; Chephren's reign numbered 56 years. The two reigns, in fact, represent two distinct Cycles That of Cheops was the old Hindu Cycle of 5 days or years multiplied by 10, for the Divine age of Brahma. That of Chephren was the hebdomadal reign of the 8 lunar demi-gnds, or 7 X 8 = 56 days. Their conjoint reign numbered the 106 years during which the Priests told Herodotus " The Egyptians were exposed to every species of oppression and calamity, not having in all this period permission to worship 86 in their temples. For the memory of these two monarchs they have so extreme an aversion, that they are not very willing to mention their names. They call their pyramids by the name of the shepherd Philitis, who at that time fed his cattle in those places." This seems to have some reference to the times of Sala/is and the Shepherd, kings of Manetho's 15th, 16th, and 17th Dynasties. For they had made the name of Shepherd an abomination to the Egyptians, before Jacob and his sons went down into Egypt, — Gen. xlvi. 33, 34. Only now, whilst occupied in correction of the press, has it occurred to me (on perceiving that the place of the blind ANYSIS was tenth of the Soli-Lunar god-kings of the Egyptian year, or that of the sun in LIBR.\) that it might have relation to our symbolism for Justice, as blindfolded, when holding the scales. Also, that the 50 years of Cheops' and 56 of Chephren's reign, are merely variations of the number of days added at different times to the old Lunar Year of ten months, numbering 300 degrees on the circle for the 300 cubits length of Noah's ark, for these were thus extended to 350 at first ; then to 354 (as 12 X 29?) ; then into 355 ; and lastly, (with imputation of the offence against Chephren,) to 356 days, mythically called years. Virgo sym- bolically represented on the Zodiac the place of the full moon when the Sun was in Pisces, at the beginning of the 600th year of Noah's life. The Dove was the ascending and the Raven the descending node of the Moon ; and the window of ths ARK is the quadrant or ARC of 90'^, being a seven days measure of lunar time. The Door was the first month of the year, called the Sun's great gate by Enoch. This was closed of God over NOAH, whose year began in PISCES, and opened of God to MOSES in ARIES. This helps to identify the times of Mycerinus with the Egyptian counterpart of the Mosaic narrative of the Exodus, as therein typically identified with a deliverance of the righteous from the power of their enemies by the intervention of a dehige, as in the days of NOAH. For the times of Mycerinus, equally as those of Moses, seem to represent the division of the solar year into four seasons, as beginning with the fifth lunation from the sun in Sagittarius. For then the beginning of the oldest Soli-Lunar Year, in the days of Enoch, was so changed as to date the beginning of the Solar Year from the annual beginning of the influence of solar heat on vegetation, as favourable for introducing the lambing season of the year, simultaneously with the consummated redemption of the earth from the waters of the flood. For then only were they converted into the waters of the river of life, fructifying the earth on the fifth day, preparatory to its being made the habitation of man on the sid'th typical day of Creation. Hence the typical instruction of God's Will, as revealed to Moses from the Works of Creation identifies the fifth day thereof with the sun's fifth lunation annually in Aries. Compare Gen. i. 19 with Enoch Ixxi. 9, 10. In further confirmation of the above conclusion, the 106 years numbered by Herodotus to the joint reigns of Cheops and Chephren, gave on each side the meridian of the Egyptian sun dial, 105 days or years for 105 degrees. Thus 2 X 105° = 210", or 14 times 15° for the summer day in N. Lat. 30°, after the division of the year \nto four seasons, when the length of their winter day was consequently measured by 150^. These answered to the 5 months' season of Noah's fiood, made the 150 years of Egypt's predicted oppression by the Crocodile, or lunar god-kings of the South ; usurping the position of a rival dominion, with the Ethiopian dynasty of their sun-Pharaohs at Thebes, to the N. E. The 106 years numbered to Cheops and Chephren for the 105 or half of 87 210°, (the whole arc of their summer day,) was to identify half their day of 14 hours with the two cycles of their greatest traditional celebrity, viz., the 50 days of years numbered as 5 weeks of 10 days to Brahma's divine age, and 7X8 days for two Sabbatical months, or twice four weeks of 7 days each. Next for the Pyramid of Mycerinus. This we are told was only 20 feet less in height than the great Pyramid built by his father Cheops. Herodotus says, " It was a regular square on every side, three hundred feet in height, and as far as the middle of Ethiopian stone." By square he either allows for a measurement below the earth (not perhaps actually, but geometrically) equal to its height above; or he must mean that its height was as its base ; viz., that it was equal on all sides, like the square. But the Chord of 120° less 20° represents the Chord of 100°. Thus measuring time by Degrees on the Circle, 100 degrees symbolized the 100 years of Brahma's mythic life, in the Oriental world of the ancients. Also, 3 X 100° were as 4 X 75°. Thus 50 degrees set off on either side of the meridian on an Equinoctial dial give a base of 100, subtending an arc of 200 degrees as the measurement of their summer day in the old year, or rather Lunar Season of 10 months. This mea- sured 10 Satya-yugs, or golden ages 0/20 days each, for Manu's yearly reign of light: reserving 160 or twice 80 for the arc of their winter season in which the reign of APHOPHIS was as that of the DRAGON. Hence the Pyramid of Mycerinus seems to have been a Geometric symbolism for the spherical triangle of 100 degrees on each side, as equal to a square of 75° on each side. Hence the 300 years attributable to the reign of HORUS in the old Lunar year of ] months each numbering 30 days. Next comes the Pyramid of Chephren. This was by 40 feet less in height than the great Pyramid of his brother Cheops. But 120° less 40° gives the 80° which measured the life and reign of Apho- phis ; as limited to 100 years less 1 hour. By this we are to understand time symbolically measured on the circumference of the Circle, when the hour of Enoch's day was measured by 20 degrees. Thus 100 less 20° = 80° ; and twice 40° (for the arc of 40° laid oflF on either side of the meridian on their sun dial) gives 80° ; for the measure of their winter day as symbolized in the Pyramid of Chephren. This formed a spherical triangle each of whose sides represented a Chord of 80°. But 3 X 80° = 240° as the summer season, or two thirds of the old solar year of 360° for as many days. His Pyramid therefore commemorated the reign of the 8 gods of Egypt in a lunar year of 8 X 30 days. And his reign of 56 years or days numbered two months of 4 times 7 days : thus attributing to him the division of time by seven and by eight. Lastly we have the Pyramid of Cheops' daughter, as one the design of which was suggested by that of Cheops ; in the same sense as we call a man's thoughts the offspring of his brain. Thus Jerusalem, as built by David on Mount Sion, is called in Scripture the Daughter of Sion. This is called the middle Pyramid. ?, of the three whose building followed that of the great Pyramid of Cheops ; or middle, as occupying the centre of the Circle f Two sides of this, we are told, measured 150° each. These, represented in degrees on the circumference of the Circle, and measured on either side of the Solstitial Colure, form an arc of 300 for the old Lunar year of 10 months otherwise sym- bolized in the Pyramid of Mycerinus. 88. This will account for the myth respectiai; Mycerinus and his daughter, whom he caused to be worshipped after death, in the form of a heifer ,- or as a lunar goddess. For the name "Aahmes" found in Manetho's 18th Dynasty of Egyptian kings is a name which seems to represent a play upon the Coptic words " ehe,'' an ox, and "ioh " (whence the lO of Grecian myth), the moon. Note also, the three sides of this Pyramid of Cheop's daughter taken together represent 3 X 150° or 450°, viz., the Cycle of the old solar year of 300 days and one fourth of a year for the reign of Osiris, with the 15 generations of the Cynic Circle, in a Cycle of 15 months. When to the above considerations we add the fact that Mycerinus was the Priest of Osiris and Isis, I think there can be little doubt left respecting the symbolic origin here assigned to the building of the Egyptian Pyramids. 89 The Historical Character of the Sacred Narrative respecting Noah's Ark vindicated, in solution of Bishop Colenso''s doubts thereon. But we must remember that the oriental mode of transmitting its historical and scientific traditions of remote antiquity was invariably allegorical. When this book was almost ready for publication, more than six months ago,* my desire to ascertain the structure of the Greek-Egyptian dial at the British JSIuseum, caused me not to hurry the lithographer about certain illustrations then in hand, by way of gaining time to consider the possible bearings of the structure of that dial on the general subject of this investiga- tion. The amount of difficulty has been far more than 1 had calculated on, and of a character to give me little or no avail- able help from the assistance of a clever nautical astronomer, who had kindly interested himself therein. I have at length come to a definite conclusion thereon, and one which leaves no doubt on my own mind, either as to the general structure of the dial, or of its exceeding great value in an antiquarian point of view. For it seems intimately to con- nect God's everlasting covenant with all flesh in Christ, with a reference to the times of two previously typical dispensations. 1^^. That of mercy given by Noah. 2c?. That of a fiery law given by Moses, yet not to disannul the promise of mercy, but added thereto by reason of transgression, that men might learn to live before God righteously on earth, for a righteous con- solation of hope in the hour of natural death. Hence eternal judgment under the Mosaic law, was, and (until the Christian dispensation be accepted in spirit and in truth) is to be one of a fiery flood ; not a flood of waters. — Gen. ix, 15. I shall not here make any remark on Bishop Colenso's book beyond his preface, recording the stumbling-block he found in the narrative of the flood, when pressed by the doubts of an intelligent and earnest mind, anxious to read under a spirit- ually truthful apprehension of its meaning, the book which we * Hence the date of 1862 on the title page. 90 all honour in common, as professedly containing a revelation of God's will. So far as the Bishop''s doubts in respect to Noah are con- cerned, I have reason to thank him for drawing ray attention again to the subject, after a fuller investigation of the chrono- logy of the old Oriental world than that of my earlier thoughts on the chronology of Noah's day. The result (whatever may be the opinion of others thereon) will be found in this preface. I have been more anxious for the truthfulness of my state- ment than the appearance of my book, which has not been printed from a manuscript completed beforehand. But thoughts dividing themselves into different heads, and all of them perplexing, compelled me to seek the advantage of hav- ing different portions printed in different places, that all might be simultaneously concluded. This has caused one instance of confusion in the paging, for which I am sorry. When order- ing the paging of the blank verse on the word " Salvation," with which I purposely intended to conclude ray book, I had forgotten that the pages assigned thereto were already numbered over the immediately preceding note. When ne- cessity came for adding to that note, the anomaly became obvious to me for the first time, though then too late for cor- rection. Also for the illustrations, 1 have caused them to be classified in two series, corresponding, as far as possible, to the two Tables of Contents, viz., one for the First and Second, and one for the Third Tract. But some of those thus referred to are moveable, and must necessarily be put up separately. My reply to Bishop Colenso's doubts respecting Noah"'s ark will not be personal, but simply the enunciation of my own conclusion on the subject, from an amount of evidence which to me seems little short of demonstration ; and if so, the value of the Greek -Egyptian dial, already referred to, cannot be fully estimated. My views on this subject will form the remaining part of this Note, and will diverge into tico considerations : — 1st. The symbolic structure of Noah's ark. 2d. The relation of the allegory respecting the dove and the raven, to the moon's ascending and descending circuits of seven days each, in its two equinoctial lunations, as described by Enoch, cap. Ixxiii, 5-10. 91 The Symbolic Character of Noah's Ark (as probably the Scaphe or Boat-Dial of the OrienUds, anciently) proved by a com- parison of its recorded dimensions tcith the Structure of the Alexandrine or Greek-Egyptian Dial now in the British Museum. With a radius of 15 inches (on the scale of \ inch for an inch) describe the semicircle ABC, as the lower half of an equinoctial dial.* Then, with point B for a centre, and a chord of 45° from B towards A for radius, describe the arc DEF, and complete the semicircle, or the circle in further ex- planation of the dial's structure. Take the point E, which represents the centre of this semi- circular arc, as the place of the gnomon. Then with point E for a centre, describe the semicircle GHI, so as to intersect the semicircle ABC at a distance of 60^ on both sides of the meridian. The chord of 60° on the quadrant AB will thus be nearly one of 7o° (say 72° for 6x12°) on the quadrant GH. But twice 75° =150° for the 10 hours of their winter day, in N. lat. 30°, being the difference between 360° and the 210° for their summer day of 1 4 hours each, numbering 1 5°. Also, 2 X 72°= 144° for 12 hour-lines of 12° each. Jewish Prophecy, seemingly thus numbered 144 degrees on the diurnal arc, for * the children of light and of the day ' in Israel, to be multiplied by thousands in Messiah's day. — Rev. xiv. Thus the inch of recline and fall backwards from the bottom of the lowest curve to the back of the top step (if the top step has a flat surface extending backward one inch, and does not, like the other steps, present to the eye merely the frontage of an inclined plane, graduated by lines drawn across it), may have had for its object the substituting two chords of 75° for two chords of 60° for the measure of the sun's diurnal arc in N. lat. 30°, after the division of the year into four seasons, or per- haps two chords of 72° for a diurnal arc of 1 44°. For when their solar year was divided only into three seasons, the circle which represented its cycles was divided only into three parts by a spherical triangle, each of whose * Or into 15 of 12° each. For the lunation of .30 days, numbering 12° to a day, was symbolised in the year-day of 360 equally as 12 days of 30 hours, as 12 months of 30 days, and as 30 days of 12 hours. Hence the 12x12 = 1 44 hours for 12 days without night, which 12 days multiplied by 1000 formed the great cycle of Hindu chronology. 92 sides represented a chord of 120°. By the intersection of two such triangles, dividing the circle into 6 times 60", the heathen framed their cycle of the six solar god-kings, whose reign preceded that of the twelve soli-lunar lords of SO days. In their dialling for the year, as divided only into three seasons, the curve for the hour line of six seems to have been described with radius a chord of 45°, or half the arc AB, where we take radius secant 60°. But after the division of the year into four seasons, the curve to be described would have to pass through 1.5° and the centre of the circle, for the place of the pole, thereby changing the complement of the latitude from 60° to 75°. The radius for this curve is a chord of 150°, and a radius of 150° gives a diameter of 300°, according to the length of Noah's ark, measuring its 300 cubits by 300° on the circle. Again, with a chord of 150° (from the semicircle GHI) for radius, as nearly the same with a chord of 1 20° from the great semicircle ABC, describe the spherical quadrant NOP. Also on the curve of the semicircle A BC set off 30° on either side of the meridian, and with that chord of 60° describe the spherical tri- angle KLM. Next divide the two chords of 60° from B to N and from B to P, into six divisions each. Then draw the hour-lines from the pole E, through these points to the sides NO and OP of the great spherical quadrant NOP. These hour-lines will then measure, on each side of the meridian, 6 hours of 20° to an hour. For the two chords of 60° BN and BP thus in effect represent two chords of 120° in ON and OP, Hence the explanation of the three stories to Noah's ark becomes clear. For the chord of 45° from BD, compared with the semicircle ABC is a chord of 60° on the semicircle of the dial, or DEF. Divide the meridian into three equal parts, and \vith the point L in the back of the dial (as the centre of the primitive semicircle) describe the two middle curves of the dial at nearly equal distances from one another and from the pole. Of these the uppermost will measure 6 hour-lines of 20° on either side of the meridian to the intersection of NP (or the hour-line of six on the spherical quadrant) by DEF as the hour-line of six on the dial. Also the second curve (or that marked by the Greek nume- rals from 1 to 1 2) represents a day of 1 2 hours, but shorter than those on the top curve by 1 ^ hours from D to N and from F to P, when compared with the lowest curve. These two curves, therefore, are forms of symbolism for the equinoctial 93 day. For the middle one measures 12 hours of 15° as equal to 9 (or twice 4i) of 20° to an hour on the lowest curve DF, which consequently represents the equinoctial day of Enoch's astronomy. Lastly, the six hour-lines included between KM, on the lowest curve measure, 3 hours of 20° on each side the meridian, or Enoch's winter day, when the sun reached the Tropic of Capricorn. The front steps measure 1^ hours on either side the meridian, for the 60 days given to the sun at the summer tropic, as sup- plementing the old lunar year of 10 months, or 300 days. The side steps thus measure six half-hours of 10° degrees each, which was seemingly the measurement on " the steps " (or dial) "of Ahaz." — 2 Kings xx, 11. Thus the side steps will in effect graduate into six divisions, an arc of 60° be- tween the equator and the solstitial lunation on either side of of the meridian. This explains Enoch's mode of estimating the increase and decrease in the length of day and night, as varying by 07ie hour for each lunation of 30 days between the equator and the tropics, Thus, by numbering 60° degrees to the sun at the solstices, the variations in the length of day and night were symbolically estimated as proceeding in the ratio of 1 hour to 20°, instead of 1 hour to 30°. Thus they measured on the circle the arc of their horizon north of the equator by radius a chord of 60°, as on the meridian of their dial. Thus it is clear that the structure of the Alexandrine dial did, in some of its features, differ essentially from any forms laid down in our books on dialling. In the case of a reclining hollow dial for Alexandria, (when reclined according to the latitude, as Berosus made his semi- circular dial hollowed out of a square), the pole would, I expect, be reclined from the horizontal by 30°, when the year was divided into only three seasons. For two spherical tri- angles intersecting each other, so that each divided the circle into three parts, would cut the circle in north latitude 60°, and in south latitude 60°, or in the complement of 30°. But after the division of the year into four seasons, the summer day of 14 times 15° (for 14 hours) would be measured by an arc of 210°, leaving an arc of 150° for the 10 hours of their winter day. The hour-line of 6 on such a dial would there- fore of necessity pass thiough north latitude 15°, the comple- ment of which is 75°, and the radius with which they described this curve seems to have been a chord of 150°, whilst the radius with which they described the hour-line of 6, when 94 the year was divided into three seasons, seems to have been a chord of 45°, measured off on the primitive circle from B towards A, The connection between radius a chord of 150° and the length of Noah's ark, as measured by the diameter of 300°, for oOO cubits, has been already referred to. The next thing to be considered is ilia xcindow of Noah's ark. This was to be finished in 1 cubit above, or tapering to 1 degree of the circle, for the apex of a cone of light from above. The door at the side marks the beginning of the diurnal and annual arc on the equinoctial dial at the equinox, after the division of the year into four seasons; also the autumnal equinox (as the place of full moon when the sun is in the vernal equinox) seems chosen for the beginning, because Enoch says the moon regulated the beginnings of their years and months. Enoch also calls the first month of the year a great gate of the sun, ^Yllose 12 annual lunations of 30° were reckoned as 12 gates, surrounded by ^c^w(?o^cs, symbolising the light oi the stars. The 50 cubits' breadth of Noah's ark will be measured by the semidiameter of the primitive circle inscribed in the square, for such was the symbolic measurement of the square described about a semicircle. The height of 30 cubits was as the latitude of the place, when represented by the intersection of two chords of 60° for their equinoctial dial, so long as the year was divided only into three seasons. But (after the division of the year into four seasons) the lowest curve intersected the primitive circle in 1 5° for an arc of twice 75° or 150°. Then the inclination of the dial would be reduced from 30° to 15°. Hence the 15 cubits of depth by which the waters prevailed upward, until the mountains were covered. — Gen. vii, 20. I suppose the centre of the lowest curve to be the zenith of the dial, and the centre of the horizon of their diurnal arc. This horizon of their diurnal arc was (seemingly) the firma- ment of Gen. i, 6, 7. Hence, on the third typical day of crea- tion (when separation was first made between the earth and sea) this was only a further consequence of the division between the waters which were above and those which were under the firmament on the second typical day of creation. The mountains covered by these waters and the reappear- ance of the tops of mountains above the subsiding waters, on the first day of the tenth month, are figurative expressions, like that of Jewish prophecy, which placed the mountain of the Lord's house on the top of the mountains. For the ancients . 95 believed their horizon to be encircled by a waste of waters like those of the primeval chaos, whence originated the allegorical history of the flood of Noah's day. The mountains of this imagery are consequently the moun- tains of their allegorical astronomy and geography, viz., as 7 parallels of latitude below the equinoctial line, equal in number to those above. For thus, on their equinoctial dial, the 6 hours of day compared with the 6 hours of night were reckoned as twice 7 hours, by counting each tropical hour as two, even as they numbered 60 instead of 30 days to their solstitial months. Thus the geography of their central kingdom placed it be- tween N. lat. 60° and S. lat. 60°. The Hindus represented these climates (reckoned by 10" to a climate on either side the equator) sometimes also as an ex- tensive plain numbering seven islands, with seven seas sur- rounding them, from the centre of which " shoots up the highest of mountains, Su-Meru, to the height of several hun- dred thousand miles, in the form of an inverted pyramid, having its summit, which is 200 times broader than the base, sur- mounted by three swelling cones transpiercing upper vacancy with three golden peaks, on which are situate the favourite residences of the sacred Triad."" — Duff's India and India Mis- sions, p. 92. The three stories into which Noah's ark was to be divided, Gen. vi, 16, are marked by the three curves which intervene between the place of the gnomon and the zenith of the dial, i. e., as I read its structure ; but I am not competent to speak positively in this respect. For the distance between the pole and the zenith, as measured by radius, a chord of 60°, is as three times 20° compared with the measure of the quadrant on the circumference of the circle, by an arc of 90°, or three times 30°. Thus Noah's ark seems to have been a very ancient symbo- lism for the heaven of N. lat. 30°, as the throne of God above the Eden of typical prophecy, in its relation to the oriental notions of earth's central kingdom. Thus Noah's ark seems to have been a symbolism for heaven as the throne of God's providence over all for life and food, but in an especial manner for communion of the light of life with the children of the light and of the day. These are thus represented as dividing para- dise amongst them in pairs, and numbered to the extent of 7 pairs, answering to the 7 hours of the sun's ascension, and the 7 of declension daily on their equinoctial dial also monthly from full to new moon, and yearly from the winter to the 96 summer tropic, by counting each tropical hour, and day, and month, and year as two. Thus, in all probability, Noah's ark was the Scapiie or boat-dial of the ancients, and a symbolism for heaven as the throne of God with the earth of N. lat. 30" as His footstool. The animals allowed for food to man (and thus typically accounted clean, in contrast to the others as unclean) were numbered with " the children of the light and of the day,"" on the light side of their equinoctial dial, and in pairs, to per- petuate their species ; also in sevens, symbolically to associate their existence with the idea of God's Sabbatical rest in glory on the works of his creation, typically limited to seven days. Though the unclean were numbered by pairs to perpetuate their species, the numbering by sevens is not specified in their case, yet the hours of night were seven of the moon's ascen- sion and seven of declension, equally as those of the day. But, in the latter case, the life of the animal creation was subjected in power to man for his use and repression, when increasing to a dangerous extent. Silence, therefore, is observed on the ratio of their increase, as if purposely left indefinite under a mystery of Providence. — Ezek. xiv, 21. The twice seven days' circuit of the Moons Ascension and De- clination hettceen the Equinoctial and the Tropics, when going forth from the third and fourth gates of the Sun, according to the description of the two Equinoctial Lunatio7is giten in Enoch Ixxiii, 5-12, Archbishop Laurence's Translation. Enoch s words are : — " On stated months it (the Moon) changes its settings ; and on stated months it makes its pro- gress through each gate. In two gates the Moon sets with the Sun, viz., in those two gates which are in the midst — in the third and fourth gates. From the third gate it goes forth for seven days, and makes its circuit. Again it returns to the gate whence the Sun goes forth, and in that completes the whole of its light. Then it declines from the Sun, and enters in eight days into the sixth gate, and returns in seven days to the third gate, from which the Sun goes forth. " When the Sun proceeds from the fourth gate, the Moon goes forth for seven days, until it passes from the fifth gate. 97 " Again it returns in seven days to the fourth gate, and completing all its light, declines, and passes on by the first gate in eight days, and returns in seven days to the fourth gate, from which the Sun goes forth. " Thus I beheld their stations, as according to the fixed order of the months the Sun rises and sets." Compare the passage of Herodotus respecting the changes of the Sun's rising and setting within the cycle of 11,340 mythic years. On the Sun's fifth gate, compare Enoch Ixxi, v. 22: — " Then {i.e., after the double lunation, or lunation of sixty days, in the sixth gate), the Sun goes from the west from that sixth gate, and proceeds eastwards, rising in the fifth gate for thirty days, and setting again westwards in the fifth gate of the west. " At that period the day becomes shortened two parts, and is ten parts, while the night is eight parts. Then the Sun goes forth from the fifth gate, as it sets in the fifth gate of the west ; and rises in the fourth gate for thirty-one days, on account of its signs, setting in the west. " At that period the day is made equal with the night ; and, being equal with it, the night becomes nine parts, and the day nine parts, viz., hours of 20° zr 12 of 15°. '* Then the Sun goes from that gate, as it sets in the west ; and returning to the east, proceeds by the third gate for thirty days, setting in the west at the third gate. " At that period the night is lengthened from the day dur- ing thirty mornings, and the day is curtailed from the day dur- ing thirty days, the night being ten parts (viz., hours measured by an arc of 240°), and the day eight parts (or hours measured by an arc of 160°). But when the hour was measured by 15°, then the ten hours of 150° were as the 150 years of Egypt's oppression in the days of Mycerinus, compared with the 210° for the 14 hours of the summer day in N. Lat. 30°." 98 The going " to and fro" of the 3Ioo7i's nodes descending and ascending alternately through an arc of 90'' {for a seven days or weeJcly measure of lunar time) compared with the sun's alternate ascension and declination daily for seven hours, and yearly for seven months: \at. For the Eveninrj portion of the day of the week and of the year, as reckoned " to and fro" wathin the southern arc of the moon's descending node by the dragon's tail; or from tlji to TH, and from ZH to f, and in- versely, viz., from evening to midnight, and from midnight back to the morn- ing of a new day, beginning in the sun's fourth gate, when he turned to the moon's ascending node in Leo. 2d. For the Morning portion of the day of the week and of the year, as reckoned " to and fro" within the northern arc of the moon's ascending node by the dragon's head, or from ^ to U, and from K to y, and inversely, viz. , from morning to midday, and from midday back to the evening of a new day, in which he again changed the place of his setting, by returning from his fomiih to his third gate, or from the moon's ascending to the moon's de- scending node. No. 1. Declination of light, for the seven hours of the sim's decline from the meridian of its diiu-nal arc in N. lat. 30° These were symbolised in Noah's Ark by the dove's retwm in the evening. — Gen viii, 11. The olive leaf plucked off symbolises the peaceftilness of the Sabbath rest thus provided of God for man. N.B. — The seven months, days, and hours of this return were num- bered by the Orientals on the same side (not as by us, on the opposite f?ide) of the meridian ; viz. from the solstice back to the same equinoctial sign — not to the opposite, as oiu: symboHsm for the place of the FULL MOON ui its uniform opposition to that of the NEW MOON. ■ No. 2. Ascension of Hght, for seven hours A.M. on the c'dal for N. lat. 30° These the Orientals numbered as tivice six, by counting the sia^h or tropi- cal hour as two, viz. once to the ascend- ing, and once to the descending cir- cuit of the sun. Hence, though twelve hours only are numbered on the Alexandiine Dial, they may have been counted as twice seven, even as the seven against Thebes (viz. Egyptian Thebes and its sim-gods) numbered only six, arranged as twice seven by counting Eteocles and Poly- nices twice in the centre. 99 The place of the summer solstice, on the north side of the equinoctial dial, represented the palace of the great king, in its symbolic identity with the arc of God's diurnal providence en- throned in light, and having the brightness of their summer sun for the symbol of his eternal glory. But the equinoxes vrere not always numbered at opposite sides of the meridian, and distant from one another by 180°. Like the moon's nodes when lying east and west for the two solstitial lunations, they were in their dialling often placed in the middle of a semicir- cular: arc, the extremities of which represented the tropics, when wishing to symbolise the division of the solar year into four seasons. I have attempted to illustrate this by a moveable diagram, which will, 1 hope, prove satisfactorily that the seven days' circuits of the dove and raven, on the Noah's ark symbolism, are a variation for the dragon symbolism of Cain's mark, which prevailed with the heathen as a suitable emblem to notify the variable position in the moon's nodal line, as lying east and icest, when the sun was in the tropics, but north and south when the sun was in the equinoxes. Hence Cain's banishment to the land of Nod (or the fugi- tive), on the east of the garden of Eden, as a variation of the metaphor under which the word node is otherwise derived from the Latin nodus, a knot, referring to the intersection of the ecliptic by the moon's orbit, monthly, in two nearly opposite points. Thus the symbolism of Noah's ark, when explained in its details, shews that it is scripturally referred to under a double metaphor. Ast. In comparison of the old lunar year of ten months (as measured by the arc of 300° assigned to the reign of Horus by the Egyptians), with the solar year of 860 days, measured by 360° on the circle. 2c?. As symbolically one in its astronomical origin with the Argo of heathen mythology, though connected by Noah and Moses with a typical instruction unto a righteous faith in the providence of God as an all-sufficient reliance for his people, by night as by day, carrying them safely through the season of the^flood, sent as a scourge toothers, but to fertilise the land for them, in preparation for a new seed-time.* Thus, when God says he bore Israel, as on eagles wings, through the wilderness, T^ * This accords with the teaching of 1 Peter iv, 12-17, as varied with refer- ence to the prophecy of a "fiery flood," in sjinboUc temaination of the year, on its division into four seasons. 100 a double metaphor is made use of. We immediately think of the eagle's lofty flight, out of fear of harm from man, but we too often overlook the reference here to the earjle of Ezek. i, 10, as an emblem on the celestial globe for the return of the sun to the eastern hemisphere of sun-rise, niter the darkness of night which symbolised the season of the flood as the season of Egypt's predicted oppression for 5 months, or l-'O days, called years, like the 120 years of Gen. vi, 1, for the 120 days, or four months of the harvest season, which was termi- nated by the flood. Thus Noah's ark was otherwise symbolised as " the ark of testimony,'"' both in the typical sanctuary of the Jews, and as seen in heaven by St John, Rev. xi, 19, in like form. He, however, saw it also as the diurnal arc of solar light, or of day without night, and as the rainbow arc of God's covenant with all flesh by Noah. — See Rev. x, i ; xi, 6 ; xxii, 5 ; with Jerem. xxxi, 35, 36 ; xxxiii, 25, 26, in explanation of Gen. i, 14, com- pared with Gen. xxxvii, .9, 10, and with our Saviour's typical instruction from the twelve subdivisions of light numbered to the diurnal arc of the orientals in the apostolic age. John xi, 9, ] 0. The same metaphorical language is used in the open- ing of our morning hymn, viz. : — " Awake, my soul, and with the sun Thy daily stage of duty run." Compare also the parable of the labourer's hired at difte- rent hours of the day, with John ix, 4 — " I must work the works of Him that sent me, tchile it is day ; the night cometh when no man can work." These two cycles of seven explain the myth of the fourteen Maniis who reigned anmially in as many golden ages of 20 days each. Their portion of the solar year was therefore measured by an arc of 280°. The remaining 80° formed the reign of Aphophis for 100 years, less 1 hour of 20° to an hour. But on the equinoctial dial the ascending and descending circuits of the sun by day, and the moon by night, were re- spectively limited to an arc of 90°. The three zodiacal signs of the sun's right ascension to the north of the equinoctial (when the equinoctial points were between Aquarius and Pisces on the east, and between Virgo and Leo on the west, as in the dialling of the Noah's ark symbolism), were Pisces, Aries, and Taurus. The signs of its decline were Gemini, Cancer, and Leo. Yet the ascending node of the suns Sabba- tical circuit (whether reckoned as hours, days, months, or years, or by decades and hundreds of years) is on the eight-day lui > zodiac of the Hindus placed in Leo, and the descending node in Vircjo. The meaning of this seems to be that he who ascended in Taurus at the beginning of their harvest season of four months was the same as he who descended in Virgo at the end of the harvest season. This harmonises with the Egyptian account of Rhampsinitus, who, after descending below the earth to play chess with Ceres, was presented by her with a napkin embroidered with gold on his return at the beginning of the harvest season, or in Taurus. This division of the solar cycle into four parts, by number- ing four circuits of seven days each to the equinoctial luna- tions (as explained above from Enoch), leaves no doubt that this was what the Egyptian priests meant when they told Herodotus that the sun had four times changed his place of rising and setting in a space of 1 1,340 years, meaning the days in 31 i solar years of 360 days each, or in 82 lunar years of 354 days each, leaving an excess only of 12 days. 102 t a -*? 1-0 03 <5 .^ «o ^ 5S « S s s J^ V. fc, i to ■5-a g Hi d oj ^ 2 C .S -1-3 ^ ^ "i 2.2C^ .i3^15 k< o-s g (1) '^'^ lid (1) «s| a3 S'S^ is ^"3 tS o ttH g:l<l <D p] C :x) o o o o ^ -^ •^ s S 0,-3 ^ 0) ^ ° =4-1 += ^^ " fe ° O Q c o t; ^ a> J u S ^ ^ "3 .S p -tf "& 3 1 ■'^ -Sr-" a) p *-o e 45 =^' s tS (u O '^ O S § =* '>< 2 "5 "a ,-H Q ^ X .-^ o -^ ^ S ;; o Ills I c^S -a ,, fe 0) c^ "a , •; !=! n ■y m iq a; ^ a e^ -S r- '-^ a 2 rj o a 3 c: ^. o to •= "o ^1 -3 ^ .1 ^" 'O || § » i o J I O ra (D -a -*:> d a> <u |:a •1.!- >-.—■■ 1-3 I i w s S. o S 2 ^ r^ rd O ^ o o o ■^^ ft" "^ cc X c3 -ts 5 ^ •11 k ^~l ^ ? S ? ? ~ -S fl => <» — ^ Q S O s ^ Q "^ I— . ' t> O ,1 S "3 h ^ C .^ -»3 TO ci g s 2 <3 c 2 2 3 d § C to "o a •-§ a ^ 3 a: -u s> IS Ih s ^^ '^ CO ^ 'o § 1 s Si "s § Si 1 fco " Tr iJ 2 £ d s ."ti ■ — ^ CS a> ^ — r. c: —^ '^ 3 ;h •■? » i sn ^ ji; ^ -M S d H -a S u -§ 103 ■^ 5. s 32 &i i ^ ^ ^ i o ■» g S^ I; f^ t^ ^ %-^ '^J^ s ^ .1 fe; J S •:§ c; -a ^ I 5 >i -^ '^ >^ g '-0 O ^ Co e ^^' :'^^ •i -5S i si :« &H . g I e "55 •S «3 'oo J3 ^g '-v >5 cq g <>^ o -2 5a ^- i s ^2 * g § ^ ^ '^'Ni <>* q:j 03 Cq -5 '^ tM 'i^, o 3 \> fe to CIh CD ^ 9. "^ J a 3 . -C '-' •d . o 3 c S oj 0? -hS -r <^ •< S So t ^ § -3^3 O ' 2 >^-j: •^.^ © -If m -3 cS CD f^ CD >> S 2 .3 O " =" i^ 3 S °^ s •5 «'« rt 2 o S a> 5 > ? - " 5 > s a 3 CD ."S ° "5 ^ .r n &f^ c3 .9 -ti C «> O w g ^ o 2 245 6 O O CD 43 pH S O S > ^ H ^ S ai-i a -T) ^ H 3 «a .2 .-s^ rt 2 «« ' .K a Ti o ; % a .5 o» "3 r, t< to _ 3 a g OS 9 g g-3 § a^.S "5 i S g a.2 iS a ^.3 o DO a U D Q "-5 ° 2 S =i >^ '5 § 2 i JI .2 I-' O c3 ^6^ a "^ -a "8 '^ ■€ '5 "S ^S Oq CO -^i »o <» W o o o ^ cs -a a M o QJ 2 "^ ^ -^J 'S- 6 3° -^ u s r,, E. iS 0202 o ^ % -rT ,„- a = S .3 a S.2 g's § 1) <j fLi <j H o a :i. .3 s S^ So ^ ^ ^<3 ^ 2 's; CD HH 50 2j:3 a-S p> ^ § a oS.3 ci > t) — < ■' ti *^— o CD 5 ^ a -""- <-> o a 65 ki" CJ 3 o 3 ^2 r-. rH 3^1 r; -* »o <c t^ o a s. -* CD ? g &^ CO o^ o I § J 04 Christ the Light of the World, or Sun of Righteousness, with healing on his Wings. Zech. xiv, 6, 7 ; Malaclii iv, 2 ; John i, 4 ; and 1 John ii, 8. God of grace and God of power, Light and guardian of each hour In this man''s day of earthly hfe, Bedimmed by elements of strife, Be my life's light. Teach me in Christ's own steps to tread, As by Thy spirit gently led, To turn from my wild, worldly will. In heart e'er ready to fulfil Thy* law of love. Not that of self-love — but of Thee, The spirit of whose ministry To man on earth is ever such Man cannot love his God too much — Yet we rebel. Galat. vi, 2. 105 NEBUCHADNEZZAll'S DREAM AND GOLDEN IMAGE COMPARED WITH THK Structure of the Greeh- Egyptian Dial icith Steps^ brought from Alexandria, and now in the British Museum ; ILLUSTRATING The Typical and Prophetic Times of Oriental Astro-Theology, Jewish and Heathen. The testimony of all the ancient orientals, both Jews and Baal-worshippers, is uniform in establishing the fact that the primeval revelation of God to man was an astro-theology. In this God's ordinances of day and night were made, as typical instructions of His will respecting an eternal distinc- tion between good and evil, morally as between light and darkness in the natural creation. Before the call of Abram this primeval revelation had been corrupted by the gross idolatries and debasing superstitions of the east, as the overlaying of hay, wood, stubble, and precious stones, &c., referred to in 1 Cor. iii, 1 2. Over the seed first called in Abram (as the fewest of all people, to mark an extraordinary providence of God therein), Moses was appointed ruler, and miraculously supported of God as guide and lawgiver to the twelve tribes of Israel in their exodus out of Egypt. The object was for the establishment of a new nationality, with promise of ability to maintain their own against all the adverse power of surrounding heathen nationalities, so long as they should live in faithful subjection to this higher law. Like the primeval revelation, the Mosaic law was also one of a typical instruction from God's ordinances of day and night, or of '• typical and prophetic times'' made to foreshadow the dawn of a more perfect revelation ; the manifestation of God in the flesh, as the guide and saviour of all who should turn from making their own human will the law of life, to serve God spiritually and truthfully by a way of holiness. lOG l<'or when men arc thus brouglit to Hve in the spirit of Christianity (as a living power of godliness, having influence for good on the hearts of those who thus spiritually apprehend, and truthfully conform themselves to its precepts), that typical instruction of God's will from his works, which constituted the primeval revelation, is then spiritually realised as a living power in the heart by faith. Hence we learn what is meant by the " time no longer" of Rev. X, 6, as a phrase of restricted reference to the typical and prophetic computations of time which characterised the pre- vious revelations of God's will as typical ordinances of day and night.— Dan. ix, 27 ; xii, 11, 12 ; with John iv, 21-26 ;"Heb. viii, 9-10, from Jerem. xxxi, 31-37. Comparing Nebuchad- nezzar's colossal image of four metals with the symbolism for the image of Diana of the Ephesians (see the lithographic likeness as reported by the heathen to have " fallen down from Jupiter," Acts, xix, 35), impersonating nature teeming with mercies in the summer season, and with his subsequent erection of a golden image in the plain of Dura for the idolatrous worship of the Babylonians, I have arrived at the following conclusion : — His dream of the colossal image of four metals had reference to a symbolic division of the habitable globe into four great kingdoms, divided towards the four winds of heaven, like the solar year of the Egyptians and of the Jews. The arc of the summer day for N. lat. 30° was only an arc of 210° for the solar year of that latitude as divided into four seasons. But the arc of Enoch's summer day was 240°, as that probably for the solar year when divided only into three seasons by the spherical quadrant of their universal dial. The former system of dialling w'ould be that of the oriental computation of time by four human ages to one divine age. These ages were symbolised to the four metals of which the colossal image in Nebuchadnezzar's dream was composed, with the kingdom of Babylon for its head of gold. The golden image which Nebuchadnezzar devised for an idolatrous worship of the kingdom's glory, sought to increase the summer arc of great Babylon's typical day, by extending the meridian splendour thereof over two-thirds of the solar cycle, and making it as the summer day of the solar cycle divided only into three seasons. Hence Nebuchadnezzar's idolatrous erection in the plain of Dura was (possibly) intended for the gnomon of a horizontal or equinoctial dial, the shadow lines of which would be divided into half hours of 10 degrees apart, and on the plain itself. 107 For the height of 60 cubits, and the breadth of 6 cubits (comparing cubits with degrees on the circle, as the ancients did symbolically), would seem to represent the width between the hour lines as one-tenth of the height, and thus divide them by tens. The height of 60 cubits (for degrees on the circle) would be as radius a chord of 60°, or the height required for the gnomon of an equinoctial dial. Thus he might have desired to measure the bright path of the sun's northern circuit by an arc of 240°, leaving only 120° to the south, in substitution for that of his prophetic dream, which numbered 210° to the north, and 150° to the south. Next let us consider this symbolism for the division of the solar year into four seasons, compared with the colossal image of four metals, and with the oriental division of time into four human ages, numbered by the increasing ratio of value in the four metals — 1. Iron. 2. Brass. 8. Silver. 4. Gold. The beginning of the diurnal arc in this case (as in that for the six typical days of creation) seems to be dated from the evening, for the moon brought on both the days and the years, according to Enoch ; but the autumnal equinox of the yearly cycle was the symbolic place of evening or sunset. Hence, in the order of the metals,* we have — \st. For the Iron Rome, in n. lat. 41° 53'. 2d. For the Brass . . . Greece, represented in Delphi, in n. lat. 38° 29'. This may explain why Delphi was called " the navel of the earth," as bearing to the west side of the meridian, in this dialling, the same relation that the Babylonian head of gold had to the east side of the meridian. 3d. For the Silver ... Persia, represented in Persepolis, in n. lat. 29° 54'. The sUver Uglit of this symbolism points to the early dawn of a new day from the north-east. — Is. xliv, 28 ; xlvi, 10, 11 ; Jerem. 1, 41 ; li, 27, 28. ith. For the Gold Babylon was represented in the plain of Dura, n. lat. 34° 39', by the culminating glory of the sun's meridian splendour on the dial of Nebuchadnezzar's idolatrous erection there, to reaUse the glory of the golden head seen in vision. For comparing days, months, and years, by a common cycle, the Hindus had a day of thirty hours as well as a day of twelve * For example, when the equinoxes are brought under the meridian of Babylon (for the reckoning of longitude cast and vxst from Babylon), then Eome and Greece are in difTering degrees of ivest longitude. These typically represented differing degrees of the central kingdoin's outer darkness compared with Persia, in its oriental relation to Babylon, or the golden head and meridian gloi-y of the earthly Paradise of God's planting for man eastward in Eden. 108 lioitrs But the day of thirty hours, compared with the solar year-day of 360° could only have numbered twelve degrees to an hour — Hence, if 1 day numbered 12 x 12° or 144°, for the lowest of the four human ages, measuring time by degrees on the circle. Then, 10 days nimibered 1440° to the decade or divine age of the preNaous com- putation, made the lowest of a neiu cycle. Similarly, 100 days of 12 x 12° (or 144° toa day), give 14,400°, as the decade or divine age of 100 days from a hunaan age of 10 days, measured by 1440°. J.,astly, 1000 days of like computation represent the divine age of a new cycle, adopting the previously obtained divine age of 100 days or years, as the lowest of the four human ages. This Millenniuin of days was the decade of the 100 days numbered as years over the lowest human age in the oriental chronology of the ancients. Thus, when the Hindus professed to have a chronology of history which numbered 36,000 years, and the Egyptians one of 36,525 years from Menes to Darius Ochus, they magnified the traditions of their history by expanding the days of 100 years (reckoned variously as years of 360 or 365} days each) to the rank of years. This seems to have commenced with reckoning degrees of the circle as days, and days as years. Again, 120° as days + 210° as days = 330° | ^of^JTV^oyi^dlT 144° . + 210° ,. =354° for 12 x 29^ dVs- Io0° . +210° M =360° for 12 x 30 days. 144° „ -f*220° .. = 364° for 13 X 28 days. Lastly, 240° as days. The summer arc in the L „u^^.. «.. x^ uo. ^ 210° as days. The year of three sea- ( ■ • ^i •' * siunmer arc u? <-'t° j'earof/oM)'sea for N. Lat. 30 siunmer arc m the f , _„o c .■> j c J- } — 4o0 for the days nvmi- j'ear of /OM)' seasons, ( , jx.i ■ cr\ • •'---•'- - ' \ bered to the reign of Osi- ris, viz. , with the 1 5 gene- rations of the cynic circle, for 450 = 15 X 30. Herodotus divided the year of 330 days thus : — 30 days to Nitocris, or the lunation of 30 days, as that of the old Chaldean solar year of 360 days. 90 days for the 18 Ethiopians, as the Hindu cycle of five days numbered 18 times in the 90° for 90 days, numbered 120 to the Nodes on the weekly zodiac of the Hindus. * Qu. As 222° (like the year of 330° and 332° for days) for the lunations of 30 days in 18i years of 360 days each, that being the great Sarus of the Baby- lonians, by which they calculated the return of eclipses. Tlieir ordinary Sarus was theij- (le<;imal notation, or numberiiii^ bv tens. 109 T20 210 days for the native Egyptians, in the relation of the surii- mer day for N. Lat., 80° to the dialling of the Egyp- 330 tians, with On or Heliopol'is in the zenith of its meridian. This form of the ancient oriental year was once probably related to the Hindu zodiac of 27 asterisuras mentioned in Cole- brooke's Essays, p. 65. For 330 days = 217 + 113 days, whilst the old Egyptian Chronicle numbers 217 years to the reign of the 8 Egyptian gods, and 113 generations of mortal kinws after them. But to the 12 gods it numbers 332 years, for 12 X 27 § days. The 217 years numbered to the 8 gods are 8 X 27g = 217 days. The 113 mortals,^ who followed them (as days of weekly cycles compared with those of monthly cycles — the short lived with the more enduring), would number 108 + 5 days; or 1 2 weeks of days + the oldest Hindu cycle of 5 days, upon which the Hindu computation of 4 human ages to a divine age v/as based. If this analysis of the typical times prophetically identified with the astro-theology of the orientals be clear enough (as a concise summary of the most important facts) to induce others better qualified for the task than myself to take an interest therein, my labours vrill not have been useless in pioneering the way for the reading of our Bible being made a reading of intelligence and interest. It will then be read with devotional spirit of a higher order than that which is commonly identified with ignoring its intelligibility on many very important points. This weakness of fanatics is ever quickening into life the here- tics and infidels they complain of, but often misjudge ; whilst real infidels and ignorant superstition are a curse to the best interests of humunity. • Since the above was written, I have conae to the conchision that the 113 mortal kings who followed Menes (the first king of Egypt after the flood) repre- sented 90° from the S. pole to the equator, + 2.3° for the 234 between the equa- tor and tropic Cancer, as the culmination of the solar glory on Mount Ararat, Mount Meru, or Mount Olympus. Also the 330 kings of Herodotus may be 270 as 18 X 15 for the Hindu lunar year of 270 + 00 to Osiris and Isis as Nitocris. 110 THE SIX TYPICAL DAYS OF CREATION IN THEIB RELATION TO THE SABBATU OF GOD's BKST, With Verses on Christ in the Cornfields, for a Technical Memory resjjecting the object of tJie Sabbath as made for Mem, not Man for the Sabbath. The six days of creation (as followed by the primeval sabbath of God's glorious rest) identify God's ordinances of day and night, summer and winter, with a typical instruction of His will as revealed in his works, under operation of the same eternal laws. Thus the distinctions between light and darkness in the natural world are typically compared with those of a like eternal character between light and darkness morally, by ordinances of spiritual discernment appointed of God for the welfare of man on earth. Thus — First Day. — This is reckoned astronomically as beginning at midnight,"^ and as the winter day often hours in N. lat. 30°. For that was the Eden of typical prophecy. — Ezek. xxviii, 12-15. Again, this day of ten hours is typically and prophetically compared with the lunar year of ten months, which charac- terises the Noah's ark symbolism. Also the week of seven such days symbolised a sabbath of seven such years. But seven years of ten months were as ten years of seven months for the sabbath of years, in its relation to the subdivi- sion of months sometimes into weeks oi ten days, and at others into weeks o^ seven days. But what we have to do with in this case is the iceek of seveii days and seven nights compared with the typical year of * But, symbolically, as begiiiuing from the (ven ing of the preceding sunset. — Zech. xiv, 7. For the light of the uew day was not actuallj'^ called out of dark- ness until dawning eastwards after midnight. — Exod. xi, 4. Such was the typi- cal day of Jewish prophecj', and the sun's typical place therein at midnight wa.s the winter tropic, or midway between the Equinoxes. Tliese represented tyjii- cally the " evening and morning" of their diurnal arc, in its relation to the sum- mer and winter of Zech. xiv, 8, as prophetically comparing the ^\^nter day of ten hours in north latitude 30° with the old lunar year-dny of ten month.s. Ill seten months as equivalent to fourteen half months, tor a com- parison with the summer day of 14 hours in N. lat. oO°. Out of this seems to have sprung the oriental cycle of the 14 Manus, though the golden age of a Manu numbered 20 days, even as Enoch numbered 20 days monthly to the man in the moon. Thus the bringing light out of darkness, on \\\q jirst typical day of creation, has reference to reckoning the then beginning of the day astronomically at midnight^ and the year-day from \}i\Q full moon of the sun's lunation at the summer's solstice. This, as in the astronomy of Enoch, was the winter solstice, as the place of the moon's then opposition, and marked the Thoth, ov first day of the great Sothiac cycle of the Egyptians. Second Day. — Typified as that on which the firmament of heaven was created, to divide between the waters of destruc- tion, by which the earth was overspread, and the waters above the heavens, whence descend rain and dew to refresh the earth in dry seasons. These two days symbolised also two months in their relation to the typical year of seven months, and to the lunar year of ten months. Hence these measured the annual amount of lunar darkness (at the rate of 5 days monthly) to supplement Noah's lunar year of ten months, or oOO days, com- pared with the old solar year of 860 days. Third Day.^ — Typified as third from that on which the waters of the flood began to retire from off the earth's surface. For they then began to form seas, leaving the dry land, made fruitful with vegetable life, when redeemed of God from the destruction of the overflow. This therefore was the third of the five monthly days or year- days during which the waters of the flood continuously decreased, before the consummated rest of Noah's ark on the mountains of Ararat (as the Mount Meru of the Hindus, and the Mount Olympus of the Greeks) in the seventh month. FouKxn Day. — This symbolises the same thing as the sun's fourth gates, eastern and western, in the astronomy of Enoch, as that with which the solar year commenced after the division thereof into /o?«' seasons. The northern hemisphere, therefore, (between the sun's entrance into his fourth eastern gate, to ascend northward by the dragon's head, and his entrance into his fourth western gate when descending southward by the dragon's tail of BlundeviVs Astronomy), represented the arc of their equinoctial day, or day of ticelve hours, as the time of God's typical appointment for labouring whilst it was yet day, before the coming of night time, in which none could work. Hence our Saviour's reference to the day of twelve hours, as a limit of daylight to those who wish to avoitl stumbling by 112 walking in the night. This is perhaps the chief of the typical reasons for which the sun, and moon, and stars were then appointed of God to man " for signs, and for seasons, and for days, and for years." The association of this typical day and month with the Baal worship of the heathen, by a faction of the Jewish nation before the Babylonian captivity, is recorded in Ezek. viii, 1 i, by reference to Jewish " women weeping for Thammuz,"" as the Adonis or Adonai of the Syrians, or for the beginning of the winter season at the autumnal equliiOX, or in the sun's fourth western gate. The times of this lamentation were altered variously, being sometimes reckoned from the beginning of the suu's declining course southward at the summer solstice. But the principle upon which it is to be explained is the same m all cases. AV^hen dated from the autumnal equinox, or from the sun's annual descent southward through Virgo (as his fourth west- ern gate on the ancient zodiacs of the Hindus), the lamentation is to be dated from the sun's entering the descending node of his lunation at the summer solstice. This seems to identify Cain's cycle with the descending node of the Hindu zodiac. For the derivation of the word may be as justly referred to '^:?''P a lamentation (from which Lee supposed that of the Irish caoine pron. keene is derived from |lp to *lament) as to \\}P a possession, from "^^i^ to make or acquire, as com- monly done. In this case, however, Abel, his brother (the word means vanity or instability), will be the decapitated ascending node of the Hindu zodiac. His reign, as measured by an arc of 45°, has a close resemblance to the " divine age " of oriental chrono- logy, which numbered 50 days, when days chronologically were measured by degrees geometrically on the circle. The divine age of 50 days was the difference of 10 days yearly, for 5 years, between the old solar year of 360, and the Hindu lunar year of 855 days •, also, as the yearly amount of time numbered to the sun in the year of 360 days, compared with the 1 year 10 days of lunar time, numbered as 310 to the flood of Noah's day. * Compare the «' <^-h mytliically read by Ovid on the petals of the hyacinth which sprang up (he says) fi-om the blood of Ajax ; as "a Jove tertius," La a cosmogony wliich dated " a Jove principimn." Note also that the armom- of Achilles was made by Vulcan, or the Sun, in- vidnerable, excepting in the heel, by wliich his mother Tlietis held him whilst dipj>ing him iu the river Styx, for invulnerability. 113 Fifth Day, Month, or Year, &c. — This typifies the ac- complished conversion of the waters of the flood into the waters of the river of life, " clear as crystal, proceeding out of the throne of God and of the Lamb."" — Rev. xxii, 1 ; Ezek. xlvii, 1 ; Zech. xiv, 8. For then the waters brought forth abundantly reptiles, birds, and fishes. Possibly the reference to birds and reptiles here is to be limited to that class of the amphibious creation, to whom life in the waters was as natural as on land. The myth of '' the flying fish " seems to have been a poetical alle- gory derived from this. Sixth Day, Month, Year, &c. — This typifies the crowning of the work of creation to the Glory of God, by the consumma- tion of the earth's redemption from the devastation of the primeval chaos, as from that of the annual Egyptian overflow in the harvest season, at the summer solstice. For God created man (spiritually) in his own image, after replenishing the earth with every species of animal life adapted, in the wisdom of God, for living thereon, either as food for man, or as useful to him in ministering to his employments or comforts, and in check on one another, that the increase of the wild animals might be restrained within bounds, fulfilling the object of their existence in the creation, without rendering the life of man on earth insecure thereby. This creation of man spiritually in his own image, and by pairs, male and female, need not be restricted to two persons, but to a two-fold classification or combination of life, the earthy and the heavenly, the natural and the spiritual. Hence, Adam, the earthy, expresses only man's relation to a mortal body, in common with the beasts that perish. But when referred to with Eve (or i^in the living), the word ^"'^^ substance, and its feminine '^^'^ may have a cognate signification with ^'^ fire, equally as with the sub- stantive verb P*\ as " est '' in Latin. Thus, in the language of Jewish prophecy, hght and life are equivalent expressions. Whence, the light of life symbolises the mercies of God as re- newed every morning to perpetual generations of man on earth. Seventh Day, Month, Year, &c. — This was the primeval type of the Sabbath as ordained of God in mercy to man, for an instruction respecting things spiritual from things natural. Thus, whilst the sixth month of the year (answering to the sixth typical day of creation) made the solstitial rest of the summer sun in the harvest season symbolise the abiding glory of God resting on the works of creation, manifested to man in 114 the fulness of tho earth's natural fruitfulness — the manifesta- tion was to bo short-lived, though God's mercies to man were not to cease with the harvest season, if rightly used ; but, the five remaining days, months, and years to complete the solar cycle of twelve, were associated with a new typical instruction from things natural respecting things spiritual. This was con- fined to the annually recurring season of the flood. When the eastern hemisphere was dedicated to RE (the sun — Pharaoh of the Egyptians), as an impersonation of the rising sun ; the western hemisphere symbolised the outer darkness of the kingdom, as the reign of night, and was dedi- cated to Atliom, or the setting sun, as one with the Adam of the Hebrews, on the loss of paradise. Thus the sun"'s progressive diminution of daily light, on the expiration of his long-abiding glory at the summer solstice, was made to symbolise the increase of evils brought upon man individually, and on the world at large, when turning from the eternal law of his spiritual communion with God, viz., " the obedience of faith " to learn for himself, and, according to the bias of his own worldly will and passions, the knowledge of good and evil. For thus the deceitfulness of the human heart (the power of death within him) would cause him to set darkness for light, and choose evil for good, being thereby alienated from God in spirit by the operation of an eternal law, equally undeviating in its eiFects as that of God's natural distinction between day and night. But even thus, God never willed that man's existence on earth should be made one of never-ceasing alienation from the rest of his glory abiding eternaUy on the icorh of his creation, because that, by yielding to the deceitful influences of his human will and worldly passions, he was continuously setting darkness for light, to the discomfort of his soul, and to the increase of misery in the world. But God's ordinances of day and night symbolise the cessa- tion of grief with darkness, for the return of joy in the morn- ing, to as many as will see the hand of God in the return of mercy, and pray, tcith circumspection of life, for grace to xcalk before him henceforth, as in the light of day, that they may stumble no more. Thus the harvest of God's bounteous mercy to the sinful sons of men, in providing for all a renewed access to the pre- sence of a joyous communion with God on earth, provided they will thus (through not wnlfully quenching the pleadings of his spirit within them) be brought nigh unto him, is eternally associated with a demand of God on man to be merciful to his 115 fellow-man, when desirous of turning from the ways of sin to the ways of righteousness. Instead of this, the worldly condi- tion of sinners against human laws was, on the testimony of Isaiah lix, 14, often made hopeless for the remainder of human life, as if no repentance unto newness of life could restore such to any personal interest in the promises of God respecting that regeneration of the world which God has declared shall num- ber to his glory the spirits of all flesh. The only exception is that of our Lord's words addressed to the tvilfully blind — " Ye will not come unto me that ye might have life." The law of mercy between man and man, as typically taught of God in his annual return of harvest mercies for the just and unjust — to make mercy prevail over the demand for sacrifices between man and man, as between God and man, connects " the seventy and sevenfold " of mercy in Lamech's case, and the " seventy times seven " of our Lord's admonition to man for forbearance with his fellow-man, Matt, xviii, 22, in illustration of the following scriptures : — For scripture attri- butes the sacrifice of the death of Christ to a determination on the part of the rulers of the Jewish Church to rule under a distinction of good and evil, framed in the fashion of their own worldly delusions, respecting the predicted blessings of Messiah's kingdom, until they made the word of God of none effect by their traditional misinterpretation of the Scriptures of Jewish prophecy. The perversion of judgment thence arising is stated in Isaiah lix, 14, thus — " Yea, truth faileth ; and he that departeth from evil maketli himself a prey : and the Lord saw it, and it displeased him that there was no judgment." Again, in Matt, xii, 7, 8 — " If ye had known what this meaneth, I will have mercy, and not sacrifice, ye would not have condemned the guiltless. For the Son of Man is Lord even of the Sabbath day." Compare also Deut. vi, 4-12, as most probably meaning by one Lord, one to all the families of man ; God and Father of all — not God of the Jews only. The five typical months numbered to the flood, after Adam was cut off from paradise by the cherubim and a flaming Bword. These are numbered as twice five, in their relation to the year and ten days' duration of the flood in the Noah's ark symbolism. But, as five, when supplementing the typical and sabbatic year of 7 months, answering to the six days of crea- tion, and the seventh as God's sabbath. The year and ten days of the Noah's ark symbolism adds 116 ten days to the old lunar year of ten months, leaving a supple- ment of 50 days numbered to the sun in the old solar year of 360 days. This was the ycar-djiy of Adam's time, and until extended to 365 by Enoch. — Gen. v, 23. — though in the apocryphal book of Enoch only 364 days are counted. The 50 days thus numbered to the sun represented also the difference of 1 days yearly, for five years, between the old solar year of 360, and the Hindu lunar year of 355 days. Hence the antiquity of the Hindu cycle of 5 years, which forms the basis of its mythic chronoloL^y by four human ages, so num- bered that their sum is equivalent to the lowest multiplied by 10. This formed their divine age of 50 days; whilst the golden age of a Manu numbered only 20 days, or the briefest age of human time multiplied by 4. This harmony of solar and lunar time numbered only 50 days to the sun at the summer solstice, whereas the Egyptians there numbered 60 to Osiris. Then came the death of Osiris by Typhon, as an imper- sonation of Hydra rising with the sun in Leo as the flood ad- vanced. Thus the 5 months increase of the waters were numbered to the western hemisphere as 5 months 5 days be- tween 25° Gemini, and the close of the old year at the winter tropic between Scorpio and Sagittarius, whence the myth of Apollo killing Typhon. For the 5 months 5 days between the winter tropic and 25° Taurus symbolised to the eastern hemi- sphere of the solar cycle, the 5 months numbered to that con- tinuous return or abating of the waters, the progressive effects of which are identified with the first five typical days of crea- tion in Genesis. The western hemisphere was dedicated by the Egyptians to Osiris, as god-king of the dead, and the place assigned to Budha (as the Mercury of the Egyptians and Greeks) on the zodiac of the Hindus, was partly in Gemini and Cancer, as in charge of the Baris or sacred boat, in which they carried forth their dead to burial in the Nile. Hence the Grecian myth respect- ing the voyage of the Argonauts, in its relation to the symbol- ism of Noah's ark, as a provision of God for retaining in com- munion of life with himself the spirits of the living after death, whilst conducting those in mortal life safely through the troubles thereof, as over a dark and stormy ocean, until the renewal of the bliss of man's earthly paradise, with the returti of the summer season. Hence the dove and raven of the Noah s ark symbolism marked the ascending and descending nodes of the solar and 117 lunar orbits where intersecting the ecliptic ; as the head and tail o^ i\\e dragon did in Blundevil's Astronomy. Their movements " to and fro "" in semicircles, and not in circular orbits as described in modern astronomy, will illustrate the charge of Atheism set forth by Aristophanes in the Nubes against Socrates, for dethroning Jupiter to set up Dinos, i.e., for converting into a circular motion the tropical symbolism of the older astronomy, which began the year with Jupiter at the winter tropic, and closed it at the same point, after the dove and raven had gone " to and fro " twice over the same semi- circular arc. On turning to our celestial globe, we shall find the con- stellation called ARA, placed in the position exactly to explain the reference of Gen. viii, 20, to the altar which Noah built unto the Lord on going forth from the ark. Note the position of the crow near the same place, to mark the end of the cycle of the solar year, in illustration of the classical myth respecting the long life of the crow. Kex Pylius Magno, si quidquam credis Homero Exemplum vitte fuit a Cornice secundas.* Note also the supplement of 860°, for days (numbering 90° to the ascending and descending nodes), leaves 270° for 10 months of 27 days (or S times 9 days) to a month for the lunar year of 10 months, answering to that of the Noah's ark sym- bolism, in its identity with the 300 years for days numbered to Horus by the Egyptians. Thus the month in the reign of the eight god-kings of the old Egyptian chronicle, for 217 years (meaning days) num- bered 27 days to the month, shewing its reference to the time when the solar year and lunations were divided only into three parts for seasons, --^'^ = 27^. But 217+113 (for the 113 generations of the mortal kings of Egypt after Menes, as the INIanu of the flood) = 330, or the number computed by Herodotus, from Menes to INIoeris, with the queen Nitocris, as lunar goddess of the system, derived by Egypt from Babylon. Again, ^1^=28^ for the shortening of the seasons of the year., when divided into four instead of three parts. Hence the years numbered in the old chronicle to the 12 god-kings of Egypt (for days) are 332 for the 330 of Herodotus viz., as 12 months of 27 days 4- 2-Sds. month remaining. * Qu. As ha\'ing outlived the ordinary term of human Hfe in prosperity and in enjoJ^nent of the Ught of life in undivided form, as an example of an especLal providence over him for the prosperity equally as for the lengtli of his life. 118 Christ in the Cornfields. The Sabbath was made for man, not man for the Sabbath. — Mark ii, 23, 27, 28. God of man''s Sabbath rest, Light of creation blest * Under that law, Teach us to read the same In the light of its aim, As day and night proclaim In type-f- that law. Brightly the harvest-sun Beamed till its race was run, In Eden's day.j Fruits of "four § months" possessed, Marked how God's presence blessed Eden, God's glorious rest, With man on earth. • Gen. ii, 2, 3 ; Ezek. xx, 12. Also Levit. xxvi, 34, 35, with 2 Chron. xxx'i'i, 21, ■ft'ith Matt, ix, 13, as pre-eminently an ordinance of mercy from man to his fellow man, from their common need of God's mercy. — Matt, •s.ym., 28. + The signs of Gen. i, 14 ; xxxvii, 9, 10 ; with Jerem. xxxi, 35, 36 ; Matt. xxvi, 29 ; Ezek. xxxii, 7 ; Rev. \-i, 12-17, &c. + The sabbath of the seven typical days nimibered over the works of God in Gen. i, and at the close of man's antediluvian history, Gen. vii, 4. § Compare John iv, 35, and Gen. \'i, 3, with Deut. vi, 10-15, for the law of Israel's spiritual communion with God on earth. On the harvest season oi four months see John iv, 35, and read the 120 years of Gen. vi, 4, as 120 days for the typical days of this harvest season. These were extended typically to 130 days in the symbolism of Seth's birth in the 1 30th year of Adam's life, and again under the LeAdtical law, as already referred to. Lamech's prophecy (Gen. iv, 24) should be compared with Dan. ix. and Matt, xviii, 22. These 70 weeks, or 70 times seven days, were symboUsed also in the winter week of north lat. 30°, when each day numbered only ten hours, even as the lunar year of the Noah's ark sj-mboUsm numbered only ten months, or 300 days, viz., the days numbered to the reign of Horns by the Egyptians. Ten hours to a day (or seventy to a week) were 490 in 7 weeks, even as 70 X 7 days niunber 70 weeks as 490 days. Thus the harvest season of 130 days, when contemplated prophetical hf in con- nection with anniversary returns of the mercy, numbered 130 -l- 360, or 490 typi- cal days. Hence the " man and youth," or " man and his oflfepring,"' slain by Lamech, are an allegory for the beginning and entling of one harvest season and one solar year (for the birfh and death of time mnubered to Adam on the birth of Seth according to the phraseology of the orientals), as included within the 119 Ere Eden's loss to man, God wiird, in type, to plan Eden regained. Thus, of prophetic fame, Seven weeks* lent their name Harvest's new type to frame — Seventy weeks. cycle of mercy extended to Lamech, and practically applied in the parable of our Lord respecting the ban-en fig-tree. — Luke xiii, 8. Thiis " the man and youth" of Gen. iv, 23, assimilate the typical chronology of the Hebrews respecting Adam and Seth to that of the Egyptians relating to Osiris and Horus. Lamech's prophecy of the seventy weeks in the scriptures of the Jews, is, moreover, to be identified with the ten weeks prophecy in the apocryphal book of Enoch, the testmiony of which is sanctioned in Jude v. 14, so far as relates to his prediction of the judgment in the end of typical time as that of the time referred to in E«v. X, 6, which shovild be no longer, — when the language of typical pro- phecy should be spiritually and truthfrdly read of men, as explained to them by Christ ui his everlasting gospel. — John iv, 21-24. * The feast of weeks, from 15th of the fii'st to 5th of tliii'd month, as from the Passover to the Pentecost, numbering 49 typical days. — Exod. xxxiv, 22 ; Levit. xxiii, 15. This sabbath of tceeks symbolised as one sabbath-day, and mul- tiphed by 10 (for the winter day of ten hours in north latitude 30°, as the Eden of typical prophecy, Ezek. xxviii, 12 to 15) gives the 490 days in the seventy weeks of typical and prophetic account. These, moreover, may be nxmibered to the harvest season in another form, viz. , as substituting 130 days for the 120 called years in Gen. vi, 3. Thus, between the Pentecost, or 5th of third month, and the Feast of Tabernacles, or the 15th of seventh month, there were 130 days of typical account. These increased by the 860 days of the old solar year (to give anniversary reference to the type for a re- newal of the mercy, as in our Lord's parable respecting the imfruitful fig-tree, Luke xiii, 8) make the 490 days of the seventy typical weeks. On a comparison of the day and year-day in the oriental chronology of typical prophecy, , ■ TV 1 t ^(\° ( synibolised Noah's lunar year of 10 months. Hence 7 such days (or a sabbath of 70 hours) symbolised 7 such j^ears or 70 months. Then 10 such sabbaths or weeks symbolised 70 such years or 700 months. These also symboUsed as many years, for the sabbath or week of Enoch's typical prophecy, each day of which numbered 100 years. As there were ten such weeks in his prophecy, it extended over the great prophetic and typical cycle of seven thousand years, or a week of seven millennial days. Again, Daniel's prophecy of the 70 weeks, cap. ix, compared with the seventy times seven of our Lord's plea for mercy between man and liis feUow-man, in Matt, xviii, 22, place it beyond a reasonable doubt that the seventy and sevenfold vengeance of Lamech's prediction to his two wives (Beauty and Shadow), are like the sevenfold vengeance on the slayer of Caiu — words of typical significance comparing the natural opposition between light and darkness to the spu-itual opposition between sin and righteousness, as in reply to the gainsaying spirit of those who are contumally saying — Wliy does God permit evil to exist in the world ? The answer is given by om* Lord in the parable of the tares sown by an enemy amongst the wheat, the uprooting of wliich might prove destructive to the wheat if not allowed to grow up together until the harvest. Thus Cain's mark may have been the seven days' measure of time connected with the dragon -worship of oriental idolatry, by which tlie Sabbath of God's 120 Lamech (the feeble) said To his wives Light and Shade, Hear ye my voice ! Cain lives a Sabbath sign, Harvest renewed is mine ; Both live as types of time * Numbered to God. typical reference to the six days of creation had been in a great measure super- seded by men putting darkness for light, in opposition to the will f)f God as declared by liis servants the Prophets. Matt, xxiii, 35, seems to bear out such an interpretation of Gen. iv, 23, 24. * The prophetic time of Rev. x, 6 ; Dan. i.x, 24 ; xii, 11, 12, the instruction of which is ever being realised with spiritual and everlasting effect where Christ's gospel is received, under confirmation of God by gifts of the Holy Ghost. Enochs typical prophecy of ten weeks, together amounting to one week of seven millennial days, has been formed upon the basis of Lamech's seventy weeks, thus, according to the oriental method of reckoning hours, and days, and months, and years by cycles of common application to aU, as done seemingly in Rev. ix, 15. 70 days, numbering 10 hours each, contained 700 hours. 70 years, numbering 10 months to a year, contained ... 700 months. Hence 70 weeks of 7 days, of 10 hoiurs each, numbered 4900 hours, or 490 days. But 70 weeks of 10 days, (which was the form of the week ^ when the solar year of 360 days and lunations of 30 days > numbered 700 days, were divided only into 3 parts) ) Thus, counting days for years, as all the orientals did, typically and propheti- cally, we have for the 70 weeks of Lamech's prediction 490 and the 70 weeks of ten ' . - _ . . reckoning Hence ten such weeks numbered 7000 days as years for their great sabbatic cycle of one week, numbering seven millennial days. On " types of time numbered to God" note also the orientals reckoned time as well as persons by generations, applying their ideas of mortality to the limita- tion of typical time within cycles, and of immortality to a renewal of the typical instruction with a renewal of the cycles imto perpetual generations. Attention to this wOl clear away all the difficulties, assimaed by some to be un- answerable, in tlie discrepancies of the 400 years in Gen. xv, 13, and Acts %'ii, *>, reckoned as 430 years in Exod. xii, 40, 41, with Galat. iii, 17, whilst the interval between Jacob going into Egypt with his sons, and the e.xodus of Israel under Moses numbered only 215 years, or exactly half the time. The persons numbered to these four generations in Matt. i. are — days, as one week of Enoch's typical) _ ^^^ , ,,,, n -r n y V. i ( The kingdom of the 12 tribes, 1. Abraham. 2. Isaac. 3. Jacob. 4. J ^^^ |^^^ ^^ ^^^^ ^^^^ Thus we have inspired authority for the way in which to apply the numbering of these four generations to persons. But for the chronology, we must reckon that in the oriental fashion, viz. — 100 years numbered owe generation of solar time. 7 days, or the Sabbath one generation of lunar time. Hence 400 years were 4 generations of solar time. 30 years (for the days of a lunation di^'ided into 4 parts) numbered 4 121 The "man and youth' I slew * Are seasons known to you, Which live again. Seventy hours bespeak Gloomy winter's brief week. When, in vain, mortals seek Eden's flowers. But, as summer returns, Man, in ecstasy, learns God dwells with him. Eden regained, he prays W^isely to read God's ways. And enjoy length of days Peacefully spent. -f- generations of lunar time. Tliis is therefore only a confirmation of the promise by a double sign. — See Gen. xH, 32. But in the oriental computation of time, typically, they numbered days without night (as in Rev. xxii, 5), or days of 12 hom-s, which, when reduced to exact chronology, were reducible, as in this case, by half, numbering 215 for 430 years. * Compare the remarks, in p. 132 of this Tract, on the word " almighty," as oirr translation of the 'IB' 'rNa, or God the destroyer, equally as the giver and pre- server, of human Ufe. For Lamech is a personification of exhausted nature; the harvest season, at its close, predicting its renewable vitality, through the mercy of God, but in connection v;ith the primary typical year of only three seasons. t See Prov. iii, 16, and compare the summer day for N. lat. 30°, as measuring 14 hours of 15° by an arc of 210^, or the complement of 150°, which measiured their winter day of 10 hom's, and their winter season of 5 months numbered to the flood for the winter half of the old lunar year of 10 months, or 300 days, .answering to the length of Noali's aek. 122 Chronological Analysis of the Patriarchal Times. \st. For tJte Ten Antediluvian Patria/rchs. Adam lived before Seth 130, after *800, in aU 930 = 720 + 210. Seth Enos Cainan MahalaleeL . Jared Enoch Methuselah. Lamech .... Enos Cainan MahalaleeL . Jared 105 90 70 65 Enoch 62 Methuselah. 65 Lamech 187 Noah 182 807 815 840 830 800 300 782 595 Noah to birth of Shemf... Ham Japheth. 500 From Shem . Ham > to the flood 100 Japheth... ) Total before the flood... 1656 912 = 720 + 105 + 80 + 7. 905 = 720 + 180+ 5. 910 = 720 + 120 + 70. 895 = 720 + 110 + 60 + 5. 962 = 720 + 180 + 62. 365 = 300+ 60+ 5. 969 = 720 + 180+ 7 + 62. 700 + 70 + 7, or 490 (as 10 X 49, or 300 + 130) + •105 + 180 + 2. 777 = 350 ' 950 = 720 + 210 + 20, for the golden age of a Manu, added to the cj'cle of Adam's life. 1461 the great Sothiac cycle. I 105 half the arc of the summer day I in north latitude 30° 90 the quadrant, in its relation to the Tetarton of the Egyptians, or the solar year symbolised as one fourth the Egyptian Lustnmi, and of the great Sothiac cycle. N.B. — From the birth of Shem, Ham, and Japheth, to the death of Noah was, as the life of Osiris, a cycle of 450 years. * The 800 of this reference are as the week of 8 days, counted in days of 100 years each, lilvs Enoch's prophetic week of 700 years. Also, the 720 are as 360 days and 360 nights in the typical and prophetic year of the Orientals generally. Also, 210 degrees measured the arc of the summer day, and the days of the s-ummer season in north latitude 30 degrees (as the Eden of Jewish typical prophecy), for years in the life of Adam. For the Orientals generally number degrees on the circle as days or years of mortal life, compared with the Divine age of their typical and prophetic year- day, numbering 360 nycthemera, or 360 days and 360 nights, i.e., as 720 days of 12 hours. All the other numbers, compared with these, speak for themselves, without need of further ex- planation. t This notice of, seemingly, three at a birth (as in the case of Abram, Nalior, and Haran), is perhaps symbolical; and means only that the division of the then habitable world between these three descendants of Noah and Teraji respectively, was of a typical character, analogous to that of the solar year being divided only into three seasons previously to God's calling of Abram primarily on the death of HARAN. 123 2d. For the Ten Postdiluvian Descendants of Slient. After the Flood. Shem to birth of Arphaxad 2 years, to end of life 500, but in all 602. Arphaxad " Salah 35 »■ 403 Salah ' Eber 30 ^ 403 Eber ' Peleg 34 -r 430 Peleg ' Reu 30 ^ 209 Reu ' Senig 32 ^ 207 Serug ' Nahor 30 - 200 Nahor ' Terah 29 " 119 I Abram \ Terah ^ j Nahor | 70 + 60 + 75 = 205 ( Haran ) Add to Abram's second birth, or> first calling of God, probably on the death of Haran in the land of his nativity, viz., Ur of the Chaldeea, as amongst fire wor- shippers > 292 = The lunar year of ten months as months of 29 days each + 2 days or years in excess, possibly to symbolise the 1 then division of the soli-lim.ar cycle into tioo hemispheres. 352 Add 75 years to Abram's migration") from Haran to Canaan on the ] death of Terah in the 205th year > 75 of his life, as the 75th of Abram's | life,— Gen j Viz., as the 350 of Noah's lifetime after the flood + 2, for the symbo- lic division of the solar cycle into only the eastern and western hemi- spheres, to mark the relation of the flood to the garden of Eden. ,217 Tlie reign of the 8 gods of \ Egyjit in the old chronicle. (210 The arc of the summer day in north latitude 30°. Add the 430 of Exod. xii, 40 ; Galat. vi, 17, called 400 years in Gen. xv, 13; Acts vii, 6. 857 = 720 -h 1 30 -j- 7. Compare the 360 + 130, or 490 numbered to Lamech, with the 7 to Cain. N.B. — 856 years for days, = 490 -U 366 days, or the 70 weeks increased bj' the days of every fom-th year in the lustrum, when 365^ days annually became a year of 366 days every fourth year. Nnle. — Again, 366 days, =114-1- 222 days. But both these numbers are 124 Further Remarks on the 144,000 " Children of the Light and of the Day'''' redeemed in Israel^ as presenting a clue to the true reading of the 000,000 Men of War by which Bishop Colenso has been so perplexed, and to rescuing from the scor7i of blasphemy the narrative respecting Samsons killing lOOO Philistines ivith the jawbone of an ass. In the key to the chronology of the Hindus, we read " The days of the weeks are dedicated to the planets. The sixth day to the sixth Avatar, Buddha, or Mercury, and the seventh to Jupiter. But the latter does not denote the Eternal, nor the former Mercury, whom the Goths called Woden. The Hindus also consecrated the antediluvian patriarchs as Avatars, assigned to the care of each, who was exclusively attached to the old world, the charge of one eighth part * (one corner) of the world. They were named Devatas, under the control of Deve-endren, the supreme ruler of gods and men, i.e., of mortals who were deified. He is likewise named Percassuidi, Barescandeva, Sui, Jupiter " the first created,'"' or " star of the year,''' &c. &c. The Hindus likewise admit 33 crores of inferior Devatas. A crore is 100 lacs, and a lac an 100,000. These 330 millions of inferior spirits are the supposed offspring of the Devatas, or issue of the solar race, who are equally under the control of Deve-endren (Indra or Endra.)" These 330 millions are as the 330 days of the old oriental symbolical. The 222 was the celebrated great Sarus of the Babylonians, by which (when reckoned as months, and amounting to I83 years of 360 days each), they calculated the return of eclipses. The 144, as fu-st niuubered over the chUtlren of the light and of the day, and then midtiplied by thousands, to include their progeny, has been elsewhere explauied. It remains, however, to connect this typical instruction with the wording of the second commandment. The progeny of the chilch-en of light and of the day was to be numbered by thousands (Deut. i, 11 ; vii, 9; xxxii, 30; Levit. xx\-i, 8, with Gen. xxx^-ii, 9, 10), whilst those who wallied in darkness were limited to the third or fourth gene- ration. The soiu-ce of this metaphor is clearly that of the equinoctial distinction be- tween day and night, compared with a sj-mboHc variation of the same for a specific typical instruction, as when varied in adaptation of the eqidnoctial dial, to suit only the cUurual arc of some particidar latitude ; but for all seasons of the year. Thus, 12 hours of 12° to an honr, compared with the equinoctial day of ISO', left 3 times 12, or tlu-ee generations of time to be transferred tjqiically from the light to the dark side of the dial, imder a law which uniformly iucre.oses the amount of darkness as that of Ught decreases. * Thus the eight-day zodiac of the Hindus in Moor s Pantheon numbers 45** to a day, or divides the solar year of 4 tunes 90 into a limar year of ten months, numbering TO times 27 days, leaving 90 to the nodes, and beginning from Jupiter, or Thursd.-iy. 125 year, and as the 830 kings of Egypt, mentioned in Herodotus, multiplied by millions. In the same way, the 144,000 re- deemed souls of Rev. xi V. are to be numbered (under a metaphor borrowed from the dialling of the ancients) as 12 X 12 " chil- dren of light and of the day," over the rulers of the twelve tribes of Israel multiplied by thousands. Thus, the orientals figuratively accounted one ruler of the people, when ruling righteously and in the fear of God, as the power of a thousand men., by a figurative comparison of moral and physical strength. — Levit. xxvi, 8 ; Deut. i, 11; vii, 9 ; and xxxii, 80, with Isaiah xxx, 17. This metaphor is the true clue to a correct reading of the narrative respecting Samson, when we read that it took 3000 men of Israel to bind him, and that he killed 1000 Philistines at Lehi., heaps wpon heaps. Our translation, " with the jaw- bone of an ass," is clearly and deplorably at fault here. There is a play upon the word Lehi., as the proper name of a place, and as an appellative, meaning the cheek or jaw-bone. Again, there is a play upon the words for an ass and a heap, to imply strength on strength,* heaps on heaps, when he killed their great champion. The same word is used in Gen. xlix, 14, where Issachar is called " a strong ass," literally " an ass of bone." Symbolisms for the Changes of their Order in numbering the Days of the, Week prior to that adopted by us as Ckristiaiis, who begin the Week on Sunday., in commemoration of our LorcVs Resurrection on that Day. The cycles of days, weeks, and years thus compared were brought on by the moon, as Enoch says, or began from the previous place of sunset in the west, as the evening with which the primeval day began. — See Gen. i. — This terminated with the sun's descending circuit at midnight in the southern hemi- sphere, when the dawn of the new day commenced. There also the sun commenced the beginning of his ascending cir- cuit, though that was not numbered to the equinoctial day until he had entered his fourth eastern gate at the place of the vernal equinox. * Lee, in his Heb. Lex., under the word Chamor, an ass, say.s that the word was used as a title of honour in the east, and quotes from Gesenius an in- stance whei-e the second chalif received the title " ass of the island," i.e., of Mesopotamia. Compare Judges v, 10,— " Speak, ye that ride on white asses, ye that sit in judgment, and walk by the w.ay." 126 S* <\ <] O to 'B a a H0» -ICN ^15, ^u, 9 .9 c3 CI C3 &i ^ 2 » P^ H P ■jg '^ rS >— I 00 t^ .2 ^^ S" cf » c © a CQ es r-3 fa .u a> O ^ §■ §- § 6 -IT* H« HM -H|<?» s J -§ 'S -^ n3 «l H ej c3 eS c8 ^ OD U >( » a T3 .2 .2 .2 .2 ^ t3 o J» o (U Tl s H el 2 -^ CO I-:, a a ^ ^ d a o 6 T) T3 TS rs <*3 da a a a a *v *^ c3 c3 a a <;i <! a a o a ^ ^ Hm --lo* Hn Hff< ■5 -^ .2 .2 .2 •2 "o "o & ^ £ ^ ^ la » a <« »S r'' fc- cn S H ^ ^3 CO P^ 127 3d. The symbolism for the typical year of seven months, in its relation to the Hindu Parouvan, or half month of 15 days, compared with the diurnal arc for the summer day in N.L. 80°:— This is the traditional symbolism of the Freemasons, as appears from the frontispiece to " Fellows' Mysteries of Free- masonry." It places Sunday between Saturday and Monday, for the five intervening signs between ^ and fY>, reckoned southward, and in the order of the signs. By this arrangement the symbolism for the solar circuit was altered from its older tropical characteristic, and assumed (on the then division of the year into four seasons) the charac- ter of a circular orbit, as retained by modern astronomers. The introduction of this innovation was denounced as dethron- ing Jupiter to set up Dinos, or a whirling motion. The cycles were still brought on by the moon, as Enoch says, or reckoned to begin in the western hemisphere, as the place of the last preceding sunset. Thus, 7x80" = 14 x 15°= 210° or the diurnal arc, which the Hindus designated as " the bright fortnight,"" and " the northern path.'" — See Cole- brooke's hlssays, p. 66 ; and compare Psalm xlviii, 2 — " Mount Zion, on the sides of the north, the city of the great king." 2c? Day. Monday in fy^ 1st Day.*Sunday in =^ Sd „ Tuesday in « 1th „ Saturday in ^ Mh " Wednesday in u 6th " * Friday in ^ oth (or the " dividing of time." — Dan. vii, 25 ; xii, 7) Thurs- day in OS. These facts relating to the Jewish Sabbath, when compared with the note in p. 1, on the first typical day of Creation, will explain the miraculous food of the five loaves and two fishes, * Herein we trace the force of the typical teaching involved in the metaphor of scripture relating to the death and resurrection of Christ m Ephes. iv, 9 : — " Now that he ascended, what is it but that he also descended first into the lower parts of the earth ?" Does not this point forcibly to Christ's resurrection and ascension as a fulfilment of the " tiqncal propheqi," which foreshadowed his ever coming again, sjiiritually, with gifts of the Holy Ghost for the salvation of the world, " as the Sun of Righteousness, with healing on his wings ?" — The true light which lightetli every man that cometh into the world ; though as a light sliining in a darkness which comprehendeth it not, untU. the day (of grace) dawn, and the day star arise in our hearts. — Compare Zech. xiv, 6-9, respecting the day which should be neither hght nor darlv, but known to the Lord, though only as summer and winter (or under a mystic and typical teaching from the seasons cf the year) to man, until " at evening time it shall be Hght." N.B. — As Enoch's day was brought on by the moon, or commenced on tlie lunar side of the diurnal arc ; even so, in the form of the week above given, Sunday is numbered to the descending node before being num- bered to the ascending node of its diurnal arc. 128 also of the seven loaves and a few small fishes, witli which thousands of the famishing Israelites were spiritually fed in the wilderness (Matt, iv, 4, with John iv, 23, 24), as by a typical instruction from the Providence of God over his people, for life and food in the winter, equally as in the summer ; but always under qualification of the divine law, " Man lives not by bread alone." The five loaves and two fishes were as types for the five months of the winter season, as that of the flood, and the two of God's harvest mercies culminating at the summer solstice, but putting forth the first fruits of their spring time as the Sun entered Pisces. This marked the beginning of the typical and prophetic year of seven months which ended at the Autumnal Equinox. For that was substituted (by Moses, when making the Vernal Equinox the beginning of the Jewish year, Exod. xii, ] , and the seventh month therefrom the end thereof, Exod. xxiii, 16, with Luke xvi, 81 ; John v, 46), for the primeval typical year of seven months between the calling of light out of darkness at the Winter Tropic, and the beginning of the flood of Egypt (as that of the Noah's ark symbolism), at the Heliacal rising of the dog-star in circ. 1 7 degrees Cancer. The miracles of the loaves and fishes were miracles of a divine blessing, spiritually feeding the famishing thousands of Israel with the bread of life from heaven, under the form of a type borrowed from the relation of the solar year of 1 2 months to the typical and prophetic year of 7 months, whence arose the old lunar year of 10 months, by numbering the 7 months from two distinct beginnings, viz., 1^^. From the winter tropic. 2c?. From the entrance of the sun into Pisces. The baskets of fragments, being twelve and seven, are re- ferred to (under a double metaphor), as the elements of that typical instruction unto spiritual life, remaining undiminished, for the spiritual food of all succeeding generations of God's people, after having then spiritually fed the thousands of Israel w4io were famishing for a spiritual and truthful worship of God, as in redemption from their superstitious bondage to the ritualistic ordinances of a typical law, the spiritual object of which had been wholly lost sight of by the majority of the Jewish priesthood. The metaphor whence the word " baskets " is borrowed is expressive of the poverty of the class of persons who thus de- sired to be fed by Christ with the bread of heaven. They were the class of Jews whom Juvenal thus describes *' quorum cophimis fpenumque supellex," whose property consisted of hay for their bedding, and a small wicker basket for holding their daily food. 17° u 129 The Year of Noah^s Flood in its relation to the Hindu Lunar Year of ten months as 270 days, compared with the Chaldean Lunar Year of 300 days. 40 days incessant rain between 1 7° ^ and 27° ^ Compare the Austrian symbolism of the loth century for the diurnal arc of their dialling, as beginning in ^ 110 to complete the 150 days, ending on 17th of 7th month, as 7th from t inclusive. See the zodiacs of the Hindus. 64 For months of 27 days, between 17th of 7th and 1st of 10th month. But 64 days from 17° n end 21° a 40 For waiting between 1st of 10th and 13th of 11th month, in months of 27 days, end \° ^ 14 For the circuits of the dove and raven, between the 13th and 27th or last 268 day of the 11th month, ending with . . . . 15° d:^ the full moon of the autumnal equinox, or 2 days to ■ 17°^ 270 = 18 X 15 for the 18 Ethiopians in the planetary year of SSO days. But, 17° — , numbered in Chaldean months of 30 days, terminated 9 months from 17° >?, as equal 10 months of 27 days. These terminate in common, the diurnal and annual arc of 6 zodiacal signs, between 17° f^ and 17° — , for the grand arc of the Freemasons, compared with the Austrian symbolism of the 13th century, already referred to. That the dove and raven of the Noah's ark symbolism re- present the ascending and descending circuits of the moon from its nodes, when lying east and west at the equinoxes (as then limited to seven days each by the tropics, see Fiuoch, cap. Ixxiii, 5-10), may be proved thus:: — 180 On the Hindu zodiac the beginning of the old solar year is dated from " Jupiter," and placed between t and iri- This is, by 45° (counted as days), earlier than the beginning of the Egyptian flood, about the time of the full moon in vj ; as the place of the moon's opposition to the sun, when the dog-star rose heliacally in about 1 7° 25. This proves, moreover (what from the beginning of my investigations has hitherto driven me "to and fro" in per- plexity) — the meaning of Enoch's words, " The moon brings on all the years exactly, that their stations may come neither too forwards nor too backwards a single day ; but that the years may be changed with correct precision in 364 days." He refers to the full moon as the place of the moon's opposition to the sun in the heavens, and therefore thus made a meet symbol for the place of the shadow on the dial in its relation to the sun's apparent change of place in the heavens between morning and evening daily. Hence, if the full moon in rri was the Jlrst full moon of the Hindu solar year, the sun's place was then in ^. This agrees with the Hindu account, which places it near the rising of the Pleiades in Taurus. Also the tenth full moon from that in tw inclusive was in Leo,* or the seventh from that in Aquarius in- clusive, which was the first of the old Austrian symbolism. Again, 10 months from the full moon in VJ, end with the full moon in in- Thus, from these different beginnings of the Hindu and Egyptian lunar years of ten months, we have 2 months or 60 days left annually to the sun to supplement the lunar year of 300 days, and 90 (as numbered to the nodes on the zodiac of the Hindus) to supplement the Hindu lunar year of 270 days. * But this was eighth from V5', or the eighth month of the Egyptian solar year ; which was that of Jeroboam's idolatry respecting the calves of Dan and Bethel. This, therefore, may have been the lion which killed the man of God who prophesied against the altar of Bethel. For, " in returning by the way he went" — (and against the divine command) — the prophet in effect typically countenanced the idolatry he was sent to de- nounce. If, therefore, kiUed bj^ a sunstroke, or any other direct visitation of God — in that act of disobedience he might in figurative language be said to have been killed by the lion in his way, though his body was not torn by the lion, nor the ass hurt. The idolatry of Jeroboam was connected with the tropical, or " to and fro " symbolism of oriental dialling for the year of three seasons ; whilst the typical symbolism of the Mosaic Sabbath liad respect to their circular dialling for the year of four .seasons. 131 Also, when the full moon in f was taken for the beginning of the cycle, the tenth therefrom was in tt^. Hence, the myth of Rhampsinitus, like Bacchus, descending below the earth for the winter half of the year to play chess with Ceres. Thus, they divided the solar cycle of tkeir quadrant dialling in one-half to the south, or darkness ; and in the other to " the bright fortnight of the sun's northern path." But 40 days from V m (for 1st of 10th month. Gen. viii, 5), ended 10th =q=, or in the descending node of the equinoctial lunation, as about the place of the moon's opposition to the sun when Moses was inspired of God to date the beginning of the Jewish year from the full moon nearest to the vernal equinox. This was thenceforth made a commemorative token of the exodus accomplished. Thus the historical fact of the exodus, in its relation to the origin of the Hebrew Commonwealth under the divine legation of Moses, stands for ever associated with that change from the primary typical instruction of God's ordinances of day and night, the spiritual realisation of which was to result in the predicted manifestation of God in the flesh as Messiah, the Emmanuel of the Jewish nation ; Christ the Saviour of the world, as the light of life and quickening spirit of man's com- munion with God on earth by gifts of the Holy Ghost. Hence the incommunicable name of God, that which no man knoweth saving he that receiveth it. The " Jehovah "" of Exod. vi, 3 ; with iii, 13. The mystery of man's second birth by a death unto sin and a new birth unto righteousness, whereby he is taught unmistakeably of God (not of flesh and blood — Matt. XV. 17 ; with Heb. viii, 10, 12), that the promise is sure of a resurrection in the flesh, ordained over the spirits of all flesh, if they will yield themselves to the secret pleadings of God with their moral conscience in the power of the Holy Ghost. Hence the meaning of Exod. vi, 3 is not doubtful, nor of a character to afford any shadow of pretext for the controversy raised of late against the genuineness of the earlier portions of Scripture in which the word "Jehovah" is to be found. As the inspired compiler of the nation's earlier traditions (to shew their bearings on the new typical revelation which he was authorised to set before them), Moses applied in earlier parts of the compilation a name of God made known only to himself in connection with IsraeFs Exodus out of Egypt. This (as Professor Lee observed) is natural enough, and fully justifiable. But it is not so clear from Exod. vi, 3 (as the partisans of the Alohistic and Jehovistic controversy take for granted), that the word Jehovah was not known to man before the date of 132 the Exodus. This may prove a gratuitous assumption based upon a misinterpretation of' the passage. The contrast is be- tween the word Jehovah and that we render Almighty, but which might more literally have been rendered God the Destroyer,* equally as the Almighty Giver of Life. The God who had caused the desolation which then characterised the winter season, from which they dated (as from the beginning of the sun's ascending circuit), the earliest germ of the annual renovation of the vegetable world, through the almighty power of Him by whom it had been brought to desolation for a season. The true meaning of the passage will then be : — In Abraham's time the typical instruction unto spiritual life from the seasons of the year was associated with the calling of light out of dark- ness at midnight, as made to indicate the beginning of the astronomical day in its relation to the year of three seasons. Similarly, Israel's exodus out of Egypt began at midnight, Exod. xi, 4, xii, 29, and as the termination of a darkness which had prevailed over the land for three days, Exod. xii, 21, symbolised on their equinoctial dial in the arc of 90° between the place of the evening preceding and that of mid- night. Thus also, the 40 years of Israel's wandering in the wilder- ness had their typical foreshadowing in the 40 days of waiting between the 1st of the 10th month and Noah's sending the dove and raven forth from the ark as the symbols of ascending and descending light, extending over " the bright fortnight " of the sun's northern path. That was also the sun's diurnal arc from equinox to equinox, with the solstitial colure for the place of his meridian splendour on a direct south dial. Thus the typical association of the word " Jehovah" with this change in the typical instruction from the seasons of the year, when divided into four, is no proof whatever that the word was unknown as the name of God in Abraham's day. It seems evidently, on the contrary, to have its then existence implied, though under other associations than that made the characteristic form in which it pleased God to reveal himself to Israel by Moses, For the then beginning of the typical * This is verified historically in the contemplated, but mercifully arrested, sacrifice of Isaac. For the contemplated sacrifice was on the faith that the God who gave life could also renew it if sacrificed (religiously, as the heathen thought), to testify the strength of their faith in the^^oiCf?' of God. Hence the force of Christ's doctrine — that God willed mercv and not sacrifice. 138 year at the vernal equinox, and its close at the autumnal equinox, in its relation to the diurnal arc of their summer day, and to the complete separation thus made between the light and dark sides of their equinoctial dial, represented God's chosen people, as " children of the light and of the day," brought into re- newed communion with God in the garden of his planting east- ward in Eden. The there absence of darkness was a type of their appointed blessedness in Him whilst walking before Him in the obedience of faith. From this source St John derived the metaphor under which he speaks o^ day without night in the new and spiritual Jeru- salem, which coraeth down from heaven, the glory of which is of God's manifestation in the believer's heart by gifts of the Holy Ghost, sealing him unto God by faith until the consum- mation of his redemption through natural death. " Jehovah *" revealed himself as such in power at least, though seemingly not in name, to Jacob, when at Bethel. For there he was personally comforted of God's presence by his ministering angels. God had moreover revealed himself to Abraham and all his servants as their great " I am," spiritually a personal saviour and protector, with whom there was to them spiritual communion on earth. There is no doubting this from the Bible record, and this was the power of the name " Jehovah,'"' never otherwise communicable. As the self-existent, who ever clothed himself with light as with a garment, the typical teaching respecting light and dark- ness spiritually from God's ordinances of day and night was less clear and precise in Abraham's day than as revealed unto Moses, and still infinitely short of the typical instruction as spiritually realised in the apostolic age by the manifestation of Christ in the flesh. Nevertheless, by faith, "Abraham saw the day of Christ, and was glad." — John viii, 56. This, possibly, was spoken of Abraham's spiritual perception that the law of ceremonial sacrifice was typical, and indicative of some more righteous and merciful purpose (according to the will of God), than that of desiring the sacrifice of the innocent for the guilty in atonement for sin. The idea of such sacrifices (when voluntary) being accept- able and well-pleasing to God, from their all prevailing eflScacy in destroying the power of worldly adversaries, is a widely different thing. When Christ suffered, the innocent for the guilty, it was the natural consequence of human perversity on the part of his enemies. For they had thus shut themselves off from access to God, by the eternal law of man's salvation —(n voluntary 134 worship through the obedience of" faith) — until they should first have been reduced to see the hand of God as stronger than their own policy of this world, in reversing their short-lived triumph over the death of Christ by his resurrection in glory from the grave. For we are expressly told in Scripture that, had the Jews understood those words — " I will have mercy and not sacri- fice," they would not have slain the yuiltless. 135 Note on the structure of the Alexandrine Dial, in its apparent relation to the Noah's Ark Symbolism. The Alexandrine dial with steps, already referred to, was seemingly the quadrant universal dial of the ancients. But then I am at a loss to account for the marking of the hour lines on the curved part. For the situation of the pole (on the dial itself,) as the centre of converging hour lines, resennbles the struc- ture of a north and south dial. Nevertheless, the parallel hour-lines on the steps most conclusively determine the character of the dial as east and west in this respect. But the east and west dialling placed the equator (not the equinoctial colure) in the prime vertical. Thus on an artificial globe the poles would be on the wooden horizon, north and south under the brass, or fixed meridian ; whilst the solstitial colure would be east and west. This would represent the solstitial colure in parallelism with the wooden horizon ; for the division of the globe into an eastern hemisphere of dat/, and a western hemi- sphere of night. The equinoctial colure must therefore have passed through the zenith and nadir of this dialling ; the lowest curve of which consequently placed the sol- stitial in parallelism with the horizon, and at 90° from the intersection of the equator by the equinoctial colure. Hence the zenith of the diurnal arc was in the vernal equinox, and its nadir in the autumnal equinox. I nevertheless advance this opinion with all diffidence, from my ignorance on the subject of dialling, beyond what I have endeavoured to teach myself from books. In venturing an opinion under such circumstances, I do it in the humble hope that some scientific reader will kindly enlighten me on the subject, as of interest and importance in the cause of truth. Thus, I suppose, the solstitial colure is made to divide the circle of the globe into an eastern and western, instead of into a northern and southern distinction between day and night, sun mer and winter. This was the primeval typical teaching from God's ordinances of day and night, under a symbolism of contrast between the regions of outer darkness and death, associating the memorial of a primeval chaos with that of an annually returning flood ; whilst the light of life (which constituted the glory of the kingdom emerging from the desolation), was typically limited to the seed- time and harvest of the sun's right ascension eastward in heaven, between the winter and summer tropics. This idea seems to underlie the structure of the polar-equinoctial, or east and west dialling. This was especially the form of their quadrant universal dial. Hence I conclude that (so far as the hour-lines on the steps are concerned) the Alexandrine dial must have been the polar* and equinoctial dial of the Orientals for the year of 330 days. These eleven months of 30 dajs (or 12ii of 27 days), they compared with the diurnal arc of twice eleven hours, measured by 22 X 15 = 330 degrees on the circle. The old Hindu lunar year, when numbering 90 degrees to the Nodes, or to the Sun (as thus taken from computation to lunar light), reckoned only ten months of 27 days each. The 90 days thus given to the sun were divided into * See Leadbetter's Dialling, pp. 29, 30. 136 45 on either side of the Equinoctial Colure, bisected by the equator, to exemplify Enoch's description of the sun's lunations, in his third and fourth gates, as the gates which were in the midst of his diurnal circuit, or midway between the tropics. Thus the curved part of the dial would represent the eastern hemisphere — or the habitable world as known to the ancients — and regarded by them as redeemed from the waters, by which they deemed ths western hemisphere to be entirely covered. Hence the annually recurring flood of Egypt, as returning with the full moon of Capricorn (V^") or that nearest to the heliacal rising of the dog-star in Cancer (95) was made by the Egyptians a typical memorial of the chaotic state in which the elements of the eastern hemisphere had once been submerged under water as the western was then to them. Hence before the pyramid building, the Egy|)tians did not bury their dead, but took them forth in the Baris, or sacred ark, to immerse them in the waters, by a baptism* of faith for the dead as for the living, 1 Cor. xv. 29, in the primeval revelation of the doctrine of a resurrection unto eternal life, ordained over the spirits of all flesh. Thus, whilst they called the east the Garden of Eden, they peopled the western hemisphere of water with the spirits of the blessed, having Islandu fertilized by the gardens of the Hesperides, for the abode of their communion with God, renewed in blessedness. Thus, when the western hemisphere was made to typify the darkness of night, contrasted with the light of day, on their Polar Equinoctial dial, it represented also the contrast of winter to summer, and of mortal life hastening to its natural termination, after passing the meridian splendor of its brief term. The above observations will amply justify the typical use made of the Noah's ark symbolism in the baptismal service of our Church. It is of a similar character with the typical instruction of St. Paul, in 1 Cor. xv., for God's pro- vidential mercies over "the spirits of all flesh — in winter as in summer — after natural death as in human life, if only they will walk by faith in the wisdom of his revealed will, as declared by his prophets, under typical confirmation from his works, especially iu His ordinances of day and night. The memorial of this early astro-theology was renewed daily to them, in the dialling of their construction for a measure of passing time. But superstition soon corrupted the typical instruction of spiritual life into the gross idolatry of Oriental Baalism, in its relation to the primeval distribution of the solar circuit into only an eastern and western hemisphere. Thus the Polar Equinoctial dialling of the Orientals, stands identified with the year of 330 days, for the reign of 330 mortal kings of Egypt, between Menes and Mceris, the last of them. But Moeris was also first in a new cycle of 12, ending with Sethos, the last priest of Vulcan (or the sun) who was also king of Egypt. * In his " Oriental Customs," p. 429, Burder quotes the following respecting oriental funerals, from Jowett's " Christian Researches in the Mediterranean," p. 40. " The corpse is now carried out into the churchyard. A slab lifted up, discovered " to our view that the whole churchyard is hollow under ground. The body was put into a meaner wooden coffin, and lowered into the grave. I did not observe that they sprinkled earth upon it as we do : but, instead of this, a priest concluded the ceremony by pouring a glass of water on the head of the corpse. I did not learn what this "j\eant ; but it brought to my mind that touching passage in 2 Sam. xiv. 14, ' For we must needs die, and are as water spilt upjn the ground, which cannot be gathered up again.'" Compare also 1 Cor. x. 1, 2, " Moreover, brethren, I would not that ye should be ignorant, how that all our fathers were under the cloud, and all passed through the sea ; and were all baptized unto Moses in the cloud and in the sea ;" &c., &c. 137 But Mceris, king of the south, (united with Phiops, or Apophis, in the king- dom,) built up the north entrance of the Temple of Vulcan, and divided the solar and lunar cycles into four instead of three parts. Hence the lustrum of 1461 days, and great sothiac year of 1461 years. This divided the solar and lunar cycles into two new hemispheres — northern and southern. It also occa- sioned a corresponding change in the tt/pically Sabbatic teaching of the primeval astro-theology. This, on inspired authority, Moses was authorized to adopt as the basis of the typical institutions ordained of God, for the Jewish common- wealth. Hence in Genesis ix. 15, he told them there should not 'again be a flood of waters to destroy aU flesh, or that the symbol of natural death, as ordained over all flesh, (1 Cor. xv. 22,) should no longer be associated with the end of the harvest by the rising flood, in preparation of the ground for a new seed time, after a period of watery desolation ; but that the new typical instruction was to be taken from the natural characteristics of the southern planes of the promised land, compared with the southern, or winter arc, of the sun's solar circuit, between the autumnal and vernal equinox. Hence the burning of weeds and thorns after the harvest, in its termination about the autumnal equinox, was figuratively substituted as the means by which the ground should be prepared for a new seed time, when the physical mercies associated with the annual flood of Egypt, should fail to be an annually renew- able type to them in the Lord's land. Hence the metaphor of the fiery flood in Dan. ix. 26, applied to the judgment impending over Jerusalem, Matt, xxiv. 3, 35. The Alexandrine dial seems, by its structure, to have compared the year of three with that oi four seasons : and to have commenced the diurnal arc thereof, like the Thoth of the Egyptian solar year, from the full moon in Capricorn, as the place of the moon's opposition to the sun, when thQ dog -star rose heliacally in Cancer. Compared, therefore, with the days of the week, as numbered to the planets on the Zodiac of the Hindus, their solar cycle began with Saturday, for the reign of Saturn commenced midway in Capricorn, and extended to the end of Aquarius. The typical application of this fact is corroborated as scripturally truthful by the Austrian Carton of the Xlllth century, numbered 1212, at the late International Exhibition. The annexed memorandum of that picture identifies its symbolism with the structure of another ancient sun-dial in the British Museum, of similar character, but without the steps. But the middle of Capricorn ended a like reign of 45 degrees on the circle numbered to the reign of Venus, (as our Friday,) from between Scorpio and Sagittarius. Thus the full moon in Capricorn dated the beginning of the flood from the beginning of the reign of Saturn after 45 (made 47 or 2 X 231) days, for degrees measured on the circle of the Sun's annual course, between the end of one annual flood, and the beginning of another. But the waters of the flood prevailed upwards 15 cubits. Gen. vii. 20. Hence the 60 days (as 45 + 15) numbered to Osiris by the Egyptians, for the difference between the 300 days of the Noah's ark symbolism and the old solar year of 360 days. But Noah's life after the flood was 350 days of years, Gen. x. 8 ; or, when the typical instruc- tion from the annual flood of Egypt was changed, the lunar year was increased by 50 days. These, most probably, were the days of the years numbered to the reign of Cheops, on the south or dark side of the equinoctial dial ; as followed by 56 (or 7X8 and therefore a sabbatic reckoning) numbered to Chephren both of whom were said to have shut up the Temples of the Egyptians and for- bidden the worship of their ancient god-kings, whilst Mycerinus restored the typical instruction of the Noah's ark symbolism. SALVATION. THOUGHTS ILLUSTRATING THE INQUIRY INSTITUTED IN THIS BOOK AS TO ITS BEARINGS ON A TRUTHFUL INTERPRETATION OF OUR BIBLE RECORDS. From what ? to whom 1 and by what law ordained ? Man questions with himself, till, lost in thought, Reason, itself distrusting, counsels Faith. Ofttimes, with doubtful issue. Faith's demands (As those of Superstition's darkest night) Plead long against the reason of God's gift. Else why with maniac zeal did eremites Each useful purpose of life's gift abjure, Till life became a burden and a curse 1 Yet thus they sought deliverance from sin. Death's reign of triumph* through man's carnal will. Else why the martyr's cry to heaven upraised. Pleading the innocence of godly faith Against the will of tyrants strong in power, Built on unreasoning faith in idol-gods ? Else to Ezekielt why did God unveil That bitter mockery of unreasoning faith, Which, through a heathen priesthood's juggle, made Gods of the mummied Pharaohs in their graves 1 There Truth proclaims the vanity of power Excepting that of holiness, by which * Rom. vii, 24. t E/.ek. xxxii, 18-32, 70 The justified of God .survive Death's shock, And breathe the life eternal, whilst the dust Of Egypt's mummied kings to the four winds Scatter their vain and cruel memories. The common heritage of unregenerate man. Life * of the bless'd ! man's Saviour-spirit, hail ! By grace and gift of which, constrained of God, Death renders back the memoi-ies of the just. As, with new power of life for usefulness,t Tlirough spiritual oneness of God's saints in heaven With man on earth, redeemed to holiness From Death's | dominion through his carnal will. Thus Faith and Reason, harmonised of God, Sought to reclaim from Superstition's power The kingdoms of the world to God and Christ, § * " The Holy Ghost, the Lord and Giver of Life," 2 Peter i, 21. + Dan. xii, 13 ; Matt, xi, 14 5 xvii, 10-14. + Rom. vii, 24. § It may be a question with some how Christ could have said, with intel- ligible effect, to the Jews of the apostolic age — " Your father Abraham rejoiced to see my day," &c. — John viii, 56-59. But the words must be understood as those of St Paul (1 Cor. x, 4) referring to the Israelites in the wilderness, when he said, " They drank of that spiritual Rock which followed them, and that Rock was Christ." The rock of course is not literally made the object of reference otherwise than to say that the God who miraculously revived their fainting spirits by water from the rock in the desert, followed them continuously with His providential care to the end of their forty years' wandering in the wilderness. The Greek word Christ and the Hebrew word Messiah are the same in point of fact. When, therefore, the Jews are saved, we attribute their salvation to Christ, whilst they look for it to Messiah. Both words have as it were a double meaning. They represent the anointet-l of God's sj)irit, but with especial reference to some one extraordinary incarnation thereof. But the incarnation of that spirit was and ever is in some measm-e (1 Cor. xii, 4) to characterise all God's people, but more especially the rulers of Israel, though that personification of Messiah's spirit which was to mark the ful- ness of the Godhead spiritually manifested in the flesh (Coloss. ii, 9), was reserved for the time of the end foreordained over the Mosaic or typical dispensation. From that time Christianity dates the historic origin of its mission from Christ's incarnation, with reference to its especial object as the last of God's pro- phets to the blinded of Israel under the Mosaic dispensation. — Matt, xxi, 37 ; xxiii, 35-39. Hence if we deny unto Jews (when li^^ng, under inspiration of the Holy Ghost, 71 As called in Christ through Abraham and his seed. Yet Egypt's power throughout the world suppressed The opening germ of Truth on Mercy based, And Israel to the reign of Death succumbed, * As Adam, through self-will, in Paradise. Then God, through Moses, gave delivex-ance To Israel from Egypt, teaching them, By types and statutes of a fiery law, To worship him in spirit and in truth ; t No longer under cover of self-will. By craft of heathen pi-iesthood made as that Of God, themselves the gods executive ! Thus Abraham's seed was fii-st | redeemed from death. To bless a fallen world renewed to life ; Yet, blind in part, the favour'd race retard The heavenly mission tiiisted to their charge Till captive led to Babylon, § that there. Left without hope from rites of sacrifice, The sorrows of a seventy years' sojourn Shovdd guide them, by a way of holiness, To seek therein the world's salvation. As that of souls redeemed from death and hell. If Christ be thus the Saviour of the world From a destructive policy of man, Armed 'gainst liis fellow-man in deadly strife, Through lust of warlike glory and its power, for good) participation with otirselves in God's mercy purposed over the spirits of all flesh in Christ, and that merely because they refuse to adopt the historical tra- ditions of our Christian name, we may (on a due consideration of Matt, xii, 32) find occasion seriously to doubt whether we are not raising the quibbk of a dis- tinction without a difference between the prophetic meaning of the words Messiah and Christ. — Dan. ix, 25 ; John i, 41 ; iv, 25. * Isaiah xxviii, 14-19 ; Eom. v, 14. + John iv, 23, with Luke xvi, 31. + Rom. V, 14, compared with \h.e first resurrection of Rev. xx, 5. § Jerem. xvi, 14, 15, with xxiv, 5, represents the Babylonian captivity as or- dained over ALL flesh " for good," that the predicted calling of the Gentiles to be co-heirs with Israel in the promises made to Abraham and his seed might be realised over aU, in the day of Tsrael'.s redemption therefrom, by one and the same law, viz. , submission to be ruled by the influences of God's spirit for good. 72 Or by the wiles of selfish wickedness, Why hail we not in Christ, the Saviour Of Jews and Greeks, of bond and free alike, By whom the spirits of all flesh are now And ever (though in mystic form) brought nigh To God in holiness, the way of life ] This none can tread \inguided of His grace. Who died to break sin's power, but rose again, The Lord of Life, the Holy One of God. THE END m aays years :5, or J- 15 The 38 Kings of the Canon of Eratosthenes, arranged symbolically in illustration of its relation to the simulachra of deified Kings in the Chamber of Karnak. Tbe four first kings anunged by themselves, as If to -symbolize the times of the 3 and 4 god-King9 who were respectively conductors of the seasons ; according to tbe division of 1. Menes, a Thinite. He loigncd 62 years 2. Athotbis (son = Hermogenes) 69 3. Athotliis II. (the Cencennes of Mon- etho) 32 4. Diabies, or Misbies, as the Miebidus name with Mnevit, and that with Vavenophes, or Venephes, tbe builder of the fint pyramid. Ho consequently reads the epithet 0iXT£po( as on error for tpiKiTttv^Qi 19 Total . . 172 years = 180 less 8, or 12 x 15 less 8, for an indei to the nrrangoment of a soti-lunar dynos^ of god- kings. Note. The above symbolism identifies {as does the airangemcnt of Manetho's Dyn. 1.) the times of the fourth King with tho building of the first pyramid. But Herodotus identifies the same with tho last of 330 Sings from Menea. Tho two statements are not at variflucc ; for they are symbolized as the god-kings of a sidereal year ; ropreseatcd in the one case by tho four primary god-kin gB,»«rf(«toM of Ihe seamns; and in tho other by a diurnal reign of god-longs throughout the sidereal year — numbered as 330 instead of 328 days. This may have been to avoid fractions when dividing the year into 3 parts, for 3 seasons ; or it may have been to symbolize the difference between tho solar year of 3C0 days and the sidereal year as a complete lunation of 30. In fact, to represent tho year of 330 days, or 12 times 27 J days, as numbering only 11 lunations of 30 days, for the times of 11 Soli- Lunar Dynasties. The above symbolism, moreover, represents the times of tho Cynic circle as having commoncod at the building of the first pyramid. For the 172 years ^ 12 x 15 less 8, may symbolise the reign of the 12 god-kings of the sidereal year, combined with 16 generations of tho Cynic circle, reprcaental irt Ifie first fifteen ihjnmiits of Mantlho ; excepting 8, for tho times of the 8 gods, as reserved for a new symbolism, identifying tho rise of tho mit-god-king) of Egypt Mnth the era of the pyracaids. 1 ^ \ Femphos (Fsemempsea, the first sun- god -Pharaoh of the Monu- 8, and the ASES of Eamak, J s'toiohoB Ai%s, for which Bunsen reads Am Tokhroi, for the son of TcBgar, as the son of Momcheiri Gosonnies. The Tosorthos or Ses- ortoiis of Manetho, Dyn. III., 2 . . Mares. The Mesochns for which Hcliodonis \ aud is the personal name of Amenemcs III. fiunaeu, vol. 11. p. 233 Anoyphis, for which Bunsen reads An-Soijphit; identifying the name with that of ^a«. No. 5, at Karaak, and with the Soyphis of Manetho, Dyn. III., 6 and the Sakoura, No. 6, at Karnak Chnubos— Gnouros. Tho Acket of Manetho's Dyn. III., 7, which BuDsen reads Sat/ret ; and repre- sents as probably a prince of the s mythically in years the days of «, for which Bunsen reads I, and identifies it with tho eaofManetho'sDvn. IV.,_5 13 ts, and tbe Cheops of Herodotus, according to Bur N.B. 172-t-219 + 62=*43, for sym- bolic identity of the above kings with the 15 generations of the Cynic Circle. 16. Saophis II. The Suphis of Mane- tho's Dvn, IV., 2i the KHNEMU- KHFFO of tbe monuments, and the SHA-F-RA at Ghizeh. He was the Chephren of Herodotus, and a desplscr of the Gods, accord- 17. MoschercB (Heliodotus}, or Men- r Herodotus ; the son of Cheops, and nephew of Chephren . 18. Moscheres II. (for Miutis), to bo read Menchcres II, as tho Men- cheres of Manetho's Dyn, IV., 4, according to Bunsen 19. PammesCforrammusArchondes). The Thampti.'i of Manetho's Dyn. IV., 8, ond the last of the family ofKhufu-Mcncheres. See Bunsen, vol. II., p. 206 The rom&ioing three Kings were : 36. Siphoos for Siphthaa, who reigned 5 y 37. Phruoro for Phuoro „ 19 . Amuthartoius, read Amuntiu 20. Apappus. Tho Phiops of Mane- tho's Dj-n. VI,, 4, being the son of, of Saites, according to tho Tablet of Abydos, if righdy interpreted. He reigncJ, k-^s oiw how 1 N.B. Con,, ■::■ 1 V- .■ -', v.-,! I.. p. 427. on li ■ ■>\--rd Apappus. iUf; I . II , c. 163. giviI.^^ ;. , .. .- ■ . !.i..p.T Greek fomi i-. Aj.-, I - .-j. ! _^-me myth in tbe 100 years Hfis o.if fwurj for the reign of Apappus. Possibly the attfrum of Sydra, ex- tending over 80°, may have something to do with it. See note annexed. 21. Name mutilated. Given as Aches- chuB Ocaras by Jackson ; but sup- posed by Bunsen to be the Mente- Buphis of Manetho's Dyn,, IV., 6 22. Nitocria — compare Manetho's Dyn. VI., 6, and Herodotus, lib. II., with the Skoniophris, wife of Mtnris, in proof that Manetho's Dyn. VI. was contemporary with his Dyn. XII., and the Shepherd Dyn. XV. or XVI, viz., that found- ed by Saites N. B. Nitocris numbers only 18th from Miabiet; with reference to the statement of Herodotus that 18 font of 330 kings numbered from Menes,) were Ethiopians, and one a female named Nitocris.' 23. Myrtfflus. See Bimaen, vol. II., p. 240, who repirds him as the contemporary of Manetho's leventh 24. Thyosimarcs, or Uosimares. " The Ntnfefna of the monuments, ac- cording to Bunsen, vol, II., pp. 233,241 N. B. Bunsen regards him and tho foUowing kings, to No. 30 inclusive, as the Thcban contemporaries of Slanetho's Memphite, Dyn. VIII. 26. Sethinillos. Bunaen reads Enetiti- Jinaoi, as one of tho Nentcf princes 26. Scmphucrates . . . . 27. Chuther — called Mentuphh by Bunsen, vol. II., p, 240 From previous column add 1 I, possibly of Dyn. XIX. m Nile signifying the E ling " Si-phtha" ' Noilos. '■ The — Bunsen, Dyii. XXVI ri from the Hebrew." - 1, p, 370 and 570. I, Dyn.XX\^I„ or Amyrtaus, 28. Mieires (or Meures) 29. TomiB-phtha, or, ChomiEphiha, by interpretation Kosmos Philoph- aistos. Palmer, vol I., p. 387 , . 30. Soikunius. Bunsen calls Soiku- nivs Oeho.t,ira»n<ii : which Mr. of the name Aneimim Oehu, the giant. Mr. Birch also shrewdly tion for Kai Tyraskos. Ste his subjoined memorandum % •'■■ Total, as the reign of Hclius in tho old Egyptian Chronicle .... 31. Fentcathyres. Bunsen regarda him as contemporary with Mane- tho's Dyn. XI., numbering only 16 out of 42 years to his reign, as reckoned 42 in error by including the 26 years of Amenemcs I 32. (St.) Ammenemes I. Manetho's Dyn. XII., 1 33. (St.) Ammenemes II. Manetho's Dyn.XII 34. Siatosia. The SesortoaisII., or 8e- sostris of historic renown, according to Bunsen 35. Mares. The Amenemcs III. of Dyn. XII., and the Amuntimaus of the moQumcnts; colled also La- cheres, and Lammeres, and Lam- pares. The builder of the Labyr- inth Total.. 1 For last three Kings add With remainder of 10. ianing the J IS aay ; viz., as tho last kin ble epoch in tho kingdom ? ^ B readings kindly looked up for me by Mr. Birch (as from tho beginning of this £ The other reading is : 9f^ta.lily ?.' (30th) it<^aiU\,a-(. 9 O KAI O TTPANN02 alia , and over the 7 days of Enoch's Prophet a the reading of Eratosthenes according to Bernhordy. Eratosthenica, 8vo., Bcrol. 1822, Tvfpai-Mj. Bunsen Eoixowioi oxirvpa^vii. The reading I con- $50 (N CO ■* (M . . TO O HI'S ..tJ^l- - ^ -M X' ci S O CO '«" d rS •-. 1^.^^ S 2 S <=. 000 ogy e of bS' PhM lie ears. days years [5, or t- 15 ^ I Further Analysis of the Canon of Eratosthenes, proving indisputably that the Chronology thereof is one of an Astronomica Symbolism in the basis of its structure ; though the sura of the Cycles may approximately represent a Chronology oj historical traditions limited to a span of 1076 years. 1 Menesrei ed 62 3! Athoth U.'y.'.V..'..... 32 4. Diabies 19 5. Pemphos 18 6)190 ~Z9 Compare tbo 38 kings numhered over tho whole Canon as 38 Princes of Lunar light numbered by quintuples of daya, as in tho astronomy of Enoch. = 6, Momcheiri 79 7. Stmchua fi 8)m m Compare tho relation of these 3 to the 38 kings numbered over tho whole Canon— as tho god-kings of lunations divided into 3 seasons— whether 9 Mares * .... 26 of 6 or 10 days each. Add 190 + 115= ,. -305 ~m Compare the 330 Hnga from Menea to Masria, aa numbered by the Egyptian Priests to Herodotus, with tho 332 years numbered over tiio reign • Meeris is twice reckoned by of the 12 god-kings in the old chronicle. Herodotus, vie., as the last of 330 But when 15 days only were reckoned to a lunation (as from the now to and as the flrat of 12 others, num- the full moon) 22 such lunationa numbered 330 days. Also 24 such com- bering altogcflier 341 Piromis fromMcnestoSothos. pleted tho old solar year of 360 days. Again, IS months of 20 days each were the same as 12 months of 30, or 24 of 15 days. But as 24 is the only one of these numbers divisible by 8, it appears that the month of 15 days was tho form of the month, whihtt the 8 older gods reigned in Egypt, vi»., for 217 days called years. But ^' = 14 m. -^ 7 days. Or "" = 27^ t. <■-, their reign of 217 days numbered 8 lunations of 27g daya each; being ^rda of 332 or 12 x 27| days. The 12 kings of Egypt from Mffiria to Sethoa inclusivo of both ;— J compared o« rrknti of Vfikan with 12 god-kings of the solar year. who reigned 30* days from Mores to Apappiia, iw the Canon of Eratoathenes- ■■ Heuodottjs. EniTOSTinHfES. ^ 1. Mceris 9. Marea reigned 26 10. Anoyphhcs 20 11. Sirios 18 1 3', Phero" .. '.V.'.V.'.'-'V.". 4. Proteus 12. Cnuhus Gnurua 22 13. Hayoaia— The Prince of 1 ,„ Stout Men J *■* qr thoRcmphanof'the' Assyriana. 6. Cheops •15. Saophis the SorU* of! 7. Chcphren the monuments, and} 29 — N. B, From Mcnes to Saophis inclusive were 16 kings-in 443 years, /«( HORITS 1 16. Sen-Saophis, or Saophis II. 27 17. Moscheria Heliodotus . . 31 for the 16 generations of the Cynic circle. The god-kmga of the Lunar year- Ist. Moacheris Heliodotus 31 years. 9. Asychia \'....'.'. . .'.'. 18. Moathis .. 33 2nd. MosthU 33 „ 3rd. Pammus 35 „ 12! Sethoa ....'"".".' ^ 19. Pammus 35 •20.Apappua 100 4th, ApappuB 100 „ Tho Solar year of Enoch, 364 days 6U1. Ocaras, qu f xat RA ; or also belonging to Heliua f or the one day added to tho Sokr year of 364, and to the N.B. The 15x20 of /Aw «y»)- Lunar year of 364, to make up the year of 365 days, as botic numberitiff represents the 300 that of the old Vedaa. years mythically assigned to tho roign of Horua in the Temple lists. His reign of one year only might also represent the anniversary symbolism of either tho Solar or Lunar years. 21. Ocaras 1 year. 6th. Nitocria - 6 7th, Myrteeua 22 24! !.....'!. .'...'.... 8th, Thyowmarea 12 9th. Sethinillos 8 26! 27 11th. Chuther 7 12th. MieircB 12 1 29 13th. Chomoephtha ' 11 14th. SoLkuniua, 20Ui from Marea indueivc .... 60 30! .. ....^^.y.\ !...^ !..'.'.. \ Total.,. ■ 366 31. Penteathyris 42 32. Stamonemea aeeemrl, .... 23 q > as the Moon at ita ieeond horning about the 23rd day. or after 3 x 7i days ? It seema to be a compound of • St-Amun —and Aaf,.me4— beloved of tho Moon. 33. Sistosichermes 66 34. Maris (\-iz,. 13th froml ,„ Nitocris) J ^■^ N. B. This Maris was 18lh from Moacheris Heliodotua the first Lunar qu ? Q8 symbolizinir the Place of On.. SOTiHS god-king ; and Soikunius tho last Lunar god-king was 20th from the fimt Marcs. or 13th M....i • 1 But 18 X 20 = 360 for the relation of those symbolic kings to from that 1 ihe Solar year of tho Chaldeans. ^U dayBniih. ^ .^ ^^^^^ ^^^^ ^^^^ ^ ^y^^ jg EtJuopiEm kings— including one a o- L^ ^ ■". ^'i/., Nitocria? 86. Anonymous 14 37. Phruoro or NiluB 6 means Upper Egypt, and who was therefore an Ethiopian, or kini; 0/ the South J built the North entiance of tho Templo of Vulcan. 38. AramunthantKua 63 But the Temple of Vulcan numhered twice 18 uomes : viz.: 18 dedi- cated to tho gods above— and 18 to the Crocodiles or gods of tho lower 8)250 world ; symbolized aa Ethiopians or the goiU of Upper Egypt in the South, Jll 10 X 36 = 360. These kst 8 therefore represent tho 8 god-kings aa ruling in the lunation of 30 days (increased to 32, asatKamak) in substitution of 4 X 8 for 2 X 7 4- 2 X 8, when subdividing tho lunation into fourths. ' It is worthy of notice that U god-kings are hero numbered to the Lunar year of 355, aa in the Hinda myth of the H M.inus who reigned Also 14 X 25 = 360 days numbered aa the daijt of the years of the roign of Typhon in the Temple lists. Hence tho myth relating to Typhon, as murderer of Osiris, must bo a symboUe comparison of the obscuration of Lunar light for one quintuple of days in every lunation of 15 days, or for a decndo of days in the lunation of 30 days. This answers to the obteuration of iid^eal t'ffhljor about two „ionths in eaeh hmuphere ; or so long as the sun remains within two signs of the summor solstice on either side thereof. Thia obscuration of aidereal light for 3 or 4 months has specific reference to tho periodic obscuration of the Dog-atar from the beginning of Taurus to the beginning of Leo. — ror 4 months represent }rd of 360 days as 10 days do jrd of 30 days. • St. is an abbreviation of the Hieroglyphic for Sot, or Seth, as Typhon. Bunsen, vol. i. p. 425, 479- /^ )50 000 ogy e of Uc ears. days years 15, or f 15 The Monthly Variations of the Moon's place in the Ecliptic as taught in the Astronomy of Enoch, cap. Is i-3 The relation ol o the Son's pi Ecliptic ; — from Moon! 7o fL fHrf , QuarUr in each LunaticD of 15 days from the Tth to 22nd days of i Moon in its relatioii to the Iwo-fiorm crtTcs its name and mythical character according to tlio lunar symboUtm for the ag of the Hindu-ParouTan, (or month o _ 3 from homing to homing) as the brightest period of every lunation, and all the lunations t«gethor. For, ns at the Equinox, the place of the Moon's " the place ot full Moon, — so th place of the ftOl Moon of Thi ^. three full Woona ; and ezletitUd faj/mbolkallffj f the Moon in her Jirtt Que lartere of the Egyptian luati e Mooo'g uoiUi. This v tuUhe-d Soli-Lunar Lynajitij. •4th GateW. •3rd Gate W. 2nd Gato W. iBtGatfiW. let Gate E. 2nd Gate £. 3rd Gate E. (back by PiBC<!B as opp. Virgo, Enoch Luriii. 5 — 10 , Sagittarius .. . Capricorn . Aquarius to Virgo, back to Libra, d . opp. Pisces ; opp. Aries and again by Gemini, c opposite of Sogittariui and thence by Capricoi the opposite of Cance , Aquarius i again by Sagittarius, t opposite of Gemini d thence by Cancer -for the 16 generations of the Cynic Circle in their mytldc relation r-) Analysis of the lists of Egyptian Gods, Demigods, and other Demigods^ as given in Osborne's Monumental History of Egypt, vol. 1, p. 199, from Lepsius. *ne relation oi ine oy?»c cimt w i 450 „„■, / 3 solar year, as that of 1^ luua- I2 ■•■ on of 30 days did to the lunation jf 30 days. Id the old Chronicle, however, the fifteen generations of the Cynic circle (so named as commencing about the rising of the Dog-star,) are said to have reigned 443 not 450. The num- bers, though ostensibly difi"ering, are in symbolic harmony. For 360 + 83 = 443, and 83 days re- present 5 of the stellar year of 332 days, added to the 12 months of the solar year to make up the 15 generations Typhon. -) His reign of 350 days may be as 360 less 10, or 450 less 100. For both forms will mythically identify the reign of Typhon ■with that of Osiris, except that no account is taken of the reign of Typhon^ for the times when Osiris v:as periodically lost. y These were variously estimat- ed, viz., as 10 days in the luna- tion of 30 days, and as 100 days or 3 months +10 days, in the relation of the reign of Osiris to the 15 generations of the Cynic Circle, as 15 soli-lunar months of 30 days each t for days of years >. 460 29L 6 f As 350 days symbolically \ ^-q t for days of years > End of Dyn I., numbering, in\ , , ,„„„„ lunations or hours, as twelfths of ^= 1000. 1 1000 days or years 12000 days or years ' N. B. This corresponds with the Maha-Yug, or Divine age of Brahma, in the Chronology of the Hindus, as reckoning 12 lunations to one prophetic Millennium, from a Kali-age of 1,200 lunations to 100 symbolic and prophetic years of 360 days each. Dynasty II. Demigods. 1. Horus. * 5 2nd as 5 X 56 . 60 3rd .. 4th .. 5th ., 6th ., 7th . . 8th . 9th . 10th . 11th . 12th . X 40 X 36 X 20 X 24 X 20 X 24 X 20 X 20 X 20 X 20 Hours or lunations. . 300 , . 280 . . 200 . . 180 . . 100 . . 120 . . 100 . . 120 . . 100 . . . 100 . . 100 . . . 100 . 70 Actual days or years. . . 25 . . .. 23i .. .. 16| .. .. 15 .. fas from the last full\ moon of the old year to the new moon at the opening of the new year j 1870 hotirs = 10 10 Symbolir days or years. ... 300 ... 280 ... 200 ... 180 . . . 100 . . 120 ... 100 ... 120 ... 100 ... 100 ... 100 ... 100 70 \56\ days, or as 1870 days or 31 cycles or 5 years of 5 days or and 45, or years. 30 -J- 15 days. Analysis of the lists of Egyptian Gods, Demigods, and other Dcraigodsi as given in Osborne's Monumental History of Egypt, vol. 1, p. 199, from porsonif^mg tho solar year of I 360 days and 300 nights, in iU [ Uelius, or Ra, the Sun-god Pha- ■ = 831. / ^^J aymbolio days, and years i He petsoniBes the spirit of life, J>ragon of the great a idolatrous wonhip began to b destroyed by the Jirit calling o Abraham's seed, under the tjrpi- cal dispensation of Uobcs. The prophetic weet of 700 years, f year-days, eadi num ing 100 days. Also as 720 days of 12 hours, or 1 solar year of 360 days and 360 nights, Henco, the myth of A- nappus living 100 years less 1 hour, according to Eratosthenes, compared Botu* of God, as at the City and Temple of Jerusalem, under the UoBaic Dispensation. 1 Fetcr For the Dispensation of God's nev and eternal CoTenant with Israel (■'. e., with as many as n bear and obey their calling Cfhriit, by the Holy Ghost, as i Lord and giver of life, or the quickening spirit of the si Adam,) waa not fully established bosiB of the oldest Hindu Cycle of 5 years. Again, the ordinary 8o- of 36 days. For from a kli age = 36 dayi TheDwapaage= 72 The Treta age = 108 Tho Satya = Hi N. B. With the 19 n ansat20'' apart, for 18 hours of day and night togctber PAN of Bunsen, vol Lustrum, is probably o relation of night to day. For, in the Divine age of Brahma's Millennium, there were 500 years of night. But as Hclius priiided only been the coonectiDg linlc fa n the oldest Hindu Cycle of 5 years, and the Egyptiat im of 1 years, whicl 20 to a Satya-a^e ; and c days, as approximately ^th part of the lunation of 30 days, For^ = 71f. Whence (01 ting the fraction y) we have ~ c ages of 7 days in the re of Kronos. But ORes were only as t eokoning o compared of 355 days for the of tho Hindus,) Menuartai ' "' Lunar yea Osiris, His reign is of double' with the division of lunations represented symbolically the 5 years Cycle of the Hinaus, n tho original Monuantara o" of the coming overflow That the beginning of the Egyptia m * He was the Chief of the Cynic Circle (note the mythic relation of Thoth or Anubis to the Dog-star) through -whom the Kings of Egypt from Mcnes hekl commucation with the Gods, their predecessors in the Kingdom. The 300 years of his reign seem to have been days. They answer to 10 lunations of 30 days or 20 of 15 days. But 10 lunations were to the 15 numbered over the Cynic Circle as f thereof. — These symbolize the relation of the times of the 8 older Gods to the 450 years of the reign of Osiris, as numbering 15 lunations of 30 days. But in the old Egyptian Chronicle the 217 years limited over the reign of the 8 older Gods number, approximately | of 328 days of the stellar year. t The anecdote of Bitus in the Classical Dictionary proves that those 13 Demigods were the monthly demigods of 13 X 28 days = 364 days to the solar year, as in Enoch's time. Also 12 X 271 (for the 27^ of our computation) make up the 330 of Herodotus. Dynasty III. Other Demigods. Seemingly that of the 10 kings, named as Dyn. VI. in the Ma- netho of Ptolemy of Mendes. 3650 hours in 304^ days of"', 12 hours : or in 30 seasons .. Y"-/ ■ -^ "\7 =^^'^^^V:'^» I = 31 years (but as 3650 of 10 days or ^30 mythic '^f ^^^^^^^ daysorycars accoimt . . ( mythically. L years + 4 days for the con- ductors of the seasons in one other year j Total 17520 days or years = circ. 1186 mythic /but 17520 days years (or years. Again 17520 days or years = 12 x 1460 days or years = 12x4, or 48 times 365 days or years for four Cycles of Jupiter, each numbering 12 Solar years. Reckoned as days, the 1870 mythic years symbolize the reign of the Solar Cycle of 5 years, as 5 x 365 =. 1825 days 4- 45 days (or 30 -f- 15) to mark the relation of the 15 mythic generations of the Cynic Circle, as 2)rimarily the half mouth of 15 days to the year of 364 days, or of 13 x 28 days; for 13 lunations to the year. Thus -75" := 143 omitting the fractional remainder. 143 And 1^ = 28 omitting do. Hence Ihe Demigods of Dyn II. are clearly arranged so as to shew the symbolic relation of the year of 364 (or of Enoch's 360 days + 4 days assigned to the Conductors of the 4 seasons) to 13 lunations of 28 days each, and of both to the 15 generations of the Cynic Circle Ixcause Horus the Chief of the Cynic Circle stands at the head of this order of Demigods. But why their individual reigns should have been numbered in tho form they are so as to represent a total of 1870 mythic years, I cannot tell, further than that they had common relation to the Cycle of 5 years. Also when the sum of all the 3 Dynasties is taken together in lunations, — for mythic years, the design (to a certain extent) is unmis- takeably evident. For 12000 + 1870 -f- 3650 = 17520 lunations = 1460 years of 360 days each. Again as 13 X 28 = 364 days so 4 times 364 = 1456 days. Add 4 times 1} days = 5 days, to com- plete the year of 365| days; and 1461 daj-s make up the celebrated Egyptian Lustrum of 4 years — which answered to the computation of the Greeks by Olympiads. This symbolized in days Hie celebrated Cynic Cycle of 1461 years, which multiplied by 25 made up the great Zodiacal Cycle of 36,525 years. This limited the range of the old Egj-ptian Chronicle relating to the 30 Dynasties of Egyptian Kings, amounting to 113 generations. The great Lunar Cycle of the ancients was 18 years 7 m., or the old Chaldajan Sarus of 223 lunations each numbering 30 days. This astronomical calculation (as one of practical importance) was Idolatrously symbolized, as appears from the Epicycles of the Ttolemaic Astronomy in Blundevil's First Book of the Sphere, cap. xv, A. d. 1636, and in his theory of the Seven Planets, A. d. 1602, compared u-ith an idolatrous group of figures brought in a. d. 1860 from the Enqjcror's Summer Falace at Pel'in^ by Capt. Luard, an Officer of Fane's Horse. — See Diagrams illustrating the two-hornul glory of the Solar and Lunar Dynasties of the Oriental nations, tinder comparison of the double symbolism, for the ttvo-horned glory attributed to Moses by the Jews and Egyptiam respectively. H ■~s 1^ lj-( o H S H ^ ^ 3 H ^ t— 1 I ^ _, Q w « R f-& ^^ o o H W i» B r-i to (» ~ IT* ;H"?t ^ So h a ^ S 2 ^>^ -H^^ ip<i *^ 7^ CO '^ .5 '^ '^ O +J i—i s -+1 •^ CO Ol' O " ^^ CO S CO o V g s I/, 5^ S i> a •2 o IT'S. ^ ^ >-.C^J <D s^ — '^ -5 c o o ^ .s .s~< ^ tn c -♦-< s» '■' r e ^Ji c ;^ ^ M S -5 1^ fc£. s ?* c -1:; 3 o S^< -^- CUMl'AKKi) Wlfil THAT OF tb:e OLX3 on jEton^TicxjE , ■ WniCH PROFESSES TO NUMBER ;i6525 YEARS BEFORE OUR b-^- 350. The old Egyptian Chro- niclo diiies the begin- ning of its Mylliic era from ihe diiys of EnocU, KB. The' 34,644 wytkic yours, numbered over the first or inylliic part of this Chronicle, nre reckoned parlinlly ns days, yenrs, and lunu- tioDB. These number only 1076 yenrs, which 18 the sum of tlio times numbered over the fii'st pai't of the Canon of Eratosthenes. Deduct, for tlie reign of Holins the eon of Vulcan Age of Enoch contin- Deduct for times of Saturn, ami the rest of the 12 gods Ago of Noah d. Deduct for times of the 8 gods Age of Noah contin- Dediict,forilie Heroic age of the Cynic circle Age of Mizrflim'8 earliest descendants ... 8. Deduct for the last ISdynostiesofManelho Dftt«s the conquest of Egypt by the Persians in the 10th year of the reign of Dai'ius Ochus, b THE MYTHIC BEGINNING OF EciYPTIAX AND GRECIAN CHKONOLOGYt CUSIPAKED BY HERODOTUS. N.B. 217 years from I'c. 2218 (Gen. xi. 110) terminated n<- 2031. and hei'UL's, lis copied from the Temple lists by Lepsiuawus 17520 yra. meaning iunalioas, and and equal lo 1460 years Ago of Egyptian Hercules, oa dated by Herodotus 17000 years But 1250 years from The Chronology of Herodotus, when reckoning 1 1 340 lunations, or 945 years, from Menes to Sethos, verified by that of Pomponius Mela; ■ when num- bering 1300 mythic years, or lunations, amounting to 1083 yoars, upwards from before the Herodotus represents the ffef/ios of whom he spake ns the colemporary of Sennacherib, whose first expedition against Jerusalem in the days of Hczekiab (when taunting him with a vain reliance on Egypt) is in 2 Kings xviii. 21, Add the 945 years Era of Menes, as that also of the Piromis of Herodotus; orthcAerof* o/ the Cynic Circle 571, date their :.571 Lion given him bj the *is, is a period, they say y |)rofess to have always The Grecian eras for Pan, Hercules and Bacchus, as dated by Herodotus to the then present about the beginning of the Pcloponnesian war. This dates B.C. 431, when Herodotus us 53 years old. The Greeks (he telU us) coa- sider Hercules, Bacchus, andPan, as the youngest of their deities : but Egypt esteems Pan as the most ancient of the gods, and even of those 8 who ore accounted The present time of Herod II. cap. 145 was probably about b.c, 431 Add the 800 years * Pa a(vi siege. If this bee the 80O years must be numbered from the age of Pan: ojt more remote from the time in which Herodotus wrote, than the taking of Troy was. Age of the Grecian Hercules son of Alcmena b This Herodotus dates as 900 years before the then present time ; and 900 years from B.C. 431 date their beginning b.c. 1331. of the Grecian Bacchus son of Semele b.c 2031 In dating the age of Bacchus tl.i/ ^onofSi^mi'U- from B.C. 2031, will. Il.oio ..f the K-y|.iiii He* concludes, in fad I bolhnatioiis were equally a t that i t the s certain Hindu traditions spanning , 26, and the reign of Cumbyses ; ibly be at fault in his loterpretation mlians to 100 years, for the lime of the Piromis. If therefore a ; OH age with Arrian, 15 such aijei would altogether number a\\\y five cenluri contirmed by the fact that 6042 lunations (mythically called yearn) number lo Herodotus, dates the [ the times of the 12 | K-iiced in the time of Pan; i^.i-minate B.C. 1817. Thi . Hi quoted by Megasthem 9 gods. He lu'i hi.nvL-ver so positive, on this (ii.!( 1 1, as when speaking of the L'., [xiiin Bacchus, from the iiili'iiuation given him by the Egyptian priests. For he qualifies his remarks by adding " upon this subject I have given my own opinion, leaving it to my readers to the con ) for themselves." xactly 503J solar years of of the age of the Egyptian Hercules) add the 332 years numbered ods, of whom Hercules was one; to obtain the bfginning of the reign of who ivos one of the 8 gods who produced the 12; and dates from B.C. 2320, i is sufficiently near to the B.C. 1821 computed above, from the testimony of 'S reckoned 153 kings from Bacchus to Sandracottus (the contemporary of ians account Bacchus older than Hercules by 15 generations." ') reckoned the Indian Bacchus as one with the Grecian Bacchus, who was naiiy centuries older than the Grecian Hercules, the son of Alcmena, whose liigy of the Hindus, (when interpreting tho words quoted by him in common with Mcga^thiiii - 111 Ai 1 ; in ) n |ii, -I 111- ili 1,L'\ |iii,ni Kuchus, who WM younger than the Egyptiiui Hercules, as the object of reference. Tliu. i!m M , ;|, ,-v dtlio Hintlus follows the traditions of the Egyptians. Tin i i. jim -. umIic E|.'yptiaii Bacchus as the first conqueror 1 1' I ~ I- J i-'ilienes, in the passage quoted above, alSrms that "Indiii n 1- IN \ I . u j n i .1 Ijy any foreigner before Alexander 111' I I I i.y Cyrus, the son of Cftmbyses, who overran Scythia, ami ^ - 1 1 i | < is the most aggressive of tho Asiatic 1.1!. 1! ruover that "the Indians never made foroign wars from a 1 h-i i ._!.: . ui ^, " A- I ■. ■!,- .■i-,.'j. .. these two interpretations of Arriim iniiv huth sitvo to coulinu ilr, 'iau- .ji ilLiudutua, if only the different conditions on wliirh llicy are respectively based bo duly ■! i- ! That which identifies tho Hindu Bncchu? \m :. i , ' l^ m rhus, and considers Hercules as older than Bacchus by IS ages for 503 J years, numbering S ages or generations to Ki" < !i< udy explained. The intrrpritaiionol' the passage of Arraiii, a in ' ■! i * M . < -i hi nes represents the 6042m^<Aic^carsaauClironology of double reference; itii.i ; '. :,i;in iIj. n,. , : ,,, r, ,. .imn with the LjiypiMui I'AN. 1 ■ 1' ' [nuiessedly measure the interval between the Grecian Bacchus and Sandracottus, the contemporary of An '. ,:.:. 323. 1 , - nt merely 6042 lunations or 503 J solar years. Neither can they be reckoned as 6042 years of historical !> 1' 1 < - < 'i^i^aniition oC the mylhic yetkts is by reducing thejn lo seasorts fi/''i moiil/is, or four lunations each; vi2. as 80 maiiv luiEin i I - .f i|]. - :i-iiri which was most particularly consecrated to Bacchus. For the oldest form of the Egyptian year was re also the 15 ages (counted as .503 years) beiweon the Egyptian Bacchus, as one s amongst them. Hencft the reign of the Egyptian Bacchus commenced in ihe with the reign of the Grecian Hercules, i^c. 1331, date their beginning from B.C. L'ign of the Egyptian Bacchus, as dated by Herodotus B.C. 1821 : whereas the :ars, according to the number of seasons, reckoning 4 lunations to one season, or 1S34, or uiiiy ii fuw veiu- lidnre the- Urn.inatii whole interval between B.C. 1834 and B.c, 324 mythic year, in a period of G042 lunations. N.B. It is worthy of remark that B.C. 2031 dates the termination of the reign of PAN, who was one of the eight gods whose reig together numbered 217 years; seeing that 217 years reckoned upwards from B.C. 2031 commeacedB.C.2248,oralourdateior thodisperoi' k of mankind from the pluiop of Shinar.— Compare Gen. xi. 1-10, with Acts xvii. v. 22-32. I p b.v ii[Khi2dJd'."lS"ihS islb'lu'".-" A. I-irf or (Ii> 1iilBre4l>rj manll. ;h <2. & S £ £.(2 « t>a » •"ojo-Ss's-. S „o t^oS gap-. tlaas-;^*; to « ° = -2 a 1 ^ ^ II ^ ^ ^C ^ I t -s 1 -S - a c^ ^=3 a : -^^l 3 - a tE-S |i1l^^iHII|tiiii|E=^liNf?ill1ii^al * g\l5g££q =^ =^ ^ =KSi-5|ctf';|,^.S>^5K=M^-^ -£:S PLATE II. Fourteen Kings of tlie Egyptian Lunar Tear {qb tbe H Mascs of Hindu Mjtliology), beginning with Moscberis Hbliodotcs. ") - lloH.C,.!. ofJupl l.lplie'dto/J'.'i'.ulta of lb, M.™'. diia^t, i..Jt, »ll»ii cbaoglDg from T.or.i lo Oooilni i for Ihl >r<l mi°dU.d'ir. bogloolns""" *• riAtia, .. 0,0 Lo.lron,, o, 5 jo.r.' Cjolo of He „ ' 2od'ye" Z""» '','"°"'" '"' *'""" "' "" ''•"'*' Eq"lno«. ',; <!h 5"! wi'lb lho>« ai."l.r' of llio Moon .. iho iolooin.1 Eqoinoi. lb. f.'ll°MZ,'of'b°. SOTH"s°.jd'' THfJTH.; fbl Sol.lloo.,) .or. lo o.ob olb.r >l lb, .1 tto Sol.li... i vi... dl.uot oolj b, on .re of 90' umll ibo THOTH rolorn.d lo lb, Myctrinut roigoed in i«o, «h.n Morris bogUD ib'e year in Copricorn. Bui oflor Mojrii (KiDg of iho Soulb) bod hudl up th. Norlh oalr.oce of Ibo Tempi, of Volcno, by m^kinf lb. Vernal Equinox Ihfjlifd teyin.in? of Ih. Egyptian year, lb. reign of Myooriuus wai a o >3 o O O g to l-H «« ■« •- V V o ^ c>) .a * «>. S o w a X " ^, a. ^ n e^ & u o *^ '"' 3 o 2 .5 « o Ho rtj CO 1/5 o I- M « CUM ^ « a ►, -d epi o o 1"^ c3 E «-i o « >- a Si£ S O O .P 5 C rrS "^ rS C >,^ '^ .2 PL, -^ « ^ I ■^ a g o S P IB rj «! a < 02 c3 :S3 jaa *^ .5 o goo S la ff» H t< aj !3 ^ g CO (U p -*-J '1:1 S f bo"" "" '^ <U .=o (N O ■5 *- ' 03 ^ (D 'a .2 2 >>g S S « a S^ => V EO q °^ & ^« . io~0 2 ra i-ih •« o o '-' «*; bo ° 2"53 d o t- be .2 45 "53 Is -2 "7 3 o _2 ■"" t! "S c " w S S (U 5 So ^ W o So'* ^ (»^ bfl "^ ° O « -s " s! 2 e <=> I"? "^ o H •_-- CO < >> o a} J? n u a ■5 O, § J3 to o 9 "S I' S S "^ O o rt ^ ^^ « " o in S " «S ^ d a, :•« a *> - - lU .i: «*- CO cii 0) 5 ^ Bi o '^ .ir o =*- « aj a J <i; p oj B o .S fl fe 5 — £5^1-5 •5 '« ^ fc S p3 O 03-3 ^ S -a to J3 13 <u tj O =" ^ O — bo « £ a 0, bo O o 'O o <u -■:« I.. t3 rM -e <u 4^ ja •5 ^ (U t3 „ o S a ^ 3 ":S a ° »)■ bo > ^ a J2 s S T3 &-.^ .- - -^ •C „, bO. cs »J o Q-'a -7? a 4^ » o ca -S ■I- a. « .o t; ^ O ^ ° *-> «w — b a -<=> •2 >>d -a -a o ca 85 £ ; 4) CS -a .S rQ ea ;:j -H c=' -^ - S a •2 -2 g- 1 2 85 s a .s "" . ^ O V <u 4> a j3 ja e, ►< AIIALT3I8 of the times typically numbered to tbc Flood of tbe Noali's ark symbolism for ibo Providence of God over all flesh ; — daily and annually renewed for life nod food. FromUlhof /th month to end of month 13 N.B.— 1G3 + 11 {from brginoing of tbe ywr to beginning of the flood snore tue Oeattien un novncalc tor a rpirilual and trutlt/ul application of Add for the 0th month, in its typical relntion to the prophecy of HaggaiT I Egjpt with Joseph for Add other 10 days to compleb u tbe old GgyptisD year, nambei ir of 270 days supplemented by 9 reign of 330 kings. f 300 Egyptians to the reign of HORUS. Tbe re; ijB were as 12 of 274- I by'35 (or 7 X 5) ,nd fMting (cap. :,. 2) have rel. ,den idolatry being thus honourt authority ; * f^ Eubele, or fhe Diana, wTiose ima^e fell down from Jupiter Acts xix, 35 :^H :-,te>£^"V ^ ^^. ^)--> ( ■-- Dia.n.3, of Ephesuo ,.,. „ ,. T..2jji^ Ike Elypt'uTi Amiui 4 T(eith,as fhe ¥aT3 i Yeims of Oie Romans at fheYernal Equinox Melkart orthe'^paaiHercufe^ --.le FaoenleiaaBaal) -**->. '■^ 'J^ Asiarte in a Car, as represeated at Sidon. ViriSm &. infant Christ. (Al'bert Diirer) t fl (L %>^i i.V5^i iVfr^i l-^f SJ ■< ■%Jl3AlNn3W^^ ^.tfOJIWDJO'^ ^^OJIIVD-JO^ •35^ <rii30NYSoi^ "^Aa; ^•lOSANCElfx^ ^OFCAllFOfti^ ^OFCAllF0fi»^ ^^W^UNIVERV^ "^^AHvaaiH^ ^<?Aavaan-^^ <ril30NVS01^ ^HlBRARYQr (J =0 ^OFCAIIFO% ^5MEUNIVER% •< ,^WE■UNIVER% ^^AbVa8ll# ^TilJDNVSOl^ ^'lOSANCEIfX^ — I h s ^10SANCEI% o 3> so ^/5il3AINn-3WV** i^immYo/'^ ^\\\ ^•OFCALIFO/?^ ^OFI ^(?AbVa8ll-# '^OM ^10SANCEI% '^/Sa3AINfl-3WV^ ^lUBRARYQc ^^■UBRARYQ^^ AMEINIVERS/A ^<yOJl]VDJO>' so ^J3133NVS01^ %il3 ^lOSANCElfjV '^^/smmi^ ^OFCAtlF0% ^OFCAIIFO/?^ ^^WElJfJIVERy/^ "^^AavjiaiH^ ^(?Aavaani^ ^rii^os-v soi^ ^llIBRARYQr^ %jnv3-jo^ ^OFCAIIFO% ^^AbvaaiH^ AWEUNIVERJ/A ^lOSAKCElfj> o 39 %a3AINIl-3WV^ A^lllBRARYQc. #111 %jnV3-jO'^ '^<!/0J ,^WE-UNIVERy/A %a3AiNn3y^' ^^AJiviian-i^' i ^<?Aa\ g^OFCAlIFOI?^ ^OFCAEIFOfi'^ , --■-^HEGCT^ALUBBARYFACjUTV ^(^Aavjian-^'^ '^d?Aiivaanii^ A 000 047 0096^_ £9 g^\^rUNIVFR% ^•IMCElFj'^ ^i^il^QNVSOl^ %a3AINni\\V^ '^ii/OJIlVD-JO^ ■^OJIIVDJO'^' d!s\FUNIVERy//i ^rji30NVS01^ AjsVOSANCEU% t ^aJAlNft^V j^OrCALIFD% ^OFCAtTO^^ AN^MilBRARY^A^ .v<^HlBRARYO/. ^«J0jnV3"JO'^ '^(^OJIWD'JO^ ^5.MEUNIVER%. CO ^lOSANCElfj^ ■^/saaAiNdiwv^ ,^,OFCAHF0%. .^.OFCAllFOfiU^ v5WE DNIVERSy/) 5^* ^10SANCE15% o ^TJiaONVSOV^" %a3AINn-3WV ■> ^5MEIJNIVE% o .^^^E•l)NIVERS■/A. % 'SO ■^iajAiNn-JWV^' ^^UIBRARYQa^ ^^OJIIVD'JO^ '^OJllVD'jO'^ ^^X5FCA11F0% ^\5F'CAllFOil?4^ %a3AINn3WV *^<?Aavaan^i^ ^<?AavaaiT^^ ^